Ariisto - Goregaon - Tender Document - 07 Nov 2013

ATITHI BUILDERS AND CONSTRUCTORS PRIVATE LIMITED
RESIDENTIAL TOWER
GOREGAON, MUMBAI
CIVIL, FINISHES & MEP PACKAGE
Employer
Project Management Consultant
Atithi Builders And Constructors Private Synergy Property Development

Limited
Services Private Limited (SYN)
Ariisto House
N. S. Phadke Road,
Near Andheri East West Fly over
Andheri (E), Mumbai 400 069
406, Kailas Corporate Lounge, Veer

Savarkar Marg, Vikhroli (W), Mumbai 400
079
EMPLOYER
PROJECT
Strengthening & Construction of Residential Tower at

Goregaon (West) Mumbai
CONTENTS
VOLUME
SECTIONNO.
VOLUME-I
SECTION 1
NOTICE INVITING BID
SECTION 2
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SECTION 3
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
SECTION 4
CONTRACT DATA
SECTION 5
APPENDICES
Remarks
TITLE OF SECTION
Appendix A Health, Safety and Environment Programme

Appendix B Statutory Compliance
Appendix C Site Rules
Appendix D List of Field Laboratory Equipment
Appendix E Milestones
Appendix F Basic Rates
Appendix G Soil Investigation Report
Appendix H Site office Facilities
Appendix I Approved Makes
SECTION 6
SAMPLE FORMS
Form No.1 : Pro-forma of Contract Agreement
Form No.2 : Pro-forma of Non- Disclosure Agreement
Form No.3 : Pro-forma of Bank Guarantee For Earnest
Money Deposit (E.M.D).
Content Sheet
Seal & Sign of Bidder
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

VOLUME
SECTIONNO.
Remarks
TITLE OF SECTION
Form No. 4 : Pro-forma of Bank Guarantee For
Performance Bond.
Form No. 5 : Pro-forma of Bank Guarantee Against
Mobilisation Advance
Form No.6 : Pro-forma of Bank Guarantee For Release of
Retention Money
Form No. 7: Pro-forma of Initial Completion Certificate
Form No.8 : Pro-forma of Certificate of Final Completion.
Form No.9 : Pro-forma of No Claim Certificate from
Contractor
Form No.10: Pro-forma of Declaration/ Undertaking by
Contractor of compliance of Statutory Rules and
Regulations.
Form No.11: Pro-forma of Letter of Compliance and
Confirmation of Consideration
Form No. 12: List of Equipments & Staff to be Deployed on
site
Form No. 13: No Deviation Letter
VOLUME II
VOLUME III
SECTION 7
SECTION 8
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION & TENDER DRAWINGS
Technical Specifications
Tender Drawings
BILL OF QUANTITIES
Bid Form
Bill of Quantities
Content Sheet
EMPLOYER
PROJECT
Strengthening & Construction of Residential Tower at Goregaon

(West) Mumbai
To,
Date : 07 November 2013
M/s ACC India Private Limited

101, 1st Floor, Akansha Apartment,
Plot No. 407, D. K. Sandu Road,
Chembur, Mumbai 400 071
Kind Attn. : Mr. S. M. Ali

NOTICE INVITING BID FOR MAIN CIVIL WORKS FOR STRENGTHENING, RCC, STRUCTURAL,
FINISHES AND MEP WORK OF RESIDENTIAL TOWER AT GOREGAON (WEST) MUMBAI
FOR ATITHI BUILDERS AND CONSTRUCTORS PRIVATE LIMITED
Item Rate Tender is invited from Short-listed Contracting Firm for Strengthening, RCC, Structural,
Finishes and MEP works for Residential Tower, at Goregaon (West), Mumbai for Atithi Builders And
Constructors Private Limited (Ariisto).
1.1
Contact details of the Employer is as follows:Reference
Contact Person
The Employer
Ariisto House
N.S. Phadke Road,
Near East West Fly over
Andheri (East) Mumbai 400 069.
Mr. R. Karunanidhi
Telephone
022 6130 0000
Status
Address
Bid documents are enclosed along with this letter.

1.2
Amendment to Bid Document

At any time prior to the date of Bid submission ARIISTO may, for any reason, whether on its own
initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a Bidder amend the Bid documents by an
Addendum.
The Addendum will be notified in writing to bidders. Bidder shall promptly acknowledge receipt
thereof, to the same person at the same address as mentioned in the original Bid.
Only amendments to the Bid Document made through an Addendum will form a part of the Bid
Document.
1.3
Inspection of Site
Bidder is expected to inspect the Site of the Work and acquaint himself with the Site conditions
approaches, availability of raw materials, geological and weather conditions etc. before quoting
his rates. He must go through all the Drawings, specifications and other tender documents. Any
further clarifications in the Drawings and documents can be had from the EMPLOYER.
Submission of the Bid shall be deemed to be due compliance with this clause.
NoticeInvitingTenderPage1of2
Seal&SignatureofBidder

EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Site Address:
Residential Tower for Ariisto
CTS No. 236/A/1, 236/A/3 & 236/A/5,
Pahadi Village, Linking Road,
Goreagaon (West), Mumbai.
1.4
Pre-bid Meeting
Pre-bid meeting schedule on 11 November 2013, time and venue will confirm later.
1.5
Submission of Bids
1.5.1
Sealed Bids should be addressed to:

Ariisto House
N. S. Phadke, East West Fly over
Andheri (East) Mumbai 400 069
1.5.2
Attn.: Mr. Karunanidhi
The Bid shall be marked and sealed in envelopes as specified in the Clause No. 23 .0 of
Section- 2 , Instructions to Bidders of bid document and shall be deposited by the Bidder in the
office of Employer at the address given below, latest by 17.00 hrs on Monday 18 November
2013.
Ariisto House
N. S. Phadke, East West Fly over
Andheri (East) Mumbai 400 069
Regards,
For ATITHI BUILDERS AND CONSTRUCTORS PRIVATE LIMITED
___________________________
(Name of Signatory)
Encl: Bid document
NoticeInvitingTender
Page2of2

E
S
T
C
IO
2
N
IN
U
R
T
S
C
O
B
D
E
InstructiontoBidder
CONTENTS
SR. NO
A
DESCRIPTION
INTRODUCTION
1.0
General
2.0
Scope of Work
3.0
Responsibility of the Bidder
4.0
Data/Assistance/Facilities to be made available by Employer.
5.0
Eligible Bidders
6.0
One Bid per Bidder
7.0
Site Visit
BIDDING DOCUMENTS
8.0
Contents of Bidding Documents
9.0
Headings
10.0
Clarification of Bidding Documents
11.0
Pre-bid Meeting
12.0
Amendment of Bidding Documents
PREPARATION OF BIDS
13.0
Language of Bid
14.0
Document Comprising the Bid
15.0
Bid Form
16.0
Bid Prices
17.0
Signatory of Bid
18.0
Validity of Bid
19.0
Cost of Bid Preparation
20.0
Earnest Money Deposit
21.0
Covering Letter To Bid
SUBMISSION OF BIDS
22.0
Bidding Format
23.0
Sealing and Marking Bids
InstructiontoBidder1of18Seal&SignatureofBidder
24.0
Dead Line For Submission of Bids
25.0
Late Bids
26.0
Modification and Withdrawal of Bids
27.0
Rejection of Bid
BID OPENING AND EVALUATION
28.0
Opening of Bids
29.0
Preliminary Examination
30.0
Clarification of Technical Bids
31.0
Detailed Evaluation of Technical Bids
32.0
Opening of Financial Bids
33.0
Clarification of Price Bids
34.0
Evaluated Price Bids
35.0
Contacting the Employer
AWARD OF CONTRACT
36.0
Acceptance of Bid and Notification of Award
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

A.
INTRODUCTION
1.0.
GENERAL
These Instructions to Bidders are provided only to assist the bidder while preparing their bid. They
will not form part of the Contract and will not be taken into consideration in interpreting or
construing the Contract.
2.0
SCOPE OF WORK
2.1
Scope of includes strengthening work from basement to 6th podium level and construction of
transfer girder, 40 upper floors+ 6 floor of Triplex and LMR as per drawings and BOQ on the Item
rate basis for Residential Tower at Goregaon (West), Mumbai being developed by Atithi
Builders And Constructors Private Limited.
The Contractors scope of work shall cover providing of all materials, equipment, plant, labour,
transport, tools and all other services necessary for the complete execution of Works, including all
surveying and setting out necessary for the Works and clean up of working areas after completion
of the Works.
The Contractors scope shall also cover temporary access roads for movement of the equipment/
vehicles and temporary drainage, as required.
2.2
Not Used.
3.0
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE BIDDER
3.1
A Set of all reports and data to-date related to the Project available with the Employer has been
kept in the office of Employer Office at the address given below for the reference of the bidder
while preparing their bids :
Ariisto House
N. S. Phadake Road,
Near East West Flyover, Andheri (East)
Mumbai 400 069
In case, Information material, if any, is borrowed by any of the Bidder from Employer, the same
shall remain the property of Employer and shall be provided by Employer for information, solely
for the purpose of the bids execution under this Contract. All such borrowed material shall be
returned by the bidder to Employer after submission of the bids.
3.2
The bidder shall utilize optimally the land available for construction of various facilities/components
of the Project and cost all components and allied works of the Project. The bidder shall provide a
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

detailed scheme/methodology of construction, installation & testing, of the project at the time of
bidding, namely, though not restricted to:
Project Management
Procurement
Construction and testing of Piles
Quality control
Environmental ,safety & social safeguards
Security and risk coverage
3.3
Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of their bid, and the
Employer in no case shall be responsible or liable for these costs, regardless of the conduct or
outcome of the bidding.
4.0
DATA / ASSISTANCE / FACILITIES TO BE MADE AVAILABLE BY EMPLOYER

a) Technical Data such as property plans, levels, soil particulars etc. to the extent available
with Employer are made available only for guidance and general information of the
bidder. Employer shall not accept any responsibility for its completeness or correctness.
b. Employer shall enter into agreement with the bidder on the basis of the Contract finalized
during the bidding stage. The bidder has to quote for all the works relevant to the
Scope of Work, without any exceptions.
c. Employer shall provide available necessary information to the successful bidder on
request.
5.0
ELIGIBLE BIDDERS
5.1
No bidder (including all subcontractors of a bidder) shall be affiliated with a firm or entity:
a) which has provided consulting services during the preparatory stages of the Works or of the
project of which the Works form a part, or
b) which has been hired (or is proposed to be hired) as Consultant / Engineer for the Contract.
5.2
Bidding documents are not transferable. Only those firms who have been issued
are eligible to submit their bids.
the Bid document
5.3
Bidder shall provide such evidence of their eligibility like Solvency certificate satisfactory to the
Employer, on request.
5.4
In case the Bidder is found to be disqualified at any stage of this exercise or after Award of Work,
the Employer reserves the right to discontinue all further dealings with the Contractor and to get
the balance work completed by any other firm as per the choice of the Employer. All expenses on
this account shall be recovered from the disqualified Contractor and his collaborators involved in
the project, if any.
6.0
ONE BID PER BIDDER
6.1
Each bidder shall submit only one bid. A bidder who submits or participates in more than one bid
will be disqualified.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

7.0
SITE VISIT
7.1
The Bidder can visit and examine the Site of the Works and its surroundings and obtain for himself
on his own responsibility all information that may be necessary for preparing the bid and entering
into the Contract for the Works. Visiting the Site shall be at the bidder's own cost.
7.2
The Bidder and any of his personnel or agents will be granted permission by the Employer to enter
upon his premises and lands for the purpose of such inspection, but only upon the express
condition that the Bidder, his personnel, and agents, will release and indemnify the Employer and
his personnel, and agents from and against all liability in respect thereof, and will be responsible
for death or personal injury, loss of or damage to property and any other loss, damage, costs, and
expenses incurred as a result of the inspection.
7.3
Bidder will be deemed to have made themselves familiar with all details of nature of the ground
and sub-soils, the form and nature of the Site, the means of access to the Site, impact of
surrounding buildings, roads, structures, services, restrictions imposed in respect of noise, public
safety and fire access etc and in general shall themselves obtain all necessary information as to
risks, contingencies, prevailing regulations, statutory controls, items to be supplied by the
Developer and other circumstances which may influence or affect their Tender.
7.4
Bidder will also be deemed to have satisfied themselves as to the conditions affecting the supply
of labour and to have allowed for all payments, costs and expenses incurred in providing and
maintaining an adequate and effective labour force.
B.
BIDDING DOCUMENTS
8.0
CONTENTS OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
8.1
The bidding documents are those stated below, and should be read in conjunction with any
addenda issued in accordance with Clause 12.0:
VOLUME I
SECTION 1
NOTICE INVITING BIDS
SECTION 2
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SECTION 3
SECTION 4
CONTRACT DATA
SECTION 5
APPENDICES
SECTION 6
SAMPLE FORMS
VOLUME II TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION & TENDER DRAWINGS
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

SECTION 7
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS, TENDER DRAWINGS
VOLUME III: BILL OF QUANTITIES

SECTION 8
BILL OF QUANTITIES
8.2
Addenda, if any, will be supplied as per Clause 12.0.
8.3
The bidder is expected to examine carefully the contents of all the above documents. Failure to
comply with the requirements of bid submission will be at the Bidders own risk. Pursuant to
Clause 29 bid which are not substantially responsive to the requirements of the bidding
documents, will be rejected.
9.0
HEADINGS
9.1
The headings and marginal notes in the Conditions of Contract are included for ease of reference,
and shall neither constitute a part of the Contract nor affect its interpretation.
10.0
CLARIFICATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
10.1
Bidder requiring any clarification of the bidding documents may notify the Employer in writing at
Employers address indicated in the Notice Inviting Bids.
10.2
The Employer will respond to any requests for clarification, which he receives up to pre-bid
meeting with the bidders (Refer Clause 12.0). Copies of the Employers response in the form of
addendum including a description of the enquiry but without identifying its source will be forwarded
to all purchasers of the bidding documents. Verbal information and/ or clarification given by the
Employer shall not be binding on the Employer.
10.3
The Employer discourages stipulation of additional conditions by the Bidder, as bidders are
expected to accept the various provisions and conditions in the Bid Documents. Conditional offer
will not be accepted. The Bidder has to submit the clean price bid without any pre condition or foot
notes etc. If such conditions are stipulated their bid will be treated as Non Responsive. Any
conditions that are required to be clarified have to be raised by Bidder before submitting their offer.
11.0
PRE-BID MEETING
11.1
Pre-bid meeting should be schedule as described in Notice Inviting Tender.
11.2
The purpose of the meeting will be to clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter that
may be raised at that stage.
11.3
The bidder is requested to submit any questions in writing or by email, to reach the Employer at
least 2 days before the date of Pre-bid Meeting. It may not be practicable at the meeting to answer
questions received late, but questions and responses will be transmitted in accordance with SubClause 12.2.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

11.4
Minutes of the meeting, including the text of the questions raised and the responses given
together with any responses prepared after the meeting, will be transmitted without delay to all
purchasers of the bidding documents. Any modification of the bidding documents listed in SubClause 8.1, which may become necessary as a result of the pre-bid meeting shall be made by the
Employer through the issue of an Addendum pursuant to Clause 12.0 and not through the minutes
of Pre-bid meeting.
11.5
Non-attendance at the aforesaid pre-bid meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of a
bidder.
12.0
AMENDMENT OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
12.1
At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bids, the Employer may, for any reason,
whether at his own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a prospective bidder,
modify the bidding documents by issuing addenda. Each addendum will be issued in two copies.
Bidder shall duly sign and return two copies of each addendum along with their bids.
12.2
Any addenda thus issued shall be part of the bidding documents pursuant to Sub-Clause 8.0, and
shall be communicated in writing or by email to all purchasers of the bidding documents and will
be binding on them. Prospective bidders shall promptly acknowledge receipt of each addendum in
writing or by email to the Employer.
12.3
To afford prospective bidders the reasonable time in which to take all addenda into account in
preparing their bids, the Employer may, at his discretion, extend the deadline for submission of
bids specified in Clause 24.0.
12.4
Amendments to the Bid documents made through an addendum only will form part of the Bid
document.
C.
PREPARATION OF BIDS
13.0
LANGUAGE OF BID
13.1
The bid prepared by the Bidder and all correspondence and documents relating to the bid
exchanged by the Bidder and the Employer shall be written in the English language. Supporting
documents and Publish literature furnished by the bidder may be written in another language,
provided these are accompanied by a translation of its pertinent passages in English. Failure to
comply with this condition may disqualify a bid. For purposes of interpretation of the bid, the
English translation shall govern.
14.0
DOCUMENTS COMPRISING THE BID
14.1
The bid prepared by the Bidder shall comprise the following documents:
Two (2) copies each of Volumes I, II (Technical Bid) duly stamped and signed on each page.
Two (2) copies each of Volume III (Commercial Bid) duly stamped and signed on each page.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

14.2
The Bidder shall submit with its technical bid the following attachments:
a) Earnest Money Deposit ( EMD ) : EMD furnished in accordance with Contract Data.
b) Power of Attorney : A Power of Attorney authorized by a Notary Public, indicating that the
person(s) signing the bid has the authority to sign the bid and thus that the bid is binding upon
the bidder during the full period of its validity in accordance with Clause 18.0.
c) A covering letter stating any other matter in relation to his bid, which the bidder considers,
should be drawn to the particular notice of the Employer.
d) Bidders Eligibility and Qualifications :
Details of any significant changes in the Bidder's management or financial position since
furnishing information when applying for Prequalification (Failure to disclose such changes, if
revealed later, may render the Contract liable for termination at the Contractor's risk and cost).
e) Eligibility and Conformity of the Facilities
Documentary evidence established in accordance with Employers Requirements that the
Works are eligible and conform to the bidding documents.
(i)
a commentary on the Employers Technical Specifications and adequate evidence

demonstrating the substantial responsiveness of the Works to those specifications.
Bidders shall note that standards for workmanship, materials and equipment
designated by the Employer in the bidding documents are intended to be
descriptive (establishing standards of quality and performance) only and not
restrictive.
(ii )
Work Execution Plan i.e. a write-up with full technical particulars indicating the
methods of construction including resources planned to be employed. It should
consider all reasonable contingencies that may arise in a work of this nature. (It
should be distinctly understood that the purpose of the Statement is limited to
assessing the Bidder's technical capabilities and the acceptance of a bid does not
imply Employer's concurrence to the Method Statement.)
Work Execution Plan must include a list of Plant, Equipment, Manpower to be deployed on site
and Temporary works proposed to be employed for construction and should furnish their leading
particulars including their output efficiency, capacities, etc. and must be compatible with the site
and availability of working area, etc.( Adequacy of plant and equipment proposed would be given
due consideration in evaluation of bids.)
14.3
( f)
Attested copy of the Sales tax and Income tax clearance certificate in the Performa
prescribed by the Government of India.
(g)
The bidder shall sign the undertaking regarding Compliance of Statutory Rules and
Regulations in the format given in Form No.10 in Volume I. Bids not containing such
undertakings will not be considered for further evaluation.
Conditional Bid
Employer discourages stipulation of additional conditions by the Bidders, as bidders are expected
to accept the various provisions and conditions stipulated in the Bid documents. Conditional offer
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

will not be accepted. The Bidder has to submit a clean price bid without any pre condition or
footnotes etc. If such conditions are stipulated their bid will be treated as Non Responsive. Any
conditions that are required to be clarified have to be raised by Bidder before submitting their offer.
15.0
Not Used
16.0
BID PRICES
16.1
Unless stated otherwise in the bidding document, the Contract shall be for the whole Works as
described tender document to be carried out as per specifications based on agreed unit rates and
prices.
16.2
Rates should be quoted only in figures in Indian Rupees (INR) in column specified. All erasures
and alterations made while filling the tender must be attested by initials of the Tenderer and seal
affixed. Overwriting of figures is not permitted; failure to comply with either of these conditions will
render the tender invalid and it will be the option of the Employer, to accept or reject the tender.
Unsolicited advice of any change in rate or conditions after the opening of the tender will not be
entertained.
16.3
Items not specifically listed in the Price Schedules but required to be executed to satisfactory
compliance with the bid requirements as specified, shall not be separately paid for by the
Employer when executed and shall be deemed covered by other rates and price in his price
schedules
16.4
Prices should be quoted both in figures and words in Indian Rupees (Rs) in columns provided in
Price Schedules in Volume-III. In case of discrepancy between the rates quoted in figures and
words, lower of the two shall be considered. All erasures and alterations made while filling the bid
must be attested by initials of the Bidder and Seal & Signature of Bidder. Overwriting of figures is
not permitted; failure to comply with either of these conditions will render the bid invalid and it will
be the option of the Employer, to accept or reject the bid. Unsolicited advice of any change in rate
or conditions after the opening of the bid will not be entertained.
17.0
SIGNATORY OF BID
17.1
Each page of the Bid documents including bid drawings should be signed by the person or
persons with seal of authority submitting the Bid in token of his/their having acquainted and agreed
to by himself/themselves with the General Conditions of Contract, Specifications, Particular
Conditions of contract, Employers requirements etc., as laid down. Bid documents not so signed
will be rejected.
17.2
If the bid is made by a proprietary firm, it shall be signed by the proprietor above his name and the
name of his firm with its current address.
17.3
If the bid is made by a limited company or a limited corporation, it shall be signed by a duly
authorized person holding the power of attorney for signing the bid in which case a certified copy
of the power of attorney shall accompany the bid. Such limited company or corporation may be
required to furnish satisfactory evidence of its existence before award of the Contract.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

17.4
The Bid submitted on behalf of a firm shall be signed by all the partners of the firm or by a partner
who has the necessary authority on behalf of the firm to enter into the proposed contract. A Copy
of such Power of Attorney shall be submitted along with the Bid. Otherwise the bid may be
rejected by the Employer.
17.5
The bid shall contain no alterations, interlineations, erasures, omissions or additions, except those
to comply with instructions issued by the Employer, or as necessary to correct errors made by the
bidder, in which case such corrections shall be initialed by the person or persons signing the bid.
17.6
All witnesses and sureties shall be persons of status and probity and their full names, occupations
and addresses shall be stated below their signatures.
17.7
The bidder shall indicate in his bid, the name of the person who will be acting as his representative
for the purpose of this contract.
17.8
The bidder shall note that it is extremely important to duly filled in the Bid Form in all respects and
sign the same, which is a legal requirement.
17.9
All signatures in the Bidding Documents shall be dated.
18.0.
VALIDITY OF BID
18.1
Bids shall remain valid for acceptance by the Employer for a period of 60 (Sixty) days from the
last date of submission of the Bid.
18.2
In exceptional circumstances, prior to expiry of the original bid validity period, the Employer may
request that the bidder extend the period of validity for a specified additional period. The request
and the responses thereto shall be made in writing or by email.
18.3
Any bidder submitting the tender agrees and consents to condition mentioned hereunder this
clause and submission of the Bid by any bidder shall be such assent, consent and acceptance of
this condition.
19.0.
COST OF BID PREPARATION

The Bidder shall themselves be responsible for all the costs incurred in preparing, collecting
information, providing clarifications or attending discussions, conferences or in making
presentations, site visits etc for submission of the BID. No claim will be entertained on this account
by the Employer, regardless of the conduct or outcome of bidding process.
20.0.
Not Used
21.0.
COVERING LETTER TO BID

If the Bidder desires to submit a covering letter with his bid, he may do so, but the covering letter
shall not contain any reference to the amount of his bid or any financial aspect of bid. The covering
letter shall be enclosed within the sealed cover containing Volumes I & II (Technical Bid) of the bid.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

D.
SUBMISSION OF BIDS
22.0
BIDDING FORMAT
The Bid is Two Part-bid system, namely Part-I-Technical Bid and Part-II- Price Bid.
23.0
SEALING AND MARKING OF BIDS
23.1
The Bid shall be marked and sealed in two envelopes as follows:

Envelope A Technical (Un-priced) Bid "; "Envelope ' B'- Financial ( Priced ) Bid"
23.2
The contents of these envelopes shall be as follows :

1. Envelope ' A' Technical Bid
One set of (consisting of Volumes I, II) and addenda if any.
2. Envelope ' B' Price Bid
One sets (consisting of Volume III).
23.3
All the above 2 (Two) sealed envelopes will be placed in one main envelope and sealed.
23.4
The inner envelopes shall be addressed to:

Ariisto House
N. S. Phadake Road,
Mumbai 400 069
Attn:
Mr. Karunanidhi
And shall bear the following identification

BID FOR CIVIL WORKS WORK FOR STRENGTHENING & CONSTRUCTION OF
RESIDENTIAL TOWER AT GOREGAON (WEST) MUMBAI
23.5
In addition to the identification required as above, the inner envelopes shall indicate the name and
address of the bidder to enable the bid to be returned unopened in case it is late or is not
accompanied by an acceptable Bid Security or is found to be non-responsive or if the financial bid is
not opened on account of not satisfying the Technical Bid evaluation criteria.
23.6
The bid shall be signed by a person or persons duly authorized to sign on behalf of the bidder,
pursuant to Sub-Clause 17.0 . All pages of the bid where entries or amendments have been made
shall be signed by the person or persons signing the bid. All signatures in the bid documents shall
be dated. Tender documents not so signed will be rejected
23.7 to 23.13
Not Used
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

23.14
Sealed Bids shall be sent/ submitted to :

Ariisto House
N. S. Phadake Road,
Mumbai 400 069
So as to reach on or before Deadline for Submission of Bids stipulated in Clause 24.1

hereunder.
23.15
No bid shall be accepted unless it is properly sealed. Bidders shall not be allowed to fill in or seal
their Bids at the Employer's Representatives office.
23.16
If the packet and the envelope are not sealed and marked as instructed above, the Employer shall
assume no responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening of the bid submitted. A Bid
opened prematurely due to this cause shall be rejected by the Employer and returned to the Bidder.
23.17
Telegraphic bids shall be treated defective, invalid and rejected. Only detailed complete bids in
the form indicated above in this Clause received prior to the closing time and date of the bids shall
be taken as valid.
24.0
DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION OF BIDS
24.1
The Bids must be received by the Employer at the address as specified in Clause 23.6 not later than
17:00 hours on Monday 18 November 2013.
24.2
The Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of bids by amending the
Bidding Documents in accordance with Clause 12, in which case all rights and obligations of the
Employer and bidders previously subject to the original deadline shall thereafter be subject to the
deadline as extended.
25.0
LATE BIDS
25.1
Any bid received by the Employer after the deadline for submission of bids prescribed by the
Employer, pursuant to Sub-clause 24.1 above, shall be declared ``Late'' and rejected and returned
unopened to the bidder.
26.0
MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
26.1
The bidder may modify or withdraw his bid after bid submission, provided that written notice of
the modification or withdrawal is received by the Employer prior to the deadline for submission of
bids.
26.2
A withdrawal notice may be sent by fax but shall be followed by signed confirmatory copy, post
marked not later than the deadline for submission of bids.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

26.3
The bidder's modification or withdrawal notice shall be prepared, sealed, marked and delivered in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 23 with the envelope additionally marked
"MODIFICATION" or "WITHDRAWAL", as appropriate.
26.4
No bid may be modified by the bidder after the deadline for submission of bids.
26.5
Not Used
26.6
Documents submitted in connection with the Bid will not be returned.
27.0
REJECTION OF BID
27.1
The Employer reserves the right to accept any or reject any or all bids without giving any reason
whatsoever.
27.2
Bids that are not properly filled are mutilated, have pages missing or with incorrect, inaccurate
calculations or generally not complying with the conditions will be rejected.
27.3
No alterations, amendments or modifications shall be made by the bidder in the Notice Inviting
Tenders, Instructions to the bidder, Bid Form, Conditions of Contract, Drawings and Specification
and if any such alterations, amendments or modifications are made or any special conditions
attached, the Tender is liable to be rejected without any information, notice or reference to the
bidder.
E.
BID OPENING AND EVALUATION
28.0
OPENING OF BIDS
28.1
Bids shall be opened by the Employer. No bidder is supposed to attend the bid opening.
28.2
Envelope-A containing Technical Bid shall be opened first.
29.0
PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION
29.1
Initially only technical (Un-priced) bids shall be opened and evaluated.
29.2
The Employer shall then examine the bids to determine whether they are complete and satisfy the
requirements of the Instructions to Bidders, whether required sureties have been furnished,
whether the documents have been properly signed, and whether the bids are generally in order. In
case of any discrepancies between the "Original", and "Copy" documents marked "ORIGINAL"
shall be deemed to be correct and authentic.
29.3
Prior to the detailed evaluation, pursuant to Clause 31.0, the Employer shall determine the
substantial responsiveness of each bid to the Bidding Documents. A substantially responsive bid is
one, which conforms to the terms, conditions, and specifications of the Bidding Documents without
material deviation or reservation. A material deviation or reservation is one which affects in any
substantial way the scope, quality or performance of the Works, or which limits in any substantial
way, inconsistent with the Bidding Documents, the Employer's rights or the Bidder's obligations
under the Contract, and the rectification of which deviation or reservation would affect unfairly the
competitive position of other bidders presenting substantially responsive Bids.
29.4
The Employer discourages stipulation of additional conditions by the Bidder, as they are expected
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

to accept the various provisions and conditions in the tender documents. Conditional offer will not
be accepted. The Bidder has to submit the clean price bid without any pre condition or foot notes
etc. If such conditions are stipulated their bid will be treated as Non Responsive.
29.5
A bid determined as not substantially responsive technically shall be rejected by the Employer and
may not subsequently be made responsive by the bidder by correction of the nonconformity.
29.6
The Employer may waive any minor informality or non-conformity or irregularity in a Bid which
does not constitute a material deviation, provided such waiver does not prejudice or affect the
relative ranking of any Bidder.
29.7
At the end of technical evaluation the Bids shall be classified as technically responsive and
technically non-responsive.
30.0
CLARIFICATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS
30.1
To assist in the examination, evaluation and comparison of technical bids, the Employer may, at
its discretion, ask the bidders individually for clarification of their bids including break-up of
prices/rates. The request for clarification and the response shall be in writing, or by fax but no
change in the rates and prices or substances of the bid shall be sought, offered or permitted
except as required to confirm the correction of arithmetical errors discovered by the Employer
during the evaluation of the bids in accordance with Clause 34.1
However, as a result of clarifications obtained on their technical bids, if the Employer desires to
modify any of the stipulation/ condition, he will write to all the bidders with a request to submit their
price tags for such changes in a separate sealed envelope; which shall be opened and evaluated
along with their original financial bids.
31.0
DETAILED EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS
31.1
The Employer will carry out a detailed evaluation of the bids previously determined to be
substantially responsive in order to determine whether the technical aspects are in accordance
with the requirements set forth in the Bid Documents. The data called for the detailed valuation is
given in Clause 14 In order to reach such a determination, the Employer will examine and
compare the technical aspects of the bids on the basis of the information supplied by the bidders,
taking into account the following factors:
(a)
Overall completeness and compliance with the Employers Requirements; deviations from
the Employers Requirements to the Bid and those deviations not so identified; suitability
of the works offered in relation to the environmental and climatic conditions prevailing at
the site; and quality, function and operation of any process control concept included in the
Bid. The Bid that does not meet minimum acceptable standards of completeness,
consistency and detail will be rejected for non-responsiveness.
(b)
The evaluation will be made interalia on but not limited to the following items:
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

S.No
Items for Evaluation
1.
Compliance with Formats asking for the Information.
2.
Compliance with Technical requirements
3.
Submittal of methodology statements
4.
Time Schedule, Procurement plan
5.
Submittal of Organisation Chart, details of personnel to be deployed.
6.
Tools & Plant & Machinery and period of deployment

Sourcing : Whether their own or hired locally with details
7.
Submittals of details of Sub-Contractors / vendors
8.
QA / QC procedures, formats for implementation
9.
Financial strength
10. Experience on similar works

(c)
Other relevant factors, if any, listed in the Bid Data Sheets, or that the Employer deems
necessary or prudent to take into consideration.
32.0
OPENING OF FINANCIAL BIDS
32.1
The Financial Bids of only those Bidders which are found substantially responsive pursuant to
Clause 31 shall be opened
33.0
CLARIFICATION ON PRICE BID
33.1
To assist in the examination, evaluation and comparison of Price Bid the Employer may, at his
discretion, ask any bidder for clarification of his Price Bid including breakdowns of unit prices /
rates. The request for clarification and response shall be in writing or by email, but no change in
the price or substance of the bid shall be sought, offered or permitted except as required to
confirm the correction of arithmetic errors discovered by the Employer during the evaluation of the
bids in accordance with Sub-Clause 34.1. The response sent by email shall be followed by a
signed confirmatory hard copy.
33.2
Any attempt by the bidder to modify any prices / rates or substance of the bid after the date of
opening of Price Bids may cause rejection of his bid in accordance with Sub-Clause 20.5(b).
34 .0
EVALUATION OF PRICE BID
34.1
In financial bids evaluation, the Employer shall determine for each bid the Evaluated Bid Price by
adjusting the Bid Price as follows:
(a)
Making any correction for errors pursuant to Sub-Clause 33.1.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(b)
Adding any monetary cost of deviations in calculating the present value of the additional
costs the Employer would incur if such deviations were accepted.
(c)
Making an appropriate adjustment for any other acceptable quantifiable variations or

deviations not reflected in the Bid Price or in the abovementioned other adjustments.
34.2
The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any variation, deviation. and other factors which
are in excess of the requirements of the Bidding Documents or otherwise result in the accrual of
unsolicited benefits to the Employer shall not be taken into account in Bid evaluation.
34.3
Price Bid submitted by the bidder will be checked by the Employer for any arithmetic errors.
Errors will be corrected by the Employer as follows.
a) where there is a discrepancy between the quoted rates in figures and in words, the rates in
words will govern;
b) where there is a discrepancy between the unit rate and the line item cost resulting from
multiplying the unit rate by the quantity, the unit rate as quoted in words will govern and the
line item cost will be corrected; and
c) where there is an addition or transcription error, it will be corrected to arrive at correct total.
34.4
The Bid Total stated in the bid will be adjusted by the Employer in accordance with the above
procedure for the correction of errors and, with the concurrence of the bidder, shall be considered
as binding upon the bidder. If the bidder does not accept the corrected Bid Total, his bid will be
rejected and the EMD shall be forfeited in accordance with Sub-clause 20.5(c).
35.0
CONTACTING THE EMPLOYER
35.1
Subject to Clauses 30 & 33, no bidder shall contact the Employer on any matter relating to its bid,
from the time of the bid opening to the time the Contract is awarded.
35.2
Any effort by a bidder to influence the Employer in the Employer's decisions in respect of bid
evaluation or Contract award shall result in the rejection of that bidder's bid.
F.
AWARD OF CONTRACT
36.0.
ACCEPTANCE OF BID AND NOTIFICATION OF AWARD
36.1
ACCEPTANCE OF BID
36.1.1 The Employer reserves the right to annul the process of Bid or to accept or to reject all or any of the
Bids without thereby incurring any liability to any applicant or any obligation to inform any participant
of the grounds for its action or assigning any reasons thereof.
36.1.2 The Employer does not bind himself to accept the lowest or any Bid and reserve to itself the right to
accept or reject any or all the Bids, either in whole or in part, without assigning any reason for doing
so.
36.1.3 The Bidder hereby agrees to abide by Employers decision on all matters pertaining to this Bid and
undertakes not to resort to any actions either Legal or otherwise against Employer in this regard,
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

including direct / indirect canvassing / influencing etc., violation of this clause will lead to summary
disqualification of the Bidder without any reference to them.
36.2
NOTIFICATION OF AWARD
36.2.1 Prior to expiration of the period of bid validity prescribed by the Employer, the Employer will notify
the successful bidder by E-mail, confirmed by letter that his bid has been accepted. This letter
(hereinafter and in the Conditions of Contract referred to as the "Letter of Award") shall name the
sum which the Employer will pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution, completion and
remedying any defects of the Works by the Contractor as prescribed by the Contract (hereinafter
and in the Conditions of Contract called "the Contract Price").
36.2.2 The notification of award will constitute the formation of the Contract.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
SECTION 3
General Conditions of Contract
1 of 111
Seal & Signature of Bidder
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
CONTENTS
SR.
PARTICULARS
NO.
PAGE NO
A.
CONTRACT AND INTERPRETATION
1.
Definitions
2.
Contract Documents
3.
Interpretation
4.
Notices
5.
Governing Law
6.
Settlement of Disputes
B.
SUBJECT MATTER OF CONTRACT
7.
Type of Contract
8.
Price Schedule
9.
Contract Drawings
10.
Contract Price / Contract Value / Contract Sum / Contract Bill
11
Scope of Work
12.
Time for Commencement and Completion
13.
Employer / Consultants Instructions
14.
ARCHITECTs Status and Decisions
15.
Contractors Responsibility
C.
PAYMENT
2 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
16.
Employers Responsibility
17.
Contract Price
18.
Terms of Payment
19.
Securities
20.
Taxes and Duties
D.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
21.
Copyright
22.
Confidential Information
E.
EXECUTION OF THE WORKS
23.
Representatives
24.
Work Programme
25.
Subcontracting
26.
Other Contractors
27.
Design & Engineering
28.
Procurement
29.
Fabrication / Construction / Erection
30.
Test and Inspection
31.
Completion of the Works
F.
GUARANTEES & LIABILITIES
32.
Completion Time Guarantee
33.
Defect Liability
34.
Functional Guarantees
35.
Patent Indemnity
36.
Limitation of Liablity
3 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
G.
RISK DISTRIBUTION
37.
Transfer of Client ship
38.
Not Used
39.
Loss or Damage to Property / Accident or Injury to Workers;

Indemnification
40.
Insurance
41.
Unforeseen Conditions
42.
Change in Laws and Regulations
43.
Force Majeure
44.
Not Used
H.
CHANGE IN CONTRACT ELEMENTS
45.
Variations
46.
Extension of Time for Completion
47.
Suspension
48.
Termination
49.
Assignment
50.
Continuity of Services
51.
Exempted Matters
4 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
CONTRACT AND INTERPRETATION

1.1
1. Definitions
In
construing these Conditions of Contract, the Technical
Specifications, Schedule of Quantities and Contract Agreement, the
following words shall have the meanings herein assigned to them
except where the subject or context otherwise requires :
(a)
Act of Insolvency' shall mean any Act of Insolvency as

defined by the Presidency Towns Insolvency Act, or the
Provisional Insolvency Act or any amending statute.
(b)
Arbitrator means the person or persons appointed by

agreement between the Employer and the Contractor to
make a decision on or to settle any dispute or difference
between the Employer and the Contractor referred to him or
her by the parties pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 6.1 hereof.
(c)
Approved and Approval, where used in the Contract shall

mean respectively, approved by and the approval of the
Employer in writing. When the words 'Approved', 'Approval',
'Subject to Approval', 'Satisfactory', 'Equal to', 'Proper',
'Requested', 'As directed', 'Where Directed', 'When Directed',
'Determined by', 'Accepted', 'Permitted', or words and phrases
of like import are used, the approval, judgment, direction etc.,
is understood to be a function of the Employer.
(d)
"Agreement" means the written Contract between the

Employer and the Contractor covering the work to be
performed, and other Contract Documents attached to the
Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein.
(e)
"Addenda" means the written or graphic instrument issued

prior to the opening of Tender which clarifies, corrects or
changes the Tendering requirements or the Contract
Documents.
(f)
Bid or Tender means the offer of the bidder to the

Employer in response to the Invitation to Bid as set forth in
the Bid Document. The word Bid and Tender and their
derivatives (bidder/tenderer, bidding/tendering etc.) are
synonymous.
(g)
Bidder means the firm who have been issued the bid
documents with the intention of inviting a competitive quotation
for the execution of Works mentioned elsewhere in the Bid
Document, and work in accordance with the Contract
5 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Conditions and fulfilling all the obligations under the Contract.

(h)
Certificate of Taking-Over/ Take-over Certificate shall

mean the certificate issued by the Employer after
completion of Works.
(i) Completion means that the Works (or a specific part thereof
where specific parts are specified in the Bid Document) have
been completed operationally and structurally and put in a
tight and clean condition, and that all work in respect of
Taking over of the Works by the Employer or such specific
part thereof.
(j)
"Consultants instructions" shall mean any drawings and/or

instructions in writing, details, direction and explanations
issued by the
Employers Representative / Project
Management Consultant/ Architect or the Employer from
time to time during the 'Contract Period'.
(k)
Contract means the Contract Agreement entered into

between the Employer and the Successful Bidder /
Contractor, together with the Contract Documents referred to
therein; they shall constitute the Contract, and the term the
Contract shall in all such documents be construed
accordingly.
(l)
Contract Documents means the documents listed in the

Form of Contract Agreement (including any amendments
thereto).
(m) Contract Price or Bid / Tender Price means the sum

specified in the Contract Agreement, subject to such additions
and adjustments thereto or deductions there from, as may be
made pursuant to the Contract.
(n) Contractor means who is the successful Bidder whose Bid
has been accepted by the Employer and on whom the
`Contract is placed by the Employer and shall include his
heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted
assigns,
(o)
Contractors Equipment means all plant, facilities,

equipment, machinery, tools, apparatus, appliances or things
of every kind required in or for completion of Works that are to
be provided by the Contractor, but does not include Plant and
Equipment, or other things intended to form or forming part of
the Works, if any.
(p)
Contractors Representative means any person

nominated by the Contractor and approved by the Employer
6 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 23.4 (

Contractors Representative Project Engineer/Manager )
hereof to perform the duties delegated by the Contractor
(q) Contractors Works or Manufacturers Works shall mean
the places including land which are used by the Contractor or
any of its Sub-vendor or Sub-Contractor for the manufacture
of equipment for the Plant or performance of Work.
(r)
Date of Commencement shall mean the date of issue of

Letter of Intent / Work order or letter of acceptance &
Instructions whichever is earlier.
(s) Date of Contract shall mean the calendar date on which the
Employer and the Contractor have signed the 'Contract'.
(t)
Day means calendar day of the Gregorian Calendar from

midnight to mid-night.
(u)
Defect Liability Period means the period of validity of the

warranties given by the Contractor commencing from the
date of Completion certificate of the Works or a part thereof,
during which the Contractor is responsible for defects with
respect to the Works (or the relevant part thereof) as provided
in GCC Clause 33 (Defect Liability) hereof.
(v)
Drawings shall mean all :

i.
Drawings furnished by the Employer or the Architect

or as a basis for proposals;
ii.
Supplementary drawings furnished by the Employer or

the Architect to clarify and to define in greater detail the
intent of the 'Contract';
iii.
Drawings submitted by the Contractor with his proposal

provided such drawings are acceptable to the Employer
or the Architect .
iv.
Drawings furnished by the Employer or the Architect

to the Contractor during the progress of the work;
v.
Engineering data and drawings submitted by the

Contractor during the progress of the work provided
such drawings are acceptable to the Employer.
vi.
All drawings attached to the contract agreement and

made a part there of.
7 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
(w)
Employer or Owner shall mean the said M/s Atithi

Builders And Constructors Private Limited, Ariisto House, N.
S. Phadake Road, Near East West Flyover, Andheri (East),
Mumbai and includes their legal successors and permitted
assigns.
(x)
Facility or Work shall mean the entire system to be

designed and constructed/installed in accordance with the
provision hereof including the buildings, structures,, Plants,
equipment, inventory incorporated therein, pipes, tunnels,
ramps, pits as well as all other services to be carried out by
the Contractor under the Contract.
(y)
Not used
(z)
Not Used
(aa) GCC means the General Conditions of Contract hereof.

(bb) Government Authority shall mean any Indian entity,
authority or Body exercising executive, legislative, judicial,
regulatory or administrative functions including ,without
limitations, any local government authority in India, agency,
department, board, commission or instrumentality of India or
any political subdivision thereof, court, tribunal, arbitrator or
self regulatory organisation.
(cc) Guarantee Test(s) means the test(s) specified if any, in the
Technical Specifications to be carried out to ascertain whether
the Facilities/Works or a specified part thereof is able to attain
the Functional Guarantees specified in the Technical
Specifications.
(dd) Installation Services means all those services ancillary to
the supply of the Material., Plant and Equipment for the
Works, to be provided by the Contractor and Nominated
Contractor under the Contract; e.g., transportation and
provision of marine or other similar insurance, inspection,
expediting, site preparation works (including the provision and
use of Construction Equipment and the supply of all
construction materials required),fabrication, erection /
installation, testing, pre-commissioning, commissioning,
operations, maintenance, the provision of operations and
maintenance manuals, training, etc.
(ee)
Instructions shall mean any instructions, drawings,

specifications, details, directions and explanations in writing
issued by the Employer from time to time during the
8 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
subsistence of the Contract.

(ff) Interim Payment Certificate means any payment certificate
other than Final Payment Certificate, issued by the Employer.
(gg) Law shall mean and include all the provisions of all Indian
regulations, ordinance, codes, official or other standards,
administrative or other rules, zoning and other plans and
restrictions, building and other permits, judgements, awards
and decrees of or agreements with any Central or State
Government, semi-Governmental or quasi- Governmental
Authority as currently in effect or as may be in effect from time
to time and / or as may be amended or supplemented from
time to time.
(hh)
Letter of Award or Letter of Intent or LOI, LOA or

Notice of Award of Contract means the formal
communication in writing by the Employer to the Successful
Bidder/ the Contractor of the acceptance of the Bidder/ the
Contractors Bid.
(ii) Not Used.

(jj) Manufacturer means any entity or firm who is the
producer and furnisher to the Contractor of any material or
designer and fabricator of any goods/equipment/systems /
facilities which is to be incorporated in or forms part of the
Works.
(kk) Materialis all supplies, including consumables used by the
Contractor for incorporating in the Works.
(ll) Month means calendar month of the Gregorian Calendar.
(mm) Operational Acceptance means the acceptance by the
Employer of the Works (or any part of the Works where the
Contract provides for acceptance of the Works in parts), which
certifies the Contractors fulfilment of the Contract in respect
of Functional Guarantees of the Works (or the relevant part
thereof) in accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 34
(Functional Guarantees) hereof.
(nn)
Party means the Employer or the Contractor, as the context

requires.
(oo) Performance Guarantees shall mean the list of Guarantees

offered / provided by the Contractor for the due, punctual,
satisfactory and faithful performance of the entire Contract in
accordance with the provisions of these General Conditions of
Contract.
9 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
(qq)
Permanent Works means the permanent works, plants,

equipment and materials including
all
Works
to
be
Designed, Supplied, Fabricated,, Constructed, manufactured,
erected, executed, and tested in accordance with the Contract
and which form part of the Works.
(rr) Punch List means the list prepared by the Employer/

Architect , in full co-operation of Contractor , which shall set
forth certain items of Work which remain to be performed by the
Contractor in order to ensure that the Works fully
complies with all of the standards and requirements set forth
in the Contract.
(rr) Services means all the work and obligations of the Contractor
under the Contract including without limitation to the works and
services briefly described in Specification
(ss) Site means the land and other places upon which the Works
are to be installed, and such other land or places as may be
specified in the Contract or as designated time to time by the
Employer as forming part of the Site.
(tt) 'Specification' shall mean collectively all the terms and stipulations
contained in those portions of the 'Contract' known as Conditions
of Contract, the Specifications and such Amendments, Revisions,
Deletions or Additions, as may be made in the Contract
agreement and all written Agreements made or to be made
pertaining to the method and manner of performing the Work or
to the quantities and qualities of the materials to be furnished
under this 'Contract'.
(uu)
Subcontractor means "Direct Subcontractors", as employed

herein, includes those having a direct contract with the
Contractor and it includes one who furnishes material worked to
a special design according to the plans or specifications of this
work but does not include one who merely furnishes material not
so worked. Anyone doing work on a piece rate basis shall be
deemed a Subcontractors
The Term Sub-Contractor shall also include such specialist
agencies selected by the Employer and nominated to the
Contractor as under a single point responsibility, and assigned
to the Contractor to get the Contract successfully completed.
(vv)
Take Over or Taking Over shall mean taking-over of the

Works by the Employer for the purpose envisaged under the
Contract upon completion of Performance tests as specified in
the Contract.
(ww)
Temporary Works are works designed, constructed,
10 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
installed and removed by the contractor that are needed for the
construction of the Permanent Works.
(xx) Time for Completion means the time within which
Completion of the Work as a whole (or of a part of the Work
where a separate Time for Completion of such part has been
prescribed) is to be attained in accordance with the
specifications in the Conditions of Particular Application (CPA)
and the relevant provisions of the Contract.
(yy) Variation is an instruction given by the Employer which varies
the Works / Facility.
(zz) Week means seven consecutive days.
(aaa) Writing shall include any manuscript, e-mail, typewritten or
printed statement, under or over signature and or seal as the
case may be.
(bbb) Work shall mean of Residential Tower for Atithi Builders And
Constructors Private Limited at Goregaon (West), Mumbai,
Maharashtra to be executed as specified in this Bid Document
(ccc) Quarter means period of three months commencing
from 1st January, 1st April, 1st July and 1st October
of the calendar year
2. Contract
Documents
2.1 The following documents shall constitute the Contract document

a) Contract Agreement
b) Work Order
c) Letter of Award / Letter of Intent
d) Addenda issued if any
e) General Conditions of Contract,
f)
Contract Data
g) Appendices
h) Sample Forms
i)
j)
Bid drawings and the Contract drawings duly signed by the

Bidder / the Contractor.
11 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
k) Price Schedule along with Preamble.

2.2
Subject to GCC clause 3.1, all documents forming part of the

Contract (and all parts thereof) are intended to be correlative,
complementary and mutually explanatory. The Contract shall be
read as a whole.
In the event of any discrepancy between the details and / or
description given in the Price Schedules, the drawings and the
technical specification, then the item shall be deemed to have been
priced in accordance with the details and / or description confirming
to the most superior/stringent provisions contained in any of the
following:a) Price Schedule.
b) Drawings.
c) Technical specifications.
In all the cases, it is understood that the details and / or description
not specially mentioned in the Price Schedule and / or the drawings
shall be the same as those mentioned in the technical specification.
Any further interpretation of above clause shall be at discretion of
Employer
2.3
Two original Contract Documents shall be made, one for the

Employer and the other for the Contractor. The Contractor shall
make two ( 2 ) copies of Contract Document and supply without any
charge.
2.4
The Contractor shall keep on the Site one complete set of the
Contract, permits, approvals, the Documents, Change Orders,
communications given and the documents referred / to mentioned in
GCC sub-clause 3.3. The Employer and their designated
representatives shall have the right to use such Documents at all
reasonable times.
2.6
The Documents referred to in the specification shall be in the custody

and care of the Contractor .The Contractor shall furnish adequate
number of copies / prints of documents, drawings to the Employer/
Architect
as
specified. Distribution schedule for documents,
drawings and correspondences shall be worked out during the
Contract period.
2.7
The specifications forming part of this contract have been drawn up

with all possible care and are intended to cover the supply of all the
materials, tools, plants and equipment, labour and the execution of
all works necessary to complete the entire Work in all respects under
this contract. In case there are any details of construction or
materials which have not been referred to in the specifications
detailed descriptions of items, schedule quantities, or the drawings
12 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
but which are usual or essential in the true completion of the purpose
of the Work, the same shall be deemed to have been included in the
price quoted by the Bidder. Wherever specifications are not
stipulated, the Work shall be as per latest BIS specifications and / or
directed by Employer following good Engineering practice.
2.8
Provided that nothing contained in the said Specifications, Descriptive

schedule or other document shall impose any obligation beyond those
imposed by the Contract Document as listed above.
2.9
It is however not the intent to specify completely herein all details of

design and construction of the equipment / system/ Works.
However, the equipment / system/ Works shall conform in all
respects, to high standards of Engineering, Design and workmanship
and be capable of performing in continuous commercial operation up
to Bidders guarantee in a manner acceptable to the Employer /
Architect who will interpret the meaning of the drawings and
specifications and shall have the power to reject any work or
materials, which, in his judgement, are not in full accordance
therewith. Quantities, sizes and capacities of various equipments
mentioned in the specification and enclosed drawings are for
bidders guidance only. Successful Bidder shall carefully check the
above mentioned details while selecting and offering the equipment.
2.10
The extent of works under this contract includes all items shown in
the bid drawings notwithstanding the fact that such items may have
been omitted from the specification or schedules. Similarly, the
extent of works includes all items included in the specification or
schedules notwithstanding the fact that such items may not have
been shown in the bid drawings. Also such of those items not
specifically included in the specifications and drawings, but which are
required to complete the intent of the contract shall be deemed to be
within the scope for supply by the Contractor.
2.11
All specialized equipment / services necessary for proper fabrication,

erection, of all Works and system covered under this contract shall
be provided by the Contractor. The cost of all such equipment and
services shall be included in the quoted contract price / rate.
2.12
After the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall without charge
be supplied with two sets of Design drawings and details through
the EMPLOYER as may be prepared by the Architect / Structural /
Services consultants from time to time as the work proceeds as are
reasonably necessary either to explain or amplify the Contract
Drawings or to enable the Contractor to carry out and complete the
work in accordance with these General Conditions of Contract.
Provided all such drawings shall be a reasonable development of the
work described in the Contract Document.
2.13
The Contractor shall keep one copy of the Specifications,
13 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Descriptive schedule or other like document referred to in this Clause

and one copy of the Contract Drawing and such other drawings and
details supplied to him from time to time and referred to in this
Clause upon the site so as to be available to the Employer/
Contractor or his / their representative at all reasonable times.
2.14 None of the documents here-in-before mentioned shall be used by
the Contractor for any purpose other than this contract and the
Employer shall divulge or use except for the purpose of this contract
any of the prices in the contract bills.
2.15 Upon final payment under the GCC Clause 18 of these General
Conditions of Contract the Contractor shall if so requested by the
Employer forthwith return to the Employer all Drawings, Details,
Specifications, Descriptive Schedule and other Document of like
nature which bears his name or that of the Consultant/s.
3.1 In the Contract, except where the context requires otherwise:
3. Interpretation
(a)
words indicating one gender include all genders;
(b) words indicating the singular also include the plural and words
indicating the plural also include the singular;
(c) provisions including the word agree, agreed or agreement
require the agreement to be recorded in writing;
(d) written or in writing means hand-written, type-written, printed
or electronically made, and resulting in a permanent record;
and
(e ) The terms and, or, and/or used in the context with the
description or enumeration of two or more items or components
of work or documentation or anything similar shall mean as is
relevant and applicable to the text.
3.2
Communications
Wherever these Conditions provide for the giving or issuing of
approvals, certificates, consents, determinations, notices, requests
and discharges, these communications shall be:
(a) in writing and delivered by hand (against receipt), sent by mail or
courier, or transmitted using any of the agreed systems of
electronic transmission as stated in the Contract Data; and
(b) Delivered, sent or transmitted to the address for the recipients
communications as stated in the Contract Data. However:
(i) if the recipient gives notice of another address, communications
shall thereafter be delivered accordingly; and
(ii) if the recipient has not stated otherwise when requesting an
14 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
approval or consent, it may be sent to the address from which

the request was issued.
Approvals, certificates, consents and determinations shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a certificate is issued to a
Party, the certifier shall send a copy to the other Party. When a notice
is issued to a Party, by the other Party or the Engineer, a copy shall
be sent to the Engineer or the other Party, as the case may be.
3.3
Priority of Documents
The documents forming the Contract shall be interpreted in the
following order of priority :
3.4
(a)
Contract Agreement
(b)
Work Order with price schedule and preamble.
(c)
Letter of Award / Letter of Intent
(d)
Contract Data
(e)
General Conditions of Contract;
(f)
(g)
Drawings
Language
3.4.1 The ruling language of the Contract shall be English.

3.4.2 The language for communications shall be English.
3.5
Singular and Plural

The singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular, except
where the context otherwise requires.
3.6
Headings
The headings and marginal notes in the General Conditions of
Contract are included for ease of reference, and shall neither
constitute a part of the Contract nor affect its interpretation.
3.7
Persons
Words importing persons or parties shall include firms, corporations
and government entities.
3.8
Entire Agreement
3.8.1 Contract Agreement
15 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
The Parties shall enter into a Contract Agreement within 15 days after
the Contractor receives the Letter of Award, unless the Particular
Conditions establish otherwise. The Contract Agreement shall be
based upon the Pro-forma given in Section-6, Form-1. The costs of
stamp duties and similar charges (if any) imposed by law in connection
with entry into the Contract Agreement shall be borne by the
Employer.
3.8.2 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 20.3 hereof, the Contract constitutes the
entire Agreement between the Employer and the Contractor with
respect to the subject matter of Contract and supersedes all
communications, negotiations and agreements (whether written or
oral) of parties with respect thereto made prior to the date of Contract.
3.9
Amendment
No amendment or other variation of the Contract shall be effective
unless it is in writing, is dated, expressly refers to the Contract, and is
signed by a duly authorized representative of each party hereto.
3.10 Independent Contractor

The Contractor shall be an independent contractor performing the
Contract. The Contract does not create any agency, partnership, joint
venture or other joint relationship between the parties hereto.
Subject to the provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall be
solely responsible for the manner in which the Contract is performed.
All employees, representatives or Subcontractors engaged by the
Contractor in connection with the performance of the Contract shall
be under the complete control of the Contractor and shall not be
deemed to be employees of the Employer, and nothing contained in
the Contract or in any subcontract awarded by the Contractor shall
be construed to create any contractual relationship between any such
employees, representatives or Subcontractors and the Employer.
3.11 Non-Waiver
3.11.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 3.1 above, no relaxation, forbearance,
delay or indulgence by either party in enforcing any of the terms and
conditions of the Contract or the granting of time by either party to the
other shall prejudice, affect or restrict the rights of that party under the
Contract, nor shall any waiver by either party of any breach of
Contract operate as waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of
Contract.
3.11.2Any waiver of a partys rights, powers or remedies under the Contract
must be in writing, must be dated and signed by an authorized
representative of the party granting such waiver, and must specify the
right and the extent to which it is being waived.
16 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
3.12. Severability
If any provision or Condition of the Contract is prohibited or rendered
invalid or unenforceable, such prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability
shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions and
Conditions of the Contract.
4.
Notices
4.1
Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, all notices and instructions to

be given under the Contract shall be in writing, and shall be sent by
personal delivery, airmail post, special courier, cable, telegraph, telex,
facsimile or Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) to the address of the
relevant party set out in the Contract, with the following provisions:
a) Any notice sent by cable, telegraph, telex, facsimile or EDI shall be
confirmed within two (2) days after dispatch by notice sent by airmail
post or special courier, except as otherwise specified in the Contract.
b) Any notice sent by airmail post or special courier shall be deemed (in
the absence of evidence of earlier receipt) to have been delivered
ten (10) days after dispatch. In proving the fact of dispatch, it shall be
sufficient to show that the envelope containing such notice was
properly addressed, stamped and conveyed to the postal authorities
or courier service for transmission by airmail or special courier.
c) Any notice delivered personally or sent by cable, telegraph, telex,
facsimile or EDI shall be deemed to have been delivered on date of
its dispatch.
Either party may change its postal, cable, telex, facsimile or EDI
address or addressee for receipt of such notices by ten (10) days
notice to the other party in writing.
4.2
Notices shall be deemed to include any approvals, consents,

instructions, orders and certificates to be given under the Contract.
5.1
The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with

laws of Republic of India.
5.2
The Contractor shall confirm to all laws of the land and regulations
and bye- laws of any local authority and of any water or electricity
supply companies with whose system the work is proposed to be
constructed. He shall before making any variations from the drawings
or specifications that may be necessitated for so confirming, give to
the Employer a written notice, specifying the variations proposed to
be made and the reasons for making them and apply for instruction
thereon in case the Contractor does not receive such instructions
within seven days, he shall proceed with the work confirming to the
5. Governing Law
17 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
provisions, regulations or bye laws in question and any variation in the

drawing or specifications so necessitated shall be dealt with under the
GCC Clause 41 The contractor shall give notices required by the said
Acts, regulations or bye-laws and bear the required fees in connection
therewith. He shall also ensure that no attachments are made against
materials for works related to the Contracts. The Contractor shall
protect and indemnify Employer against all claims or liabilities arising
from or based on the violation of such laws, ordinances regulations,
bye-laws, decrees or attachments by him or by his employees.
6.1
6. Settlement of
Disputes
All disputes and differences of any kind whatsoever arising out of or in

connection with this Contract whether during the progress of the work
or after their completion shall be referred in writing by the Contractor
to the Employer shall within 10 days from receipt make and notify its
decisions thereon in writing to the Contractor.
6.2 Decisions, directions, clarifications, measurements, drawings and

certificates with respect to any matter and made by Employers
Representative are matters which are referred to hereinafter as
exempted matters and shall be final and binding upon the Contractor
and shall not be set aside on account of non-observance of any
formality, any omission, delay or error in proceeding in or about the
same or on any other ground or for any reason and shall be without
appeal. They shall be specifically excluded from the scope of
arbitration proceedings hereinafter referred to.
6.3
Subject to the aforesaid in the event of any dispute or difference

between the parties hereto as to the operation of this Contract, or
the respective rights and liabilities of the parties on any matter in
question, dispute or difference on any account or as to the
withholding by EMPLOYER of any certificate to which the Supplier
may claim to be and entitled to or if EMPLOYER fails to make a
decision within the aforesaid
time, then and in any such
case, the Supplier after 90 days of his presenting his final claim on
the disputed matters, may demand in writing that the dispute or
differences be referred to and settled by arbitration before a mutually
agreed Sole Arbitrator, failing which the matter will be referred to a
tribunal comprising of three arbitrators where each party will
nominate one arbitrator and the arbitrators so appointed shall
mutually appoint the third Arbitrator, who shall be the Presiding
Officer. The award of the Sole Arbitrator or the tribunal, as the case
may be, shall be final and binding on both the parties. The provision
as per the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 shall apply to such
arbitration proceedings. The arbitration venue shall be at Mumbai.
Costs of such arbitration proceedings shall be equally shared
between EMPLOYER and the Contractor until the Award is made
upon which the costs related to the arbitration shall be borne by the
parties as decided in the Award.
18 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
6.4
The Contractor shall not, except with the consent in writing of

Employer, in any way delay the carrying out of the Work by reason
of such matter, question or dispute being referred to arbitration but
shall proceed with the work with all due diligence and shall, until the
decision of the Sole arbitrator or the tribunal, as the case may be is
given, abide by the decision of Employer, and no award of the
arbitrator shall relieve the Contractor of his obligations to adhere
strictly to Employers instructions with regard to the actual carrying
out of the Work except as specifically affected by such award.
6.5
Jurisdiction: Subject to the aforesaid provision of SETTLEMENT

OF DISPUTES / ARBITRATION above the Courts in Mumbai will
have the exclusive jurisdiction to entertain and try any dispute
hereunder.
B. SUBJECT MATTER OF CONTRACT

7.Type of Contract
7.1 The type of contract is an Item rate Contract.
7.2 The Contract shall be for the items covered in the Bill of Quantities
referred as Bill of Quantities in Volume III of bid document. The
Contractor shall be paid for the actual quantity of work done, as
measured at site, at the rates accepted in the Price Schedules.
7.3
The Contract is for complete supply, construction / erection, testing

and commissioning, and operation & maintenance as applicable
during Defects Liability Period.
7.4
The Scope of Work for each item in the Price Schedules is all
inclusive for proper execution of the respective items and shall
include supportive items as required whether specifically mentioned
or not.
7.5
The Price Schedules shall be read together with technical

specifications and drawings as well as General Conditions of
Contract and Special Conditions of Contract. Superior/Stringent
Stipulations in any of the following
If there is any inconsistency between the bill of quantities,
specification and drawings. In case of conflict among different
sections/heads, precedence shall be given in the following order of
descending priority)
a) Bill of quantities and preamble to the bill of quantities
19 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
b) Technical specification
c) Tender Drawings
d) IS codes (Indian Standard)
Shall prevail.
7.6
Any variation either addition or deletion in any of the items required

by the Employer during execution of work will be based on the unit
rates quoted and accepted.
8.1
The Bill of Quantities given in Volume-III of the Bid Document is

provisional and is meant to indicate the scope of the Work and to
provide a uniform basis for bidding. The Employer reserves the right
to increase or decrease any of the quantities or to totally omit any
item of work and the Contractor shall not claim any extras or
damages on these grounds. (Individual item no limits & overall
variation + or 25%)
8.2
Where the Contractor has not quoted against and entered the bid,
for item / items in the Price Schedules and the bid had been
accepted on the basis that the cost of the item / items of work was
included in the rates of other items of the bid and thereafter
compared with other bids to ensure uniform basis of bidding and
comparison, then the Contractor shall execute the full quantity of the
said item / items in the Price Schedules at his own cost without
charging extra. If the said item / items of work cannot be executed in
full for any reason, the value of such work / works to the extent not
executed as assessed by the Employer shall be deducted from any
bills, notwithstanding the fact that the contract sum of the value of
work done exceeds or decreases from the value of work at the time
of award of work. The decision of the Employer in all such cases
shall be final and binding on the parties.
8.3
Any error in description or in quantity or omission of items from the

Price Schedules shall not vitiate this Contract but shall be corrected
and deemed to be a variation required by the Employer provided that
such items of works cannot be inferred to form part of any item
normally executed for which Contractor has quoted a rate.
9.1
In general, the Drawings shall indicate dimensions, levels, position

and type of construction; the Specifications shall indicate the qualities
and the methods; and the Price Schedules shall indicate the quantum
and the rate for each item of work. Any work indicated on the
Drawings and not mentioned in the Specifications or vice versa shall
be furnished as though fully set forth in both. The same interpretation
8.Price Schedules
9. Contract Drawings
20 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
shall apply between Price Schedules and Drawings. Work not

specifically detailed, called for, marked or specified shall be the same
as similar parts that are detailed, marked or specified.
9.2
Dimension and Levels

All dimensions and levels shown on the drawings shall be verified by
the Contractor on the site and he will be held responsible for the
accuracy and maintenance of all the dimensions and the levels.
Figured dimensions in all cases to be accepted and no dimension
shall be scaled. Large-scale details shall take precedence over smallscale drawings. In case of discrepancy, the Contractor shall ask for
clarification from the Employer before proceeding with the work.
9.3
The Contractors work shall not deviate from the Drawings and the
Specifications. The Employer interpretation of these documents
shall be final.
9.4
Errors or inconsistencies discovered in the Drawings and

Specifications shall be promptly brought to the attention of the
Employer, for interpretation or correction. Local conditions, which
may affect the work, shall likewise be brought to the Employer's
attention. If at any time, it is discovered that work is being done
which is not in accordance with the Contract Drawings and
Specifications, the Contractor shall correct the work immediately.
Corrections of defective work shall not be a basis for any claim for
extension of time or costs. The Contractor shall not carry on work
except with the knowledge of the Employer.
9.5
Figured dimensions on the Scale Drawings and large size details

shall govern. Large size details shall take precedence over small
scale drawings. Any work done before receipt of such details, if not
in accordance with the same, shall be removed and replaced or
adjusted, as directed by the Employer without expense to the
Employer. The General Conditions of Contract apply with equal
force to all the work including authorized extra works.
9.6
All drawings, Price Schedules and Specifications and copies thereof

furnished by the Employer / Architect are their property. They shall
not be used on any other work and shall be returned to the Employer
/ Architect at his/their request on completion or termination of the
Contract.
9.7 Barbending schedule

The Contractor shall prepare bar bending schedules/ Detailed
Fabrication drawings for Reinforced Concrete works and Structural
steel works respectively based on the Structural Design drawings
21 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
issued by Employer for construction purpose.

10. Contract Price/
Contract Value/
Contract Sum/
10.1
Contract Price / Contract Value / Contract Sum

The Contract Price / Contract Value / Contract Sum shall not be
adjusted or altered in any way whatsoever otherwise than in
accordance with the express provisions of these General Conditions
of Contract and subject to Price Schedules including Preambles of
the tender. Any error whether of Arithmetic or otherwise in the
computation of the Contract Value/ Contract Sum shall be deemed to
have been accepted by the parties hereto.
10.2
The quality and quantity of the work included in the Contract Price/
Contract Value / Contract Sum shall be deemed to be that which is
set out in the Price Schedules which unless otherwise expressly
stated in respect of any specified item shall be deemed to have been
prepared in accordance with the principles of the standard method of
measurement of building works as per this specification but save as
aforesaid nothing contained in the Contract Bills shall override,
modify or affect in any way whatsoever the application or
interpretation of that which is contained in these General Conditions
of Contract .
11.1 Scope
11.Scope of Work
11.1.1 The Scope of Work consists of RCC, Structural, MEP and Finishes
works, Excavation (will be done by other agency, only dressing shall
be in this package scope), Concrete, Formwork, Steel
(Reinforcement), Structural Steel Work, Waterproofing, Post
tensioning, MEP Works & Finishing works of Residential Project at
Goregaon for Atithi Builders And Constructors Private Limited
and is illustrated and defined by the Specifications and the Price
Schedules herewith attached and by Drawings. If the Contractor
shall find any discrepancy in or divergence between the Contract
Drawings and/or the Contract Bills he shall immediately give to the
Employer a written notice specifying the discrepancy or divergence
and the Employer shall issue instructions in regard thereto.
11.2 Extent
11.2.1 The Contractor shall carry out and complete the work in every
respect in accordance with this Contract and with the directions of
and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Employer. The Employer
may in his absolute discretion and from time to time issue further
drawings, details and/or written instructions, written directions and
written explanations all of which are collectively referred to as
22 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Employer instructions. All such Drawings and instructions shall be

consistent with Contract Document, true developments thereof and
reasonably inferable there from.
11.3 Temporary Works
11.3.1 Temporary Works
Before any temporary works are commenced the Contractor shall
submit at least 7 days in advance to Employer for approval,
complete drawings of all temporary works he may require for the
execution of the works. The Contractor shall also submit his
calculations relating to strength, if required by Employer and shall
carry out modifications that the Employer may require in
accordance with the conditions of contract at his own cost. The
Contractor shall be solely responsible for the stability and safety
of all temporary works and unfinished works and for the quality of
the permanent works resulting from the arrangement eventually
adopted for their execution.
11.3.2
Temporary roads
Access roads shall be provided to the site by the Contractor from
the main road at no extra cost as directed by Employer. The
Contractor shall be responsible for proper maintenance of this
access road and would take all care to see that existing services, if
any, are maintained in working order.
The construction and maintenance of temporary roads suitable for
all weather conditions for movement of heavy construction
equipments within the site area throughout the project duration
shall be the Contractors responsibility and the Contractor shall
take such measure as are necessary and as directed by
EMPLOYER.
11.3.3
Temporary fencing etc.

The Contractor shall take over the existing fencing, if any and
maintain the fencing and gates, if any for the protection of the
public and for proper execution of the works including all costs
incurred for the security of the works and in accordance with the
requirements of Employer and regulations of local authorities.
These shall be altered, relocated and adapted from time to time as
necessary and removed on completion.
11.4 Additional Items

11.4.1 The Contractor is bound to carry
for the completion of the job and
system even though such item(s)
quantities and rates. Schedule of
23 of 111
out any item of work necessary

successful performance of the
is or are not included in the
instructions in respect of such
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
additional items and their quantities will be issued in writing prior

consent in writing of the Employer.
However any ancillary structures, miscellaneous works required to be
carried out for project completion would be measured under relevant
BOQ item
11.5 Intent
11.5.1 The intention of the Document is to include all labour and materials,
equipment and transportation and any other items necessary for the
proper execution of the work. All such drawings and instructions
shall be consistent with the Contract Document, true developments
thereof and reasonably inferable there from as made clear in Clause
(3) above. Materials of work described in words, which so applied,
have a well known technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to
such recognized standard.
11.5.2 Unless otherwise expressly limited in the Specifications, the
Contractors obligations cover the provision of all manpower,
material (Except those supplied by the Employer ) , power required
for Construction, Construction water, fuel, goods, Plant , Equipment,
consumables and the performance of all Services required for the
Design, Supply, Construction, manufacture (including procurement,
quality assurance, fabrication, erection installation testing, the Works
and other associated works, in accordance with the Conditions,
plans, procedures, specifications, drawings, codes and any other
documents as specified in the Specifications. Such specifications
include, but are not limited to, the provision of supervision and
engineering services; the supply of labour, materials, equipment,;
Contractors Equipment; construction utilities and supplies;
temporary materials, structures and facilities; transportation
(including, without limitation, unloading and hauling to, from and at
the Site); and storage.
11.5.3 The Contractor shall, unless specifically excluded in the Contract,
perform all such work and/or supply all such items and materials and
services not specifically mentioned in the Contract but that can be
reasonably inferred from the Contract as being required for attaining
Completion of the Works as if such work and/or items ,materials and
services were expressly mentioned in the Contract.
11.6 Direct Sub Contractors (DSC)
11.6.1.
Direct Sub Contractor (DSC)
11.6.1.1 Works such as Structural works, water proofing, Brickwork,

Plastering, MEP Works, Finishing Works etc., covered in the
scope of Main Civil work and Finishing work and any other areas
of work identified by the Employer shall be undertaken by
24 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
specialist agencies engaged by the Contractor as Direct SubContractors on approval of the Employer after adopting the
procedures given below.
11.6.1.2 Names of at least three specialized sub-agencies for each work
shall be proposed at before commencement of work along with
the details of scope, experience, financial standing etc. Such
sub-agencies shall be called Direct Sub Contractors. The
Employer will have the right to call for additional information as
may be required to assess the capability of Direct Sub
Contractors or even to inspect their previous works for fully
satisfying themselves on the performance of the Direct Sub
Contractors. The Employer thereafter will convey their approval
to the Contractor for selection of Direct Sub Contractor,
minimum being one number per trade or in the event of a special
need for engaging more than one such specialist, up to a
maximum of three in each trade. The successful Bidder shall
engage only such approved Direct Sub Contractor. If Employer
is not satisfied with the capacity and experience of the Direct Sub
Contractor proposed by the Principal Contractor, the Employer
shall have the right to nominate an agency / agencies (called as
Nominated Sub-contractors) of their choice that the Contractor
shall be bound to engage forthwith. The decision of the Employer
in identifying and selection of Direct Sub Contractor shall be final
and binding on the Principal Contractor. If during execution, the
performance of any such Direct Sub Contractor / Nominated
Direct Sub-contractor is found to be unsatisfactory, the Employer
reserves the right to order termination of such Direct Sub
Contractor / Nominated Direct Sub-Contractor and nominate
alternative agency to continue the works. The Contractor shall
comply with such instructions promptly and effectively.
11.6.2.3 All the terms and conditions under this Contract shall be equally
enforceable on the Direct Sub Contractor for each trade and
accordingly the Principal Contractor shall have a tie up with each
of the Direct Sub-Contractors / Nominated Sub-contractors.
11.6.2.4 Both Nominated Sub Contractor and Direct Sub Contractor shall
further be governed as under:
11.6.2.5
That the Nominated Sub-Contractors (NSC) / Direct SubContractor (DSC) shall carry out and complete the sub-contract
works in every respect to the reasonable satisfaction of the
Principal Contractor and of the Employer and in conformity with
all the reasonable directions and requirements of the Principal
Contractor.
11.6.2.6 That the NSC / DSC shall observe, perform and comply with all
the provisions of this Contract on the part of the Contractor to be
25 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
observed, performed and complied with (other than clause 49 of

these conditions, if applicable) so far as they relate and apply to
the Sub-Contract works or to any portion of the same.
11.6.2.7 That the NSC / DSC shall indemnify the Contractor against the
same liabilities in respect of the Subcontract work as those for
which the Contractor is liable to indemnify the Employer under
this Contract and the Employer will not be liable for any claims
made by the Subcontractors against the Contractor.
11.6.2.8 That the NSC / DSC shall indemnify the Contractor against
claims in respect of any negligence, omission or default of such
Subcontractor, his servants or agents or any misuse by him or
them of any scaffolding or other plant, and shall insure himself
against any such claims and produce the policy, or policies and
premium and premium receipts as and when required by the
Principal Contractor or EMPLOYER.
11.6.2.9 That the Employer / Architect / Structural & Services Consultant
and his representative shall have right of access to the
workshops and other places of the NSC / DSC as mentioned in
clause 6 of the miscellaneous conditions mentioned below.
11.6.2.10 That the Sub-Contract work shall be completed within the period
or (where they are to be completed in sections) periods therein
specified, that the Contractor shall not without the written consent
of the Employer grant any extension of time for the completion of
Sub- Contract work or any section thereof, and that the
Contractor shall inform the Employer of any representations
made by the NSC / DSC as to the cause of any delays in the
progress of completion of the Sub-Contracts work or of any
section thereof.
11.6.2.11 That if the NSC / DSC shall fail to complete the Sub-Contract
work or (where the Sub-Contracts works are to be completed in
sections) any section thereof within the period therein specified or
within any extended time granted by the Contractor with the
written consent of the Employer , and the Employer certifies in
writing to the Contractor that the same ought reasonably so to
have been completed the NSC / DSC shall pay or allow to the
Contractor either a sum calculated at the rate therein agreed as
Liquidated and Ascertained Damages not as penalty for the
period during which the said work or any section thereof, as the
case may be, shall so remain or have remained incomplete or
(where no such rate is therein agreed) a sum equivalent to any
loss or damage suffered or incurred by the Contractor and
caused by the failure of the Nominated Direct Sub-Contractor /
Direct Sub-Contractor as aforesaid.
26 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
11.6.2.12 That the Contractor shall retain from the sum directed by the
Employer having been included in the calculation of the amount
stated as due in any certificate issued under clause 14.7 of the
GCC in respect of the total value of work, materials or goods
executed or supplied by the Nominated Direct Sub-Contractor /
Direct Sub-Contractor, the percentage of such value mentioned in
Contract Data to these conditions as percentage of certified value
retained up to a total amount not exceeding a sum which bears
the same ratio to the Subcontract price as the unreduced sum
named in the Contract data as limit of Retention Fund bears to
the Contract sum; and that the Principal Contractor's interest in
any sums so retained (by whomsoever held) shall be fiduciary as
trustee for the Nominated Direct Subcontractor / Direct SubContractor (but without obligation to invest); and that the
Nominated Direct
Subcontractor's / Direct Sub-Contractor
beneficial interest in such sums shall be subject only to the right
of the Contractor to have recourse thereto from time to time for
payment of any amount which he is entitled under the
Sub-Contract to deduct from any sum due or to become due to
the Nominated Direct Sub-Contractor; and that if and when such
sums or any part thereof are released to the Nominated Direct
Sub-Contractor / Direct Sub-Contractor they shall be paid in full if
paid within 15 days of the date fixed for their release in the
Sub-Contract.
11.6.2.13 Before issuing any certificate in respect of the total value of work,
materials or goods executed under the GCC the Employer may
request the Contractor to furnish to him reasonable proof that all
amounts included in the calculation of the amount stated as due
on previous certificates in respect of the total value of work
materials or goods executed or supplied by any NSC / DSC have
been duly discharged and if the Contractor fails to comply with
any such request the Employer shall issue a certificate to that
effect and thereupon the Employer may himself pay such
amounts to any NSC concerned and deduct the same from any
sums due or to become due to the Contractor.
11.6.2.14 The Contractor shall not grant to any NSC / DSC any extension
of the period within which the Sub-Contract work or (where the
Sub-Contract works are to be completed in sections) any section
thereof is to be completed without the written consent of the
EMPLOYER. Provided always that the Contractor shall inform
the EMPLOYER of any representation made by the Nominated
Direct Sub-Contract work or any section thereof and that the
consent of the Employer shall not be unreasonably with-held.
11.6.2.15 If any NSC / DSC fails to complete the Sub- Contract work or
(where the Subcontract works are to be completed in sections)
any section thereof within the period specified in the SubGeneral Conditions of Contract
27 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Contract or within the extended time granted by the Principal

Contractor with the written consent of the Employer then if the
same ought reasonably so to have been completed the Employer
shall certify in writing accordingly. Any such certificates shall be
issued to the Contractor and immediately upon issue the
Employer shall send a duplicate copy thereof to the NSC / DSC.
11.6.2.16 If the Employer desires to secure final payment to any NSC /
DSC before final payment is due to the Contractor, and if such
Subcontractor has satisfactorily indemnified the Contractor
against any latent defects then the Employer may in an R. A. Bill
Certificate include an amount to cover the said final payment and
thereupon the Contractor shall pay such Nominated Direct
Subcontractor / Direct Sub-Contractor the amount so certified.
Upon such final payment the amount named in the Contract data
as limit of retention fund shall be reduced by the sum which bears
the same ratio to the said amount as does such Subcontracts
price to the Contract value/ sum, and save for latent defects the
Contractor shall be discharged from all liability for the work
materials or goods executed or supplied by such Sub- Contractor
under the Subcontract to which the payment relates.
11.6.2.17 Neither the existence nor the exercise of the foregoing powers
nor anything else contained in these conditions shall render the
Employer in any way liable to any Nominated Direct
Subcontractor / Direct Sub-Contractor.
11.6.2.18
The Contractor shall for general attendance upon

Sub-Contractors including free use of plant scaffolding and is to
allow them the use of sanitary conveniences, storage facilities for
storing materials, other amenities and affording them all
reasonable facilities for carrying out their Contracts.
11.7
Setting Out
11.7.1
Employer shall supply dimensional drawings, levels and all other

information necessary to enable contractor to set out the works.
11.7.2
Contractor shall set out the works and shall provide and fix all
setting out apparatus required and solely be responsible for the
true and perfect setting out the same.
11.7.3
Contractor shall also be fully responsible for the correctness of

the positions, levels, dimensions and alignment of all parts
thereof as per drawings.
11.7.4
Contractor shall take in writing the approval of the Ariisto for

setting out and taking levels before starting the work.
28 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
12. Time for

Commencement and
Completion
13. Employer /
Consultants
Instructions
11.7.5
Contractor shall also ensure to fix up one or more Permanent

Benchmark (PBM) at specific and proposed to be non-disturbed
places in and around the project boundary and always ensure to
have a cross-check of measurement accuracy w.r.t. permanent
B.M. The PBM shall be restored / safeguarded with the highest
degree of care / precaution.
12.1
All works to be executed under the contract shall be executed

under the direction of Employer and subject to his approval in
all respect who shall be entitled to direct at what point or points
and in what manner they are to be commenced and from time
to time carried on. The date of commencement shall be as per
Contract Data Sheet.
12.2
The Employer may issue instructions in regard to the

postponement of any work to be executed under the provisions of
this Contract.
12.3
Contractor can work on all working days from 08:00 am to 08:00

pm with enough light and safety precautions with due notice to
Employer. Any work requiring consumption of cement shall not be
done on Holidays and Sundays without prior permission from the
Employer. All works shall be commenced after a minimum notice
period of 24 hours to the Employer. Contractor shall not
undertake any construction activities during night times and
holidays, which generates sound enough to disturb occupants
residing in neighboring building. Contractor shall settle all issues
with complaints so that progress of work is not affected without
causing any expenditure and / or any other problems, whatsoever
including legal to the Employer.
13.1
The Contractor shall forthwith comply with and duly execute any
works comprised in such instructions issued to him by the
Employer / Architect / in regard to any matter in respect of
which the Employer / Architect is expressly empowered by
these General Conditions of Contract to issue instructions
provided always that verbal instructions, directions and
explanations given to the Contractor or his work representative by
the Employer shall if involving a variation be confirmed in writing.
13.2
If within seven days after receipt of a written notice from the

Employer requiring compliance with an instruction the
Contractor does not comply therewith, the Employer may
employ and pay other persons to execute any work whatsoever
which may be necessary to give effect to such instructions and all
cost incurred with such employment shall be recoverable from the
Contractor by the Employer as a debt or may be deducted by
29 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
him from any monies due or to become due to the Contractor

under this Contract.
14. PMC /
ARCHITECTs
Status and
Decisions
13.3
Upon receipt of what purports to be instructions issued to him by

the Employer the Contractor may request the Employer to
specify in writing the provision of these General Conditions of
Contract which empowers the issue of the said instruction. The
Employer shall forthwith comply with any such request, and if the
Contractor shall thereafter comply with the said instruction, then
the issue of the same shall be deemed for all purposes of this
Contract to have been empowered by the provision of these
General Conditions of Contract specified by the Employer in
answer to the Contractors request.
13.4
Any instruction issued orally shall be of immediate effect, but shall

be confirmed in writing by the Contractor to the Employer within
seven days, and if not dissented from in writing by the Employer
to the Contractor within seven days from receipt of the
Contractors confirmation shall take effect as from the expiration
of the latter said seven days.
13.5
Provided always, that if the Employer within seven days of

giving such an oral instruction shall himself confirm the same
in writing, then the Contractor shall not be obliged to confirm
as aforesaid, and the said instruction shall take effect as from the
date of the Consultants confirmation and
13.6
Provided always that if neither the Contractor nor the Employer

shall confirm such an oral instruction in the manner and at the
time aforesaid but the Contractor shall nevertheless comply with
the same, then the Employer may confirm the same in writing at
any time prior to the issue of the Final Certificate, and the said
instruction shall thereupon be deemed to have taken effect on the
date on which it was issued.
14.1
The PMC / Architect shall be the Employer's representative

during the Construction Period. The PMC / Architect shall visit
the site to familiarise himself generally with the progress and the
quality of the work and to determine in general if the work is
proceeding in accordance with the Contract Document and good
engineering practice. Contractor, at start of the project shall
submit for approval of PMC a comprehensive Method statement,
Quality Assurance plan for all major construction materials getting
incorporated in the work and stage wise inspection procedure for
all major construction activities. Quality Assurance Plan will
include QC formats. Contractor shall from time to time submit
QC forms duly filled in and signed to PMC to demonstrate that the
works are being executed in accordance with the Contract
Document and good engineering practice. PMC at his own
discretion shall decide to carry out further quality checks at any
30 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
stage of works. PMC shall condemn any work which fails to

conform to the Contract Document. Contractor shall make good
as soon as reasonably possible any defects and deficiencies
observed and notified by the PMC. PMC is required to make
exhaustive or continuous on site inspections to check the quality
or quantity of the work and he shall not be responsible for the
Contractors failure to carry out the construction work in
accordance with the Contract Document. During such visits and
on the basis of his observations while at the site he shall keep the
Employer informed of the progress of the work, shall endeavor to
guard the Employer against defects and deficiencies in the work
of the Contractor and he shall condemn work which fails to
conform to the Contract document. He shall have authority to act
on behalf of the Employer only to the extent expressly provided
in the Contract Document or otherwise in writing which shall be
shown to the Contractor. PMC shall have authority to stop the
work whenever such stoppage may be necessary in his
reasonable opinion to ensure the proper execution of the
Contract.
14.2
Not Used
14.3
The PMC shall be in the first instance the interpreter of the

Conditions and the judge of its performance. He shall side
neither with the Employer nor with the Contractor but shall use
his powers under the Contract to enforce its faithful performance
by both.
14.4
Decision
14.4.1
The PMC shall within a reasonable time make decisions on all

claims of the Employer or the Contractor and all other matters
relating to the execution and progress of the work or the
interpretation of the Contract Document.
14.4.2
The PMC may in his absolute discretion and from time to time
issue further Drawings, details and/or written instructions, written
directions and written explanations in regard to :
a) Any variation or modification of the design.
b) The quality or quantity of works of the additions or omission or
substitution of any work.
c) Any discrepancy in or divergence between the Drawings and /
or specifications.
d) The removal and/or re-execution of any works executed by the
Contractor.
e) The dismissal from the works of any persons employed thereon.
f)
The opening up for inspection of any work covered up.
g) The amendment and restoration of any defects under Defects
31 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Liability Period.
h) The removal from the site of any materials brought thereon by
the Contractor and the substitution of any other material there
for.
i)
assignment and subcontracting
j)
Delay and extension of time.
k) The postponement of any work to be executed under the

provision of this Contract.
14.4.3
PMCs Authority :
PMC shall obtain the specific approval of the Employer before
taking action under the following Sub-Clauses of the Conditions of
Contract.
(a)
Determining value, Cost or extension of time.
(b)
Giving a notice to the Contractor requiring him to complete

within a specified reasonable time for completion.
(c)
Instructing the Contractor to suspend progress of part or all

of the works.
(d)
Determining and certifying a reasonable reduction in the

Contract Price.
(e)
Instructing or approving a Variation.
(f)
Not used.
(g)
Giving notice that the Contractors Equipment

Temporary Works will be released to the Contractor.
(h)
Consent to the Contractors proposals.
(i)
Certifying payments of claims.
and
14.5 Dismissal
14.5.1 The Contractor shall on the request of the Employer / PMC
immediately dismiss from the works any person employed thereon
by him who may in the opinion of the Employer / PMC be
incompetent or misconducts himself and such person shall not be
again employed on the work without the permission of the Employer
/ PMC.
32 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
15.Contractors
Responsibilities
15.1 The Works as completed by the Contractor shall be wholly in

accordance with the contract and fit for the purposes for which they
are intended, as defined in the contract. The Works shall include any
work which is necessary to satisfy the contract, Contractors
proposal and Schedule, or is implied by the Contract, or arises from
any obligation of the Contractor, and all works not mentioned in the
contract but which may be inferred to be necessary for stability or
completion or the safe, reliable and efficient performance of the
Work.
15.2 The Contractor shall not enter upon or commence any portion of
Work except with the written authority and instruction of the
Employer, failing which, the Contractor shall have no claim to ask
for measurement or payment for work.
15.3 The Contractor shall, supply, construct, erect (including associated
purchases and/or subcontracting), and complete the Works with due
care and diligence in accordance with the Contract.
15.4 The Contractor shall be allowed admittance to the works place on
the 'Date of Commencement' stated in the Contract Data and he
shall thereupon and forthwith begin the work and shall regularly
proceed with and complete the same on or before the 'Date of
Completion' stated in the Contract Data subject nevertheless to the
provision for extension of time hereinafter contained.
15.5 Facilities such as Site office, storage, etc. for Scope of Work
including Construction power and Construction Water required
shall be arranged by the Contractor at his own cost. All necessary
permission for site office, storage, all necessary temporary structures
etc., shall be obtained from Employer by the Contractor
15.6 Security responsibility shall remain with the Contractor. No storage
of material may be allowed inside buildings without permission of the
Employer.
15.7 Adequacy of space within the site required for execution purposes as
well as for stacking material, fabrication yard, and any other
connected requirements specifically not mentioned herein or
otherwise shall be taken care of by the Contractor. The Contractor
should make his own arrangements for all the above requirements
including transportation of labour, materials etc., and the cost
incurred thereon shall be included in the quoted rates.
15.8
Notice to Authorities
The Contractor shall comply with and give all notices required to
be given by the Contractor under any Government Authorities,
instrument, rule or order made under the act of Parliament, State
33 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Laws, or any regulation or byelaws of any Authority related to the

work. The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against any
liability in respect of the above, without any additional cost.
.15.9 During the Contract Period, the Contractor shall also arrange and
pay for construction Power, Water, fuel ,lubricants, chemicals and
other consumables in sufficient quantities and for collection and
disposal of sewage and other wastes, generated at Project site by
the Contractor, to enable him to perform the Work .
15.10 The Contractor confirms that it has entered into this Contract on the
basis of a proper examination of the data relating to the Works
including any data provided by the Employer, and on the basis of
information that the Contractor could have obtained from a visual
inspection of the Site and of other data readily available to him
relating to the Works on of the date of bid submission. The
Contractor acknowledges that any failure to acquaint itself with all
such data and information shall not relieve his responsibility for
properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing
the Works.
15.11 The Contractor shall acquire in his name all permits, approvals
and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities
or public service undertakings in the area where the Site is located
that are necessary for the performance of the Contract. The
Contractor shall acquire all other permits, approvals and/or licenses
that are not the responsibility of the Employer under GCC SubClause 16.4 hereof and that are necessary for the performance of the
Contract.
15.12 The Contractor shall comply with all laws in force in the country
where the Works are carried out. The laws will include all local, state,
national or other laws that affect the performance of the Contract and
bind upon the Contractor The Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless the Employer from and against any and all liabilities,
damages, claims, fines, penalties and expenses of whatever nature
arising or resulting from the violation of such laws by the Contractor
or its personnel, including the Subcontractors and their personnel.
15.13 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract or agreed upon by the
Employer and the Contractor, the Contractor shall provide
sufficient, properly qualified personnel; shall supply and make
available all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts,
other materials and facilities; and shall perform all work and services
of whatsoever nature, including those required by the Employer to
properly carry out required Performance Guarantee Tests.
15.14 The Employer / PMC and his / their authorised representatives shall
at all reasonable times have access to the Works and to the
workshops or other places of the Contractor where work is being
34 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
prepared for the Contract and when work is to be so prepared in

workshops or other places of a Sub- Contractor (whether or not a
Contractor as defined in Clause 28 of these General Conditions of
Contract ) the Contractor shall have a term in the Sub-contract so as
to secure a similar right of access to those workshops or places for the
Employer / PMC and his representatives and shall do all things
reasonably necessary to make such right effective
15.15 The Contractor shall cooperate and share the site with other
contractors, public authorities, Utilities and the Employer during the
Contract Period..
15.16 The Contractor shall not without the prior consent of the Employer
assign to any person any benefit of or obligation under the Contract
in whole or in part. Such assignment, if approved by Employer,
shall not relieve the Contractor from any of his obligations, duty,
or responsibility under the Contract.
15.17 Any Sub-Contracts entered into by Contractor pursuant to these
Conditions of Contract shall provide that, pursuant to terms that
are available on commercially reasonable basis, the rights and
obligations of the Contractor under each such sub-contract are
assignable and delegable to the Employer, its successors and
assigns.
15.18
Co-ordination of Work
15.18.1 The Employer reserves the right to let other Contracts in

connection with the Project. The Contractor shall afford other
contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and the
execution of their work, and shall properly connect and
co-ordinate his work with theirs. If any part of Contractors or
Sub-Contractors work depends for proper execution or results
upon the work of any other Contractor or Sub-Contractor, the
Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Employer
any defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper
execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to so inspect
and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other
Contractors work as fit and proper for the reception of his work,
except as to defects which may develop in the other Contractors
or Sub-Contractors work after the execution of the work. To
ensure the proper execution of his subsequent work the
Contractor shall measure work already in place and shall at
once report to the Employer any discrepancy between the
executed work and the Drawings.
15.18.2 At the commencement of work, and from time to time, the
Contractor shall confer with the direct sub contractor , nominated
35 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
direct subcontractor/ Nominated Contractor and other Contractors,

persons, engaged on separate contracts in connection with the
work, and with the Employer for the purpose of the co-ordination
and execution of the various phases of the work.
15.18.3 The Contractor shall ascertain the Sub-Contractors, persons
engaged on separate contracts in connection with the Works, the
extent of all chasings, cuttings and forming of all openings, holes,
grooves, etc. as may be required to accommodate the various
services, the Contractor shall ascertain the routes of all services
and the positions of all floor outlets, traps, etc. in connection with
the installation of plant and services and arrange for the
Construction of work accordingly.
15.18.3 The Contractor must avoid the breaking and cutting of completed
work .
15.8.4
The contractor should allow contractors from other trades to use

his facilities, infrastructure etc, if required.
15.19
Labour and Labour Regulations
15.19.1 The Contractor shall not employ / use child labour. No labour
shall reside within the Project Site except authorized security
guards without approval of Employer.
15.19.2 All rules and regulations of Labour Department, Contract Labour
Laws, Provident Fund & ESI and connected laws, Workmen
Compensation, Insurance etc., and all other laws of the land are
to be complied with, by the Contractor within the quoted rates.
15.19.3 Festivals and Religious Customs
The Contractor shall respect the Countrys recognized festivals,
days of rest and religious or other customs.
15.19.4 Funeral Arrangements
The Contractor shall be responsible, to the extent required by
statutory regulations, for making any funeral arrangements for
any of his local employees who may die while engaged upon the
Work.
15.19.5 Alcoholic liquor or drugs
The Contractor shall not, otherwise than in accordance with the
Laws of the Country, import, sell, give, barter or otherwise
dispose of any alcoholic liquor or drugs, or permit or allow
importation, sale, gift, barter or disposal thereto by Contractors
Personnel.
36 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
15.19.6 Arms and Ammunition

The Contractor shall not give, barter, or otherwise dispose of, to
any person, any arms or ammunition of any kind, or allow
Contractors Personnel to do so.
15.20 Design & Drawings
15.20.1 The Contractor shall execute and complete the Works within the
Time for Completion, and shall remedy any defects within the
Contract and Defect Liability Period. The Contractor shall provide
all superintendence, labour, Materials, Contractor 's Equipment,
Temporary Works and all other things, whether of a temporary or
permanent nature,- required in and for such design.
15.20.2 Before commencing execution, the Contractor shall satisfy himself
regarding the Employers requirements, and the Construction
Drawings issued by the Architect. The Contractor shall bring to
notice of the Employer / Architect of any error, fault or other defect
observed in the Drawings furnished by the Employer / Architect.
15,20.3 Any clarification/discrepancy in the tender shall be sorted out with
the Employer, before execution of Works. Employers decision in
this regard shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
15.20.4 The Contractor shall carry out, and be responsible for, proper
execution of Works according to Drawings furnished by Architect
and the Technical Specification.
15..21
Health, Safety & Environment Programme
15.21.1 The Contractor shall strictly comply with the Health, Safety &
Environment Programme as per Appendix- A. in Volume I.
The Contractor shall keep the Employer fully indemnified against
any claims or liabilities arising out of Contractors lapse in safety
practices
15.21.2
The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the adequacy,

stability and safety of all Site operations, of all methods of
construction and of all the Works, irrespective of any approval or
consent by the Employer.
15.21.3 The Contractor shall at his own expense arrange for complying
with all the occupational safety, health and welfare legislations of
Government of India/ Government of Maharashtra, including the
Civil code and the Building and Other Construction Workers Act
1996..
15.21.4. Safety Officer & Surveyor
Experienced Safety Officer & Surveyor with adequate number of
supporting personnel shall be appointed for full time on the Site
37 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
during the execution of the works by the Contractor.

15.21.5 Safety Code and Safety Rules
a) The Contractor shall at his own cost follow all the safety rules
and regulations and safety codes such as :
B.I.S. code No.

4014 [Part-2]:1967
SAFETY CODE FOR

Steel tabular scaffolding. Part-2
Safety regulations for scaffolding.
3764:1992
Excavation work [1st revision]
13415:1992
Protective
building.
13416 [Part-1]: 1992
Recommendations
for
preventive
measures against hazards at work
places. Part-1 Falling material hazards
prevention.
13416 [Part-2] :1992
Recommendations
for
preventive
places. Part-2 Fall prevention.
13416 [Part-3]
1992
in
and
around
: Recommendations
for
preventive
places. Part-3 Disposal of debris.
13416 [Part-5] : 1992
Recommendations
for
preventive
places. Part-1 Fire protection.
4081 : 1986
Blasting and related drilling operation

[1st revision]
7293 : 1974
Working with construction machinery.
7969:1975
Handling and
materials.
8989:1978
Erection of concrete framed structures.
3696:[Part-I] 1987
Scaffolds
and
ladders:
Part-1
Scaffolds.
Scaffolds and ladders: Part-2 Ladders.
9696:[Part-2] 1991
barriers
38 of 111
storage
of
building
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Over and above, the Contractor shall follow at his own cost, any
other safety codes required for successful execution of contract.
a) First Aid facility shall be maintained in a readily accessible place
with first aid appliances including adequate supply of sterilized
dressings and cotton wool. Trained First Aiders and First Aid Boxes
must be available on Site with regular replenishment.
The Contractor shall deploy at site an emergency vehicle,(
Ambulance ) round the clock, to meet any eventualities to shift
accident victim to nearest hospital.
b) An injured person shall be taken to a hospital without loss of time, in
the cases where the injury necessitates hospitalization. Tie up with
a nearest hospital is a must.
c) Suitable and strong scaffoldings should be provided for workmen
for all works that cannot safely be done from ground. Bamboo
scaffolding will not be permitted.
d) No portable single ladder shall be over 8 meters in length. The
width between the side rails shall not be less than 30 cm. (clear)
and the distance between two adjacent rungs shall not be more
than 30cm. When a ladder is used an extra mazdoor shall be
engaged for holding the ladder. Ladder must confirm to Indian
Standard.
e) The excavation material shall not be placed within 1.5 metres of the
edge of the trench or half of the depth of trench whichever is more.
All trenches and excavations shall be provided with necessary
fencing and lighting. Fencing must confirm to Indian Standard with
Hand and Mid-Rail. Slopes /Steps/Timber shoring to be provided
considering the depth and soil quality. Ladders/ Ramps to be
provided to get in and out of the trench. For every 15m length 1
ladder is must.
f)
Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform be

provided with suitable means to prevent the fall of persons or
materials by providing suitable safety netting / mesh / fencing or
railing whose minimum height shall be one meter. Cut out opening
also can be closed with waste shuttering material and anchor
fastner.
g) No floor, roof or other part of the structure shall be so overloaded

with debris or materials as to render it unsafe.
39 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
h) Workers employed on mixing and handling material such as

asphalt, cement mortar or concrete and lime mortar shall be
provided with protective footwear and rubber / heat resistant
hand-gloves.and goggles.
i)
Those engaged in welding works should be provided with welder's

protective eye-shields and gloves. All persons at site shall wear
shoes and protective safety helmets approved for construction
sites.
j)
No paint containing lead or lead products shall be used except in

the form of paste or readymade paint.
k) Suitable facemasks should be supplied for use by the workers

when the paint is applied in the form of spray or surface having lead
paint dry rubbed and scrapped.
l)
Overalls and Goggles shall be supplied by the Contractor to the

painters and adequate facilities shall be provided to enable the
working painters to wash during the period of cessation of work.
m) Hoisting machines and tackle used in the works, including their

attachments, anchorage and supports shall be in perfect condition.
Inspection by a Competent person is a must..
n) The ropes used in hoisting or lowering material or as a means of
suspension shall be of durable quality and adequate strength and
free from defects.
15.21.6 Safety Rules to Be Followed By the Contractor during Execution
of Work:
a)
All the staff working at site shall wear helmets and Safety shoes.
b)
All electrical equipment used by the Contractor will have double

earthing and will be connected through an ELCB. 30 mAmp
capacity.
c)
No temporary electrical connections with loose wire will be
40 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
permitted. For all electrical connections, proper sockets and

plugs will be used and wiring / cabling clamped.
d)
Electrical hand tools like drilling machine will be of 220 volts

type provided with an adequate step down transformer.
e)
30 mAmp ELCB's will be used wherever power & electrical

connections are taken by the Sub Contractor.
f)
Fire fighting portable extinguishers will be used and located at

appropriate locations.Preventive maintenance of extinguishers
is a must.
g)
All staff working at heights will use safety belts and standard
platforms with 42" height railing
h)
All the staff working will as far as possible wear Safety shoes.
i)
All electricians will have wiremen's licence.
j)
Standard ladders shall be used & non standard ladders will not
be permitted.
k)
Inflammable materials like Petrol, Kerosene, Wax etc., will not

be allowed to be stored at site stores. Special storage space
with fire protection arrangements will be provided .MSDL of all
chemicals must be kept available.
l)
Each Contractor will keep well furnished FIRST AID boxes ( one
per 100 persons ) with easy accessibility.
m) Welding mechanics and electricians will wear rubber gloves.

n)
Personal protecting equipment like Ear Plugs, Goggles, various

Gloves, Safety Belt, Safety Helmet, Rubber and Safety Shoes,
etc., should be used and available in Contractors stores.
o)
Use of asbestos will not be permitted.
41 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
p)
If correct manual handling is not used, it can result in back

injuries. Therefore all workers should be trained in safe manual
handling. Special objects require special handling.
q)
All scaffolding will be of steel and double stage unless otherwise

permitted.
r)
Contractors has to ensure that all equipment tools, brought on to

the premises will be in a safe condition has recently been
checked and that all personnel using the equipment and tools
have been trained in their safe use. Periodic checking and
calibration of Tools and Records are must.
s)
Contractor to ensure that whilst on site premises, he will comply

with all health and safety legislation as required by the
Employer.
t)
All the platforms, scaffolding and catwalks should have railings

of 1 Mt. height and 100 mm toe board. All the catwalks should
be minimum 450 mm wide and of grill type. All ladders should
have hand rails. Minimum weekly inspection of scaffolding with
Record is a must.
15.21.7 Arrangements for fire fighting

The Contractor shall provide arrangements for fire fighting at his
own cost. For this purpose, he shall provide requisite number of
fire extinguishers and adequate number of buckets, some of which
are to be always kept filled with sand and some with water. These
equipment shall be provided at suitable prominent and easily
accessible places and shall be properly maintained.
The Contractor may be subject to periodic fire prevention
inspections and any deficiency or unsafe condition shall be
corrected by the Contractor at his own cost and to approval of
Employer and the relevant authorities.
These fire prevention inspections shall include but not limited to
the following:
i.
Proper handling, storage and disposal of combustible
materials, liquids and wastes.
ii.
Work operations which can create fire hazards.
iii.
Access for firefighting equipment.
iv.
Type, size, number and location of fire extinguishers or
42 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
other firefighting equipment.

Inspection and maintenance records for extinguishers.
Type, number and location of containers for the removal of
surplus materials and
rubbish.
vii.
General housekeeping.
v.
vi.
15.22.
Protection / Safety of adjacent Structures, trees and shrubs
15.22.1 The Contractor shall provide and erect to the approval of the
Employer such supports as may be required to protect efficiently
all structures and protective guards to trees which may be
endangered by the execution of the works or otherwise take such
permanent measures as may be required by the Employer to
protect the structures and trees
15.22.2 Trees and Shrubs designated by the Employer shall be protected
from damage during the course of the work and the earth level
shall not be changed within three feet of such trees. Where
necessary such trees and shrubs shall be protected by means of
temporary fencing.
15.23
Quality Assurance
The Contractors QA / QC program shall be in line with
Employers Requirements. Employer reserves the right to
recommend changes/ alternations / addition and/or deletion to
the same and Contractor shall be obligated to abide by the
same. The Contractor shall submit project specific QA/QC
programme and manual for the approval of Employers
Representative.
All works, embracing more than one process shall be subject to
examination and approval at each stage thereof as stipulated
by Employer.
All The materials proposed to be used for construction shall be
tested as per the frequency of testing of materials as mentioned
in IS Codes.
Contractor shall give reasonable notice in writing to Employer
when each stage as per milestone is ready.
Contractor is expected to be reasonably practical in proposing
this time period. However, concreting shall not be allowed
without inspection of Employer.
In default of such notice received, Employer shall be entitled to
appraise the quality or reject the particular stage of work and in
the event of any dispute; the decision of Employer thereon shall
43 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
be final and binding.

Record of such approval will be maintained at site and kept in
the safe custody of Employer.
Interim approvals do not absolve the responsibility of Contractor
from their liability for the work which is to be as per
specifications and quality on completion.
15.24
Antiques
15.23.1 All fossils and other objects of interest or value which may be
found at the site or in excavating the same during the progress of
the work shall become the property of the Employer. The
Contractor shall carefully take out and preserve all such objects
and shall immediately or as soon as conveniently may be after the
discovery of such articles deliver the same into the possession of
the Employer un-cleaned and as excavated.
15.23.2 If in the opinion of the Employer compliance with the provisions of
the preceding Clause has involved the Contractor in direct loss
and/or expense for which he would not be reimbursed by a
payment made under any other provision in this Contract then the
Employer shall ascertain the amount of such loss and/or
expense, any amount from time to time so ascertained shall be
added to the Contract sum, and if an Interim Certificate is issued
after the date of ascertainment any such amount which would
otherwise be stated as due in such certificates.
15.24
Protection and cleaning
15.24.1 The Contractor shall protect and preserve the work from all
damage or accident by providing any temporary coverings, boxing
or other construction as required by the Employer.
This
protection shall be provided for all property adjacent to the site as
well as on the site.
15.24.2 The Contractor shall properly clean the work as it progresses and
shall remove all rubbish and debris from the site from time to time
as is necessary and as directed. On completion the Contractor
shall ensure that the premises and/or site are cleaned off surplus
materials debris, sheds etc. removed, areas under floors cleared
or rubbish in gutters and drains cleared, and handed over to the
Employer so that the whole premises is left fit for immediate
occupation or use and to the satisfaction of the Employer.
15.24.3 The unsuitable excavated earth, refuge and bentonite slurry etc.
arising from the works both as it accumulates, at regular intervals
and also on completion of the works or as directed by
44 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
EMPLOYER, shall be carted away from the site and disposed in

the appropriate dump yard as per Statutory regulations. The rate
of excavation includes cost of all necessary licenses, Royalty
charges and permissions for the disposing the unsuitable earth
from appropriate
15.24.4 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain a certificate from
the local authorities concerned to the effect that all rubbish arising
out of Contractors activities at the construction site or any other
offsite activities borrow pits and / or disposal area[s] has been
properly disposed off.
15.24.5 This certificate from the authority shall be dated not later than the
[last] certificate of completion of works and is to be enclosed with
the payment certificate in which the Contractor requests for
payment of any retention money due to him.
15.25
Photographs and Video CDs/ DVDs
15.25.1 The Contractor shall take photos and video from the locations
approved by the Employer to show the progress of work at
monthly intervals throughout the construction period and furnish
photographs (3 sets) and CDs/ DVDs of required duration
(minimum 15 minutes for each month) duly indicating there in
the specified number of negative / prints affixed in albums along
with each R. A. Bill Invoice. Each photograph shall be marked
with the description of the photograph and location from which it
was taken.
15.25.2 The ownership and copyright of all photographs / CDs/ DVDs
and negatives shall be vested with the Employer and are not to
be used without his permission under any circumstances.
Negatives and prints / CDs/DVDs shall be handed over to the
Employer monthly.
15.26
15.26.1
Field Organisation and Equipment

Site Management:
15.26.1.1 The Contractor shall constantly keep on his work, during its
progress, qualified and competent Project Engineers under the
overall in-charge of the Project Manager who will be responsible for
the carrying out of the works to the true meaning of the Drawings,
Specifications and Price Schedules, Employers instructions and
directions to the satisfaction of the Employer. Attention is called to
the importance of requesting instructions from the Employer
before undertaking any work where Employers directions or
instructions are required. Any such work done in advance of such
instructions will be liable to be removed.
45 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
15.26.1.2 The Contractor shall constantly keep upon the Works on a full-time
basis, the key personnel which are including but not limited to the
following:
A competent and experienced project manager who shall be

overall in-charge of the works.
Qualified and competent structural engineers with past

experience in the erection of reinforced concrete high rise
buildings and structural steel works.
Qualified and competent mechanical and electrical engineers
who shall act as the Project Manager for all mechanical and
electrical works on this project. The Mechanical/Electrical
Engineer in this connection shall be fully experienced in the
type of works to be carried out under this Contract. He shall
organise and coordinate on all the Project Contractors behalf
all mechanical and electrical engineering aspects of the
Works.
A qualified and competent Planning Manager with past

experience in the planning and programming of the works.
Adequate number of foreman / supervisors who shall be

continuously in charge of the execution and maintenance of
the Works/ Plant & Equipment / Machinery throughout the
currency of the Contract. Designated qualified plant
manager with adequate number of supporting personnel.
Adequate number of designated qualified plant manager

with adequate number of supporting personnel , foremen,
site supervisors and all necessary back-up staff who are
skilled, competent and experienced in their respective
calling/trades.
Adequate number of Designated qualified personnel for

quality assurance, quality Control & Safety with adequate
number of supporting personnel.
These key personnel once employed for the Works and approved
by the Employer shall not be removed from the Works without prior
consent from the Employer.
The provision of such organisation chart and the Employer
/approval thereof shall not limit the Contractors responsibilities and
obligations in respect of adequate staffing at the Site. In the event
additional staff are considered necessary to properly and effectively
46 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
supervise the execution of the Works in the opinion of Employer ,

the Contractor shall provide such additional staff within reasonable
time (not more than 15 days) at no extra cost to the Employer.
15.26.2 Plant and Equipment :

The Contractor shall provide and install all necessary cranes,
hoists, ladders, scaffolding, tools, tackles, plants, dewatering
equipment, shoring, strutting etc., all transport for labour, materials
and plant necessary for the proper carrying on execution and
completion of the work to the satisfaction of the Employer and
supports, scaffolding and use of standing scaffolding and all other
equipments etc. required for the completion of Nominated
Contractors works also. If in the opinion of Employer, additional
mobilisation of Plant & Equipment, Machinery, Scaffolding etc., The
Contractor shall provide additional equipment etc within a
reasonable time at no extra cost to the Employer.
Contractor shall use tower crane as / if available at site at no cost
to be paid to Employer. Contractor to bear all operation and
maintenance cost to maintain the tower crane in good working
condition and hand over to Employer in good working condition
after completion of work.
All necessary permits required from the local / relevant authorities
shall be taken by the Contractor before erection of any plant /
equipment. The permit shall be submitted to Employers office for
reference. Fee or any statutory charges including incidental charges
incurred during getting such permits shall be borne by Contractor.
15.26.3 Management Meetings

Either Employer or the Contractor may require the other to
attend a management meeting, and then Contractor shall
organize for meeting as mentioned in Contract Da. The business
of each management meeting shall be to review the anticipated
arrangement for future work and to resolve any matters raised.
Employer shall record the business of management meetings
and provide copies of this record to those attending the meeting
and to the Employer. The responsibility of the parties for any
actions to be taken shall be included in such record and shall, if
not agreed in accordance with the Contract, be decided by
Employer.
47 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
The Contractors Representative shall notify Employer at the

earliest opportunity of specific likely future events or
circumstances which may adversely affect the work, increase the
Contract Price or delay the execution of the Works. Employer
may require the Contractor to submit an estimate of the
anticipated effect of the future event or circumstances, The
Contractor shall submit such estimate and/or proposal as soon as
practicable. The Contractors Representative shall co-operate
with Employer in making and considering proposals to mitigate
the effect of any such event or circumstances, and in carrying out
instructions of Employer.
15.26.4 Site Meetings
Progress, quality, safety evaluation meetings will be held at the site
every week or as mutually agreed. The Contractors senior
representative in charge of the project along with his site-in-charge
and other staff including staff of Nominated Contractors, approved
sub-contractors and suppliers as required shall participate in these
progress review meetings and ensure all follow up actions. Any
additional review meetings shall be held if required, as decided by
the Employer which also shall be attended by the above referred
representatives
Contractor shall arrange weekly site progress, review meeting
between Contractors Project Manager and Employer Project team.
Contractor shall arrange site progress meeting in first week of every
month between Top Management of Contractor and Employer to
review the progress of work.
15.26.3 Site Office Accommodation for the Contractor
The Contractor shall construct and maintain site office at the job site
at a location approved by Employer at its own cost. Such office shall
be open at all reasonable hours to receive directions, instructions, or
other communication from Employer. In case the constructed office
needs to be shifted, then the cost of dismantling the constructed
office, clearing the space and rebuilding the office at new location
shall be borne by the Contractor.
Display of notices
The Contractor shall display all permissions, licenses, registration
certificates and other statements required to be displayed under
various labour laws and other legislations applicable to the works
at the site office and also maintain the requisite register / records
factually and upto date and keep them ready for inspection by the
48 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
concerned authorities and also make available the same to the

Employer for inspection.
15.26.4 Site Office Accommodation for Employer / PMC
The Contractor shall maintain the existing Site Office for Employer /
PMC as directed by the Employer. The office shall be maintained in
good condition and to the satisfaction of the Employer w.r.t.
housekeeping and infrastructure, like Electrical, Plumbing, Water
Supply, AC, Telephone, Internet connectivity, Toilets, Sanitation,
Drinking Water etc.
15.26.5 Hoarding
The Contractor shall at his cost put up a suitable hoarding of
approximate size 5 m x 4 m in Local Language / English to a
design to be approved by Employer. The board shall include the
Name of the Project, Employer, Architect, Project Management
Consultant and the Contractors.
15.26.6 Watchmen:
Security of the entire Project Site ,from the date of taking possession
of the Site from the Employer through execution of the Contract will
be the responsibility of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall make his own security arrangements to guard
the Site and premises at all times, at his own expense. The security
arrangements shall be adequate to maintain strict control on the
movement of equipment, material and labour. The Contractor shall
extend the security arrangements to guard the material stored and/or
fixed on the premises by the Subcontractors.
The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping un-authorised
persons off the Site.
15.26.7 Storage of Materials:
The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain proper sheds for
the storage and protection of the materials etc. and also for the
execution of Work which may be prepared on the Site with
permission of the Employer.
Sheds used for the storage of cement, lime, Reinforcement steel and
other perishable materials shall have raised floors.
All petroleum, explosives and flammable materials shall be stored in
49 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
fire-proof buildings and precautions taken with regard to location and

fire risks. Statutory licenses required for the storage of such materials
shall be obtained by the Contractor well in advance at its own cost
and means.
15.26.8 Sanitary Conveniences:

The Contractor shall provide and erect all necessary sanitary
convenience for the Site staff and the workmen maintain the same in
a clean orderly and hygienic condition, clean and deodorize the
ground after removal. The contractor shall be responsible for
providing adequate number of sanitary facilities as per the statutory
regulations.
15.26.9 Telephone:
The Contractor shall provide a separate Telephone for the works
and shall pay all charges for local calls, STD and ISD calls in
connection with the same during the execution of the Work.
The Contractor has to establish a good wireless communication
network for themselves as well as Employer and all other subcontractors for effective monitoring, Co-ordination and safety and
control of site activities.
15.26.10 Scaffolding, Staging, Guardrails:
The Contractor shall provide scaffolding, staging, guardrails,
temporary stairs which shall be required during construction. The
support for the scaffolding, staging, guardrails and temporary stairs
shall be strong, adequate for the particular situation. The temporary
access to the various parts of the Building under construction shall be
rigid and strong enough to avoid any chance of mishaps. The
arrangement proposed shall be subject to the approval of the
Employer.
15.26.11 House Keeping :
The Contractor shall be required to maintain the site, works and
surroundings in a neat and orderly manner, free of accumulating
debris, haphazard stacking of materials, unhygienic and unsafe
environment, cleaning of the site at all levels inside and outside,
removal of unwanted materials, packing cases etc., shall be
undertaken at least once on daily basis. The Contractor shall
nominate the Safety Officer to be responsible for housekeeping.
50 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Unwanted material and debris shall be carted away from site and
disposed off on a daily basis.
Providing housekeeping facilities, of Site office for,

Employer, watchmen building, godown, toilets, etc. shall be
at Contractors own expense within his quoted rates.
As all construction sites will have sales office so lot of

prospective customers will visit the site to see the sample
apartment, sales office and the work progress on site.
Contractor guarantees to at its own cost and effort ensure
that all the time the beautification like to put plants and pots,
and paint wherever required by Employer.
If in the opinion of Employer that the House keeping is not

carried out to acceptable standards, then the Employer
have the right to engage an outside agency for the same at
the cost & risk of the Contractor.
15.26.12
Power and Water
Power: Employer do not provide water at site for any

purpose, however, if available, may provide the same at one
point only, in which case it shall be chargeable at the same
rate of the Service provider. Further distribution of same will
be in Contractors scope. The sufficient and continuous
supply of water cannot be assured by the Employer,
Contractor shall make its own arrangement for extra water
for construction, drinking, testing and all other activities at its
own cost for its use without hampering the progress of work
Water: Employer do not provide power at site, however, if

connection available, may provide the same at one point
only, in which case it shall be chargeable at the same rate
of the Service provider. Further distribution of same will be
in Contractors scope. The quality and sufficient, continuous
supply of power cannot be assured by the Employer.
Contractor shall make its own arrangement for generating
power at its own cost for its use without hampering the
progress of work.
Water and Electrical Connection for Contractor of Other

Trades appointed by Employer
The Contractor shall make arrangements for water and
electricity to be consumed by it as well as by othercontractors who shall be taking up the responsibilities for
the Project. All the others contractors shall take temporary
connections of water and electricity from the Contractor
51 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
and shall install a sub-meter for measuring electric / water

consumption at their own cost and maintain the wiring /
installation in good condition as per the local rules and
reimburse the actual consumption charges directly to the
Contractor at the rates mutually agreed with Employer.
15.26.13 Labour Camp Facilities
The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for labour camp
for his labour. Contractor shall propose the land / space for setting
up of labour camp and submit the layout for Employers Approval.
The availability / constraints of space in the site premises shall be
taken into account and accordingly the arrangement should be
done by the Contractor.
Colony / shelters to be constructed shall be situated at suitable
heights where there is no danger of water (waste or rainy)
accumulation; as such accumulated water ultimately leads to
breeding ground for mosquitoes. Shelters constructed shall protect
labourers / workers from rain, cold and heat..
The material used for construction of shelters should be
environmental and human health friendly.
The size of the each shelter should be such that there is no
cramping or over-crowding.
Electric supply should be provided at camps for illumination
purpose.
Adequate potable and other water for the use of the camp residents
should be provided. The quantity shall be decided considering the
number of persons residing in the camp.
There should be proper access to the shelters.
Labourers residing at camp should be encouraged to maintain their
camp clean by providing waste bins and waste disposal system.
Facility should be created to drain out waste water. Drainage of
camps/colony shall be connected to drainage system or soak tanks
to avoid water accumulation.
Adequate toilets and washing facilities shall be provide for the
labourers in-side the camp.
52 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Safety & Health related posters shall be placed in the camp to

increases safety and health awareness amongst the labourers. The
Contractor shall at all times take the necessary precautions to
protect the Contractors Personnel residing at the camp from insect
and pest nuisance, and to reduce their danger to health. The
Contractor shall comply with all the regulations of the local health
authorities, including use of appropriate insecticide.
First-aid facility shall be provided in the camp also few workers
should be trained to render first-aid.
Recreation facilities should be provided in the camp to entertain
labourers so that after hard work they remain in camp.
The Contractor shall implement a comprehensive and effective
vector control programme for the camp site which shall include all
necessary measures to prevent the camp site from becoming
favourable to the breeding or harbouring of mosquitoes or other
vectors.
Vector control shall consist of :
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Checking for mosquito breeding at least once a week.

Larviciding all stagnant water using insecticides or antimosquito oil at least once a fortnight.
Thermal fogging at least once a fortnight and if the Site is
located within a malaria sensitive area, residual spraying
of the walls at monthly intervals shall be required.
The Contractor shall comply with and pay all charges levied by any
Government or Public Authority with jurisdiction on matters of
pollution or hygiene.
It is expected that about 800 - 1000 labourers will need to be
accommodated at peak construction time. Provision for the same to
be included in the scope by the Principal Contractor.
15.27
Documents on Site
The Contractor shall maintain including but not limited to the
following documents at Site which are including but not limited to
the following :
53 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
x.
xi.
xii.
xiii.
xiv.
Muster Roll
Labor Register
Hindrance Register
Material Register (Materials Account Statement)
Stock Register
Material Testing Register
Daily Works Register
Measurement Book
Site Instruction Book
Registers / Records required as per SEZ norms.
Project Risk Register
Supporting documents for LEED Certification.
The Contractor shall keep and maintain latest editions of
relevant B.I.S. codes at the work site and make it available
to EMPLOYER when required
Any other documents required by EMPLOYER to check
quality / progress of Work, etc.
The Contractor including its subcontractors and vendors shall

maintain records and accounts in connection with the performance
of this Contract, which will accurately document incurred costs, both
direct and indirect, of whatever nature for a period of five (5) years
from the date of completion of the Work unless otherwise specified
by applicable law. Employer or Employers representatives shall
have the right to examine and copy, at all reasonable times and with
advance notification, such records and accounts for the purpose of
verifying payments or requests for payment when costs are the
basis of such payment and to evaluate the reasonableness of
proposed Contract Price adjustments and claims.
15.28 Co-ordination with sub-contractors scope of work

The contractor shall co-ordinate with the sub-contractors for their
scope of work not limited to the requirements for holes, fixings, for
internal and external services installations in accordance with the
requirements of the relevant drawings which shall be made
available to Principal contractor by the Engineer.
The contractor's attention is also drawn to the fact that all holes
chases, etc. shall be left in the structure as it proceeds and not
cut-out subsequently except in so far as may be necessary due to
subsequent authorised instructions. The Principal contractor shall
therefore obtain necessary scope of work details of all other subcontractors in such order and in such time as to enable them to
be checked and approved by the Engineer not less than two
weeks before the actual construction is planned to take place.
54 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
15.29 Reports By Contractor

a)
The Contractor shall arrange at his own cost to maintain a

progress record of the works carried out by himself and all
subcontractors by taking postcard size colour photographs
as required / as directed by EMPLOYER during the
construction stages and after completion and shall supply
one set to the Employer and one set to the EMPLOYER at
no extra cost. These photographs shall also be submitted as
part of the contractors R.A Bills.
b)
The Contractor shall file daily category wise labour return.

The report shall indicate scheduled requirement against
actual strength.
c)
The Contractor shall prepare Weekly Reports of planned

and actual progress of work and subsequent week's
scheduled work. These will also include material
procurement status. These reports shall be submitted to
Employer and shall be reviewed in Weekly Co-ordination
Meeting.
d)
The Contractor will be required to submit monthly reports

on the progress of his work as per the format approved by
Employer
e)
Further, Progress Charts and Schedules shall be prepared

by the Contractor as directed by Employer.
f)
The Contractor shall use Primavera P6 software for

drawing up Project Schedules and Project tracking. The
project schedule shall be with activity wise quantities and
resource loaded. The schedule should be tracked and the
updated schedule should be submitted to Employer every
week.
15.30 Possession, Completion and Postponement

On the date for commencement stated in the Contract Data,
possession of the site shall be given to the Contractor who shall
thereupon begin the works and regularly and, diligently proceed
with the same, and who shall complete the same on or before the
date for Completion stated in the said Contract Data subject
nevertheless to the provisions for extension of time .
15.31 Contractor shall take labour license after issue of Form V by
Employer
55 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
15.32 All necessary permits, licenses, registration and other clearance

required for construction of the work, current local regulations of
the Muncipalty / Factory inspector with regard to layout and
functional design of the structural and all statutory water /
sewerage charges as may be applicable shall be arrange by
Contractor and any fees deposits towards the above shall be paid
by Employer.
15.33 Contractor to ensure that work should not stop due to non
compliance or statutory requirement related to labour license and
labour laws
16.Employers
Responsibilities
16.1 The Employer shall ensure the accuracy of all information and/or
data to be supplied by the Employer as described in Specification
except when otherwise expressly stated in the Contract.
16.2 The Employer shall be responsible for acquiring and providing legal
and physical possession of the Site required for the proper execution
of the Contract, including all requisite rights of way.
16.3 If the Contractor suffers delay and / or incurs cost from failure on the
part of the Employer to grant right of access to or availability of the
Site, the Contractor shall give notice to the Employer. After receipt
of such notice the Employer shall proceed to determine any
extension of time to which the Contractor is entitled under GCC
sub-clause 46.1.
16.4 The Employer shall acquire and pay for all such permits, approvals
and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities
or public service undertakings in the area where the Site is located,
which require the Owner to obtain them in the Employers name and
are necessary for the Commencement of the Contract (they include
those required for the performance by both the Contractor and the
Employer of their respective obligations under the Contract).
16,5
The Employer shall pay in timely manner in accordance with

Agreed payment Schedule, subject to fulfilment of milestones and
provided the Contractor is not in breach of Contract, the Contract
Price and all other sums, if any, required to be paid by it to the
Contractor pursuant to the Contract after making appropriate
applicable deductions for taxes.
C. PAYMENT
17.1
The Contract Price shall be as specified in the Form of Contract
17.Contract Price
56 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Agreement.
17.2 Item rates quoted by the Contractor in the Price Schedules and as
accepted by the Employer shall be firm during the Contract Period
including Extended Period, if any and shall not be subject to any
alteration, unless otherwise provided in the Contract.
17.3 The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself as to the
correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Price, which shall, except
as otherwise provided for in the Contract, cover all its obligations
under the Contract.
17.4 The Bidder / the successful Contractor shall note that this Contract
does not provide for any Price Adjustment Clause and he shall take
into account while working out the rates, any price escalation on any
account for the stipulated completion period mentioned in the
contract data sheet and extension of period approved by the
Employer, if any; except for the basic rates of certain major materials
mentioned in the contract in Appendix F
17.5 The Bidder / the successful Contractor shall also note that no claim for
additional expenses / costs etc. shall be entertained by the Employer
for the work done during the extended period, if any.
18. Terms of
Payment
18.1
All payments by the Employer under this Contract will be in Indian

Rupees.
18.2 Advance Payment
Employer shall make an advance payment, as defined in contract
data, if requested by the Contractor, as interest free loan for
mobilisation and cash flow support, when the Contractor submits a
bank guarantee of equivalent amount along with Performance Bank
Guarantee and accepting work order unconditionally. The Mobilization
Advance shall be recovered as stated in the Contract Data.
18.3 Interim Payments
18.3.1 R A Bill shall be submitted only on completion of milestones refer
section 5 Appendix E. The minimum value of the bill shall be as
stipulated in Contract Data. Adhoc payment shall be done as
specified in the contract data against each RA bill. If the variation in
any of the bills submitted and certified is more than 5% of the bill
then adhoc payment will not be considered for subsequent RA bills,
Secured advance - Employer shall make secured advance payments
as defined in the contract data if requested by the contractor. The
request of secured advance shall be part of the RA bill under a
separate section. The contractor shall be eligible to be paid after the
relevant documents like, manufacturers test certificate / other
57 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
laboratory test certificates, invoices etc are submitted. The safety

and security of this material shall be contractors responsibility.
Secured Material Advance: Material Advance shall be paid as 70% of
the value of the Suppliers / Manufacturers invoice after submission of
relevant document along with RA Bill and payment of the same shall be
released along with RA Bill only. The quantity of material procured on
site shall be with respect to the Project schedule requirement and shall
be consumed appropriately within stipulated period. Over stacking of
material shall not be permitted so shall be avoided.
18.3.2 All running account (Interim payment) bills / Milestone payment bills
and final bills shall be prepared and submitted (hard copy 3 sets &
soft copy CD) by the Contractor in the prescribed printed forms, to
the Employer. Running Account bills shall be submitted along with
measurements certified by Employer. It shall be the responsibility of
the contractor to get the measurements verified and certified by the
respective Engineers of Employer periodically, before attaching with
the bills.
18.3.3 The charges in the bills shall always by entered at the rates
specified in the Contract or in the case of any extra work ordered in
pursuance of these conditions and not mentioned or provided for in
the bid, at the rates derived from the existing items and subsequently
accepted by the Employer. for such work
18.3.4 Employer shall certify the running account (Interim Payment ) bills/
Milestone payment bills submitted with all required enclosures,
attachments etc., to enable payment by the Employer.
18.3.5 Interim / progressive payments shall be made to the Contractor for
the value of work done (subject to the required deductions) against
running account (progress payment) bills based on detailed recorded
measurements and certification of bills by the EMPLOYER within
time specified in Contract data from receipt of the corrected bill. The
Employer shall make payment to the Contractor within time
specified in Contract data from receiving the certified bill from
Employer.
18.3.6 All such interim / progressive payments shall be regarded as
payment by way of advances against final payment only and shall
not preclude the requiring of bad, unsound and imperfect or unskilled
work to be rejected, removed, taken away and reconstructed or reerected. Any certificate given by the Employer relating to the work
done or materials delivered forming part of such payment, may be
modified or corrected by any subsequent such certificate(s) or by the
final certificate and shall not by itself be conclusive evidence that any
work or materials to which it relates is / are in accordance with the
contract and specifications. Any such interim payment, or any part
thereof shall not in any respect conclude, determine or affect in any
58 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
way the powers of the Employer under the contract or any of such
payments be treated as final settlement and adjustment of accounts
or in any way vary or affect the contract right of the Employer under
the terms of the contract.
18.3.7 At the period of Interim Certificate named in the Contract Data to
these General Conditions of Contract the Employer shall issue a
certificate stating the amount due to the Contractor from the
Employer, and the Contractor be entitled to payment therefore
within the period for honoring certificates named in the Contract
Data to these General Conditions of Contract.
18.3.8 The amount stated as due in an Interim Certificate shall subject to
any agreement between the parties as to stage payments, be the
total value of the work properly executed and of the materials and
goods delivered to or adjacent to the work for use thereon up to and
including a date not more than seven days before the date of the
said Certificate less any amount which may be retained by the
Employer (if provided in the General Conditions of Contract) and
less any installments previously paid under this Condition, provided
that such certificate shall only include the value of the said materials
and goods as and from such time as they are reasonably, properly
and not prematurely brought to or placed adjacent to the work and
then only if adequately protected against weather or other casualties.
18.4
Part rate payment
Payment for items of work, which are partly completed, may be
allowed at part rates derived from the Contract rates at the discretion
of Employer. Payment for altered, additional or substituted items of
work ordered shall be allowed at provisional rates as may be fixed by
Employer till the rates are finally approved. However, this shall be
allowed only if the Contractor has submitted the rate analysis and
rate settlement is pending.
Employer at his discretion will be entitled to apply suitable part rates
to work not meeting specifications, without prejudice to Employers
rights. They may thus approve/accept defective work with or without
certain modifications, at suitable part rate, if they are too hard
pressed for time for dismantling and rework. This however will not
exonerate the liability of the Contractor to complete the work as per
specifications
18.5. Claim for Extra
18.5.1 When any instruction or decision given at site involves extra work or
where the Contractor may plan to claim an extra, it shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor to inform Employer of the extra
amount and get written authorization from the Employer and or the
Employer before proceeding with the work involved.
18.5.2 Any modification carried out for expediting or simplifying work at the
59 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
request of the Contractor or his representatives shall not be taken

as the basis for claiming an extra. However, if such modification
shall also involve an extra, the rate for such modification shall be
settled in advance as per procedure in Clause (18.5.1) above and
written authorization obtained by the Contractor from the Employer
before proceeding with the work involved. If no such information is
given by the Contractor in writing to the Employer such
modification shall not be accepted as the basis for extra charge.
18.5.3 Within 30 days after receiving a claim or any further particulars
supporting a previous claim, or within such other period as may be
proposed by the Employer. Employer shall respond with approval,
or with disapproval and detailed comments. He may also request any
necessary further particulars, but shall nevertheless give his
response on the principles of the claim within the above defined time
period.
18.5.4 Within the above defined period of 30 days, the Employer shall
proceed in accordance with the Contract conditions to agree or
determine (i) the extension (if any) of the Time for Completion
(before or after its expiry) and/or (ii) the additional payment (if any) to
which the Contractor is entitled under the Contract.
18.5.5 Each Payment Certificate shall include such additional payment for
any claim as have been reasonably substantiated as due under the
relevant provision of the Contract.
18.5.6 Unless and until the particulars supplied are sufficient to substantiate
the whole of the claim, the Contractor shall only be entitled to
payment for such part of the claim as he has been able to
substantiate.
18.5.7 If the Employer does not respond within the timeframe defined in
this Clause, either Parties may consider that the claim is rejected by
the Employer and any of the Parties may refer the dispute for
arbitration
18.5.8 The rates of new / extra items shall be derived on the basis of similar
item specification rates which are available in the price schedule.
18.6
Deduction for uncorrected work
18.6.1 If the Employer deems it inexpedient to correct work damaged or not

done in accordance with the Contract, an equitable deduction from the
Contract price shall be made there for.
18.7
Unfixed goods and materials
18.7.1 Unfixed materials and goods intended for, delivered to and placed on
or adjacent to the Work shall not be removed except for use upon the
Work unless the Employer has consented in writing to such removal
60 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Where the value

of any such materials or goods has in accordance with Clause 18.3.8
of these General Conditions of Contract been included in any Interim
Certificate under the Contract for which the Contractor has received
payment, such materials and goods shall become the property of the
Employer, but the Contractor shall remain responsible for loss or
damage to the same.
18.8
Final Bill
18.8.1Submission of Final Bill

The Contractor shall submit his final bill (hard copy 3 sets & soft
copy CD) for the works within two months from receipt of Completion
Certificate. The bill shall be based only on works as measured and
at accepted agreement rates including rates for any additional or
extra work which might have been sanctioned by the Employer. All
deductions due under the Contract shall be made.
18.8.2 Certification and Payment of Final Bill
The measurement and valuation of the work shall be completed by
Employer within time specified in Contract Data subject to finalization
of extra claims. if any, and the Contractor shall be supplied with a
copy of the priced bills of variation not later than the end of the said
period and before the issue of the Final Certificate under this Clause
of this Condition.
Employer shall make payment for the final bill within time specified in
Contract Data from the date of certification of final bill by the
Employer.
18.9
Deduction in Final bill
Applicable deductions as per Conditions of Contract.
Any money recoverable from the Contractor
All interim payments effected
18.10 Payments withheld

The Employer may withhold or on account of a subsequently
61 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
discovered evidence nullify the whole or a part of any certificate to

such extent as may be necessary in his reasonable opinion to
protect the Employer from loss on account of but not limited to:
a)
Defective work not remedied.
b)
Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to their

Subcontractor or for materials or labour.
c)
A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the

balance then unpaid.
d) Damage to another Contractor.

e) Claims filed on reasonable evidence indicating probable claims.
f)
Failure to comply with Consultants instructions.
g) Non Adherance to Approved Project Quality Plan, Approved

method statements, etc.
h) Non adherence to resource deployment (Engineers, manpower,
Plant & machinery, materials etc.) to meet the project schedule.
i)
Non Adherence of Safety, Health & Environment norms as

specified.
When the above grounds are removed payment shall be made for
amounts withheld because of them.
18.11
Lien on sums payable to the Contractor

Any sums of money due and payable to the Contractor including all
deposits returnable to them under this contract may be withheld or
retained by the Employer, against any claim against the Contractor
in respect of any sums of money due under this contract or any other
contract made by the Contractor with the Employer, but limited to
the amount of Employers claim and the Employer shall always
have a lien upon the money so withheld or retained as such by the
Employer until appropriated towards such claim. The Contractor
shall not be entitled to claim any interest or damages whatsoever on
such retained or appropriated sum.
62 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
18.12
19.
Securities
In case Work is nearly suspended, or in case only unimportant

progress is being made, or in case it is apparent that the
CONTRACT is heading for termination or that the money due to the
Contractor will not complete his Contract, the Employer may, at his
discretion, withhold any payment, which may be due to the
Contractor.
19.1 Performance Security

19.1.1 The Contractor shall deposit with the Employer for due
performance of the Contract a Bank Guarantee for a sum equal to that
referred in Contract Data as "Performance Security" within 15 days
from the date of Letter of Intent / Award of Work from the Employer,
whichever is earlier.
19.1.2 The Performance Security shall be in the form of Bank Guarantee
from a Nationalized Bank/Scheduled bank in India, as approved by the
Employer and shall remain so deposited with the Employer till the
issue of completion certificate as referred to in the General Conditions
of Contract
19.1.3 The said Performance Security in the form of Bank Guarantee shall
indemnify the Employer in the case of Contractor against loss from
defects arising from any cause under this Contract or due to the
failure of the Contractor to promptly carry out any matters arising
under this Contract.
19.1.4 The Earnest Money Deposit of the successful Bidder shall be returned
without any interest by the Employer on furnishing a Performance
Security within 15 days of LOI of the bid from the Employer, as
specified in the Contract Data.
19.1.5 The amount covered by Performance Security Bank Guarantee of
the successful Bidder / Contractor will be forfeited if the Contractor
fails to comply with any of the Conditions of the Contract.
19.2 Retention Money
As a further security for the due fulfillment of the contract by the
Contractor, a Bank Guarantee for an amount as stipulated in Contract
Data will be submitted valid up-to 3 month beyond final completion,
along with the first R.A. Bill. In addition to this cash retention as stated
in Contract Data sheet will be recovered on the Employers certificate
of completion of the entire scope of works.
19.3 The amount covered by Performance Security Bank Guarantee of the
successful Bidder / Contractor and the Retention Money retained by
the Employer will be forfeited if the Contractor fails to comply with any
of the Conditions of the Contract.
63 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
20.Taxes and Duties
20.1 Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the

Contractor shall bear and pay all taxes, labour cess, duties, levies
and charges assessed on the Contractor, its Subcontractors or their
employees by all Gram Panchayat, municipal, state or national
government authorities in connection with the Works .
20.2
If the Contractor is assessed of Service tax/ Other state taxes/local

taxes, he should produce valid Service tax/ Other state taxes/Local
taxes clearance certificate before the payment of the final bill,
otherwise the final payment to the Contractor shall be withheld. The
Contractor even after completion of the Work and final payment
having been made to him will be liable to any Service tax/ other state
taxes/Local taxes liability and Employer shall not be responsible for
any Service tax/ Other state taxes/Local taxes liability of the
Contractor.
20.7 Service tax/ other state taxes/Local taxes at source shall be deducted
as per the prevailing statutory provision.
20.8
Tax deduction at Source

As per the statutory rules, Income Tax shall be deducted at source
by the Employer from Contractors bills and the certificate to that
will be given by the Employer.
If there is a statutory requirement for deduction of Works Contract
Tax or any other tax at source, then such requirement shall be
followed and the tax deducted at source (TDS) will be deposited
with the authority and certificate to this will be issued to contractor
in an approved format.
D. Intellectual Property
21.
Copyright
22.
Confidential
Information
21.1 The copyright in all drawings, documents and other materials

containing data and information furnished to the Employer by
the Contractor herein shall remain vested in the Employer If
they are furnished to the Employer directly or through the
Contractor by any third party, including suppliers of materials,
the copyright in such materials shall remain vested in such third
party.
22.1 The Employer and the Contractor shall keep confidential and
shall not, without the written consent of the other party hereto,
divulge to any third party any documents, data or other
information furnished directly or indirectly by the other party
hereto in connection with the Contract, whether such
information has been furnished prior to, during or following
termination of the Contract. Notwithstanding the above, the
64 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Contractor may furnish to its Subcontractor(s) such

documents, data and other information it receives from the
Employer to the extent required for the Subcontractor(s) to
perform its work under the Contract, in which event the
Contractor shall obtain from such Subcontractor(s) an
Undertaking of confidentiality similar to that imposed on the
Contractor under this Clause.
22.2 The Employer shall not use such documents, data and other
information received from the Contractor for any purpose other
than the operation and maintenance of the Facilities. Similarly,
the Contractor shall not use such documents, data and other
information received from the Employer for any purpose other
than construction of work and services as are required for the
performance of the Contract.
22.3 The obligation of a party under GCC Sub-Clauses 22.1 and
22.2 above, however, shall not apply to that information which
(a)
now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault

of that party
(b)
can be proven to have been possessed by that party at

the time of disclosure and which was not previously
obtained, directly or indirectly, from the other party hereto
(c)
otherwise lawfully becomes available to that party from a

third party that has no obligation of confidentiality.
22.4 The above provisions of this GCC Clause 22 shall not in any
way modify any undertaking of confidentiality given by either of
the parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect of
the Works or any part thereof.
22.5 The provisions of this GCC Clause 22 shall survive termination,
for whatever reason, of the Contract.
E. Execution of the Works

23.1
Not Used
23. Representatives
23.2
Engineer-in-Charge
23.2.1
The term "Engineer-in-charge" shall mean the person

engaged by Employer and acting as representative of
Employer to inspect and supervise the works; the
Contractor shall afford the Engineer-in-Charge every facility
and assistance for inspecting the works and materials and for
65 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
checking and measuring time and materials. Neither the

Engineer-in-Charge nor any representative of the Employer
shall have power to set out works or to revoke, alter, enlarge
or relax any requirements of the Contract or to sanction any
day work, additions, alterations, deviations or omissions, or
any extra work whatever except in so far as such authority
may be specially conferred by a written order of the
Employer.
23.2.2 Any representative of the Employer shall have power to give
notice to the Contractor or to his representative of
non-approval of any work or materials and such work shall be
suspended or the use of such materials shall be discontinued
until the decision of the Employer, is obtained. The works
will from, time to time be examined by the Employer, the
Employer s representative but such examination shall not in
any way exonerate the Contractor from the obligation to
remedy any defects which may be found to exist at any stage
of the works or after the same is completed. Subject to the
limitation of this Clause the Contractor shall take instructions
only from the Employer.
23.3
Engineer In charges Authority :

Engineer In Charge shall obtain the specific approval of the
Employer before taking action under the following SubClauses of the Conditions of Contract.
(a)
Determining value, Cost or extension of time.
(b)
Giving a notice to the Contractor requiring him to

complete within a specified reasonable time for
completion.
(c)
Instructing the Contractor to suspend progress of part

or all of the works.
(d)
Determining and certifying a reasonable reduction in

the Contract Price.
(e)
Instructing or approving a Variation.
(f)
Not used.
(g)
Giving notice that the Contractors Equipment and

Temporary Works will be released to the Contractor.
(h)
Consent to the Contractors proposals.
66 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
(i)
Certifying payments of claims.
23.4 Contractors Representative ( the Project Engineer/ Manager)

23.4.1The Contractor shall constantly keep on his work during its
progress one or more qualified and competent Project
Engineers / managers who will be responsible for the carrying
out of the works to the true meaning of the Drawings,
Specifications and Schedule of the Quantities, Employers
instructions and directions to the satisfaction of the Employer.
Any directions or instructions given to him by the Employer
shall be deemed to have been issued to the Contractor.
Attention is called to the importance of requesting instructions
from the Employer before undertaking any work where
Employer's directions or instructions are required. Any such
work done in advance of such instructions will be liable to be
removed
23.4.2The Project Engineer / Manager shall represent and act for
the Contractor at all times during the currency of the Contract
and shall give to the Employer all the Contractors notices,
instructions, information and all other communications under
the Contract , All notices, instructions, information and all other
communications given by the Employer to the Contractor
under the Contract shall be given to the Contractors
Representative or, in its absence, its deputy, except as herein
otherwise provided The Contractor shall not revoke the
appointment of the Contractors Representative without the
EMPLOYERs prior written consent, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld. If the EMPLOYER consents thereto,
the Contractor shall appoint some other person as the Project
Engineer / Manager, pursuant to the procedure set out in GCC
Sub-Clause 23.4.1.
23.4.3 The Project Engineer / Manager may, subject to the approval
of the Employer (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), at
any time delegate to any person any of the powers, functions
and authorities vested in him or her. Any such delegation may
be revoked at any time. Any such delegation or revocation
shall be subject to a prior notice signed by the Project
Engineer / Manager, and shall specify the powers, functions
and authorities thereby delegated or revoked. No such
delegation or revocation shall take effect unless and until a
copy thereof has been delivered to the Employer. Any act or
exercise by any person of powers, functions and authorities so
delegated to him or her in accordance with this GCC SubClause 23.4.2 shall be deemed to be an act or exercise by the
Project Engineer / Manager.
67 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
23.4.5 The Employer may by notice to the Contractor object to any

representative or person employed by the Contractor in the
execution of the Contract who, in the reasonable opinion of
the Employer, may behave inappropriately, may be
incompetent or negligent, or may commit a serious breach of
the Site regulations provided under GCC Sub-Clause 23.4.3.
The Employer shall provide evidence of the same,
whereupon the Contractor shall remove such person from the
Site/Works.
23.4.6 If any representative or person employed by the Contractor is
removed in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 23.4.5, the
Contractor shall, where required, promptly appoint a
replacement.
24.1 Contractors Organization
24.
Work Program
24.1.1 The Contractor shall supply to the Employer a chart showing
the proposed organization to be established by the Contractor
for carrying out work on the Facilities. The chart shall include
the identities with Photographs and CVs of the key personnel to
be employed within time as specified in Contract Data of the
Date of commencement. The Contractor shall promptly inform
the Employer in writing of any revision or alteration of such an
organization chart.
24.1.2 Return of plant
The Contractor shall supply to Employer a monthly return
showing full particulars on a form, to be approved by him of the
items of plant including location and state of each and the
sections of the works on which they are employed. This return is
to be presented before the 5th day of the month.
24.2 Program of Performance
Within time specified in Contract Data from the Date of
commencement , the Contractor shall prepare and submit to
the Employer a detailed program of performance of the
Contract, showing the sequence in which he proposes to
proceed with Works including estimated quantities and
proposed resource allocations,as well as the date by which the
Contractor reasonably requires that the Employer shall have
fulfilled its obligations under the Contract so as to enable the
Contractor to execute the Contract in accordance with the
program and to achieve Completion, Commissioning and
Acceptance of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract.
The Contractor shall update and revise the program as and
when appropriate or when required by the Employer, but
68 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
without modification in the Times for Completion specified in the

Bid Document and any extension granted in accordance with
GCC Clause 46, and shall submit all such revisions to the
Employer.
Employer shall have right to instruct to expedite and the
Contractor is obligated to comply with the same without any
additional cost to Employer. Contractors failure to abide the
same can be construed as default.
24.3 Progress Report
The Contractor shall monitor progress of all the activities
specified in the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 24.2
above, and supply a progress report to the Employer every
month.
The progress report shall be in a form acceptable to the
Employer and shall indicate: (a) Number of Operatives in each
trade employed on each day (b) percentage completion
achieved compared with the planned percentage completion for
each activity; and (c) where any activity is behind the program,
giving comments and likely consequences and stating the
corrective action being taken.
24.4 Progress of Performance
If at any time the Contractors actual progress falls behind the
program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 24.2, or it becomes
apparent that it will so fall behind, the Contractor shall, at the
request of the Employer or Employer, prepare and submit to
the Employer a revised program, taking into account the
prevailing circumstances, and shall notify the Employer of the
steps being taken to expedite progress so as to attain
Completion of the Facilities within the Time for Completion
under GCC Sub-Clause 12.1 any extension thereof entitled
under GCC Sub-Clause 46.1, or any extended period as may
otherwise be agreed upon between the Employer and the
Contractor.
24.5 Work Procedures
The Contract shall be executed in accordance with the Contract
Documents. .
The Contractor may execute the Contract in accordance with
its own standard project execution plans and procedures to the
extent that they do not conflict with the provisions contained in
69 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
the Contract.
25. Subcontracting
25.1 Any other specialized work identified by the Employer during

the execution of work that may arise shall be got executed by
other agency(s) engaged by the Contractor as SubContractor(s) on approval of the Employer after adopting the
procedures given below.
25.2 Names of up-to a maximum of three specialized sub-agencies
for specified work may be proposed along with the details of
scope, experience, financial standing etc. Before submitting the
names of agencies the Bidder / the Contractor should also get
an undertaking from the agencies that the agencies are willing
to work and enclose with the submissions of Bid. The
Employer will have the right to call for additional information as
may be required to assess the capability of Sub Contractor(s)
or even to inspect their previous works for fully satisfying
themselves on the performance of the Sub Contractors. The
Employer, thereafter will convey their approval to the
Contractor for selection of Sub Contractor, minimum being one
number per trade or in the event of a special need for engaging
more than one such specialist, up to a maximum of three in
each trade. The Contractor shall engage only such approved
Sub Contractor. If Employer is not satisfied with the capacity
and experience of the Sub Contractor proposed by the
Contractor the Employer shall have the right to nominate an
agency / agencies of their choice whom the Contractor shall be
bound to engage forthwith. The decision of the Employer in
identifying and selection of Sub Contractor shall be final and
binding on the Contractor.
If during execution, the
performance of any such Sub Contractor is found to be
unsatisfactory, the Employer shall reserve the right to order
termination of such Sub Contractor and nominate alternative
agency to continue the works. The Contractor shall comply
with such instructions promptly and effectively.
25.3 All the terms and General Conditions of Contract under this
Contract shall be equally enforceable on the Sub Contractor for
the trade and accordingly the Contractor shall have a tie up
with the Sub-Contractor.
25.4 The Contractor and their Sub Contractor/s if any shall further
be governed as under
a)
That the Contractor shall get the sub-contract works

carried out and completed in every respect to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Employer.
b)
That the Sub-Contractor shall observe, perform and
70 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
comply with all the provisions of this Contract of the

Contractor to be observed, performed and complied
with so far as they relate and apply to the Sub-Contract
works or to any portion of the same.
c)
That the Sub-Contractor shall indemnify the Contractor

against the same liabilities in respect of the
Sub-Contractor work..
d)
That the Sub-Contractor shall indemnify the Contractor

against claims in respect of any negligence, omission or
default of such Sub-Contractor, his servants or agents or
any misuse by him or them of any scaffolding or other
plant, and shall insure himself against any such claims
and produce the policy, or policies and premium and
premium receipts as and when required by the
Contractor.
e)
That payments in respect of any work, materials or

goods comprised in the Sub Contract shall be made
within Five days after receipt of payment from the
Employer by the Contractor under Clause 18 of these
General Conditions of Contract which states as due an
amount calculated by including the total value of such
work, materials or goods, and shall when due be subject
to sums mentioned in the following sub-paragraphs.
f)
That the Employer and his representative shall have

right of access to the workshops and other places of the
Sub- Contractor as mentioned in Clause 15. of these
General Conditions of Contract .
g)
That the Sub-Contract work shall be completed within

the period or (where they are to be completed in
sections) periods therein specified, that the Contractor
shall not without the written consent of the Employer
grant any extension of time for the completion of SubContract work or any section thereof, and that the
Contractor shall inform the Employer of any
representations made by the Sub- Contractor as to the
cause of any delays in the progress of completion of the
Sub-Contract work or of any section thereof and that the
consent of Employer shall not be unreasonably
withheld.
h)
Before issuing any certificate under Clause 18 of these

General Conditions of Contract the Employer may
request the Contractor to furnish to him reasonable
proof that all amounts included in the calculation of the
71 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
amount stated as due on previous certificates in respect

of the total value of work materials or goods executed or
supplied by any Sub-Contractor have been duly
discharged and if the Contractor fails to comply with any
such request the Employer shall issue a certificate to
that effect and thereupon the Contractor may himself
pay such amounts to any Sub-Contractor concerned and
deduct the same from any sums due or to become due
to the Contractor.
i)
If the Employer desires to secure final payment to any

Sub-Contractor before final payment is due to the
Contractor and if such Sub-Contractor has satisfactorily
indemnified the Contractor against any latent defects
then the Employer may in an Interim Certificate include
an amount to cover the said final payment and
thereupon the Contractor shall pay such Sub-Contractor
the amount so certified. Upon such final payment the
amount named in the Contract Data to these General
Conditions of Contract as limit of retention fund shall be
reduced by the sum which bears the same ratio to the
said amount as does such Sub-Contract's price to the
Contract Sum, and save for latent defects the Contractor
shall be discharged from all liability for the work
materials or goods executed or supplied by such SubContractor under the Sub-Contract to which the payment
relates.
j)
Neither the existence nor the exercise of the foregoing

powers nor anything else contained in these General
Conditions of Contract shall render the Employer in any
way liable to any Sub-Contractor.
k)
It shall be a condition of any bid accepted under this

paragraph that Clause 45 (Variations) of these General
Conditions of Contract shall apply in respect of the Item
Work included in the bid as if for the reference therein to
the Contract Drawings and the Contract Bills there were
references to the equivalent documents included or
referred in the Bid.
l)
The Contractor shall make general attendance upon

Sub-Contractors including free use of plant scaffolding
and shall allow them the use of sanitary conveniences,
storage facilities for storing materials, other amenities
available at site of work and affording them all
reasonable facilities for carrying out their Contracts.
72 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
26. Other Contractors
26.1 The Employer reserves the right to let other Contracts in

connection with the work under similar General Conditions of
Contract. The Contractor shall afford other Contractors
reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their
materials and assistance required in terms of infrastructure in
the execution of their work, and shall properly connect and
coordinate his work with theirs. If any part of Contractors or
his Subcontractor's work depends for proper execution or
results upon the work of any other Contractor, or
Subcontractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly
report to the Employer any defects in such work that render it
unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the
Contractor to so inspect and report shall constitute an
acceptance of the other Contractor's work as fit and proper for
the reception of his work, except as to defects which may
develop in the other Contractor's or Subcontractor's work after
the execution of the work. To ensure the proper execution of
his subsequent work the Contractor shall measure work
already in place and shall at once report to the Employer any
discrepancy between the executed work and the Drawings.
27.1. Construction Documents
27.Design and
Engineering
The Contractor shall prepare Detailed Construction

Documents in sufficient detail to satisfy all regulatory approvals,
to provide suppliers and construction personnel sufficient
instruction to execute the Works, and to describe the operation
of the completed Works. The Employer shall have the right to
review and inspect the preparation of Construction Documents,
wherever they are being prepared.
27.1.1Each of the Construction Documents shall, when considered
ready for use, be submitted to the Employer for preconstruction review. In this
Sub-Clause, review period
means
the
period
required
by
the
Employers
Requirements. shall not exceed 14 days, calculated from the
date on which the Employer receives a Construction
Document and the
Contractors notice that it is considered
ready, both for a pre-construction review
in
accordance
with this Sub-Clause, and for use. If the Employer, within such
review period, notifies the Contractor that such Construction
Document fails (to the extent stated) to comply with the
Employers Requirements, it shall be rectified, resubmitted and
reviewed in accordance with this Sub-Clause, at the
Contractors cost.
27.1.2 For each part of the Works, and except to the extent that the
prior consent of the
Employer shall have been obtained:
73 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
27.1.3
27.2
(a)
construction shall not commence prior to the expiry of

the review periods for the Construction Documents
which are relevant to the design and construction of
such part;
(b)
construction shall be in accordance

Construction Documents; and
(c)
If the Contractor wishes to modify any design or

document which has previously been submitted for
such pre-construction review, the Contractor shall
immediately notify the Employer, and shall
subsequently submit revised documents to the
Employer for pre-construction review.
with such
If the Employer instructs that further Construction

Documents
are necessary for carrying out the Works,
Contractor shall upon receiving the Employer
instructions
prepare such Construction Documents.
Shop Drawings
27.2.1 The Contractor shall prepare and submit detailed shop

drawings / fabrication drawings and material specifications for
specialized works progressively within 30 days after receipt of
design indent drawings and submit 6 (six) copies each of the
same for Employer prior approval. All shop drawings shall
reflect the design intent as provided in the specifications,
design drawings and schedule of quantities and shall not be
deviated without prior permission. The shop drawings shall be
based on the actual site conditions and shall take into account
all coordination as may be required in order to avoid any clash
or interference with other service lines or any other building
features.
27.2.2 All charges for preparing the shop drawings, preparation of
design, if required getting the same proof checked, if required
and directed by the Employer, including carrying out any other
modifications as necessary shall be fully covered in the
quoted rates and no extra shall be payable for adherence of
the above requirement.
27.2.3 Work shall be preceded only with Approved shop drawings;
wherever applicable.
27.3
Approval / Review of Technical Documents by Employer
74 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
27.3.1 The Contractor shall prepare (or cause its Subcontractors to

prepare) and furnish to the Employer the documents listed in
the Technical Specification in Volume IIA and in accordance
with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 24.2 (Program of
Performance). Any part of the Works covered by or related to
the documents to be approved by the Employer shall be
executed only after the Employers approval thereof. GCC
Sub-Clauses 27.3.2 through 27.3.9 shall apply to those
documents requiring the Employers approval,
27.3.2 Within fourteen (14) days after receipt by the Employer of
any document requiring the Employers approval in
accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 27.3.1, the Employer
shall either return one copy thereof to the Contractor with its
approval endorsed thereon or shall notify the Contractor in
writing of its disapproval thereof and the reasons there for
and the modifications that the Employer proposes. If the
Employer fails to take such action within the said fourteen
(14) days, the Contractor shall send a reminder to
EMPLOYER for action within next 10 ( ten ) days .If the
EMPLOYER still fails to act on the reminder then the said
document shall be deemed to have been approved by the
Employer.
27.3.3 The Employer shall not disapprove any document, except on
the grounds that the document does not comply with some
specified provision of the Contract or that it is contrary to
good engineering practice.
27.3.4 If the Employer disapproves the document, the Contractor
shall modify the document and resubmit it for the Employers
approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 27.3.2. If the
Employer approves the document subject to modification(s),
the Contractor shall make the required modification(s),
whereupon the document shall be deemed to have been
approved.
27.3.5 If any dispute or difference occurs between the Employer
and the Contractor in connection with or arising out of the
disapproval by the Employer of any document and/or any
modification(s) thereto that cannot be settled between the
parties within a reasonable period, then such dispute or
difference may be referred by either of the Party to an
Adjudicator for determination with a copy to other Party.. If
such dispute or difference is referred to an Adjudicator, the
Employer shall give instructions as to whether and if so,
how, performance of the Contract is to proceed. The
Contractor shall proceed with the Contract in accordance
75 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
with the Employers instructions, provided that if the

Adjudicator upholds the Contractors view on the dispute
and if the Employer has not given notice under GCC Sub
Clause 6.1.2 hereof, then the Adjudicators decision shall
become final and binding upon the Employer and the
Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Employer for any
additional costs incurred by reason of such instructions and
shall be relieved of such responsibility or liability in
connection with the dispute and the execution of the
instructions as the Adjudicator shall decide, and the Time for
Completion shall be extended accordingly.
27.3.6 The Employers approval, with or without modification of the
document furnished by the Contractor, shall not relieve the
Contractor of any responsibility or liability imposed upon it by
any provisions of the Contract except to the extent that any
subsequent failure results from modifications required by the
Employer.
27.3.7 The Contractor shall not depart from any approved document
unless the Contractor has first submitted to the Employer an
amended document and obtained the Employers approval
thereof, pursuant to the provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause
27.3.If the Employer requests any change in any already
approved document and/or in any document based thereon,
the provisions of GCC Clause 45 shall apply to such request.
27.3.8 If the Employer instructs that further Construction Documents
are necessary for carrying out the Works, the Contractor
shall upon receiving the Employers instructions, prepare such
Construction Documents.
27.3.9
27.4
Construction shall not commence until the Contractor

receives the Employers approval of the Design/Construction
Documents which are relevant to the design and construction
of such part.
As-built drawings :Fully detailed as complete drawings to explain the installation in
totality shall be submitted within one month of completion of
specialized work. Copies of each of such built in drawings shall
be submitted to the Employer After scrutiny and observations
by the Employer, the drawing given shall be required to be
obtained for a final amended as built drawing and the final
version thereof submitted in hard copy format in triplicate to
Employer as well as electronic format in AutoCAD (In CD) to
Employer. All costs and expenses in connection therewith
shall be borne by the Contractor.
76 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
27.5
Record Drawings
The Contractor shall make accurate records of those parts of
the Works which will become hidden by further progress, as
may be directed by the Employer. Such records shall be
checked and verified by the Employer while the work is open
for inspection. Records shall be entered by the Contractor on
prints of drawings which are made available to him for this
purpose, amplified by him with supplementary dimensioned
sketches and handed to the Employer as soon as practicable.
All costs and expenses in connection therewith shall be borne
by the Contractor.
27.6
Maintenance Manual
27.6.1
Annual Comprehensive Maintenance of Works may be

carried out subsequently either directly by the Employer or
by the Facilities & Management (F&M) Contractor or
proposed Nominated sub contractor engaged by the
Employer, after completion of defects liability period of
respective specialized work under Nominated Contract, for
Maintenance contract after completion and handover of
works.
27.6.2 It is the intention of the Employer to examine at an

appropriate time the possibility of appointment of a reputed
and experienced Facilities and Management (F&M) agency
to take responsibility for a comprehensive and integrated
Maintenance contract of the entire complex including all
services. The F&M agency may be appointed for a specific
period of operation on the basis of competitive Bidding and
shall be responsible for full-time Maintenance including
posting necessary Technical and Service Personnel and to
manage the entire maintenance operations including day-today Operation, reporting and data management, preventive
and regular maintenance of equipment and components, as
well as comprehensive repairs, in an integrated manner so as
to ensure a trouble free and smooth functioning of the
complex in entirety and to ensure maximization of operative
life of Plant and Machinery.
27.6.3 For effective Operations and Maintenance of the respective
works of Principal Contractor, it is necessary for the
Principal Contractor to submit copies of Maintenance
Manual with full details of the installation with supportive
detailed drawings to exhaustively describe the entire
installation within one month of completion of Work. Such
77 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
drawings and Maintenance Manuals shall be comprehensive

and self-explanatory for the F&M Contractor to be able to
take charge of the maintenance operation. The works under
the respective Contract of each NC package shall be deemed
to be completed only on submission of fully satisfactory
Maintenance / Installation manuals as well as As-Built
drawings, apart from satisfying the other parameters as spelt
out in the Bid documents.
27.6.4 The Contractor shall extend full co-operation to the F&M

Contractor / O&M contractor in procuring special equipment
and spares as may be required during the execution of the
Maintenance Contract at all times including technical
consultations, clarifications as may be required.
28. Procurement
28.1
Sourcing
As part of the Work, Contractor shall procure and pay for, in
Contractor 's name as an independent Contractor and not as
agent for the Employer, all Contractors and sub-contractors
labour, materials, equipment, supplies, soil, gravel and
similar materials and manufacturing, fabrication and related
services (whether on or off the Site) for construction of and
incorporation in the Works or which are otherwise required
for completion of the Work in accordance with the Specification
and the Contract and are not explicitly specified to be furnished
by the Employer pursuant to the terms and provisions of the
Contract including Specification.
28.2
Materials and Workmanship
28.2.1 All materials and workmanship shall be as per the relevant

code of BIS Specification / Tender Specifications and of
approved type and the Contractor shall immediately remove
from the works any material and/or workmanship which in the
opinion of the Employer are defective or unsuitable and
shall substitute proper materials and/or workmanship at his
own cost. The term approval used in connection with this
contract shall mean the approval of the Employer.
28.2.2 The Contractor shall if required submit satisfactory evidence
as to the kind and quality of material.
28.2.3 Where special makes or brands are called for, the Contractor
has to adhere to such instructions and any deviations are not
78 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
accepted unless specifically approved by the EMPLOYER.

28.2.4 Not Used
28.2.5 All materials shall be delivered so as to ensure a speedy and
uninterrupted progress of the work. Such material shall be
stored so as to cause no obstruction and so as to prevent
overloading of any portion of the structure, and the
Contractor shall be entirely responsible for damage or loss by
weather or other cause.
28.2.6 Within 15 (Fifteen) days after signing the Contract, the
Contractor shall submit for approval of the Employer a
complete list of all material he and his Subcontractors propose
to use in the work of definite brand also the particular brand of
any article where more than one is specified in the list of
approved makes / brand
28.2.7 Origin of all materials, from India or from Overseas sources
shall be furnished by the Contractor along with the bid.
28.2.8 Ordering and Delivery Of Materials and Equipment For The
Works
The Contractor shall place his orders for the specified
materials and equipment at the earliest possible date upon
award of the Contract for the Works or at such times as may be
specifically stated elsewhere herein for any particular material
or equipment.
The Contractor shall be required to produce and submit to the
Employer shipping documents and other documentary proofs
of such placement of orders such as factory work orders,
packing list, bill of loading, forwarder advice etc., within one
month prior to the scheduled delivery date.
If, the Contractor fails to submit as aforesaid and thus likely to
cause interruption or delay in the progress of the works, then
EMPLOYER shall be at liberty to direct the Contractor to airfreight the same without any additional cost to Employer.
28.3
Samples
28.3.1 After the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish
for the approval of the Employer, with such promptness as to
cause no delay in his work or in that of any other Contractor,
samples and data sheets as required by the specifications or
by the Employer. Samples shall be delivered as directed by
the Employer.
79 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
28.3.2 A schedule giving dates for the submission of samples or

data sheets shall be included in the schedule described
under Clause 15. All samples or data sheets must be
submitted for approval well in advance within reasonable
time to ensure the availability at site as per approved
programme.
28.3.3 The Employer shall check and approve such samples or
data sheets, with reasonable promptness only for conformity
with the design concept of the project and for compliance with
the information in the Contract Documents. The Work shall
be in accordance with the approved samples and / or data
sheets.
28.3.4 Samples of materials and goods shall be submitted with
descriptive
labels and / or application or installation
instructions intact and legible and properly labeled / tagged to
identify the material type, reference, manufacturer / supplier
and country of origin.
28.3.5
Where variations in texture, colour, grain or other

characteristics are inherent and anticipated in the samples
submitted, a sufficient quantity shall be provided to indicate
the full range of characteristics, which will be present.
28.3.6 The Contractor shall accompany each transmittal of samples

with a transmittal listing the sample data for each sample
and referencing each sample to the appropriate drawing or
specification section and Clause.
28.3.7
Acceptance of any sample shall be only for characteristics

for uses named in such acceptance and for no other.
Acceptance of a sample shall not be taken to change or
modify any requirement of the Contract documents. Once a
material has been accepted, no further change in brand or
make will be permitted.
28.3.8 The Contractor must obtain the Employer written approval

of the respective samples of workmanship and prototypes
before proceeding with the actual mass execution of the
various sections of the works.
28.3.9 The finished work must correspond to the approved samples
of materials, workmanship and prototypes. The Employer
at his sole discretion may return certain samples for use in
the Works. These shall be installed in good condition and
suitably marked for identification. Such samples and any
packing are to be provided at the expenses of the
80 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Contractor and are to be displayed in a sample room.

28.4
Material Supplied by the Employer

Wherever materials are issued by the Employer to the
contractor for incorporation in the works, the issue rates of
such materials are indicated in the Contract Data. Before
taking delivery of the materials from the stores of the
Employer the Contractor shall satisfy himself to the
soundness of the materials issued to him. He shall be solely
responsible for the safe custody of materials, till the installation
is duly handed over and left over materials, if any, after
completion of the work shall be returned to the stores of the
Employer if so desired by him. Default of this condition will
entail recovery of penal charges at double the issue rates of
the materials, from the contractors. The Contractor shall
render monthly account of such materials issued in the form
determined from time to time.
28.5
Transportation
28.5.1 The Contractor shall at its own risk and expense transport all
the material, goods, and the Contractors Equipment to the
Site by the mode of transport that the Contractor judges
most suitable under all the circumstances..
28.5.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, if
necessary, approvals from the Authorities for transportation
of the material, goods, and the Contractors Equipment to
the Site. The Employer shall use its best endeavour in a
timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in
obtaining such approvals, if requested by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the
Employer from and against any claim for damage to roads,
bridges or any other traffic facilities that may be caused by
the transport of the material, goods, Plant and Equipment
and the Contractors Equipment to the Site.
29.1 Setting Out / Supervision / Labour

29.Fabrication/
Construction/
Erection
29.1.1Bench Mark:
The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper
setting-out of the Facilities in relation to bench marks, reference
marks and lines provided to it in writing by or on behalf of the
Employer.
81 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
If, at any time during the progress of Construction / installation

of the Facilities, any error shall appear in the position, level or
alignment of the Facilities, the Contractor shall forthwith notify
the Employer of such error and, at its own expense,
immediately rectify such error to the reasonable satisfaction of
the Employer. If such error is based on incorrect data provided
in writing by or on behalf of the Employer, the expense of
rectifying the same shall be borne by the Employer.
29.1.2 Tolerance
The Contractor shall exercise every care to ensure that all
structural members are sufficiently plumb and true to
dimensions called for on the drawings to allow superstructure
construction. The Contractor, in this regard shall make post
construction survey and report as soon as the structural works
for each floor are completed duly checking all the dimensions
as cast, verticality of the columns / walls, levels of slabs /
beam soffits / stairs etc. Defects noticed beyond permissible
tolerance shall be made good as per the instructions of the
Employer.
Rectification in the structural members or
remaking or replacing shall be done at the risk and cost of the
Contractor.
29.1.3 Post Execution Survey
The Contractor shall make post execution survey and report
as soon as the works are completed duly checked all the
actual dimensions with that required as per drawings and
specifications.
Any defects noticed beyond permissible
tolerances shall be made good by the Contractor as per
instructions of the Employer without any extra cost and time.
Additional cost if any paid to the other agencies due to the
defects mentioned above will have to be borne by the
Contractor.
29.1.3 Contractors Supervision:
The Contractor shall give or provide all necessary
superintendence during the Construction / installation of the
Works, and the Construction Manager or its deputy shall be
constantly on the Site to provide full-time superintendence of
the Construction / installation. The Contractor shall provide
and employ only technical personnel who are skilled and
experienced in their respective callings and supervisory staff
who are competent to adequately supervise the work at hand.
29.1.4Labour:
82 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
(a)
The Contractor shall provide and employ on the Site in

the construction / installation of the Facilities such skilled,
semi-skilled and unskilled labour as is necessary for the
proper and timely execution of the Contract. The
Contractor is encouraged to use local labour that has the
necessary skills.
(b)
Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the

Contractor shall be responsible for the recruitment,
transportation, accommodation and catering of all labour,
local or expatriate, required for the execution of the
Contract and for all payments in connection therewith.
(c)
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all

necessary permit(s) and/or visa(s) from the appropriate
authorities for the entry of all labour and personnel to be
employed on the Site .
(d)
The Contractor shall at all times during

the Contract use its best endeavours
unlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct or
amongst its employees and the
Subcontractors.
(e)
The Contractor shall, in all dealings with its labour and

the labour of its Subcontractors currently employed on or
connected with the Contract, pay due regard to all
recognized festivals, official holidays, religious or other
customs and all local laws and regulations pertaining to
the employment of labour.
the progress of
to prevent any
behaviour by or
labour of its
29.2 Contractors Equipment

29.2.1 Contractors Equipment which is owned by the Contractor
(either directly or indirectly) shall be deemed to be the property
of the Employer with effect from its time of arrival on the site.
The vesting of such property in the Employer. shall not :
(a) affect the responsibility or liability of the Employer and the
Contractor
(b) prejudice the right of the Contractor to the sole use of
such
Contractors Equipment for the purpose of the
Works, or
(c) affect the Contractors responsibility to operate and
maintain the same under the provisions of the Contract.
The property in each item shall be deemed to revest in the
83 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Contractor with effect from the time he is entitled to remove it

from the Site, or when the EMPLOYER issues the TakingOver Certificate for the Works, whichever occurs first.
29.2.2All Contractors Equipment brought by the Contractor onto
the Site shall be deemed to be intended to be used exclusively
for the execution of the Contract. The Contractor shall not
remove the same from the Site without the EMPLOYERs
consent that such Contractors Equipment is no longer
required for the execution of the Contract.
29.2.3 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, upon completion of
the Facilities, the Contractor shall remove from the Site all
Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site and any
surplus materials remaining thereon.
29.2.4The Employer will, if requested, use its best endeavours to
assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state or national
government permission required by the Contractor for the
export of the Contractors Equipment imported by the
Contractor for use in the execution of the Contract that is no
longer required for the execution of the Contract.
29.3 Site Regulations and Safety
The Employer and the Contractor shall establish Site
regulations setting out the rules to be observed in the execution
of the Contract at the Site and shall comply therewith. The
Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Employer, with a
copy to the Employer, proposed Site regulations for the
Employers approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld.
Such Site regulations shall include, but shall not be limited to,
rules in respect of security, safety of the Facilities, gate control,
sanitation, medical care, and fire prevention.
29.4 Opportunities for Other Contractors
29.4.1The Contractor shall, upon written request from the Employer,
give all reasonable opportunities for carrying out the work to
any other contractors employed by the Employer on or near
the Site.
29.4.2 If the Contractor, upon written request from the Employer,
makes available to other contractors any roads or ways the
maintenance for which the Contractor is responsible, permits
the use by such other contractors of the Contractors
84 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Equipment, or provides any other service of whatsoever nature

for such other contractors, the Employer shall fully
compensate the Contractor for any loss or damage due to
misuse caused or occasioned by such other contractors in
respect of any such use or service.
29.4.3The Contractor shall also so arrange to perform its work as to
minimize, to the extent possible, interference with the work of
other contractors. The Employer shall determine the resolution
of any difference or conflict that may arise between the
Contractor and other contractors and the workers of the
Employer in regard to their work.
29.4.4The Contractor shall notify the Employer promptly of any
defects in the other contractors work that come to its notice,
and that could affect the Contractors work. The Employer
shall determine the corrective measures, if any, required to
rectify the situation after inspection of the Facilities. Decisions
made by the Employer shall be binding on the Contractor.
29.5 Emergency Work
If, by reason of an emergency arising in connection with and
during the execution of the Contract, any protective or remedial
work is necessary as a matter of urgency to prevent damage to
the Works, the Contractor shall immediately carry out such
work.
If the Contractor is unable or unwilling to do such work
immediately, the Employer may do or cause such work to be
done as the Employer may determine is necessary in order to
prevent damage to the Facilities. In such event the Employer
shall, as soon as practicable after the occurrence of any such
emergency, notify the Contractor in writing of such emergency,
the work done and the reasons therefore. If the work done or
caused to be done by the Employer is work that the
Contractor was liable to do at its own expense under the
Contract, the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in
connection therewith shall be paid by the Contractor to the
Employer. Otherwise, the cost of such remedial work shall be
borne by the Employer.
29.6 Site Clearance

29.6.1Site Clearance in Course of Performance:
In the course of carrying out the Contract, the Contractor shall
keep the Site reasonably free from all unnecessary obstruction,
85 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
store or remove any surplus materials, clear away any

wreckage, rubbish or temporary works from the Site, and
remove any Contractors Equipment no longer required for
execution of the Contract.
29.6.2Clearance of Site after Completion:
After Completion of all parts of the Facilities, the Contractor
shall clear away and remove all wreckage, rubbish and debris
of any kind from the Site, and shall leave the Site and Facilities
clean and safe.
29.7 Watching and Lighting
The Contractor shall provide and maintain at its own expense
all lighting, fencing, and watching when and where necessary
for the proper execution and the protection of the Facilities, or
for the safety of the owners and occupiers of adjacent property
and for the safety of the public.
29.8
Work at Night and on Holidays
29.8.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, no work shall be

carried out during the night and on public holidays of the
country where the Site is located without prior written consent
of Employer, except where work is necessary or required to
ensure safety of the Facilities or for the protection of life, or to
prevent loss or damage to property, when the Contractor shall
immediately advise the Employer, provided that provisions of
this GCC Sub-Clause 29.8.1 shall not apply to any work which
is customarily carried out by rotary or double-shifts.
29.8.2 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clauses 29.8.1 or 29.1.3, if and
when the Contractor considers it necessary to carry out work
at night or on public holidays so as to meet the Time for
Completion and requests the Employers consent thereto, the
Employer shall not unreasonably withhold such consent.
29.8.3 However, permission for Night work or work on Holiday when
given it will be subject to :
(a)
The provisions of relevant labour laws, Rules &

Regulations of Local Authorities and Police Department
Restrictions and Rules being adhered to and without
nuisance to the neighborhood. :-
(b)
Adequate lighting, supervision and safety measures

established to the satisfaction of the Employer.
86 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
30.Test and Inspection
(c)
The Construction programme given by the Contractor

and agreed upon by the Employer envisages such
working
(d)
If it is necessary or required to ensure the safety of work

or for the protection of life or to prevent loss or damage
to property.
30.1 The Contractor shall at its own expense carry out at the place
of manufacture and/or on the Site all such tests and/or
inspections of the material including Client Supply Materials,
goods, Plant and Equipment and any part of the Works as are
specified in the Contract.
30.2 The Employer or their designated representatives shall be
entitled to attend the aforesaid test and/or inspection. The
Contractor shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in
connection with such attendance including, but not limited to, all
travelling and board and lodging expenses.
30.3 Whenever the Contractor is ready to carry out any such test
and/or inspection, the Contractor shall give a reasonable
advance notice of such test and/or inspection (2 weeks) and of
the place and time thereof to the Employer. The Contractor
shall obtain from any relevant third party or manufacturer any
necessary permission or consent to enable the Employer (or
their designated representatives) to attend the test and/or
inspection.
30.4 The Contractor shall provide the Employer with a certified
report of the results of any such test and/or inspection.
If the Employer (or their designated representatives) fails to
attend the test and/or inspection, or if it is agreed between the
parties that such persons shall not do so, then the Contractor
may proceed with the test and/or inspection in the absence of
such persons, and may provide the Employer with a certified
report of the results thereof.
30.5 The Employer may require the Contractor to carry out any test
and/or inspection not required by the Contract, provided that the
Contractors reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the
carrying out of such test and/or inspection shall be added to the
Contract Price.
30.6 If any material, goods, Plant and Equipment or any part of the
Facilities fails to pass any test and/or inspection, the
Contractor shall either rectify or replace such Plant and
87 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Equipment or part of the Works and shall repeat the test and/or
inspection upon giving a notice under GCC Sub-Clause 30.3.
30.7 If any dispute or difference of opinion shall arise between the
parties in connection with or arising out of the test and/or
inspection of the material, goods, Plant and Equipment or part
of the Works that cannot be settled between the parties within a
reasonable period of time, it may be referred to an Adjudicator
for determination in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 6.1.
30.8 The Contractor shall afford the Employer (or their designated
representative), to access at any reasonable time to any place
where the Plant and Equipment are being manufactured or the
Works are being installed, in order to inspect the progress and
the manner of manufacture or installation, provided that the
Employer shall give the Contractor a reasonable prior notice.
30.9 The Contractor agrees that neither the execution of a test
and/or inspection of material, goods, Plant and Equipment or
any part of the Works, nor the attendance by the Employer nor
the issue of any test certificate pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause
30.4, shall release the Contractor from any other
responsibilities under the Contract.
30.10 No part of the Works or foundations shall be covered up on the
Site without the Contractor carrying out any test and/or
inspection required under the Contract. The Contractor shall
give a reasonable notice to the Employer whenever any such
part of the Facilities or foundations is ready or about to be ready
for test and/or inspection; such test and/or inspection and notice
thereof shall be subject to the requirements of the Contract.
31. Completion of the

Works
31.1 As soon as the Works or any part thereof has, in the opinion of
the Contractor, been completed operationally and structurally
and put in a tight and clean condition as specified in the
Technical Specifications, excluding minor items not materially
affecting the intent or safety of the Works, the Contractor shall
so notify the Employer in writing..
31.2 The Employer shall, within the reasonable time after receipt of
the Contractor s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 31.1 either
issue a Completion Certificate stating that the Works or agreed
milestone have reached Completion as of the date of the
Contractors notice under GCC Sub-Clause 31.1 or notify the
Contractor in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies.
31.3 If the Employer notifies the Contractor of any defects and/or
deficiencies, the Contractor shall then correct such defects
88 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
and/or deficiencies, and shall repeat the procedure described in

GCC Sub-Clause 30.1 If the Employer is satisfied that the
Works or agreed milestone have reached Completion, the
EMPLOYER shall, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the
Contractors repeated notice, issue a Completion Certificate
stating that the Works have reached Completion as of the date
of the Contractors repeated notice. If the Employer is not so
satisfied, then it shall notify the Contractor in writing of any
defects and/or deficiencies within seven (7) days after receipt
of the Contractors repeated notice, and the above procedure
shall be repeated.
31.4 Not used
31.5 As soon as possible after Completion, the Contractor shall
complete all outstanding minor items so that the Works are fully
in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, failing
which the Employer will undertake such completion and deduct
the costs thereof from any monies owing to the Contractor.
31.6 Upon Completion, the Employer shall be responsible for the
care and custody of the Works or the relevant part thereof,
together with the risk of loss or damage thereto, and shall
thereafter take over the Works or the relevant part thereof.
31.7 Partial completion & Take over
31.7.1 If at any time or times before Practical completion of the work
the Employer with the notice to the Contractor shall take
possession of any part or parts of the same as may be needed
by the Employer or on any exigencies then notwithstanding
anything expressed or implied elsewhere in this Contract.
31.7.2 Not Used.
31.7.3 Practical completion of such part or parts shall be considered
for the purpose of taking over only and all provisions under this
contract shall be complied with till the entire work is completed
and Employer s Certificate issued to that effect.
31.8
certificate of Final Completion

The Contract shall not be considered completed and the work
shall not be treated as finally accepted by the Employer, until
a Final Completion Certificate (copy attached in Sample
Forms) shall have been signed and issued by the Employer
after all obligations under the Contract including that in the
Defect Liability Period, if any, have been fulfilled by the
Contractor.
89 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
F. Guarantees and Liabilities

32.1 The Contractor guarantees that it shall attain Completion of
32.Completion Time
the Works (or a part for which a separate time for completion is
Guarantee
specified) within the Time for Completion specified pursuant to
Contract Data or within such extended time to which the
Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 46 hereof.
32.2 If the Contractor fails to complete the works within the
specified period or within any extended time fixed under Clause
46 of these General Conditions of Contract and the Employer
certifies in writing that in his opinion the same ought reasonably
so to have been completed, the Contractor shall pay or allow
to the Employer a sum calculated at the rate stated in the
Contract Data as agreed Liquidated Damages (not as Penalty)
for the period during which the said work shall so remain or
have remained incomplete, the Employer may deduct such
damages from any monies otherwise payable to the Contractor
under this Contract. Further liquidated damages shall be
applicable for non achievement of intermediate milestones at
the rates specified in contract data.
If the subsequent
intermediate milestone is achieved in the stipulated time then
the LD levied for failure to meet previous milestone shall be
released.
However, the payment of liquidated damages shall not in any
way relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations to
complete the Works or from any other obligations and liabilities
of the Contractor under the Contract.
32.3 The Bidders are required to submit with the bid a preliminary
Bar Chart / Pert Chart (soft copy & hard copy) showing activities
with corresponding resource allocation and time planned for
various activities to achieve a coordinated completion as per the
specified completion period taking into account all local
weather, site and other prevailing General Conditions of
Contract. The progress of work will be constantly monitored by
the Employer Time is the essence of the contract and the
project is time bound.
32.4 On award of work the Successful Bidder / Contractor shall,
within two weeks in consultation with the Employer produce a
detailed Master Project/Construction schedule (soft copy & hard
copy), indicating physical progress of work on a weekly basis.
Upon acceptance of Master Project/Construction schedule by
the Employer, the Contractor shall strive and maintain the
90 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
planned progress most diligently.

32.5 If on the expiry of agreed Contract Period, the Works remains
incomplete, a liquidated damage (not as penalty) will be
imposed on the Contractor as stipulated in Sub-clause32.2
herein above.
33.
Defect Liability
33.1 The Contractor shall make good at his own cost and to the
satisfaction of the Employer, all defects, shrinkages or faults,
arising in the opinion of the Employer from Works or materials
not being in accordance with the Drawings or Specifications or
Schedule of Quantities or the Instructions of the Employer,
which may appear within "Defects Liability Period" stipulated in
the contract data.
33.2 Such defects, shrinkages shall upon directions in writing of the
Employer , and within such reasonable time as shall be
specified therein be amended and made good by the
Contractor, at his own cost unless the Employer shall decide
that he ought to be paid for such amending and making good
and in case of default the Employer may employ and pay other
Contractor to amend and make good such defects, shrinkage,
settlements or other faults and all damages loss and expense
consequent thereon or incidental thereto shall be made good
and borne by the Contractor and such damage, loss or
expense shall be recoverable from him by the Employer or
may be deducted by the Employer upon the Employer 's
certificate in writing from any amount due or may become due
to the Contractor, in lieu of such amending and making good
by the Contractor deduct from any moneys due to the
Contractor a sum to be determined by the EMPLOYER as
equivalent to the cost of amending such work and in the event
of the Retention Amount being insufficient to recover the
balance from the Contractor,
33.3 The Schedule of Defects shall be delivered to the Contractor
not later than 30 days after the expiration of the said Defects
Liability Period.
33.4 When in the opinion of the Employer any defects shrinkages or
other defaults which he may have required to be made good
under this Clause of this Condition shall have been made good
he shall issue a certificate to that effect, and completion of
making good defects shall be deemed for all the purposes of
this Contract to have taken place on the day named in such
certificates.
91 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
34.Functional
Guarantees
34.1 The Contractor guarantees that during the Guarantee Test, the
Works/Facilities and all parts thereof shall attain the Functional
Guarantees specified in Technical Specification in Volume II,
subject to and upon the conditions therein specified.
34.2 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the minimum level
of the Functional Guarantees specified in Technical
Specification in Volume II are not met either in whole or in part,
the Contractor shall at its cost and expense make such
changes, modifications and/or additions to the Works or any
part thereof as may be necessary to meet at least the minimum
level of such Guarantees. The Contractor shall notify the
Employer upon completion of the necessary changes,
modifications and/or additions, and shall request the Employer
to repeat the Guarantee Test until the minimum level of the
Guarantees has been met. If the Contractor eventually fails to
meet the minimum level of Functional Guarantees, the
Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant
to GCC Sub-Clause 48.2..
34.3 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the Functional
Guarantees specified in Technical Specification in Volume II are
not attained either in whole or in part, but the minimum level of the
Functional Guarantees specified in Technical Specification in
Volume II is met, the Contractor shall, at the Contractors
option, either
(a)
make such changes, modifications and/or additions to the

Facilities or any part thereof that are necessary to attain
the Functional Guarantees at its cost and expense, and
shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test
or
(b)
Pay liquidated damages as stated in Contract Data to the

Employer in respect of the failure to meet the Functional
Guarantees.
34.4 The payment of liquidated damages under GCC Sub-Clause

34.3, up to the limitation of liability specified in the Contract
Data, shall completely satisfy the Contractors guarantees
under GCC Sub-Clause 34.3, and the Contractor shall have no
further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof.
Upon the payment of such liquidated damages by the
Contractor, the Employer shall issue the Operational
Acceptance Certificate for the Works or any part thereof in
respect of which the liquidated damages have been so paid.
35.
Patent Indemnity
35.1 The Contractor shall, subject to the Employers compliance

with GCC Sub-Clause 35.2, indemnify and hold harmless the
92 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Employer and its employees and officers from and against any
and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims,
demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of
whatsoever nature, including attorneys fees and expenses,
which the Employer may suffer as a result of any infringement
or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered
design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right
registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract by
reason of the Construction of Works by the Contractor or the
use of the Works in the country where the Site is located; Such
indemnity shall not cover any use of the Works or any part
thereof other than for the purpose indicated by or to be
reasonably inferred from the Contract, any infringement
resulting from the use of the Works or any part thereof
35.2 If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the
Employer arising out of the matters referred to in GCC SubClause 35.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor
a notice thereof, and the Contractor may at its own expense
and in the Employers name conduct such proceedings or
claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such
proceedings or claim. If the Contractor fails to notify the
Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such
notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim,
then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own
behalf. Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the
Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the
Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to
the defence of any such proceedings or claim.
The Employer shall, at the Contractors request, afford all
available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such
proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the
Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing.
35.3 The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the
Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors
from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative
proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and
expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorneys fees and
expenses, which the Contractor may suffer as a result of any
infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model,
registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual
property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the
Contract arising out of or in connection with any design, data,
drawing, specification, or other documents or materials
provided or designed by or on behalf of the Employer
93 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
36.Limitation of Liability
36.1 Contractors Liability
Except in cases of criminal negligence or wilful misconduct,
36.2
(a)
the Contractor shall not be liable to the Employer

whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any indirect or
consequential loss or damage, loss of use, loss of
production, or loss of profits or interest costs, provided
that this exclusion shall not apply to any obligation of the
Contractor to pay liquidated damages to the Employer
and
(b)
the aggregate liability of the Contractor to the Employer,

whether under the Contract, in tort or otherwise, shall not
exceed the total Contract Price, provided that this
limitation shall not apply to the cost of repairing or
replacing defective equipment, or to any obligation of the
Contractor to indemnify the Employer with respect to
patent infringement.
Cessation of Employers Liability

The Employer shall not be liable to the Principal
Contractor for any matter or thing arising out of (or in
connection with) the Contract or execution of the Works,
unless the Contractor shall have included the claims for it, if
any, which have been duly approved as variations with the
Employer, in his Final Statement and (except for matters or
things arising after the issue of the Taking-Over Certificate
for the Works) in the statement at completion.
G. RISK DISTRIBUTION
37. Transfer of Ownership
37.1 Ownership of the material, good, Plant and Equipment

(including spare parts) procured at site for using in the
Works shall be transferred to the Employer when are
brought on to the Site.
37.2
Contractors Equipment which is owned by the

Contractor (either directly or indirectly) shall be deemed
to be the property of the Employer with effect from its
time of arrival on the site. The vesting of such property
in the Employer shall not :
94 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
(a)
affect the responsibility or liability of the Employer,
(b)
prejudice the right of the Contractor to the sole use

of such Contractors Equipment for the purpose of
the Works, or
(d)
affect the Contractors responsibility to operate and

maintain the same under the provisions of the
Contract.
The property in each item shall be deemed to revest in

the Contractor with effect from the time he is entitled to
remove it from the Site, or when the Employers
Representative issues the Taking-Over Certificate for the
Works, whichever occurs first.
.
37.3 Ownership of any material, goods, Plant and Equipment in
excess of the requirements for the Works shall revert to the
Contractor upon Completion of the Works or at such
earlier time when the Employer and the Contractor agree
that the Plant and Equipment in question are no longer
required for the Works.
37.4 Notwithstanding the transfer of ownership of the material,
goods, Plant and Equipment, the responsibility for care and
custody thereof together with the risk of loss or damage
thereto shall remain with the Contractor pursuant to GCC
hereof until Completion of the Works or the part thereof in
which such material, goods, Plant and Equipment are
incorporated..
Not used
38.
39.Loss of or Damage to
Property; Accident or
Injury to Workers;
Indemnification
39.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 39.3, the Contractor shall

indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its
employees and officers from and against any and all suits,
actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands,
losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever
nature, including attorneys fees and expenses, in respect
of the death or injury of any person or loss of or damage to
any property (other than the Works whether accepted or
not), arising in connection with the supply and installation of
the Works and by reason of the negligence of the
Contractor or its Subcontractors, or their employees,
officers or agents, except any injury, death or property
damage caused by the negligence of the Employer, its
95 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
contractors, employees, officers or agents.

39.2 If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made
against the Employer that might subject the Contractor to
liability under GCC Sub-Clause 39.1, the Employer shall
promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof and the
Contractor may at his own expense and in the Employers
name conduct such proceedings or claim and any
negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or
claim.
If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twentyeight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to
conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer
shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf. Unless
the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within
the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Employer shall make
no admission that may be prejudicial to the defence of any
such proceedings or claim.
The Employer shall, at the Contractors request, afford all
available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such
proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the
Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so
doing.
39.3 The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the
Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors
from any liability for loss of or damage to property of the
Employer, other than the Works not yet taken over, that is
caused by fire, explosion or any other perils, in excess of
the amount recoverable from insurances procured under
GCC Clause 40 provided that such fire, explosion or other
perils were not caused by any act or failure of the
Contractor.
39.4 The party entitled to the benefit of an indemnity under this

GCC Clause 39 shall take all reasonable measures to
mitigate any loss or damage which has occurred. If the
party fails to take such measures, the other partys liabilities
shall be correspondingly reduced.
40.
Insurance
40A
Insurance against injury to persons and property
40A.1 Workmen Compensation Insurance

96 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
(1) The Contractor shall effect and maintain employees,

compensation insurance in compliance with the
provisions of the Law of Land in the joint names of the
Contractor, Employer (project principal), his subcontractors and their respective sub-contractors of all
tiers against all liabilities arising in respect of bodily
injury to, disease contracted by or death of the
Contractors or any sub-contractors of all tiers
employees arising out of and in the course of their
employment on the Works or in connection with the
Contract.
(2) The insurance cover shall be against the liabilities
referred to in Clause 40A.1 (1) sustained during the
period from the Commencement Date until the Final
Certificate for the whole of the Works has been issued
and the Contractor has finally left the Site.
40A.2 Third Party Liability Insurance
(1)
The Contractor shall effect insurances in the joint

names of the Employer, Contractor, his subcontractors and their respective sub-contractors of all
tiers against all liabilities of the insured under the
Contract or otherwise in respect of:
(a)
(b)
bodily injury to, or disease contracted by or the

death of any person arising out of or in the course
of or by reason of carrying out the Works and
whether arising on or off Site; and
injury or damage to real or personal property other
than the Works insofar as the injury or damage
arises out of, or in the course of, or by reason of
the carrying out of the Works and whether arising
on or off the Site, including injury or damage
caused by any act or neglect of the Employer or
any person for whom the Employer is responsible
or by collapse, subsidence, heave, vibration,
weakening or removal of support or lowering of
ground water due to any cause other than;
(i) ionizing radiation or contamination by
radioactivity from any nuclear fuel or from any
nuclear waste from the combustion of nuclear
fuel, radioactive toxic explosive or other
hazardous properties of any explosive nuclear
assembly or nuclear component thereof;
(ii) pressure waves caused by aircraft or other
97 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
(2)
(3)
(4)
aerial devices travelling at sonic or supersonic

speeds;
(iii) Non-negotiable exclusions imposed by the
insurance market.
The insurance cover shall be against the liabilities
referred to in Clause 40A.2.(1) sustained during the
period from the Commencement Date until the Final
certificate for the whole of the works has been
issued and the Contractor has finally left the Site. To
clarify this cover should be in operation till
completion of defects liability period.
The insurances shall include:
(a)
a cross liability clause to the effect the

insurances shall cover the Employer, the
Contractor, his sub-contractors and their
sub-contractors of all tiers as separate
insured; and
(b)
a waiver of any right of subrogation which

the insurers may have against any of the
insured.
The third party liability insurances against injury or

death to any person and injury or damage to any
real or personal property under Clause 40A.2 (1)
shall be effected with a limitless indemnity as
specified in Contract data for any one occurrence or
series of occurrences arising out of one event but
unlimited in the aggregate amount for the period of
insurance.
40A.3 Insurers and terms to be approved

(1)
The insurances under Clause 40A shall be placed

with insurers acceptable to both parties and
approved in writing by the Employer.
(2)
The cover shall be in terms approved by the

EMPLOYER but in any case cannot be beyond the
best terms available.
40A.4
Policies to be Produced
The Contractor shall provide evidence of cover to the
EMPLOYER prior to the Commencement Date and shall
produce the policies of insurance and premium receipts
98 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
for inspection and approval by the EMPLOYER as soon

as practicable afterwards.
40A.5 Event of Failure to Insure
If the Contractor defaults in effecting or in maintaining the
insurance cover required by Clause 40A, the Employer
may effect and maintain this insurance.
40A.6 The effecting and maintaining of insurances by the
Contractor under Clause 40A is without prejudice to the
Contractors obligation to indemnify the Employer under
Clause 39.
40B
Insurance of the Works
40B.1 Contractors All Risks Insurance

The Contractor shall effect and maintain Contractors All
Risks insurance of the Works for the full reinstatement
value of the Works and all other costs set out in Clause
40B.2
40B.2 The requirements for the Contractors All Risks Insurance
is to provide insurance cover against any physical loss or
damage to the Works, existing constructions on the Site,
temporary works or materials or goods that are the
property of the insured or for which the insured is
responsible while on the Site, being fabricated or stored
off-Site or in transit by road, rail, air or marine craft within
India or its territorial waters and anywhere in the world
including;
(a) costs and expenses in respect of shoring and
propping up, testing, dismantling or demolishing part
of the Works, existing constructions on the Site or
temporary works, removing and disposing of debris
and damaged materials or goods and protecting the
Works, existing constructions on the Site, temporary
works and materials or goods;
(b) 10% of the Contract Price for professional fees ;
(c) all necessary extra costs of express freight or
airfreight; and
(d) all necessary extra overtime labour costs, incurred in
the repair, reinstatement, supervision following
99 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
damage to the Works, existing constructions on the

Site, temporary works or materials and goods from
any cause whatsoever excluding;
(e) Loss or damage to plant, equipment and temporary
buildings and their contents owned or hired by the
Contractor or any person for whom the Contractor is
responsible;
(f)
Terrorism.
(g) pressure waves caused by aircraft or other aerial

devices travelling at sonic or supersonic speeds;
(h) Non-negotiable exclusions imposed by the
insurance market.
Insurance of the Works to be in the joint names and
period of insurances
40B.3
(1) The Contractors All Risks Insurance of the Works

shall be effected and maintained in the joint
names of the Employer and the Contractor, his
sub-contractors and their respective subcontractors of all tiers and suppliers. The
insurance
cover
shall
run
from
the
Commencement Date until 14 days after the issue
of the Final Certificate for the Works or 14 days
after the determination of the employment of the
Contractor, whether valid or not, whichever is the
earlier.
(1) If the Contract provides for sectional completion of
the Works or the Employer has taken possession
of a relevant part, the obligation of the Contractor
to affect Contractors All Risks Insurance shall
terminate in relation to any section or relevant part
14 days after the Completion Date of that section
or relevant part.
(2) The Insurance to include :
(a) a cross liability clause to the effect that the
insurances shall cover the Employer, Contractor,
his sub-contractors and their sub-contractors of
all tiers and suppliers as separate insured, and
(b) a waiver of any right of subrogation which the
insurers may have against any of the insured.
100 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
40B.4 Parties obligations if loss or damage occurs

In the event of loss or damage to work, materials or goods
caused by a peril covered by the Contractors All Risks
Insurance of the Works the Contractor shall:
(a) notify the EMPLOYER of the extent, nature and
location of the loss or damage immediately upon
discovering it;
(b) follow all of the requirements in the insurance policy,
prepare and submit the insurance claim and
negotiate with the insurers to achieve a fair
settlement; and
(c) restore lost or damaged work, remove and
dispose of any debris, repair or replace materials
or goods which have been stolen, lost, destroyed
or damaged and proceed with carrying out the
Works with due diligence and in accordance with
the Contract immediately after any inspection
required by the insurers has been carried out.
40B.5 Contractors Payment not more than insurance proceeds

the Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment in
respect of the replacement, repair or restoration of the
loss or damage and the removal and disposal of debris
other than the amount received under the Contractors All
Risks Insurance of the Works unless and to the extent that
the loss or damage was caused or contributed to by a
breach of Contract or other default by the Employer or
Principal Contractor or any person for whom the Employer
or Principal Contractor is responsible.
40B.6 Insurer to be approved and remedy if Contractor fails to
insure
(1) The Contractors All risks Insurance of the Works
shall be effected with insurers approved by the
EMPLOYER.
(2) The cover shall be in terms approved by
EMPLOYER but in any case cannot be beyond the
best terms available.
(3) The Contractor shall deposit with the EMPLOYER
evidence of cover prior to commencement of the
101 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Works and produce the premium receipt and any

relevant endorsements as soon as practicable
afterwards, followed by a copy of the insurance
policy as soon as it becomes available.
(4) if the Contractor defaults in effecting or in
maintaining the Contractors All risks Insurance for
the Works, the Employer may effect and maintain it
himself.
40B.7 Use of annual policy maintained by Contractor
(1) if the Contractor maintains an annual policy of
insurance which provides cover no less than that
required under clause 40B.1, an endorsement
attached to the annual policy naming the Works,
the Employer, the Contractor, his sub-contractors
and their respective sub-contractors of all tiers and
suppliers shall be a discharge of the Contractors
obligations under clause 40B.1
(2) The Contractor shall produce the annual policy of
insurance, premium receipt and the endorsement
for inspection by the EMPLOYER prior to the
commencement of the Works and the annual
premium receipt within 14 days after the renewal
date
40.B8 The Contractor, in case of re-building or reinstatement
after incident shall be entitled to such extension of time for
completion as the Employer may deem fit, but shall,
however, not be entitled to reimbursement by the
Employer of any shortfall or deficiency in the amount
finally paid by the insurer in settlement of any claim arising
as set out herein which shall including but not limited to
the following:
40B8.1In a scenario where the reason attributable to the incident,
which have form a basis for a Insurance claim lies with
entity working on site excluding Contractor and Employer
then all Insurance deductibles, excesses and differential
costs shall be to account of that entity. Else all Insurance
deductibles, excesses and differential costs shall be to
Contractors account.
40.B9 Not Used.
102 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
41.1
Except otherwise stated in the contract:
41.Unforeseen Conditions
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
the Contractor shall be deemed to have obtained all

necessary information as to risk, contingencies and
other circumstances which may affect the Work;
by signing the Contract, the Contractor accepts total
responsibility for having foreseen all difficulties and
costs of successfully completing the Works; and
The Contract Price shall not be adjusted to take
account of any unforeseen difficulties or tasks
Unforeseeable Sub-Surface Conditions
The information provided along with Employers
Requirements is indicative. The Contractor shall
make necessary investigation on its own cost. If
sub-surface conditions are encountered by the
Contractor which in his opinion were not
foreseeable by an experienced contractor, the
Contractor shall give notice to Employer so that
Employer can inspect such conditions. After
receipt of such notice and after his inspection and
investigation, the Employer shall, if such
conditions were not (by the Base Date)
foreseeable by an experienced contractor,
Endeavour to reach agreement regarding value,
cost and /or extension of time If agreement is not
achieved,
Employer
in
consultation
with
Employers Representative determine the matter
fairly, reasonably and in accordance with Contract.
42.Change in Laws and

Regulations
42.1 If, after the date of Bid submission, any law, regulation,
ordinance, order or by-law having the force of law is
enacted, promulgated, abrogated or changed (which shall
be deemed to include any change in interpretation or
application by the competent authorities) that subsequently
affects the costs and expenses of the Contractor and/or
the Time for Completion, the Contract Price shall be
correspondingly increased or decreased, and/or the Time
for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent
that the Contractor has thereby been affected in the
performance of any of its obligations under the Contract.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, such additional or reduced
costs shall not be separately paid or credited if the same
has already been specifically accounted for in the price
adjustment provisions where applicable, in the Contract.(
This applies only to taxes & duties administered by both
103 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
state and central government of the respective locations.)

43.Force Majeure
43.1 Force Majeure shall mean any event beyond the

reasonable control of the Employer or of the Contractor,
as the case may be, and which is unavoidable
notwithstanding the reasonable care of the party affected,
and shall include, without limitation, the following:
(a)
War, hostilities (whether war be declared or not),

invasion, act of foreign enemies,
(b)
Rebellion, revolution, insurrection, mutiny, usurpation

of civil or military government, conspiracy, riot, civil
commotion and terrorist acts,
(c) Munitions of war, explosive materials, ionising radiation

or contamination by radio-activity, except as may be
attributable to the Contractors use of such munitions,
explosives, radiation or radio-activity, and
(d)
Natural catastrophes such as earthquake, volcanic

activity, fire, flood or inundation, tidal wave, typhoon
or cyclone, hurricane, storm, lightning, or other
inclement weather condition, nuclear and pressure
waves or other natural or physical disaster,
43.2 If either party is prevented, hindered or delayed from or in

performing any of its obligations under the Contract by an
event of Force Majeure, then it shall notify the other in
writing of the occurrence of such event and the
circumstances thereof within Fifteen (15) days after the
occurrence of such event.
43.3 The party who has given such notice shall be excused from
the performance or punctual performance of its obligations
under the Contract for so long as the relevant event of
Force Majeure continues and to the extent that such partys
performance is prevented, hindered or delayed. The Time
for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC
Clause 46.
43.4 The party or parties affected by the event of Force Majeure
shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect thereof
upon its or their performance of the Contract and to fulfill its
or their obligations under the Contract, but without prejudice
to either partys right to terminate the Contract under GCC
Sub-Clauses 43.6 and 44.5.
104 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
43.5
No delay or non-performance by either party hereto caused
by the occurrence of any event of Force Majeure shall
(a)
constitute a default or breach of the Contract,
(b)
(subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 42.1, 44.3 and 44.4)

give rise to any claim for damages or additional cost
or expense occasioned thereby
if and to the extent that such delay or non-performance is

caused by the occurrence of an event of Force Majeure.
43.6 If the performance of the Contract is substantially
prevented, hindered or delayed for a single period of more
than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than
one hundred and twenty (120) days on account of one or
more events of Force Majeure during the currency of the
Contract, the parties will attempt to develop a mutually
satisfactory solution, failing which either party may
terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other, but
without prejudice to either partys right to terminate the
Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 44.5.
43.7 In the event of termination pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause
43.6, the rights and obligations of the Employer and the
Contractor shall be as specified in GCC Sub-Clauses
48.1.2 and 48.1.3.
43.8 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 43.5, Force Majeure
shall not apply to any obligation of the Employer to make
payments to the Contractor herein.
Not Used
44. Not Used
H. CHANGE IN CONTRACT ELEMENTS

45.
Variations
45.1
Extent of Variation
45.1.1 The Employer may issue instructions requiring a

variation and sanction in writing any variation made by the
Contractor. No variation required by the Employer or
subsequently sanctioned by him shall vitiate this contract.
45.1.2 The term "Variation" as used in these General Conditions
of Contract means the alteration or modification of the
105 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
45.2
design, quality or quantity of the work as shown upon the

Contract Drawings and desired by or referred to in the
Price Schedules, and includes the addition, omission or
substitution of any work, the alteration of the kind of
standard of any of the materials or goods to be used in
the work, and the removal from the site of any works
materials or goods executed or brought thereon by the
Contractor for the purposes of the work other than work,
materials or goods which are not in accordance with this
Contract.
Valuation of Variations
45.2.1 The price in the Price Schedules shall determine the

valuation of work of similar character executed under
similar General Conditions of Contract as work priced
therein.
45.2.2 The said prices, where work is not of a similar character
or executed under similar General Conditions of Contract
as aforesaid, shall be the basis of prices for the same so
far as may be reasonable, failing which a fair valuation
thereof shall be made.
45.2.3 Where work cannot properly be measured and valued the
Contractor shall be allowed day-work rates on the prices
prevailing when such work is carried out (unless
otherwise provided in the Price Schedules):
a) At the rates if any, inserted by the Contractor in the
Price Schedules or in the form of Bid or
b) When no such rates have been inserted, at the rates
prevailing in the market for material and labour and at the
control rates for the controlled materials including in all
cases the rate for delivery of the material at the work as
per following formula. The Contractor shall produce all
backup documents and detail rate analysis to justify his
claim
I. For items requiring Supply only
The landed cost of the Material or Plant with taxes
as applicable plus 10 % as overhead and profit
which will be inclusive of charges for , insurance,
BG, water, power, infrastructure facilities,
amenities, supervision etc.
106 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
II.
For items requiring Supply and installation :

The sum of (landed cost of material or plant with
tax and labour charges) plus 15 % of the above
sum as overhead and profit which will be inclusive
of insurance, BG, water, power, infrastructure
facilities, amenities, supervision etc.
III. For items requiring Labour only:

The cost of Labour plus 20% as the overhead
and profit which will be inclusive of, insurance,
BG, water, power, infrastructure facilities,
amenities, supervision etc.
45.2.4
The above mentioned percentage to be added as

overheads & profits to the basic rate analysis for new
items / additional items of work shall include all site and
office overheads & profits of the Contractor , all
incidental and connected charges / expenditure such as
Insurance, Water and Power Charges and other direct
and indirect costs, as mentioned in Instructions to Bidders
/ Notice Inviting Bid and similar liabilities which the
Contractor may have to incur in the process of
completing the said item of work and the said overheads
& profits shall also include all infrastructure facilities,
amenities, supervision, etc.
45.2.5
Basic rates of materials as arrived at site will be

considered for analysis to arrive at rates for new /
additional items as per Bid conditions.
45.2.6 Provided that in any case voucher specifying the time

daily spent upon the work (and if required by the
Employer the workmen's names) and the materials
employed shall be delivered for verification to the
Employer or his authorized representative not later than
the end of the week following that in which the work has
been executed.
45.2.7 Not Used
45.2.8 Effect shall be given to the measurement and valuation of
variations under this condition in Interim Certificates and
by adjustment of the Contract Price / Contract Value /
contract Sum.
45.3 Quantity variation
107 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Quantity variation will have no ceiling limit in respect of

individual items and individual quantities can vary to any
extent. Such variations shall not warrant any claims for
modifications to already quoted and accepted rates.
However variation to the value of total contract sum can
vary to the extent up-to Plus (+) or minus (-) 25% without
warranting change of rates. Extra items shall not be
considered while working out the above variation limit. In
case the total value of contract varies in excess of the
above limit, rates of only the variation items will be reconsidered based on actual impact.
46.Extension of Time for

Completion
46.1
Upon it becoming reasonably apparent that the progress

of the Works is delayed, the Contractor shall within 15
days give written notice of the cause of the delay to the
Employer, and if in the opinion of the Employer, the
completion of the Work is likely to be or has been
delayed beyond the date for completion stated in the
Contract Data (to these General Conditions of Contract
or beyond any extended time previously fixed under this
Clause :
a) By force majeure ; or
b) Not used
c) By reason of Employer 's instructions issued under
Clauses 10, 31 or 39, 47 of these General Conditions of
Contract or
d) By reason of the Contractor not having received in due
time necessary instructions, drawings, details or levels
from the Employer for which he specifically applied in
writing on a date which having regard to the date for
completion stated in the Contract Data to these General
Conditions of Contract or
46.2 The Contractor is not eligible for any monetary
compensation whatsoever due to extension of time granted
to him.
46.3 Not Used
46.4 Not used
47.
Suspension
47.1 The Employer may request by notice to the Contractor, to

suspend performance of any or all of its obligations under
the Contract. Such notice shall specify the obligation of
108 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
which performance is to be suspended, the effective date

of the suspension and the reasons therefore. The
Contractor shall thereupon suspend performance of such
obligation (except those obligations necessary for the care
or preservation of the Works) until ordered in writing to
resume such performance by the Employer.
If the Contractor is found by the Employer not complying
and/or persisting in non-compliance with safety
requirements or with statutory obligations, Employer may
suspend his Work at any time by notice in writing and the
Work shall not be resumed unless necessary corrective
actions has been taken to the entire satisfaction of the
employer and the suspension order has been revoked in
writing. Employer's decision in this matter shall be final.
No claims arising from such suspension shall be made by
the Contractor
47.2 During the period of suspension, the Contractor shall not
remove from the Site any part of the Works or any
Contractors Equipment, without the prior written consent
of the Employer
48.1
48.
Termination
Employer may, forthwith without notice and without

further obligation save as it is herein expressly provided,
terminate the Order in the event of the Contractor
becoming bankrupt or having a receiver appointed for the
Contractor assets or any proceedings being commenced
for the dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of the
Contractor being incapacitated for any reason from
performance of this Order.
48.2 Employer may also terminate the Order in the event of the
Contractor fails to commence or complete the Order on
time or for supply not done to the satisfaction of
Employer, after giving fifteen (15) days written notice to
the Contractor. The Contractor shall reimburse the
amount paid to them for the works not completed.
48.3
In the event of termination of the Order, Employer shall

make payment of the price payable for the items
delivered and services completed by the Contractor and
accepted by Employer. The Contractor shall not be
entitled to any further compensation for any termination of
the Order.
48.4
Optional Termination
109 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Employer may, at its option, terminate for convenience any of the

Work under this contract in whole or, from time to time, in part, at
any time by written notice to contractor. Such notice shall
specify the extent to which the performance of the Work is
terminated and the effective date of such termination. Upon
receipt of such notice contractor shall:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Immediately discontinue the Work on the date and

to the extent specified in the notice and place no
further purchase orders or subcontracts for
materials, services, or facilities, other than as may
be required for completion of such portion of the
Work that is not terminated;
Promptly obtain assignment or cancellation upon
terms satisfactory to Employer of all purchase
orders, subcontracts, rentals, or any other
agreements existing for the performance of the
terminated work or assign those agreements as
directed by Employer
Assist Employer in the maintenance, protection,
and disposition of work in progress, plant, tools,
equipment, property, and materials acquired by
contractor or furnished by Employer under this
contract; and
Complete performance of such portion of the
Work, which is not terminated.
Upon any such termination, contractor shall waive any claims for
damages including loss of anticipated profits; on account thereof,
but as the sole right and remedy of contractor, Employer shall
pay in accordance with the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
The contract price corresponding to the work

performed in accordance with this contract prior to
such notice of termination;
All reasonable costs for work thereafter performed
as specified in such notice;
Reasonable administrative costs of settling and
paying claims arising out of the termination of
work under purchase orders or subcontracts;
Reasonable costs incurred in demobilization and
the disposition of residual material, plant and
equipment; and
A reasonable overhead and profit on items b
through d of this clause.
Contractor shall submit within thirty (30) calendar days after

receipt of notice of termination, a written statement setting forth
110 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
its proposal for an adjustment to the contract price to include only

the incurred costs described in this clause. Employer shall
review, analyze, and verify such proposal, and negotiate an
equitable adjustment, and the contract shall be modified
accordingly.
49.
50.
49.1
The Contractor shall not assign, the Contract or any part

thereof , any right, benefit, obligation or interest therein or
there under to any other contractor, without the express
prior written consent of the Employer.
50.1
The Contractor must have in place at all times a detailed

contingency and business continuity plan that covers
situations where the services cannot be provided by the
contractor including due to, malfunction or unavailability
of Contractor personnel and resources and any other
causes. The contractor must ensure that the contingency
and business continuity plan and each update to, and
revised version of the contingency and business
continuity plan is approved by EMPLOYER. In the event
that the contractor is unable to provide any Service for
any reason including a force majeure event, malfunction
or unavailability of contractor resources or any other
cause the contractor must immediately notify
EMPLOYER and comply with the current approved
contingency and business continuity plan to ensure
continuity of the Services. The contractor confirms that its
contingency and business continuity plan will be such that
notwithstanding non availability of its resources for any
reason whatsoever, the contractor is able to continue to
provide the services in accordance with the agreed
service levels and otherwise perform all its obligations
under this order without interruption.
Assignment
Continuity of Services
51. Exempted Matters
51.1 The Employer reserves the right to let other Contracts in

connection with the Project. The Contractor shall afford
other contractors reasonable opportunity for the
introduction and the execution of their work, and shall
properly connect and co-ordinate his work with theirs. If
any part of Contractors or Sub-Contractors work
depends for proper execution or results upon the work of
any other Contractor or Sub-Contractor, the Contractor
shall inspect and promptly report to the Employer any
defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such
proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to
111 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
so inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the

other Contractors work as fit and proper for the reception
of his work, except as to defects which may develop in the
other Contractors or Sub-Contractors work after the
execution of the work. To ensure the proper execution of
his subsequent work the Contractor shall measure work
already in place and shall at once report to the Employer
any discrepancy between the executed work and the
Drawings
112 of 111
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

CONTRACT DATA SHEET
CONTRACT DATA SHEET
1 of 11
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

CONTRACT DATA
CLAUSES OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB)
Sub-Clause of
ITB
Clause
Scope of Work
Data
Strengthening work from basement to 6th podium
level and construction of transfer girder, 40 upper
floors, 6 floors of Triplex and LMR at Goregaon
(West), Mumbai.
2.1
Residential Tower for Atithi

Constructors Private Limited
Site Address
Builders
&
CTS No. 236/A/1, 236/A/3 & 236/A/5,
1.3
Pahadi Village, Linking Road,

Goreagaon (West), Mumbai.
Earnest Money Deposit
20.0
Validity of Bid
18.1
Rs. 25,00,000 /- (Rupees Twenty Five Lacs)

bank guarantee from a Nationalized / Scheduled
bank(other than co-operative bank) of India in
favour of M/s Ashvi Developers Private Limited,
Mumbai, India, payable at Mumbai, valid for 90
days from the Last date of Submission of Bid.
60 days
CLAUSES OF CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Sub-Clause of
GCC
Conditions
Data
Atithi Builders And Constructors Private Limited
Employers
address
Name
and
1.1
Ariisto House,N. S. Phadake Road,

Near East West Flyover, Andheri (East),
Mumbai 400 069
Consultants
address
name
and
CONTRACT DATA SHEET
Synergy
Limited.
1.1.2
Property
Development
Services
Private
406, 4th Floor, Kailash Corporate Lounge,

Veer Savarkar Marg, Vikhroli (West)
Mumbai 400 079
2 of 11
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Conditions
Date of Commencement
of Work
Time for Completion
Sub-Clause of
GCC
12.1,15.4
12.1,15.4,32.1
( From the date of

Commencement of Work )
Data
Date of issue of Work Order (WO) by the Employer.
36 Months (RCC, Finishing & MEP)
12 months from the Issue of Completion Certificate issued

by the Employer.
Defects Liability Period
1u, 33.1,
Communication / Notices
4.1
Letters on letterhead by post, courier, or hand delivered duly

acknowledged at the PMCs name and address.
Governing Law
5.1
Republic of India
Ruling language /
Language for
communications
3.2
English
12.3
Contractor can work on all working days from 08:00 am to

08:00 pm with enough light and safety precautions with
due notice to Employer. Any work requiring consumption
of cement shall not be done on Holidays and Sundays
without prior permission from the Employer. All works shall
be commenced after a minimum notice period of 24 hours
to the Employer. Contractor shall not undertake any
construction activities during night times and holidays,
which generates sound enough to disturb occupants
residing in neighboring building. Contractor shall settle all
issued with complaints so that progress of work is not
affected without causing any expenditure and / or any
other problems, whatsoever including legal to the
Employer.
Working Hours
19.1.1,
Performance Security
Five (5) % of contract value in the form of Bank Guarantee

from a nationalized / Scheduled (excluding any co
operative) bank in favour of Employer, as per approved
format, valid till the issue of completion certificate from
Employer.
19.2
The B.G. shall be submitted within 15 days of date of

Commencement of Work.
24.1
7 Days
24.2
15 days
Programme/ Work
Schedule
CONTRACT DATA SHEET
3 of 11
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Conditions
Sub-Clause of
GCC
32.2,
Liquidated Damages
Data
0.5% of Contract Value per week or part thereof for final

completion. Rs. 50000 per day of delay for intermediate
milestones as specified.
34.4
Maximum up to 5% of Contract Value
Amount equivalent to 2 month progress bill and cost

towards site set up will be given against Mobilization
advance at 4 stages of Project.
Interest free Mobilizations

advance payment
18.1
Start of strengthening work.
Start of superstructure work.
Start of finishes work.
Start of Services Work
The mobilization advance amount paid will be recovered

from First Running Account Bill (RA Bill) onwards and the
entire mobilization advance will be recovered at pro rata
basis of the gross value of work certified from each RA Bill.
The amount shall be recovered at equal installment.
Secured Material Advance
Basic Rate & Wastage

Allowance
Aluminum Formwork
Material
18.3.1
Material Advance shall be paid as 70% of the value of the

Suppliers / Manufacturers invoice after submission of
relevant document along with RA Bill and payment of the
same shall be released along with RA Bill only.
Refer Section 5 - Appendix F.
Employer will supply aluminum form wok including the
accessories like pins, wedges etc required for setting of the
formwork. This material shall be maintained in good
condition while the construction is in progress. This formwork
material shall be returned to the Employer in good condition
after completion of work.
All consumables and accessories required later shall be

arranged by Contractor at his own cost.
CONTRACT DATA SHEET
4 of 11
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Conditions
Sub-Clause of
GCC
Data
Monthly Running Account bill with no minimum value.

Period of submission and
Minimum amount of R.A. (
Interim) Bill
18.3. 1
Adhoc payments
18.3.1
RA Bills shall be submitted only on completion of milestones.

Refer Section 5 Appendix
70% of the RA bill value as assessed by the Employer shall

be certified for payments
Period of honoring
Certificate of Contractors
Interim Bill
18.3. 5
For Adhoc payment 15 days from the submisson of invoice

along with correct and necessary documents to Employer.
For Balance payment 25 days from the submisson of

invoice along with correct and necessary documents to
Employer.
Percentage of Retention
Money
Return of Retention Money
Currencies of Payment
Escalation
Maximum total liability of

the Contractor to the
Employer
CONTRACT DATA SHEET
2.5 (Two and Half) % of Contract Value in the form of

Bank Guarantee from Nationalized / Scheduled
(excluding any co operative) Bank to be submitted
along with 1st R.A( Interim) Bill.
2.5 (Two and Half) % Cash Retention from each R.A.

bill / Final bill.
Bank Guarantee of 2.5 (Two and Half) % of Contract

value shall be returned after Three ( 3 ) months from
Employers issue of completion certificate .
Cash Retention shall be returned after successful

completion of Defects Liability Period.
19.2, 25.5 ( i )
19.2, 25.5( i )
18.1
The amount payable is in Local Currency only i.e. in Indian

Rupees
17.4
The Bidder / the successful Contractor shall note that this

Contract does not provide for any Price Adjustment Clause
and he shall take into account while working out the rates,
any price escalation on any account for the stipulated
completion period mentioned in the contract data sheet and
extension of period approved by the Employer, if any;
except for the basic rates of certain major materials
mentioned in the contract in Appendix F
36.1
The Total Contract Price + Cost of repairing of defective

work and that of any obligation of the Contractor to
indemnify the Employer with respect to patent infringement.
5 of 11
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Conditions
Sub-Clause of
GCC
Period of Final
Measurement / Final Bill
submission
2(Two) months from the date of completion of Works.
18.5.1,18.5.2
Within 1(One) months from the date of submission of Final

bill based on the measurements and subject to finalization of
Extra Claims.
18.5.2
Within 1 (One) month from the date of Certification of Final

bill by the Employer.
Certification of Final bill
Payment of Final bill by

Employer
Data
Rate of Interest for delayed

Payment
Nil
Progress Review Meeting
Contractor shall arrange weekly site progress, review

meeting between Contractors Project Manager and
Employer Project team.
15.26.4
Contractor shall arrange site progress meeting in first week
of every month between Top Management of Contractor and
Employer to review the progress of work.
Water and Electricity
15.26.12
Water Charges Employer may provide water at one point

on chargeable basis if connection for water is available at
site; distribution of same will be in Contractors Scope. The
sufficient and continuous supply of water cannot be assured
by the Employer, Contractor shall make its own arrangement
for extra water for construction, drinking, testing and all other
activities at its own cost for its use without hampering the
progress of work.
Electricity Charges Employer may provide power at one
point on chargeable basis if connection for electricity is
available at site; distribution of same will be in Contractors
Scope. The quality & sufficient, continuous supply of power
cannot be assured by the Employer, Contractor shall make
its own arrangement for generating power at its own cost
for its use without hampering the progress of work.
Insurance
Contractor should take following Insurance:

40.0
CONTRACT DATA SHEET
Workmen Compensation Insurance
Third Party Liability Insurance
Contractors All Risk Policy
6 of 11
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Conditions
Sub-Clause of
GCC
Plants & Equipments

15.26.2
Contractor shall use tower crane as available at site at no

cost to be paid to Employer. Contractor to bear all operation
and maintenance cost to maintain the tower crane in good
working condition and hand over to Employer in good
working condition after completion of work.
45.3
Quantity variation will have no ceiling limit in respect of

individual items and individual quantities can vary to any
extent. Such variations shall not warrant any claims for
modifications to already quoted and accepted rates.
However variation to the value of total contract sum can vary
to the extent up-to Plus (+) or minus (-) 25% without
warranting change of rates. Extra items shall not be
considered while working out the above variation limit. In
case the total value of contract varies in excess of the above
limit, rates of only the variation items will be re-considered
based on actual impact.
Variation in Scope of Work
CONTRACT DATA SHEET
Data
7 of 11
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Conditions
Sub-Clause of
GCC
Extra Work
Data
When any instruction or decision given at site involves
extra work or where the Contractor may plan to claim an
extra, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to
inform Employer of the extra amount and get written
authorization from the Employer and or the Employer
before proceeding with the work involved.
18.5, 45.2.3
Within 30 days after receiving a claim or any further

particulars supporting a previous claim, or within such other
period as may be proposed by the Employer. Employer
shall respond with approval, or with disapproval and
detailed comments. The contractor shall produce all
backup documents and detail rate analysis to justify his
claim
For items requiring Supply only : The landed cost of the
Material or Plant with taxes as applicable plus 10 % as
overhead and profit which will be inclusive of charges
for
, insurance, BG, water, power, infrastructure
For items requiring Supply and installation :The sum of
(landed cost of material or plant with tax and labour
charges) plus 15 % of the above sum as overhead and
profit which will be inclusive of insurance, BG, water,
power, infrastructure facilities, amenities, supervision
etc.
For items requiring Labour only: The cost of Labour
plus 20% as the overhead and profit which will be
inclusive of, insurance, BG, water, power, infrastructure
Labour Laws
The Contractor shall not employ / use child labour.
15.19
Quality Assurance / Quality

Control
15.23
CONTRACT DATA SHEET
All rules and regulations of Labour Department, Contract

Labour Laws, Provident Fund & ESI and connected laws,
Workmen Compensation, Insurance etc., and all other laws
of the land are to be complied with by the Contractor within
the quoted rates.
The Contractors QA / QC program shall be in line with
Employers Requirements. Employer reserves the right to
recommend changes / alternations / addition and / or
deletion to the same and Contractor shall be obligated to
abide by the same. The Contractor shall submit project
specific QA / QC programme and manual as a part of
Technical Bid for the approval of Employer.
8 of 11
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Conditions
Sub-Clause of
GCC
Health, Safety and

Environment Programme
Data
The Contractor shall strictly comply with the Health, Safety
& Environment Programme as per Appendix- A in Section
5. The Contractor shall keep the Employer fully indemnified
against any claims or liabilities arising out of Contractors
lapse in safety practices.
15.21
The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the

adequacy, stability and safety of all Site operations, of all
methods of construction and of all the Works, irrespective
of any approval or consent by the Employer.
Experienced Safety Officer with adequate number of
supporting personnel shall be appointed for full time on the
Site during the execution of the works by the Contractor.
Security
Security of the entire Project Site ,from the date of taking

possession of the Site from the Employer through
execution of the Contract will be the responsibility of the
Contractor.
15.26.3
The Contractor shall make his own security arrangements

to guard the Site and premises at all times, at his own
expense. The security arrangements shall be adequate to
maintain strict control on the movement of equipment,
material and labour. The Contractor shall extend the
security arrangements to guard the material stored and/or
fixed on the premises by the Subcontractors.
The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping unauthorized persons off the Site.
Housekeeping
15.26.11
CONTRACT DATA SHEET
The Contractor shall be required to maintain the site, works

and surroundings in a neat and orderly manner, free of
accumulating debris, haphazard stacking of materials,
unhygienic and unsafe environment, cleaning of the site at
all levels inside and outside, removal of unwanted
materials, packing cases etc., shall be undertaken at least
once on daily basis. The Contractor shall nominate the
Safety Officer to be responsible for housekeeping.
Unwanted material and debris shall be carted away from
site and disposed off on a daily basis.
9 of 11
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Conditions
Sub-Clause of
GCC
Beautification &
Cleanliness of site
15.26.11
Documents to be
submitted at the time of
Tender Submission
Data
As all construction site will have sales office so lot of
prospective customers will visit the site to see the sample
apartment, sales office and the work progress on site.
Contractor guarantees, at its own cost and effort ensuring
that all the time the beautification like to put plants and pots
wherever required by Employer. Also Contractor has to
make sure that the cleanliness of the site including the
compound, labour camp and the sanitary blocks of visitors,
engineers, staff and labour to be clean on hourly / daily
basis to maintain the hygiene level.
Contractor should submit the following documents at the
time of Tender Submission:
Covering letter if any ( No cost details to be indicated)
Power of attorney document for the signatory
Sales Tax clearance certificate
Registration of company / partnership from the
Registrar of companies Certification of incorporation
Methodology, Quality Assurance and Quality Control
Plan
Procurement of various Equipments
Material Procurement Schedule
Manpower Schedule
Contractor Site management plan
Time Schedule / Milestone Chart
Schedule for Tax and Duty on Material.
EMD in the form of BG.
Technical Leaflets for all Services Components and
Equipments
CONTRACT DATA SHEET
10 of 11
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Conditions
Documents to be
submitted along with LOI /
Work Order
Sub-Clause of
GCC
Data
Contractor should submit the following along with LOI /
Work Order :
Mobilisation Advance BG
Peformance Bank Guarantee
CV of Key personnel
Non Disclosure Agreement
Delcaration / undertaking by the contractor of statutory
rules and regulations
Letter of compliance and confirmation of consideration
CAR/EAR Policy including third party liability
Workmen Compensation Policy
Copy of all licenses regarding labour laws and labour
welfare.
CONTRACT DATA SHEET
11 of 11
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

CONTRACTORS HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT

PROGRAMME
CONTENTS
1. Introduction
1.1
Scope
1.2
Application
1.3
Purpose
2. Definitions / Languages
3. Compliance
3.1
Company Policy and Standards
3.2
Mandatory Indian Statutory Requirements
3.3
International Standards
4. HSE Targets and Goals

5. Authorities, Roles, Responsibilities
5.1
Company Site Representative
5.2
Key Roles and Responsibilities
5.2.1
Contractors Representative
5.3
Contractors Personnel
6. Contractor HSE Management

6.1
Appendix A
On Award of the Contract

1 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

6.1.1 HSE Department of the Contractor

6.2
During the Contract
6.3
During the selection of the Sub-contractor
7. Training and Competency

7.1
Site Induction
7.2
Competency Requirements
7.3
Visitors to Project
8. Hazard Identification, Assessment and Management of HSE Risk

8.1
Operational Procedures
8.2
Job Hazard Analysis
8.3
Hazard Identification and Risk Management during Site Work
9. Permit to Work
10. Communication
10.1
Site Meetings
10.2
Daily Log and Reports
10.3
HSE Committee
10.4
Safety Plot Plans
10.5
Display Management
11. Incident and Near Miss Reports and Investigation

12. Emergency Response Plan
13. HSE Performance, Measurement and Reporting
Appendix A
2 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

13.1
Monthly Reporting
13.2
Occupational Sickness Leave Report
13.3
Environmental Accounting Report
14. Audits and Inspections

14.1
Audits
14.2
Inspections
15. Environmental Issues and Effects

16. Health
16.1
Provision for First-aid
16.2
Ambulance
16.3
Smoking
16.4
Alcohol and Drugs
16.5
Personal Protective Clothing and Safety Equipment
16.6
Hours of Work
16.7
Mobile Phone use on Site
16.8
Harassment
17. Work Conducted On / In Vicinity of Existing Facilities

18. Project Workers Accommodation / Labour Camp
18.1
Definitions
18.2
Standards, Inspections, Violations
18.2.1 Standards
Appendix A
3 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

18.2.2 Inspections
18.2.3 Violations
18.3
Sites
18.4
Buildings and Structures
18.5
Water Supply
18.6
Garbage and Refuse Disposal
18.7
Pesticide Use, Storage, and Disposal
18.8
Vermin Control (Insect and Rodent Control)
18.9
Heating
18.10 Lighting
18.11 Sewage and Liquid Disposal
18.12 Personal Hygiene Facilities
18.13 Showers / Bathrooms and other Sanitary Facilities
18.14 Fire Protection
18.15 Security
18.16 Welfare
18.17 First Aid and Medical Facilities
18.18 Crche
18.19 Responsibilities of the Contractor
18.20 Supervision
18.21 Construction Variance
Appendix A
4 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

18.22 Citations, Fines

19. Road Safety
20. Demolition and Dismantling
21. Explosive / Blasting Operation
22. Slip, Trip and Falls
23. HSE Promotion
24. Penalty
25. Declaration by the Contractor
APPENDICES
APPENDIX 1 Items to be included in Contractors HSE Plan
APPENDIX 2 HSE Monthly Report
APPENDIX 3 Monthly Incident File
APPENDIX 4
Environmental Accounting Form
APPENDIX 5 List of Content of First-Aid Box
Appendix A
5 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

1. INTRODUCTION
1.1
Scope
This document defines the Health, Safety, and Environmental (HSE) requirements associated with
the conduct of the Contractors scope of work for : Strengthening & Construction of
Residential Tower at Goregaon (West) Mumbai

The Contractor shall follow and comply these requirements in addition to the requirements
identified in CONTRACTORS HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME.
1.2
Application
These requirements apply to all aspects of the Contractors scope of work for this Contract,
including all aspects conducted by its sub-contractors.
1.3
Purpose
These requirements defines principal requirements for Health, Safety and Environment (HSE)
matters during the conduct of the Works / Project.
The objective is to ensure that adequate precautions are taken to avoid accidents,
occupational illness and harmful effects on the environment during construction. Also to assure
that satisfactory emergency planning is undertaken and adequate means are taken to secure
Contract objects.
This document:
Describes the HSE interfaces between the Owner / the Company / Employer and the
Contractor.
Details the processes by which the Contractor shall manage HSE while carrying out the work
as per the Contract.
Describes by reference the practices and procedures for HSE Performance.
2. DEFINITIONS / LANGUAGES
In this documents;
Appendix A
6 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

The use of shall indicates a mandatory requirement.
The use of should indicates a guideline that is strongly recommended.
The use of may indicates a guidelines that is to be considered.
3. COMPLIANCE
3.1 Company Policy Standards
The works shall be undertaken in accordance with the Companys HSE Policy and Management
System.
3.2 Mandatory Indian Statutory Requirements

The works shall be undertaken in accordance with all applicable legislations and mandatory
Indian Statutory requirements.
The Contractor shall follow following Indian Laws, Acts, Rules, by-laws, standing orders,
notifications, and amendments therein (should not be limited to identified Laws and Rules only);
Building and Other Construction Work (RE & CS) Act, 1996
Building and Other Construction Work (RE&CS) Central Rule, 1998
Indian Electricity Act 1910
Indian Electricity Rules 1956
The Explosive Act 1884
The Explosive Rules 1983
The Gas Cylinders Rules 2004
The Central Motor Vehicle Act 1988
The Central Motor Vehicle Rules 1989
The Petroleum Act 1934
The Petroleum Rule 2002
Appendix A
7 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

The Workmens Compensation Act 1923
The Workmens Compensation Rule 1924
The Mines Act 1952
The Mines Rule 1955
The Liquefied Petroleum Gas (Regulation of Supply and Distribution) order 2000
The Static and Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired) Rules, 1981
The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974
The Water (prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1975
The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977
The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Rules, 1978
The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981
The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1982
The Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989
The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986
The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986
The Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001
The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000
The Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998
The Biological Diversity Act, 2002
The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991,
The Public Liability Insurance Rules, 1991,
The Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996
Appendix A
8 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

The e-waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2010 (Guidelines)
Fire prevention and protection system for electrical installations
National Electric Code : SP 30 (BIS)
The Contractor shall also comply with statutory acts like EPF, ESIC, Minimum Wages Act, etc.
In addition to this the Contractor shall comply with IS codes like;
I.S. CODES ON HSE

SP: 53
Safety code for the use, Care and protection of hand operated tools.
IS: 818
Code of practice for safety & health requirements in electric and gas
welding and cutting operations
IS: 1179
Eye & Face precautions during welding, equipment etc.
IS: 1860
Safety requirements for use, care and protection of abrasive grinding

wheels.
IS: 1989 (Part -II)
Leather safety boots and shoes
IS: 2925
Industrial Safety Helmets
IS: 3016
Code of practice for fire safety precautions in welding & cutting

operation.
IS: 3043
Code of practice for earthing
IS: 3764
Code of safety for excavation work
IS: 3786
Methods for computation of frequency and severity rates for industrial

injuries and classification of industrial accidents
IS: 3996
Safety Code of scaffolds and ladders
IS: 4082
Recommendations on stacking and storage of construction materials and

components at site
IS: 4770
Appendix A
Rubber gloves for electrical purposes
9 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

IS: 5121
Safety code for piling and other deep foundations
IS: 5216 (Part-I)
Recommendations on Safety procedures and practices in electrical works
IS: 5557
Industrial and Safety rubber lined boots
IS: 5983
Eye protectors
IS: 6519
Selection, care and repair of Safety footwear
IS: 6994 (Part-I)
Industrial Safety Gloves (Leather & Cotton Gloves)
IS: 7293
Safety Code for working with construction Machinery
IS: 8519
Guide for selection of industrial safety equipment for body protection
IS: 9167
Ear protectors
IS: 11006
Flash back arrestor (Flame arrestor)
IS: 11016
General and safety requirements for machine tools and their operation
IS: 11057
Specification for Industrial safety nets
IS: 11226
Leather safety footwear having direct moulded rubber sole
IS: 11972
Code of practice for safety precaution to be taken when entering a

sewerage system
IS: 13367
Code of practice-safe use of cranes
IS: 13416
Recommendations for preventive measures against hazards at working

place
3.3 International Standards

The works shall be undertaken in accordance with the applicable International Standards and
specifications outlined in the Contract.
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ON HSE
Safety Glasses :
Appendix A
ANSI Z 87.1, ANSI ZZ 87.1, AS 1337, BS 2092, BS 1542, BS 679, DIN 4646/ 58211
10 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Safety Shoes :
ANSI Z 41.1, AS 2210, EN 345
Hand Gloves :
BS 1651
Ear Muffs :
BS 6344, ANSI S 31.9
Hard Hat :
ANSI Z 89.1/89.2, AS 1808 , BS 5240, DIN 4840
Goggles :
ANSI Z 87.1
Face Shield :
ANSI Z 89.1
Breathing Apparatus : BS 4667, NIOSH

Welding & Cutting :
ANSI Z 49.1
Safe handling of compressed : P-1 (Compressed Gas Association Gases in cylinders 1235
Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington VA 22202 - USA)
4. HSE TARGETS AND GOALS

The Contractor shall strive to achieve the HSE Targets, Goals and Aims for the works;
Zero Total Recordable Injuries
Zero Reportable Environmental Incidents
100% Hazard recording, reporting, and control measures
100% Incident recording, reporting and investigation
The Contractor must adopt and be involved in the development, implementation and
ownership of these goals.
5. AUTHORITIES, ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

The activities carried out by the Contractor and its Subcontractor shall completely fulfill the
requirements of himself, as well as the authorities, related to avoidance of loss of human life or
health, economic assets, the environment and the Contract object.
Appendix A
11 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

This implies that the Contractor shall systematically work to HSE requirements in accordance with
established principles. The Contractor shall ensure management commitment and attention to
HSE matters in all phases of the work. The Contractors organization shall reflect the
implementation of HSE matters as a line responsibility at all levels.
The Contractor shall comply with applicable legislations and ensure that employee working on
the contract object complies with the legislation. If the requirements stated in this document are
less stringent than or in conflict with the countrys legislation the latter shall apply.
The Contractor has overall responsibility for ensuring that the works planned, organized,
performed and documented in compliance with the Contractors HSE programme. The
Contractor is also fully responsible for coordinating the HSE activities of each employer (the subcontractor group and company) engaged on the works.
The Contractor shall ensure fitness of construction spread (man, material and machine) valid for
entire period of construction activities including:
Periodic medical health check-up and Firefighting competency certificate for personnel.
Certificate of fitness for construction equipment e.g. earth moving equipment, etc.
Stability certificate and Load test certificate for Hoists, Tower cranes, etc.
The Contractor shall ensure that each employer (including sub-contractor) at the site plans,
organizes, performs and documents their own activities so that (his and other employers)
personnel, the environment and property are protected in accordance with the HSE Plan.
5.1 Company Site Representatives
For HSE matters, at any site the Contractors point of contact will be with the Company Site
Representative, who will report to the Company Project Manager.
The Company Site Representative shall have a responsibility to;
Lead by example on HSE performance
Appendix A
12 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Monitor Site Work and ensure that work is performed in accordance with Approved
Contractor HSE Plan and Operational procedures.
Advise the Contractors Representative when he/she believes that HSE performance is being
compromised and that timeout for HSE is warranted.
Perform formal and informal HSE inspections of the areas on a routine basis.
5.2 Key Roles and Responsibilities

The Contractor shall define the roles and responsibilities of the Contractors Personnel to include
following descriptions.
5.2.1 Contractors Representatives

The Contractors Representative shall;
Lead by example on HSE performance
Adopt a philosophy for all personnel for all tasks of think it through, before you do.
Ensure that all work is performed in accordance with Approved HSE Plans and Operational
Procedures.
Facilitate communication of HSE issues from the workforce to management and vic versa.
Direct mobilization and demobilization activities.
Direct Site Work.
Lead Job Hazard Analysis (JHA)
Lead in daily project meetings and lead Toolbox meetings.
Perform HSE inspections of the work area at regular and agreed frequencies.
Order operations to cease if he/she believes that HSE performance of the site work is being
compromised and that time out for HSE is warranted.
5.3 Contractors Personnel
Appendix A
13 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

The Contractor shall ensure that its personnel required to:
Be aware of the Work HSE Goals and Targets understand their HSE obligations and take
responsibility for their own HSE performance.
Adopt a philosophy for all tasks of think it through, before you do.
Work in compliance to procedures applicable to their work tasks.
Stop work and advise their supervisor should circumstances arise which could compromise
the HSE integrity of the existing procedures.
6. CONTRACTOR HSE MANAGEMENT

6.1 On Award of the Contract
The Contractor shall submit a comprehensive Health, Safety and Environment Plan or
Programme manual for approval by the Company prior to start of work. The Contractor shall
participate in the pre-start meeting with the Company to finalize HSE Plans.
This plan may be a bridging document between the Contractors existing HSE system and
Company requirements. The Contractors documents shall describe the Contractors plans
managing HSE issues related to the works. The topics covered in the Contractor HSE Plan shall
include, but not be limited to, those identified in these HSE Requirements.
The Contractor HSE Plan and related documents which affect HSE performance including
procedures and engineering calculations, shall be submitted for Company review a minimum of
twenty one (21) days or as agreed mutually prior to commencement of any work on site to allow
for document review by Company.
Appendix 1 indicates the required contents of the HSE Plan for the works / project site.
6.1.1 HSE Department of the Contractor

The Contractor shall appoint a Safety Officer (SO), Safety Stewards or Safety Representative (SR)
meeting statutory competence requirements, with a minimum experience of five years of safety
management. The Contractor shall ensure that there are adequate HSE personnel on site
available 24X7, including holidays. The Contractor shall ensure that there are the proportion of
HSE personnel and the site workers shall not be less than mentioned bellow;
Appendix A
14 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Safety steward One for every 100 workers or part thereof
Safety supervisor One for every 500 workers or part thereof
Safety officer One for every 1000 workers or part thereof
In addition to the above mentioned requirements, the Contractor shall also follow and comply
the requirements of Annexure E clause 1.3 (a), (b), (c).
6.2 During the Contract

The Contractor shall implement approved Health, Safety and Environment management Plan /
Programme including but not limited to as brought out under 6.1. The Contractor shall also
ensure:
To arrange workmen compensation insurance, registration under ESI Act, third party liability
insurance etc. as applicable.
To arrange all HSE permits before start of activities (as applicable), like permits for hot work,
working at heights, confined space, Radiation Work Permit, Demolishing / Dismantling Work
Permit, storage of chemical/ explosive materials & its use and implement all precautions
mentioned therein.
To submit, timely, the completed checklist on HSE activities, Monthly HSE report, accident /
incident reports, investigation reports etc. as per the Company requirements. The
compliance of instructions on HSE shall be done by the Contractor and informed urgently to
the Company.
That his top most executive at site attends all the Safety Committee/HSE meetings arranged
by the Company. Only in case of his absence from site that a second senior most person
shall be nominated by him, in advance, and communicated to the Company.
Display at site office, workplace and prominent locations the list of hospitals, emergency
services available, safety signs like Men at work, Speed Limits, Hazardous Area, and HSE
Policy, etc.
Provide posters, banners for safe working to promote safety consciousness.
Assess, analyze & mitigate the construction hazards
Appendix A
15 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Carryout audits / inspection at his works as well as sub-contractor works as per approved HSE
plan/procedure/programme & submit the reports for the Company review.
Assist & cooperate during HSE audits by the Company, and submit timely compliance report.
Generate & submit HSE records/report as per this specification.
Apprise the Company on HSE activities at site.
Carryout all dismantling activities safely, with prior approval of the Company representative.
6.3 During Selection of the Sub-contractor

The contractor shall review the HSE management system of the sub-contractors covering at the
minimum:
Their past experience from HSE point of view for the type of work being assigned to them
Their HSE policies & practices and how often they have been reviewed by the Management
Their HSE track record for the last 5 years highlighting the number of accidents they had, HSE
violations, number of NCRs observed during HSE Audits, etc.
The qualifications and the skills their safety personnel possess
Their procedures in place for selecting the petty contractors
The self enhancement techniques adopted by them towards HSE
The HSE promotion measures adopted by them
The type of penalties imposed on them for violating HSE norms
The incident/ accident reporting and investigating system they have in place
The measures they adopted for mitigating the contraction hazards
The type & frequency of the HSE meetings conducted by them
The type of PPEs they used at construction sites
The number of HSE audits conducted by them, their type & frequency
Appendix A
16 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

The Fire-fighting and First-Aid facilities they possess
The induction and training/ awareness programmes they conducted
The steps taken by them for continual improvement in the HSE system
7. TRAINING AND COMPETENCY

Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall ensure that all personnel proposed for the work
/ project site have been given necessary HSE and job related training required by law as well as
training in the applicable safety policies and procedures.
The Contractor shall maintain all records of Health, Safety and Environment training and of
personnel job competency for the period of Contract.
All Contractor personnel working on site shall have completed Site specific HSE Induction training
as specified.
The Contractor shall ensure that all site personnel are trained (minimum requirement) for;
Fire Fighting
First Aid
Emergency Response Plan
The Contractor shall also ensure that records of these trainings are maintained properly.
7.1 Site Induction

The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel working on Project site receive an introductory
briefing explaining the nature of the work, the hazards that may be encountered during the
Project site Work and the particular hazards attached to their own function within the operation.
All personnel shall be assessed for their understanding of the induction information and will be
required to meet a set level of understanding.
The Contractor shall issue a personnel HSE handbook, which provides information on HSE and
emergency procedures and contacts that all personnel working on contract are required to
Appendix A
17 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

know. The Contractor shall ensure that this is distributed and its content introduced to all
personnel working on Project site.
7.2 Competency Requirements

The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel are competent to perform the job activities
assigned to them. In the event that the Contractor is unable to demonstrate the competency of
any person whose activities can directly impact on the Project HSE performance, that person
shall be removed from the site.
7.3 Visitors to Project

The Contractor shall devise the procedures for instructing and guiding Visitors to the Project site.
The Visitors shall be given adequate information on HSE requirements applicable to Project site.
8. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION, ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF HSE RISK

8.1 Operational Procedures
All site work shall be performed in accordance with documented operational procedures and
where applicable, with inspection and test plan that have been submitted to Company. The
Contractor shall prepare procedures for all activities which could, in the opinion of the
Company, affect the safety of personnel or equipment and / or affect the environment and
shall submit these procedures for review.
The Contractor shall provide equipment that is fit for purpose, complies with all regulatory and,
where appropriate has current certification. The Contractor shall be able to demonstrate its
adherence to these requirements.
The Contractor shall repair, remove or replace any of the Contractors equipment, which in the
opinion of the Company is a potential hazard.
8.2 Job Hazard Analysis

The Contractor HSE Plan shall include procedures for performing Job Hazard Analysis (JHA).
JHAs shall be performed in accordance with the Contractor HSE Plan for all activities, which
could affect the safety of personnel or equipment and / or affect the environment.
Appendix A
18 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

JHAs shall identify:
Any safety environmental affects that have the potential to occur during Project site work.
The measures to be taken to eliminate, control or mitigate the consequent risk.
JHAs covering all activities shall be held prior to mobilization to the Project site at a time such
that they can be incorporated in the Approved operational procedures.
Supervisory personnel involved I the tasks shall participate in the JHAs. The Contractor shall
document the details of the JHA workshop(s), including the personnel taking part. The
completed JHA sheets (including the resulting actions) shall be maintained and kept for
Company review at any time.
Copies of the JHA sheets shall be held on Project site for as long as they remain applicable to
the activities being conducted.
8.3 Hazard Identification and Risk Management During Project Site Work
During daily Project site meetings the appropriate procedures associated with the impending
work activities and the JHAs relating to those procedures are to be reviewed in order;
For them to be reviewed and updated as to that days activities by the personnel performing
the tasks and
To ensure the potential hazards associated with the activities have been understood as well as
the measures to be taken to eliminate, control or mitigate their risk.
Supervisors shall convey to their personnel (via tool box meetings or pep talks) the procedures to
be followed, including hazards and mitigation measures. Supervisors shall ask their personnel
whether they foresee any other hazards that have not been addressed and shall address any
concerns raised.
During operations, any person involved may request Stop Work for HSE if they consider that HSE
performance is or may be compromised. Where Stop Work for HSE is requested, action shall be
taken by the Supervisor to resolve the HSE concerns. His may include conducting toolbox
meeting, JHAs or other HSE techniques, prior to restarting the work.
9. PERMIT TO WORK
Appendix A
19 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

The Contractor HSE Plan shall include aspects such as the operation of a Permit to Work System,
procedures for Isolation of equipment and Management of Change systems for updating
procedures.
The Contractor HSE operational procedures shall maintain a work permit procedure to limit the
hazardous processes and high risks tasks to authorized personnel, who shall be informed of the
job safety analysis and the job specific safety precautions, on issue of a work-permit. The
operational procedure shall spell the validity and authorization requirements of work permit
issued under the procedure.
The Contractor HSE Plan Permit to Work system shall include, but not be limited to, those
identified bellow;
Safe Work Permit (SWP)
Hot Work Permit (HWP)
Height Work Permit
Permit required Confined Space Work Permit
Lock-out and Tag-out Permit
10. COMMUNICATION
10.1
Site Meetings
The Contractors Representative shall convene daily meetings with the Company Site
Representative, Contractors supervisory personnel (including Site operational staff and HSE staff)
to plan and coordinate the days activities. The meetings shall be minuted. Where feasible, both
persons occupying a position and working back-to-back shifts shall attend these meetings.
These meetings shall:
Review progress on incidents, near misses and hazards that have been reported.
Identify and agree implementation of any lessons, equipment or operational changes which
may arise from incident or hazard reports.
Appendix A
20 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Identify the procedures applying to the next 24 hrs work and manage any changes required
to them.
10.2
Daily Log and Report
A daily log of all HSE activities including Health, Safety and Environmental incident, inductions,
JHAs, toolbox talk meeting, other safety initiatives and any other major HSE items shall be
recorded and maintained by the Contractor. The daily log will be available to the Company at
all times. At the end of the Project site work a copy of the log shall be submitted to the
Company.
10.3
HSE Committee
The Contractor will facilitate the effective operation of a Site HSE Committee conducted in
compliance with relevant regulatory requirements.
(The Contractor shall follow requirements identified in Annexure E Pt. 1.4(b) for compliance of the
contract).
10.4
Safety Plot Plans
The Contractor shall prepare safety plot plan for the site and for the contract object, showing
escape ways, mustering stations and the location of firefighting and first aid equipment. The plot
plan shall be kept updated and be posted at all main entrances on each level of the works site.
10.5
Display Management
The Contractor shall display HSE awareness, discipline and instruction display boards at a
prominent locations at work site.
11. INCIDENT AND NEAR MISS REPORTS AND INVESTIGATIONS

The Contractor shall report on and investigate any incident near miss or hazard occurring at the
Project site in accordance with the procedure in the Contractor HSE Plan. An Incident Report
pro-forma is to be included in the Contractor HSE Plan and shall be used on site f and incident or
near miss occurs.
The Contractors incident reporting procedure shall include the following notifications;
Appendix A
21 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

The Contractors Representative shall notify the Company immediately an incident or near
miss occurs (after having first ensured, safety of personnel and equipment).
The Contractors Representative shall provide the Company with a written Incident Primary
Investigation Report within 12 hours of the incident or near miss occurring.
Owners normal response to such an incident is:
The Company Project site Representative will verbally notify the Company Project Manager
of an incident necessitating medical treatment (i.e. treatment extending beyond first aid) or
an environmental incident as soon as possible but within four (4) hours of the incident
occurring.
The Company Site Representative will fax or e-mail the Contractors Incident Report to the
Owner Project Manager within 15 hours of the incident occurring.
The Company will determine if there is a requirement to report an incident to Authorities.
12. EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN

The Contractor shall prepare an Emergency Response Plan for all work sites as part of the
Contractor HSE Plan.
The plan shall integrate the emergency response plans of the Contractor, and all involved
subcontractors. The Emergency Response Plan shall detail the Contractors procedures,
including detailed communications arrangements, for dealing with all emergencies that could
affect the Project site. This include where applicable injury, sickness, fire, fuel or chemical
spillage, severe weather and search and rescue.
13. HSE PERFORMANCE, MEASUREMENT AND REPORTING

At the conclusion of the works at any site, the Contractor shall provide the Company Site
Representative with a report of the performance against the Project HSE Targets.
All progress reports are to include HSE issues, performance against targets and activities.
13.1 Monthly Reporting
Appendix A
22 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

As part of regular monthly reporting, the Contractor shall provide a monthly report with a
summary of reported incidents. The report for the month shall be forwarded to the Company not
later than 5th day of every subsequent (next) month, unless otherwise instructed by the
Company.
Number of Incidents
Total numbers of Incidents
Occupational injury (total number)
Environmental incidents
Fires & Explosions
Production loss
New cases of Occupational illness
Lost work days due to injury / accident
Total working hours in construction activities
Accident all reported fires and explosions and occupational illness shall be listed, together with
the corrective and preventive measures as a part of the HSE report. The forms shown in
Appendix 2 and 3 or similar (after approval from the Company) shall be used.
In addition, the monthly report shall give a summary of site HSE related activities during the
month such as Audits, Inspections, HSE motivational activities and training, etc. The Contractor
shall maintain record of all restricted work cases and report it in monthly report. The Contractor
shall also measure the compliance with established HSE goals and report in monthly report.
The Contractor shall follow and comply these requirements in addition to the requirements
identified in Annexure E: Clause 6.13.
13.2 Occupational Sickness Leave Report

The Contractor shall submit Occupational sickness leave cases (sick leave cases arising due to
project work) in monthly report.
Appendix A
23 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

13.3 Environmental Accounting Report

The Contractor shall quarterly submit Environmental Accounting Report. This report shall show the
use of hazardous substances and disposal of special waste. The Contractor shall use Appendix 4
for reporting Environmental accounting report.
14. AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS

14.1 Audits
The formal audits by the Company will be undertaken and the Contractor shall provide full
cooperation in these audits.
In addition, the Company Site Representative will monitor the Contractor compliance with the
Contractor HSE Plan, operational procedures and set objectives and targets. In the event of
breach of the Contractor HSE Plan, operational procedures, the Company Site Representative
will order the penalty (as per clause 24 of Annexure E-1) and or cessation of Site Work and will
formally issue a corrective action request. The Site work may re-commence when it is safe to do
so and when an action or process to achieve compliance has been agreed by the Company
Site Representative and the Contractor.
Audits instigated by the Contractor are encouraged and the Company may elect to
participate if invited.
14.2 Inspections
The Contractor shall establish a HSE Inspection Plan to ensure safe working conditions and
compliance with rules and regulations. The HSE Inspection Plan shall identify participants and
frequencies. Line management and HSE representative shall participate, and regular
participation by site middle and top management shall be ensured.
Daily and Weekly inspections are recommended, the other inspection frequencies may be
chosen as and when appropriate.
The Company has right to participate in the inspections or instigate an inspection for a particular
purpose or the Company can call for surprise inspections and or audits.
Appendix A
24 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

The Contractor shall initiate the proper follow-up of inspection findings and shall ensure that the
corrective preventive actions are taken. The Contractor shall record the findings and corrective
preventive measures taken and maintain the records.
15. ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES AND EFFECTS

The Contractor is required to investigate the environmental effects and issues arising from the
Project Works and to identify these and any mitigating actions are required to be included in the
Contractor HSE Plan for the work.
The Contractor shall describe the Waste management strategies for all aspects of Project in the
Contractor HSE Plan. The Company Site Representative will monitor implementation of
environmental aspects of the Contractor HSE Plan for compliance.
The Contractor shall ensure proper storage and utilization methodology of materials that are
detrimental to the environment. Where required, Contractor shall ensure that only the
environment friendly materials are selected and emphasize on recycling of waste materials such
as metals, plastics, glass, paper, oil & solvents. The waste that cannot be minimized, reused or
recovered shall be stored and disposed of safely. In no way, toxic spills shall be allowed to
percolate into the ground. The contractor shall not use the empty areas for dumping the wastes.
The contractor shall strive to conserve energy and water wherever feasible.
The contractor shall ensure dust free environment at workplace by sprinkling water on the
ground at frequent intervals. The air quality parameters for dust, poisonous gases, toxic releases,
harmful radiations, etc. shall be checked by the contractor on daily basis and whenever need
arises. A record of the same shall be maintained.
The contractor shall not be allowed to discharge chemicals, oil, silt, sewage, sludge and other
waste materials directly into the controlled waters like surface drains, streams, rivers, ponds. A
discharge plan suggesting the methods of treating the waste before discharging shall be
submitted to the Company for approval.
16. HEALTH
16.1
Provision of First Aid
Appendix A
25 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

The Contractor shall provide first aid facilities and qualified & trained first aid personnel in
accordance with the applicable legislative and guidance requirements.
The Contractor shall provide fully equipped first aid medical facilities on project and shall ensure
that qualified medical practitioner and adequate numbers of first-aiders (persons who can
administer first aid) are available on site 24X7 hrs including religious and national holidays. Firstaiders' names shall be prominently displayed.
Along with the medicines and equipment mentioned by local authority and government
agency, the first aid facility shall be equipped with at least two sets of;
1) Artificial defibrillator
2) Anti-Snake bite medicine
3) Anti-scorpion bite medicine
The Contractor should maintain the contents mentioned in APPENDIX 5 List of Content of First-Aid
Box along with the above mentioned medicine.
(The Contractor shall read and comply this clause along with clause 1.6 (a) (b) (c) of Annexure
E)
16.2
Ambulance
The Contractor shall deploy an Ambulance with trained paramedics at site. The ambulance will
be available 24X7 on site. The Contractor shall ensure that the Ambulance shall be equipped
with Self-contained Breathing Apparatus Set (SCBA) and manned with trained driver.
16.3
Smoking
Smoking shall only be permitted in designated smoking areas, the Contractor shall identify
Smoking booths and Non-smoking areas in the Contractor HSE Plan.
16.4
Alcohol and Drugs
The Contractor shall devise drug and alcohol policy in the Contractor HSE Plan. Alcohol and
Drugs (other than drugs required for bonafide medical reasons) shall not be permitted on Site.
Appendix A
26 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

The Contractors Representative shall ensure that personnel under their supervision and authority
do not at any time during the performance of the work, take or work under the influence of any
alcoholic liquor, narcotic, or other intoxicating substance, other than drugs required for bonafide
medical reasons which have been approved in advance by the Contractor approved Medical
Doctor. Reporting for work under the influence of any alcoholic liquor, narcotic, or other
intoxicating substance may result in removal from the site and or dismissal.
16.5
Personal Protective Clothing and Safety Equipment
The Contractor HSE Plan shall include requirements for Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) that
shall apply to Contractors and its sub-contractors personnel. This equipment shall meet to the
following requirements:
Clothing with covers arms and legs
Safety spectacles with eye shields or safety goggles.
Protective footwear
Safety Helmet or Hard Hat
Ear Protection (when appropriate)
Leather gloves (when appropriate)
Fall-arrest devices when working at locations from which a free-fall hazard greater than 1.8
meters exists.
Flotation work vests when working over water, where a fall into water is possible.
Any other protective requirements associated with the work task required and as identified in
JHAs.
16.6
Hours of Work
For site work required to be performed on a 24 hours basis, sufficient personnel shall be allocated
to the Works to ensure that the work time of each person does not exceed 14 hours per 24 hours
period, except in the case of emergencies.
16.7
Mobile Phone Use on Site
Appendix A
27 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

The Contractor shall devise Mobile Phone Use policy in the Contractor HSE Plan. Us eof Mobile
phones shall not be permitted on Project Site except in designated areas, the Contractor shall
identify location of Mobile Phone permitted areas in the Contractor HSE Plan.
16.8
Harassment
Harassment of persons shall not be permitted and during the Contractors HSE induction the
Contractor shall explain what constitutes harassment and the measures to be taken when it
occurs.
17. WORK CONDUCTED ON / IN VICINITY OF EXISTING FACILITIES

When work is conducted on or in the vicinity of existing facilities, the Contractor shall comply
with the Companys policies and procedures for these areas.
18. PROJECT WORKERS ACCOMMODATION / LABOUR CAMP

Where the Contractor provides accommodation for workers, the accommodation shall be
appropriate for its location and be clean, safe and, at a minimum, meet the basic needs of
workers. In particular, the provision of accommodation shall meet national legislation and
international good practice in relation, but not restricted, to the following:
-
the provision of minimum amounts of space for each worker;
provision of sanitary,
laundry and cooking facilities and potable water;
the location of accommodation in relation to the workplace; any health, fire safety or
other hazards or disturbances and local facilities;
the provision of first aid and medical facilities; and
heating and ventilation.
Workers freedom of movement to and from the employer-provided accommodation shall not
be unduly restricted.
These Workers Accommodation Requirements aims to promote safe and healthy working
conditions, and to protect and promote the health of workers.
Appendix A
28 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

In some instances, for example during construction phases of projects, workers will not be
directly engaged by the Contractor, but by (sub)-contractors. However, the Company requires
their Contractor to ensure that non-employee workers, engaged by contractors or other
intermediaries to work on a project site to perform work related to the core function of the
project, are covered by most of the provisions. To this end, the Contractor shall set up
mechanisms and processes to ensure that the contractors and other intermediaries comply with
these requirements. This shall involve including contractual covenants related to workers
accommodation, and monitoring the implementation of workers accommodation standards.
18.1
DEFINITIONS
As used in this requirements, the following meanings shall apply:

1) Barracks A large building used for temporary occupancy and synonymous with the
term dormitory.
2) Common areas That portion of a workers accommodation / labour camp not
included within private living quarters and where workers accommodation / labour
camp residents generally congregate.
3) Family Includes spouse, children, stepchildren, foster children, parents, stepparents,
foster parents, brothers and sisters.
4) Group toilets A room providing a suite of water closets or toilets and lavatories.
5) Hand tools any hand-held implement used in agriculture by manual laborers to
prepare and plant field crops for harvest.
6) Incident of employment Something that is contingent upon or related to being
employed. For the purpose of these requirements, this term shall also mean the same as
condition of employment. Examples include housing provided by labor contractors
workers they employ or that are employed by any other labor contractors.
7) Major Deficiency Noncompliance of a standard or numerous violations of the
standards of these requirements which solely or collectively cause an imminent threat to
public health or cause a high risk of injury. Examples of major deficiencies are untreated
sewage on the ground, unsafe or deteriorated housing, contaminated water supply,
Appendix A
29 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

holes in floors extending completely through the original designed exterior, unsafe stairs
and flooring posing a risk of persons falling, unsafe ceiling with risk of imminent collapse,
ceiling or roof leaks, gas leaks, exposed or cross connection of electrical wires, boarded
windows where the 10 percent window area requirement is not met, boarded doorways
providing egress or ingress.
8) Private living quarters A building or portion of a building, dormitory or barracks,
including its bathroom facilities, or a similar type of sleeping and bathroom area, which is
a home, residence, or a sleeping place for a resident of a workers accommodation /
labour camp.
9) Water closet A room or booth containing a toilet and often a washbowl or basin.
18.2
STANDARDS, INSPECTIONS, VIOLATIONS
18.2.1 Standards
Before any person establishes, operates, or allows occupancy of a workers accommodation /
labour camp, the Contractor shall ensure that the workers accommodation / labour camp with
the minimum standards of construction, sanitation, and health & safety regulations established
by Indian regulations and various Government authorities, e.g. Municipal corporation, Housing
Development Corporation, Labour Officers, Factory Acts and State Rules, Pollution control
authorities, etc. are complied.
As a good practices and benchmarking of International good practices and standards the
Company recommends the contractors to practice / follow the rules and requirements
mentioned in the Occupational Safety and Health Administrations (OSHA) standards for
Temporary Labor Camps in 29 U.S.C. s. 655, and HUDs Chapter 10 Housing Quality Standards in
the Housing Choice Voucher Program Guidebook 7420.10G. A copy of this OSHA Standards can
be obtained at;
http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9791
18.2.2 Inspections
Workers accommodation / labour camp, occupied 6 weeks or more during a quarter shall be
inspected at least once every month during periods of occupancy.
Appendix A
30 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Workers accommodation / labour camp occupied less than 6 weeks during the quarter shall be
inspected at least once during the quarter within that 6 week period. It is responsibility of the
Contractor operator or person in charge to maintain and provide on demand the proper
documentation regarding the period of occupancy. Such documentation may include letters,
memos, applications, or inspection forms.
Field sanitation facilities inspections shall be made at random in the normal course of staff
activities.
18.2.3 Violations
When a major deficiency as defined in subsection 002(07), is reported during routine inspection
or audit to the Contractor or representative of the contractor, a maximum of 48 hours shall be
given to make corrections or provision for corrections that meet the requirements. The
Contractor or representative of the contractor must submit proof (i.e., receipt, estimates or cost
analysis sheet, etc.,) to the Company at the time of the re-inspection to show that the major
deficiency has been corrected or is in the process of being corrected within the 48 hours
timeframe allotted by these requirements.
If the Company grants the Contractor or representative of the Contractor a time extension to
correct the violation, the Contractor or representative of the Contractor must provide
documentation showing that provisions have been made to correct the major deficiency within
48 hours from the issuance of the extension issued by the Company staff. The documentation
must include a start and completion date by which the major deficiency will be corrected. The
major violation must be corrected on or by the date indicated in the documentation, otherwise,
the Company will issue a citation with a fine.
A continual or repeat violation is a violation that occurs 3 or more times during a permit year, the
Company will issue a citation with a fine.
18.3
SITES
All sites (workers accommodation / labour camp) shall be;
well drained,
free from standing water, and maintained to inhibit the breeding of mosquitoes.
Appendix A
31 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Natural sinkholes, swamps, pools, or other surface collections of water are not allowed within
200 feet of the periphery of the outermost building, unless such quiescent water surfaces can
and will be subjected to mosquito control measures.
The workers accommodation / labour camp shall be located so the drainage from and
through the camp will not endanger any domestic or public water supply.
All sites shall be graded, ditched, and rendered free from depressions in which water may
become a nuisance.
Structures in which food is prepared or served e.g. Workers Canteen or mess and where
sleeping quarters are located shall be more than 50 Meter from any area where livestock is
kept.
All shelter sites shall be adequate in size to permit locating of buildings so as to minimize the
hazards of fire.
The grounds and open areas surrounding the shelters shall be maintained in a clean and
sanitary condition free from rubbish, debris, waste paper, garbage, or other refuse.
Roads Roads shall be designed and maintained to accommodate in a safe manner the
vehicles accessing the facilities.
Where possible, workers accommodation / labour camp facilities are to be located within a
reasonable distance from the worksite.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide safe and free transportation and or
approach road from the workers accommodation / labour camp to worksite.
18.4
BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES
Buildings and structures of workers accommodation / labour camp housing shall be

weather-tight and shall provide protection from the elements such as rain, heat and cold.
Steps, porches, hallways and other means of egress shall be sturdy and safe.
Floors used in private living quarters shall be constructed of concrete or other comparable
material.
Appendix A
32 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Floor coverings shall be easily cleanable and maintained in good condition, free from
obvious soiling.
Buildings and structures in all workers accommodation / labour camp housing shall have the
corresponding utility connections for equipment e.g. Water, gas (if any) during occupancy.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the building or structure, shall ensure that required
cooling equipment e.g. Fan / Air cooler, and or heating equipment (as per surrounding
weather conditions), and water purifying equipment and water heating equipment (if
required) is provided.
The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that the equipment is installed in accordance with
state and local ordinances, codes, and regulations governing such installations.
Every room used for sleeping purposes in private living quarters shall provide a minimum of 50
square feet of floor space for each occupant.
In a room where workers cook, live, and sleep, a minimum of 50 square feet of floor space
per person shall be provided. Sanitary facilities shall be provided for storing and preparing
food.
The floors, roofs, and exterior walls, and ceilings of all buildings and structures shall be sound
and in good repair. Wooden exteriors of shelters shall either be constructed of decay
resistant wood, painted with a lead-free paint, or covered with another type of protective
coating.
Rooms used for sleeping purposes and common areas in private living quarters shall have at
least one window opening directly to the outside. The minimum total window area of a
migrant labor camp or residential migrant housing shall equal ten percent of the floor area
of each room. In addition, at least one-half of each window shall be constructed so that it
can be easily opened for ventilating the room except where approved mechanical
ventilation is provided. In computing total window area and openable window area, jalousie
doors may be counted.
If double-deck bunks are used, they shall be spaced not less than 48 inches both laterally
and end to end. The minimum clear space between the lower and upper bunk shall be not
less than 27 inches. Triple-deck bunks are prohibited.
Appendix A
33 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

The accommodation units / rooms must be built from concrete or brick. Tin metal sheet room
should not be allowed.
Accommodations must be located a safe distance from sources of environmental pollution

and noise.
All plumbing in workers accommodation / labour camp shall be in compliance with

provisions of local plumbing codes.
The accommodation rooms/ units shall be provided with adequate size (not less than 2X2)
windows, to ensure cross ventilation.
The accommodation rooms/ units shall be provided with a either pedestal fan or ceiling
mounted fan and fluorescent tube light fittings and concealed (conduct or casing capping)
wiring and approved ISI or CE marked electrical fittings provided with ELCB.
The roofing of the accommodation rooms / units shall be made up of corrugated bamboo
roofing sheets confirming to IS 13958 : 1994. Use of asbestos sheets or tin sheets for roofing
shall be prohibited.
18.5
WATER SUPPLY
Special attention to water quality and quantity is absolutely essential. To prevent dehydration,
water poisoning and diseases resulting from lack of hygiene, workers should always have easy
access to a source of clean water. An adequate supply of potable water must be available in
the each workers accommodation / labour camp. Drinking water must meet local or WHO
drinking water standards and water quality must be monitored regularly. Depending on the local
context, it could either be produced by dedicated catchment and treatment facilities or
tapped from existing municipal facilities if their capacity and quality are adequate
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and maintaining continuous supply of an
adequate and convenient water supply, approved by the appropriate health authority, and
shall be provided in each camp for drinking, cooking, bathing, and laundry purposes.
Water supply shall be available at all times during occupancy in each workers
accommodation / labour camp housing for drinking, cooking, bathing, dishwashing, and
laundry purposes.
The water supply shall be capable of providing at least 50 gallons per person per day.
Appendix A
34 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

The distribution lines shall be capable of supplying water at normal operating pressures to all
fixtures for simultaneous operation.
The Contractor is responsible for quality of water supplied and shall periodically test the
water quality and maintain the records.
All tanks used for the storage of drinking water are constructed and covered as to prevent
water stored therein from becoming polluted or contaminated.
18.6
GARBAGE AND REFUSE DISPLSAL
Garbage shall be retained in cleanable, watertight receptacles of impervious material

which are provided with tight fitting covers suitable to protect the contents from flies, insects,
rodents and other animals.
Receptacles shall be provided in sufficient quantity to store garbage from all buildings and
housing units.
Garbage containers shall be kept clean and shall be emptied on a regular basis, but not less
than once in a day.
The Contractor shall be responsible for making provisions for disposing of the garbage,
kitchen wastes and other refuse in accordance with local codes, as applicable.
18.7
PESTICIDE USE, STORAGE, AND DISPOSAL
All common household pesticides, such as roach spray, chlorine bleach, kitchen and
bathroom disinfectants, rat poison, insect and wasp sprays, repellents, baits, dips for pets
and any other pesticide products applied in the workers accommodation / labour camp
must be used according to the distributor or manufacturers label on the product.
All pesticide containers shall contain their original product and the containers shall be
properly labeled. Pesticide containers found with products other than the original contents
shall be discarded immediately.
All empty pesticide containers shall be securely placed in a plastic bag and properly
disposed into a garbage receptacle or in accordance with Hazardous Waste (Management
& Handling) Rules 1989 and amendments made therein. Disposal guidelines found at:
http://www.envfor.nic.in/divisions/hsmd/notif.html
Empty pesticide containers must not be reused to store any other substance other than the
same kind of pesticide that originally came in the container.
Appendix A
35 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Containers containing common household pesticides used within workers accommodation

/ labour camp must be properly stored in a safe place, such as in a closet or cabinet away
from food and other consumable items.
In housing units where children reside, the common household pesticides must be stored out
of the reach of children in a locked cabinet or closet away from children. Toxic chemicals
must be stored out of the reach of children and in a locked area if children are residing in
the home.
18.8
VERMIN CONTROL (Insect and Rodent Control)
Effective measures shall be taken by the Contractor to prevent infestation by and harborage
of vermin. All workers accommodation / labour camp shall be free of all vermin and
maintained in a vermin free and vermin proof condition.
All outside openings shall be effectively sealed or screened with a 16 mesh screen or
equivalent in order to prevent entry of insects, rodents, or other vermin.
The Contractor shall inform the workers by posting a notice in the camp or housing to which
it applies of any indoor application of pesticides prior to the application.
18.9
HEATING
Heating appliances, other than electrical, shall be provided with a flue pipe or vent
connected to the appliance and discharging to the outside air. Cooking facilities shall not
be considered heating equipment.
Automatically operated heat producing equipment shall be provided with controls to cut off
the fuel supply upon the failure or interruption of flame or ignition or whenever a
predetermined safe temperature or pressure is exceeded.
All steam and hot water systems shall be provided with safety devices designed to prevent
hazardous pressures and excessive temperatures.
Heating / air cooling and ventilation should be appropriate for the climatic conditions and
provide workers with a comfortable and healthy environment to rest and spend their spare
time.
18.10 LIGHTING
Appendix A
36 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Both natural and artificial lighting are provided and maintained in living facilities. It is best
practice that the window area represents not less than 10% of the floor area.
Electric wiring shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Local authority or Indian
electrical codes.
Each living room in a workers accommodation / labour camp shall be provided with at
least one ceiling or wall type light fixture capable of providing 30 foot candles of light at a
point 30 inches from the floor and at least one separate double electric wall outlet.
Lighting arrangements should be provided in adequate casing / conduct piping.
ELCB / MCB should be provided in each room.
Emergency lighting should be provided inside the workers accommodation / labour camp.
18.11 SEWAGE AND LIQUID WASTE DISPOSAL

Wastewater treatment and effluent discharge as well as solid waste treatment and disposal must
comply with local standards and be adequately designed to prevent contamination of any
water body, to ensure hygiene and to avoid the spread of infections and diseases, the
proliferation of mosquitoes, flies, rodents, and other pest vectors. Depending on the local
context, treatment and disposal services can be either provided by dedicated or existing
municipal facilities.
Approved facilities shall be provided and maintained in all workers accommodation /

labour camp for the satisfactory disposal and treatment of excreta and liquid waste.
All sewer lines and floor drains from buildings shall be connected thereto. Such facilities shall
be constructed and maintained in compliance with local authority.
Specific containers for rubbish collection are provided and emptied on a regular basis.
18.12 PERSONAL HYGIENE FACILITIES

It is essential to allow workers to maintain a good standard of personal hygiene but also to
prevent contamination and the spread of diseases which result from inadequate sanitary
facilities. Sanitary and toilet facilities will always include all of the following: toilets, urinals,
washbasins and showers / washing facilities. Sanitary and toilet facilities should be kept in a
clean and fully working condition. Facilities should also be constructed of materials that are
easily cleanable and ensure privacy. Sanitary and toilet facilities are never shared between
Appendix A
37 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

male and female residents, except in family accommodation. Where necessary, specific
additional sanitary facilities are provided for women.
18.13 SHOWERS/BATHROOMS AND OTHER SANITARY FACILITIES

Hand wash basins and showers should be provided in conjunction with rooms. These facilities
must be kept in good working condition and cleaned frequently. The flooring for shower facilities
should be of hard washable materials, damp-proof and properly drained. Adequate space must
be provided for hanging, drying and airing clothes. Suitable light, ventilation and soap should be
provided. Lastly, hand washing, shower and other sanitary facilities should be located within a
reasonable distance (at least 50 meters) from other facilities and from rooms and eating
facilities.
Personal Hygiene Facilities Requirements for workers accommodation / labour camp - Ratio
Chart of Number of Facilities to Number of People
Sr. No.
Male
Female
1:12
Toilets
1:20
Urinals
1:20
Handwash
1:6
1:6
A toilet, hand washing, and bathing facility shall be located within 50 meters of each
sleeping area of a workers accommodation / labour camp.
Where toilet rooms are shared, such as in multi-family housing units and barracks, toilet
facilities shall be provided for both men and women. These rooms shall be distinctly marked
Men and Women by signs printed in English and in the native language of the persons
occupying the camp. If the facilities are in the same building, they shall be separated by a
solid wall or partition extending from the floor to the roof or ceiling.
All group toilet rooms in workers accommodation / labour camp shall be constructed with
privacy partitions between each water closet to block the occupants from view.
All privacy partitions for toilets shall have doors. All toilet facilities shall be equipped with a self
closing entrance door and maintained in good repair, cleaned with a disinfectant and
provided with a garbage receptacle.
Appendix A
38 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

The floors of hand washing, bathing and laundry facilities in workers accommodation /
labour camp shall be of smooth but non-skid finish, impervious to moisture, and sloped to
drain.
Floor drains properly trapped shall be provided in all shower baths and shower rooms to
remove waste water and facilitate cleaning. The walls and partitions of shower rooms shall
be smooth and impervious to moisture.
Sanitary and toilet facilities are cleaned frequently and kept in working condition.
All toilet rooms should be well-lit, have good ventilation or external windows, have sufficient
hand wash basins and be conveniently located.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to conduct Anti-Mosquitos fogging twice in

week at workers accommodation / labour camp.
18.14 FIRE PROTECTION

Wherever required the Contractor shall take proper approval from the local fire authorities for
the firefighting facilities provided at workers accommodation / labour camp.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide in, adequate quantity, maintain and
inspect periodically all firefighting equipment e.g. fixed and portable Fire extinguishers.
18.15 SECURITY
Ensuring the security of workers and their property on the accommodation site is of key
importance. To this end;
The Contractor shall carefully design a security plan, including appropriate measures to
protect workers against theft and attacks.
Particular attention should be paid to the safety and security of women workers.
When appropriate, security staff from both genders are recruited.
18.16 WELFARE
Basic leisure and social welfare facilities are important for workers to rest and also to socialise
during their free time. This is particularly true where workers accommodation is located in
remote areas far from any communities. Where workers accommodation is located in the
vicinity of a village or a town, existing leisure or social facilities can be used so long as this does
Appendix A
39 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

not cause disruption to the access and enjoyment of local community members. But in any
case, social spaces should also be provided on site.
Exercise and recreational facilities will increase workers welfare and reduce the impact of the
presence of workers in the surrounding communities. In addition it is also important to provide
workers with adequate means to communicate with the outside world, especially when workers
accommodation is located in a remote location or where workers live on site without their family
or are migrants. Consideration of cultural attitudes is important.
Provision of space for religious observance needs to be considered, taking account of the local
context and potential conflicts in certain situations.
The Contractor shall devise and organize the programs and functions in order to enhance the
welfare and cordial relations amongst the workers at workers accommodation / labour camp.
18.17 FIRST AID AND MEDICAL FACILITIES

Access to adequate medical facilities is important to maintain workers health and to provide
adequate responses in case of health emergency situations. The availability or level of medical
facilities provided in workers accommodation is likely to depend on the number of workers living
on site, the medical facilities already existing in the neighboring communities and the availability
of transport. However, first aid must always be available on site.
Adequate first aid facilities approved by a health authority shall be maintained and made
available in every labor camp for the emergency treatment of injured persons.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to have a medical clinic with full services and
with medical practitioners available 24 hours a day, including on religious and national
holidays.
The Contractor shall conduct regular health check-up of all workers in camp at least once in
year.
The Contractor shall conduct health awareness programs like HIV ADIS, Bad Health Habits
e.g. tobacco, smoking, drinking alcohol, etc., Tetanus Camp, Polio camp, etc.
Whenever there shall occur in any camp a case of suspected food poisoning or an unusual
prevalence of any illness in which fever, diarrhea, sore throat, vomiting, or jaundice is a
prominent symptom, it shall be the duty of the Contractor / the camp superintendent / the
Contractors representative to report immediately the existence of the outbreak to the
Company and to the health authority by telegram, telephone, electronic mail or any
method that is equally fast.
Appendix A
40 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

The First aid facility at workers accommodation / labour camp shall be equipped with antisnake bite medicine and anti-scorpion bite medicine.
18.18 CRECHE
Where Contractors workmen are staying in workers accommodation / labour camp with
family and have children, the Contractor shall ensure that crche is maintained inside the
workers accommodation / labour camp and shall be manned by trained staff.
18.19 RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with all statutory requirements and rules
issued thereunder as well Annexure E, Annexure E-1 & Annexure E-2 relating to workers
accommodation / labour camp.
It shall be one of the prime responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that the workers
accommodation / labour camp is free from Alcohol and drug use. The Contractor should
implement non-alcohol and Drug free site policies.
The entire premises of a workers accommodation / labour camp shall be free from rubbish,
waste paper, garbage and other litter. When workers accommodation / labour camp is
closed, all garbage, litter and debris shall be removed from the site.
The Contractor or his representative shall inspect daily or provide a competent individual to
inspect daily the grounds and common-use areas including toilets, washing facilities, bathing
facilities, mess halls, dormitories, kitchens or any facilities relating to the operation of the
facility and ensure that each is maintained in a clean, satisfactory operating condition and
kept in good repair.
The Contractor shall be held responsible for any Civil or Criminal act inside the workers
accommodation / labour camp or outside the workers accommodation / labour camp
conducted by the Contractors worker and or resident of the workers accommodation /
labour camp.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain peace, law and order and cordial
environment inside the workers accommodation / labour camp.
It shall be the duty of the Contractor or camp supervisor to report immediately to the local
health officer the name and address of any individual in the camp known to have or
suspected of having a communicable disease.
Appendix A
41 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Irrespective of whether workers are supposed to keep their facilities clean, it is the
responsibility of the Contractor or camp supervisor / the Contractors representative to
ensure that rooms/dormitories and sanitary facilities are in good condition.
The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements for workers staying inside the workers
accommodation / labour camp, to ensure that the workers are getting safe and healthy
daily required commodities to like grosary, vegetables, milk, restaurant, etc. inside the
workers accommodation / labour camp.
18.20 SUPERVISION
The Contractor shall ensure that;
Workers accommodation / labour camp occupied by 50 or more persons shall be

supervised by a resident supervisor who may be the Contractor or the Contractors
representative.
All persons designated as camp supervisors shall be jointly responsible with the camp
operator for the maintenance of the facility.
The name, telephone number, address or instructions on how to locate the operator and
supervisor shall be kept posted in a prominent and conspicuous location in the camp at all
times.
A telephone easily accessible to all occupants of the facility shall be maintained during
periods of operation.
18.21 CONSTRUCTION VARIANCES

The Contractor may apply for a temporary variance from specific standard(s). The variance
request shall be in writing and it must:
Clearly specify the standard(s) from which the variance is desired;
Provide adequate justification that the variance is necessary to obtain a beneficial use of an
existing facility, and to prevent a practical difficulty or unnecessary hardship; and
Clearly set forth the specific alternative measures that the Contractor has taken to protect
the health and safety of occupants and adequately show that such alternative measures
have achieved the same result as the standard from which the variance is sought.
Appendix A
42 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Each request for a variance shall be submitted by Project Director or Owner of the
Contractor duly signed to the Company at least one month before beginning the actual
construction of workers accommodation / labour camp.
The Company shall review the application and request from the applicant submission of all
additional information necessary for the Company to make a determination on the variance
request. The Company shall, in writing, grant or deny the variance within 15 days of receipt
of the variance application, or within 15 days of receipt of all additional information
necessary to complete the application when a request for additional information has been
made by the Company in accordance with this requirement. Failure of the Company to
grant or deny the variance within 15 days, shall constitute harmless error, and shall not
provide the basis for an argument that the variance was, in fact, granted.
18.22 CITATIONS, FINES

On basis of the particular nature of the violation, including a specific reference to the provisions
of statute or rule allegedly violated, the Company should impose a fine. Each day the violation
exists without being corrected constitutes a separate violation for which a citation may be
issued and fine may be imposed. The citation shall be issued to the Contractor or Contractors
representative responsible for maintaining workers accommodation / labour camp. Depending
on the severity and repetition of violation the Company should impose the fine, which may be;
-
Rs. 100/- for each minor violation
Rs. 250/- for each minor repeated violation when not corrected in given time.
Rs.1000/- for each major violation
Rs. 5000/- for each major repeated violation when not corrected in given time.
19. ROAD SAFETY

The contractor shall ensure adequately planned road transport safety management system. The
vehicles shall be fitted with reverse warning alarms & flashing lights and usage of seat belts shall
be ensured. The contractor shall also ensure a separate pedestrian route for safety of the
workers and comply with all traffic rules & regulations. The maximum allowable speed shall be
adhered to. In case of an alert or emergency, the vehicles must clear all the routes, roads,
access.
Appendix A
43 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Dumpers, Tippers, etc. shall not be allowed to carry workers within the Project Site area and also
to & from the workers accommodation / labour colony. Hydras shall only be allowed for
handling the materials at fabrication / storage yards and in no case shall be allowed to transport
the materials.
20. DEMOLITION AND DISMANTLING

The contractor shall adhere to safe demolishing / dismantling practices at all stages of work to
guard against unsafe working practices. The contractor shall disconnect service lines (power,
gas supply, water, etc.)/ make alternate arrangements prior to start of work and restore them, if
required as directed by the Company at no extra cost. Before starting any Demolition and or
Dismantling the Contractor shall submit detail Risk assessment for the same activity for review of
the Company and the Contractor can start the activity only after getting approval from the
Company.
21. EXPLOSIVE / BLASTING OPERATIONS

Blasting operations shall be carried out as per latest Explosive Rules (Indian/ International) with
prior permission. The contractor shall obtain license from Controller of explosives for collection,
transportation, storage of explosives as well as for carrying out blasting operations.
22. SLIP, TRIP AND FALLS

The contractor shall establish a regular cleaning and basic housekeeping programme that
covers all aspects of the workplace to help minimize the risk of slips, trips & falls. The contractor
shall take positive measures like keeping the work area tidy, storing waste in suitable containers
& harmful items separately, keeping passages, stairways, entrances & exits especially
emergency ones clear, cleaning up spillages immediately and replacing damaged carpet /
floor tiles, mats & rugs at once to avoid slips, trips & falls.
The Contractor should keep dedicated team for doing regular cleaning and housekeeping of
the Project site.
23. HSE PROMOTION
Appendix A
44 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

The contractor shall encourage his workforce to promote HSE efforts at workplace by way of
organizing;
-
workshops/seminars/training programmes,
celebrating HSE awareness weeks &
National Safety Day, National Environment Day, National Fire Day
conducting quizzes & essay competitions,
distributing pamphlets, posters & material on HSE,
providing incentives for maintaining good HSE practices and granting bonus for completing
the job without any lost time accident.
24. PENALTY
The Contractor shall adhere consistently to all provisions of HSE requirements. In case of noncompliance or repeated failure in implementation of any of the HSE provisions; the Company
may impose stoppage of work without any cost & time implication and/or impose a suitable
penalty.
This penalty shall be in addition to all other penalties specified elsewhere in the contract. The
decision of imposing stop-work-instruction and imposition of penalty shall rest with the Company.
The same shall be binding on the contractor. Imposition of penalty does not make the
contractor eligible to continue the work in unsafe manner.
The amount of penalty applicable on different types of HSE violations is specified below:
Sl.
Violation of HSE Norms
Penalty Norms
No.
1
For
not
equipment
using
personal
(Helmet,
protective
Shoes,
Rs.100/- per day/Item/ Person
Goggles,
Gloves, Full body harness, Face shield,

Boiler suit, etc.)
2
Working without Work Permit/Clearance
Rs.1,000/- per occasion
Unsafe electrical practices (not installing
Rs.1,000/- per item per day
ELCB, using poor joints of cables, using

naked wire without top plug into socket,
Appendix A
45 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

laying wire/cables on the roads, electrical

jobs by incompetent person, etc.)
4
Working
at
height
without
full
body
Rs.1,000/- per item per day
harness, using non-standard / rejected

scaffolding
and
not
arranging
fall
protection arrangement as required like

Safety Nets.
5
Unsafe
handling
of
compressed
gas
Rs.100/- per item per day
cylinders (No trolley, jubilee clips double

gauge
regulator,
improper
storage/handling).
6
Use of domestic LPG for cutting purpose
Rs.500 per occasion
No fencing / barricading of excavated
Rs.500 per occasion
areas
8
Not providing shoring / strutting / proper
Rs.500 per occasion
slope and not keeping the excavated

earth at least 1.5M away from excavated
area
9
Non display of caution boards, list of
Rs.100 per occasion
hospitals, emergency services available

at work locations
10
Traffic rules violations like over speeding of
Rs.500 per occasion
vehicles, rash driving, wrong parking, not

using seat belts, vehicles not fitted with
reverse warning alarms.
11
Absence
of
Contractors
top
most
Rs.500/- per meeting
executive at site in the safety meetings

whenever called by the Company.
12
Failure to maintain safety records by the
Rs.1,000/- per month
Contractor Safety personnel.

13
Failure
to
conduct
daily
safety
site
Rs.500/- per occasion for daily inspection
inspection, HSE meeting and HSE audit at
Rs.500/- per occasion for HSE meeting
predefined Frequencies.
Rs.1000/- per occasion for HSE Audit
Appendix A
46 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

14
Failure to submit the monthly HSE report
Rs.1,000/- per occasion and
by 5th of subsequent month to the
Rs.100/- per day for further delay.
Company Representative.
15
Poor House Keeping
16
Failure to report & follow up accident
(including Near Miss) reporting system.

17
Degradation
of
environment
(not
confining toxic spills, spilling oil/lubricants

onto ground)
18
Not medically examining the workers
Rs.500/- per person
before allowing them to work at Project

site.
19
Violation of any other safety condition as
Rs.500/- per occasion
per job HSE plan, work permit and HSE

conditions of contract (using crowbar on
cable trenches, improper welding booth,
not keeping fire extinguisher ready at hot
work site, unsafe rigging practices, nonavailability of First-Aid box, etc.)
20
Any violation not covered above
To be decided by the Company.
21
Repeated deviation from any terms and
Rs.
conditions
Contract
Non-compliance of applicable statutory
Rs. 5000/- for first case and warning letter
and regulatory norm / condition / permit /
to Contractor.
22
10,000/-
and/or
Termination
Of
license, etc.
23
Will-full and negligent repeated non-
Rs.100000/-
and
black
listing
compliance of applicable statutory and
Contractor and Termination of Contract
regulatory norms / conditions / permits /

licenses, etc. even though the Contractor
is informed and warned about the noncompliance.
25. DECLARATION BY THE CONTRACTOR

Appendix A
47 of 59
the
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Declaration certificate for compliance of the above mentioned

contract clauses.
(The Contractor)
(The Company /
Company Representative)
Name:
Name:
Designation:
Designation:
Signature:
Signature
Appendix A
48 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Appendix A
49 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

APPENDIX 1: ITEMS TO BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACTORS HSE PLAN

The Contractors HSE Plan shall be adapted to the Project Site and taking into account
the work to be carried out during the different project phases, local conditions,
emergency preparedness, communications etc.
The Contractors HSE Plan shall include, but not be limited to, those identified bellow:
1. HSE Policy and Goals
HSE Policy
HSE Goals
2. Organization and Responsibilities
Site Organization
HSE Organization
Assignment of HSE Responsibilities

-
Principle enterprise
Line responsibility
Sub-contractor
Hired Labour
HSE Services
Instruction for HSE personnel and organizations
3. HSE Procedures and Requirements

3.1 Procedures
Coordination of Contractor groups activities
Appendix A
50 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Coordination with the Company
Handling of incidents
Constructability evaluations
Risk assessment
HSE Programme
Environmental accounting
Waste Management
-
Waste classification,
Declaration formats for special waste
Internal handling, storing and external disposal
3.2 Requirements
Mandatory personal protective equipment
Notification of incidents (accident and near miss cases) and unsafe

conditions
Electrical installations / use of electrical equipment
Radioactive materials
Work Permits
Rigging and crane safety, certification
Scaffolding (erection, inspection, testing, tagging, dismantling)
Ladder use
Lightings
Appendix A
51 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Emergency Lightings
Protection against chemicals
Housekeeping
Internal requirements regarding littering, pollution
Temporary cables, hoses, and equipment
Display management (signage, instruction)
Barricades
Provision regarding alcohol and drugs
Prevention of Fire and Fire fighting
Storage and use of chemicals / noxious substances
Smoking restrictions
Mobile Phone use restrictions
Infringement of safety provision
Evaluation of personnel from contract object
Traffic Management, Parking
4. HSE Activity Plan
HSE activities and schedules

-
HSE evaluations
HSE audits
HSE inspections
HSE Meetings
Appendix A
52 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

HSE information
HSE training (for own and sub-contractor personnel)
Special HSE Training
Training for HSE personnel
Implementation and follow-up of findings and recommendations from the

above HSE activities.
5. Security
Security provisions
Perimeter guarding
Restricted areas
Checks of entries and exits
Visitors
Photography
Sabotage
Criminal acts
Espionage
Original documents and drawings
Confidentiality
Data security
6. Emergency Preparedness
Organization Plan (during / outside office hours)
Appendix A
53 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Personnel
Line of command
Areas of responsibility, instructions
Equipment for first aid
Fire fighting
Handling of accidental pollution
Action plans including alarm and notifying system for;
First aid evaluation
Service (personal injury, acute illness)
Fire, explosion
Pollution
Radioactive accidents
Other possible accidents
Communication Plan
-
Equipment
External resources
Logging routines, reporting, forms included
Handling of information to;

-
Company
Next-to-kin
Press, media
Appendix A
54 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Authorities
Filling
Training plan
Option for relocation of site personnel (safe haven)
7. Appendices
Site Safety plot plan
Location map specifying storage areas (materials, waste)
Safety data sheet index
Discharge permits
Risk Assessment register
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
Other reports formats to be submitted to the Company
Appendix A
55 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

APPENDIX 2 : MONTHLY HSE REPORT

MONTHLY HSE REPORT
Project :
Contractor :
Site :
Month:
Sl.
No.
1.
Year:
Description
Current
Month
Previous
Month
Cum. Year
Cum.
Project
HSE Inspections
Nos. of Observations
Nos. of Observations complied
Follow-up of previous months
observations
2.
HSE Audits
Nos. of Noncompliance
Nos. of noncompliance
complied
noncompliance
Nos. of Observations
Nos. of Observations complied
observations
3.
HSE Tool Box Talk / PEP Talk
Appendix A
56 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

conducted in month
Topics:
Topics:
Topics:
Topics:
4.
Nos. of HSE Meetings conducted
5.
HSE Induction Training

completed in month
6.
Nos. of employees attended the

Induction training in Month
7.
Special HSE Training

Topics:
Topics:
Topics:
Topics:
8.
Nos. of mock drill conducted
9.
HSE Initiatives / promotional

activities for month
a) Nos. of Incentives / awards
issued in month
b)
c)
10.
Man-hours worked
11.
HSE incident information

Nos. of near miss
Appendix A
57 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Nos. of first aid cases

Nos. of minor accident cases
(lost time < 48 hrs.)
Nos. of major accident cases
(lost time > 48 hrs.)
Nos. of fatalities
Nos. of Fire incidents
Nos. of Property damage cases
Environmental incidents
Nos. of occupational (work
related) illness cases
Nos. of Dangerous Occurrences
Any HSE complaint / concern
raised by neighboring industry /
Government
(for details attach separate sheet
stating action taken)
Nos. of work days lost

FR (Frequency rate)
FR=(nos. of accident cases X one
million)/(nos. of man-hours worked)
SR (Severity rate)
SR=(nos. of man days lost due to
accidents X one million)/(nos. of manhours worked)
IR (Incident rate)
IR = SR/FR
12.
Nos. of Stop Work notice issued
Appendix A
58 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

13.
Nos. of HSE Violation cases

reported
14.
Nos. of Penalty / disciplinary

action taken
15.
Nos. of activities for which JHA /

JSA completed.
16.
Environmental conservation
measures taken;
a)
b)
c)
17.
Incidents of Security laps
18.
Any other information the

Contractor wants to share in HSE
Report;
a)
b)
c)
Appendix A
59 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Appendix A
60 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

APPENDIX 3: MONTHLY INCIDENT FILE

MONTHLY INCIDENT FILE
Project :
Contractor :
Site :
Month:
Sl.
Date
No
Year:
Employer /
Description
Type of
Description
Corrective
Target
Sub-
of Accident
Incident /
of Injury /
and
Date for
contractor
/ Incident
Accident
Property
Preventive
completion
damage
Actions
Date:
Signature
Name:
Designation:
Appendix A
61 of 59
Remarks
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

APPENDIX 4 : ENVIRONMENTAL ACCOUNTING FORM

ENVIRONMENTAL ACCOUNTING FORM
Substance
Import
Used
Planned
Undesired
amount
releases
releases
Waste
Diesel
Oil, Compounds
containing oil
Organic solvents
with halogens
Organic solvents
without halogens
Paint,
glue,
lacquer
and
painting colours
Substances
batteries
containing
heavy metals
Cyanide
containing
substances
Pesticides
Substances
containing PCB
Appendix A
62 of 59
Remark
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Isocyanates
Other
organic
substances
(Specify)2
Strong acids
Strong
alkali
compounds
Other
organic
substances
(specify)3
Aerosol cans
Other (specify if
relevant)
Other (specify if
relevant)
Notes:
1.
Amount related and place of release.
2.
Other organic substance (Specify)2 : Organic compounds hazards to the environment that do not
belong to other groups, such as phenol, formalin, plastic softeners, drugs, various regents from
chemical industry, etc.
3.
Other organic substance (specify)3 : Inorganic compounds hazardous to the environment that do
not belong to other group such as elementary bromide and iodine, metallic sodium and
potassium, various salts such as chlorite, chlorate, per chlorate, fluoride, etc.
Appendix A
63 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

APPENDIX 5: LIST OF CONTENT IN FIRST AID BOX

CONTENT OF FIRST AID BOX
S. No.
Description
Quantity
Small size Roller Bandages, 1 Inch wide (Finger dressing small)
6 pcs
Medium size Roller Bandages, 2 Inch wide (Hand and Foot dressing)
6 pcs
Large size Roller Bandages, 1 Inch wide (Body dressing Large)
6 pcs
Large size Burn dressing
4 pkts
Antiseptic Solution Detol or Savlon (100ml)
1 Bottle
Mercurichrome Solution (100 ml.) 2% in water
1 Bottle
Ammonia Solution (20 ml.)
1 Bottle
A Pair of Scissors
1 Piece
Adhesive Plaster (1.25 cm X 5 m)
1 Spool
10
Eye pads in Separate Sealed Pkt.
4 pcs
11
Cotton Wool
4 pkts
12
Tourniqut
1 nos
13
Safety Pins
1 Dozen
14
Tinc. Iodine/ Betadin (100 ml.)
1 Bottle
15
Polythene Wash cup for washing eyes
1 nos.
16
Polythene Wash cup for washing eyes
1 pkt
17
Tinc. Benzoine (100 ml.)
1 Bottle
18
Triangular Bandages
2 nos.
Appendix A
64 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

19
Band Aid Dressing
5 pcs
20
Iodex/Moov (25 gms.)
1 Bottle
21
Tongue Depressor
1 nos
22
Boric Acid Powder (20 gms.)
2 pkt
23
Sodium Bicarbonate (20 gms.)
1 pkt
24
Dressing Powder (Nebasulf) (10 gms.)
1 bottle
25
Medicinal Glass
1 nos
26
Duster
1nos
27
Booklet (English & Local Language)
1 nos each
28
Soap
1 nos
29
Toothache Solution
1nos
30
Vicks (22 gms.)
1 Bottle
31
Forceps
1 nos
32
Note Book
1 nos
33
Splints
4 nos
34
Lock
1 piece
35
Life Saving/Emergency/Over-the counter Drugs
As decided at
site
Box size : 14" x 12" x 4"
Note : The medicines prescribed above are only indicative. Equivalent medicines can also be used.
A prescription, in this regard, shall be required from a qualified Physician.
Appendix A
65 of 59
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

SITE RULES
1.
GENERAL
Definition
Contractor: The Person or Party who has entered into a contract for undertaking
certain jobs or work as may have been specified in relation to the bounds of the project
or in connection therewith & includes their sub-contractors, if any.
EMPLOYER: ATITHI BUILDERS AND CONSTRUCTORS PRIVATE LIMITED
2.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
i. The Contractor shall start work on the site
permission/clearance certificate from the EMPLOYER.
only
after
obtaining
ii. The EMPLOYER will issue a Clearance Certificate for all jobs, its duration & the
specific precautions necessary will be made known to the Contractor. The
Contractor shall comply with the Clearance Certificate & will signify his
acceptance by signing the same. He shall inform all the employees & subcontractors, if any, regarding the content of the Clearance Certificate, and ensure
compliance.
3.
LOCATION OF TEMPORARY HUTS

No temporary workshop or stores or otherwise shall be put up by the Contractor
without obtaining permission from the EMPLOYER regarding the location of the
workshop or stores & the type of construction of the workshop, and the purpose for
which it is to be used.
4.
EXCAVATION
No excavation shall be started without the written permission of the EMPLOYER. The
contractor should check with Employer / EMPLOYER on any information of running
underground utilities if any & shall also explore for the same on his own so as to avoid
any damage to the utility and mishap.
5.
INSPECTION OF CONSTRUCTION PLANT

i. The EMPLOYER shall have the right to inspect any construction plant & to forbid
its use if, in his opinion, it is unsafe or dangerous to use, no claim arising there
from shall be made by the Contractor. Any such rejected constructional plant
shall be removed forthwith from the site by the Contractor if directed to do so by
the EMPLOYER.
ii. Lifting Gear
a. Lifting Machines, chains, ropes & lifting tackles used by the Contractor on site
must conform to the following:
Appendix B
1 of 8
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

b. All parts must be of good construction, sound material & adequate strength &
free from defects.
c. Must be properly maintained, thoroughly examined & load tested by the
Contractor's competent person regularly.
d. No lifting machine & no chain, rope or lifting tackle should, except for the
purpose of test, be loaded beyond safe working load, and this safe working
load must be plainly marked on the gear concerned.
6.
SUSPENSION OF WORK
If the Contractor is found by the EMPLOYER not complying and/or persisting in noncompliance with safety requirements or with statutory obligations, the EMPLOYER
may suspend his work at any time by notice, in writing, and the work shall not be
resumed unless and until the EMPLOYER shall have cancelled in writing his
suspension order. The EMPLOYER's decision in this matter shall be final. No claims
arising from such suspension shall be made by the Contractor.
7.
FIRE
i. The Contractor shall take every precaution and use all reasonable means to
prevent an outbreak of fire and shall tender immediate assistance in case of fire.
ii. All inflammable materials shall be stored at site strictly as directed by the
Employer.
iii. No fires shall be lit nor welding done in respect of specified areas without the
written permission of the Employer.
iv. The Contractor shall report immediately to the Employer any outbreak of fire in or
near the Contract site after ensuring use of firefighting equipment.
v. Smoking on site is not permitted, but may be allowed in restricted areas as may
be authorized by the Employer.
8. DROPPING OF MATERIALS
The Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to safeguard all persons and plant
from the accidental dropping of tools or materials.
No material shall be dropped deliberately from a height except with the
permission of the Employer, who will require the contractor to rail off the area and
display suitable notices and post a man whose sole duty is to see that no person
enters the danger areas.
Appendix B
2 of 8
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

9. STAGING
i. Properly completed staging with safe means of access shall be provided by the
contractor for all work that cannot be done from the ground or with other safe
means of support.
ii. The Employer shall have the right to reject any staging or scaffolding considered
by him as unsafe and requires the Contractor to effect necessary improvement
before using such staging or scaffolding.
iii. No claim arising from the Employer's rejection of any staging or scaffolding shall
be made by the Contractor.
10. SAFETY HELMETS, BELTS, SHOES & GOGGLES
The Contractor must provide all his employees/workers working overhead or in other
hazardous jobs, with safety belts, Safety helmets, goggles, safety shoes or other
footwear as and when directed by the Employer and ensure their regular use by their
employees/workers to prevent accidents. The safety belts and other equipment as
stated above must be subject to inspection and approval by the Employer.
11. FIRST AID
The Contractor must have arrangement for rendering necessary first-aid in case of
accidental injuries. They must provide with first-aid boxes containing items as
specified in the Factories Act and Rules framed there-under and keep them in a
conspicuous place where it is easily accessible.
12. REPORTING OF ACCIDENTS
The Contractor shall report immediately to the Employer any accident or dangerous
occurrence involving his men or equipment.
13. BARRIERS
All construction areas in or near the existing plant, building access routes or
thoroughfares shall be adequately protected with barriers.
14. IONIC RADIATIONS
The Contractor shall not consign or bring to the Site any radioactive substance, nor
use thereon such substance, or any X-Ray apparatus, until he has obtained written
instructions with regard to such use from the Employer.
15. ELECTRICAL SAFETY CONDITIONS
The Contractor shall appoint a competent person to the satisfaction of the
EMPLOYER, as the authority on site who will be responsible for the control of all
Appendix B
3 of 8
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

maintenance and repairs to any electrical switchboard, distribution board, hand tools
etc., and no other unauthorized person must be allowed to touch these.
a. ELECTRICALLY OPERATED HAND TOOLS
All electrically operated hand tools will be periodically inspected by the Contractor and
properly earthed prior to their use.
b. FUSES AND EQUIPMENT BELONGING TO THE PROJECT
In no circumstances shall be Contractor tamper with the fuses and electrical
equipment belonging to the Employer.
c. CONNECTIONS TO EMPLOYER/EMPLOYER'S POWER SOURCES
i. Before the Contractor connects any electrical equipment to any power source
belonging to the Employer he shall:
ii. Satisfy the Employer that the equipment is in good condition.
iii. Inform the Employer, in writing, of the maximum current required and the voltage
and phase of the equipment.
iv. Obtain the written permission of the Employer detailing the power sources to
which the equipment may be connected.
v. satisfy the Employer that the cabling to all equipment are of adequate sizes for
the power required, have earth conductors in addition to metallic armouring
overalls and fitted with suitable connections.
vi. satisfy the Employer that any electrical distribution system which he proposes to
install and any electrical equipment which he proposes to use will not endanger
persons or properly.
d. CARE OF CABLE
No electric cable which is used by the Employer shall be disturbed without prior
permission of the Employer. No weight of any description shall be imposed on any
such electric cable nor any staging, ladder or similar equipment shall rest against or be
attached to it.
e. DRILLING HOLES ETC
Contractors shall not drill or cut any plant, structure or building floor for fixing cable
racks etc., without the permission of the Employer.
Appendix B
4 of 8
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

f.
DANGER NOTICE
While working or circuits having voltage over 230 V suitable warning labels should be
posted, such as "Danger-440 V Work in Progress".
g. CARE OF EQUIPMENT
No totally enclosed electrical equipment shall be left open or unsecured at the end of
the day's work.
h. WORK AT NIGHT
Contractor's employees will not be allowed to work on energized circuits at night
unless special permission to the contrary has been obtained from the Employer.
16. RULES FOR CONTRACTORS WORKING AT THIS SITE
a. Observance of Rules
The Contractor shall explain to each of his employees/sub-contractors, the Site
Rules in a language understood by the employees. The Contractor shall be
responsible for the compliance by his employees and those of his sub-contractors
with the Site Rules and must ensure their compliance without fail.
17. ACCESS TO SITE
a.
Control at Gates
Access to the Site shall be through specified gates only. All Contractors
employees shall be subject to security control and submit to search. The control
will be operated by watchmen engaged on behalf of the Employer and posted at
the gates.
b.
Identification of Contractors/Sub-Contractors and their employees

The Contractor shall arrange to issue a token to be specified by the Employer to
each of his workers. The Contractor shall also issue an identification card with
photograph affixed to each of his employees/workers as per approved specimen.
Access to the Site will be allowed only on production of the token and the
identification card, as the case may be. The Contractor must ensure that their
employees/workers display the tokens on their person and carry their identity cards
at all times while in the Project Site.
Appendix B
5 of 8
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

c.
Withdrawal of identification Cards

When a person ceases to be employed by the Contractor, or his entry into the site
becomes forbidden, the Contractor shall withdraw the token and the identification
card from such person and confirm to the Employer his having done so for security
reasons, so that the Employer may in turn inform the Employer/Employer's
security.
18. CONTRACTORS OBLIGATIONS UNDER STATUTORY LAWS

a. Covering Employment of workers
i. The Contractor shall abide by and follow Employees State Insurance Scheme as
applicable and as in force from time to time governing the employment of labour,
benefits and amenities, protection of health, safety, payment, compensation etc.,
which are to be provided to the workers. In particular they must ensure compliance
of the provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 and
Rules framed there under as applicable. The Contractor shall indemnify the
Employer from any claims made by his sub-contractors' employees under these
rules, acts, regulations and/or ordinance etc.
The Employer reserves the right to withhold payments to Contractors and/or subcontractors in the event the above requirements are not complied with.
ii. Consistent with the requirement of Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act
1970 and Rules framed there under or otherwise when required by the
EMPLOYER, the Contractor shall deliver to the Employer or at his office a Return
or returns in such form/forms and at such intervals as may be prescribed showing
in detail the names of the individuals and the numbers of the several categories of
labour engaged by the Contractor/Sub-Contractor on the Project Site from time to
time and such information in respect of the construction of the plant as the
EMPLOYER may require, besides statutory and other information as may be
required from time to time. In this connection the Contractor shall maintain such
Register and issue such Employment Card and Service Certificate to its works, as
also maintain such Muster Roll and Register of wages etc., in such forms as may
be prescribed and required of him by law or otherwise by the Employer.
19. HOURS OF WORKS
The Contractor must ensure that their employees conform to such timings (starting,
finishing and meal breaks) as prescribed by law for the time being in force and observe
such norms and rules of discipline on the Site as may be specified by the Employer.
While working outside the normal working hours prior written permission of the
Employer is required even though such working may be within the framework of law for
the time being in force.
Appendix B
6 of 8
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

20. STORAGE & CARE OF MATERIALS

i. The Contractor shall store his plant and materials only in areas allocated to him by
the Employer.
ii. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the care of all his plant, tools and
materials and shall make no claim on Employer for any loss or damage thereto
caused by whatever source or reason.
iii. The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping the site clear and tidy to the entire
satisfaction of the Employer, Pieces of wood, packing box, timber, shuttering
planks, brickbats, excavation spoil, etc. will not be allowed to remain scattered on
the site. Such and any other rubbish must be disposed of as they arise in a
manner as approved by the Employer
21. REMOVAL OF MATERIALS ETC. FROM SITE
i.
No plant, tools or materials, whether belonging to the Contractor or otherwise, shall

be removed from the site unless a pass for it has been issued by the Employer.
ii.
All loads leaving the factory shall be subject to examination by security staff
deployed on Employer, even if this necessitates unloading and re-loading, at
Contractor's cost.
iii.
The Contractor shall not take away from the site any samples, plans or drawings
which are the property of Employer.
22. PARKING OF VEHICLES

The Contractor or his employees shall park their vehicles, including personal cars, only
in areas allocated by the Employer. Parking of vehicles at any other place shall not be
permitted.
23. WASTAGE OF WATER
If Employer provides water to the contractor, the Contractor shall ensure that no water
is wasted in any manner. He shall use press-type taps if the Employer so directs,
prevent loss of water arising from his employees leaving the taps open.
24. EATING AT SITE
The Contractors shall ensure that their employees take their food only at specified
places to be notified by him. Eating on the job site shall not be permitted.
Appendix B
7 of 8
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

25. LIVING ON SITE

Contractor's employees will not be allowed to live on the site. The overall security of
the entire site will rest in Watch and Ward deployed on Employer/Employer's behalf
and no employee of the Contractor shall be allowed to remain on the site without the
prior permission of the Employer. Distance between labour camp & site if it is more
than 1 Km then contractor will have to provide transport facility for the workmen.
26. INFECTIOUS DISEASE
The Contractor shall report to the Employer any cases of infectious disease amongst
his employees and shall immediately remove such cases from the Site.
27. ACCIDENTS
All accidents to Contractor's employees or to any other person in the Project Site must
be reported to the Employer immediately by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be
responsible for complying with all statutory requirements in case of any accident
involving his employees.
28. RULES FOR CONTRACTORS EMPLOYEES
i.
Materials taken from the Site

A Contractor's employee must not take any material out of the site, except with the
written permission of the Employer.
ii.
Searching by Security Staff deployed on Employer/Employer's behalf

Members of the Security Staff at the gate and elsewhere have been authorized to
search any person entering or leaving the site or during working hours and also
examine any vehicle, locker, bag, basket, can, parcel, or other container in the
possession of any person on the Site.
iii.
Photographs
Taking of photographs of anything in the Work Site is strictly prohibited. However
photographs showing progress of works may be taken by Contractor unless noted
otherwise.
iv.
Intoxicating liquor and Drugs and disorderly behaviour

Anybody under the influence of intoxicating liquor or drugs shall be refused
admittance or may be ordered for eviction from the site, and the Contractor shall
ensure his removal.
v.
Traffic Rules
A Contractor's employee must, while on site, observe the ordinary rules of the
road. These are the same as those in general use outside the site, including the
use of lights at night. He must observe any speed limits and special traffic rules
Appendix B
8 of 8
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

imposed inside the site. He must, when cycling, keep to the roadway. A bicycle
shall not carry more than one person at a time.
29. PRIVATE TRADING
A Contractor's employee must not conduct any form of private trading including
money lending on the Site.
30. GENERAL
i.
Unless otherwise specified and agreed to in writing by the EMPLOYER, all

expenses etc., involved in observing the provisions/conditions laid down in these
Site Rules and/or covered by statutory requirements, will be to the account of the
Contractors and no reimbursement etc., will be made by the Employer.
ii.
The Employer will fully stand indemnified against any statutory or other lapses on
Contractor's part, claims arising from his employees, suppliers etc., not only during
the tenure of the Contract, but also for statutorily allowed interval after termination
of the contract/work.
iii.
The Employer reserves the right to amend or delete any of the above clauses or
add new clauses, as and when deemed necessary by them and these will be
binding on the Contractor.
Appendix B
9 of 8
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

PRO-FORMA OF DECLARATION / UNDERTAKING BY THE CONTRACTOR OF

STATUTARY RULES AND REGULATIONS
(IN DUPLICATE)
( Note: First copy to be submitted to Employer Second copy (Also originally signed) to be submitted to
Engineer.)
1. We ________________________ having our Registered office at __________________ have
been awarded the Work for _______________work order / LOI No. ______________ dated
____________
2. We state that we have obtained the Registration from commissioner of labor /

________________________ on _______ We have paid the necessary charges & deposit in
respect of the same. The license is valid for employment of _______________ (Number) Labor
till _____________ (date). A copy of License issued / Amount deposited is enclosed for ready
reference.
a. We state that we have obtained a contractor all risk policy for Rs. __________________
being the value of contract awarded. The policy is valid till _________________ (3 months
beyond contract completion date) copy attached.
We have obtained an Insurance policy for third policy Insurance for a value of Rs. ------ Lakhs
per accident. Policy is valid till ________________ (3 months beyond date of completion)
copy attached.
We have obtained a work men's compensation policy for ________________ workers valid
till _____________ (3 months beyond date of completion).
3. a. We have obtained Registration under Employees State Insurance Scheme & our Registration
number is ______________ copy of Registration Certificate attached.
b. We have obtained Registration under Employees Provident Fund Scheme & our Registration
number is ___________________
(OR)
We have hereby authorized you to make deductions from our running account bill / final bills/
any money due to us towards our liability under ESIC / PF scheme contribution.
We hereby undertake to scrupulously follow the provision under various state Government AND / OR
Central Government Acts & Rules including provisions under minimum wages acts / payment of wages
act / work men's compensation act / payment of bonus act / ESIC act & rules / P.F. act & rules etc. &
indemnity M/s. __________ in respect of any loss, claim, damage or compensation payable to our
workers.
We further declare that till date we have fulfilled & discharged all the obligations under contract labor
(Regulation & Abolition Act) & other relevant acts/regulations and we have fully paid to all labor / work
men employed directly / through subcontractors in connection with Work executed under work order No.
Appendix C
Page 1 of 2
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

___________all their dues of wages, allowances, compensation or any other amount due to the work
men till date / till _______________ due under statutory regulations and no dispute is pending in respect
of wages / allowances of any worker.
___________________________
Name of the person signing
Designation
Name & Address of the Company
With rubber stamp
Appendix C
Page 2 of 2
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

LIST OF FIELD LABORATORY EQUIPMENTS

The following items of laboratory equipment shall be provided in the field laboratory. The requirements
indicated herein are minimum and any additional items or increase in the requirement shall be arranged
as the need arises at site during execution of Work at no additional cost to Employer.
General
i.
Oven - Electrically operated, thermostatically controlled,

range upto 200 Deg. C sensitivity 1 Dec. C
1 No
ii.
Platform balance 300 Kg. capacity
1 No
iii.
Balance 20 Kg. capacity-self indicating type
1 No
iv.
Electronic Balance 5 Kg. capacity accuracy 0.5 gm
2 Nos
v.
Water bath-electrically operated and thermostatically controlled

with adjustable shelves, sensitivity 1 Deg. C
vi.
1 No
Thermometers:
Mercury-in-glass thermometer range 0 Deg to 250 Deg. C
Mercury-in-steel thermometer with 30 cm stem, range upto
300 Deg. C
4 Nos
vii.
Kerosene or gas stove or electric hot plate
1 No
viii.
Glasswares, spatulas, wire gauzes, steel scales, measuring

tape, casseroles, karahis, enamelled trays of assorted sizes,
pestle- mortar, porcelain dishes, gunny bags, plastic bags,
chemicals, digging tools like pickaxes, shovels etc
ix.
As required
Set of IS sieves with lid and pan:

450 mm diameter
63 mm, 53 mm, 37.5 mm, 26.5 mm, 13.2 mm,
9.5 mm, 6.7 mm and 4.75 mm size
1 Set
200 mm diameter
2.36 mm, 2.0 mm, 1.18 mm, 600 micron, 425 micron,
Appendix D
Page 1 of 3
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

300 micron, 150 micron and 75 micron
2 Sets
x.
Water testing kit
1 Set
xi.
First aid box
1 Set
For soils and aggregates:

i.
Riffle Box
1 No
ii.
Atterberg Limits (liquid and plastic limits) determination apparatus
1 Set
iii.
Compaction Test Equipment both 2.5 Kg and 4.5 Kg

rammers (Light and Heavy compactive efforts)
1 Set
iv.
Dry Bulk Density Test apparatus (sand pouring cylinder,

tray can etc) complete
1 Set
v.
Speedy Moisture Meter complete with chemicals
1 Set
vi.
Post-hole Auger with extensions
1 Set
vii.
Core cutter apparatus 10 cm dia. 10/15 cm height, complete

with dolly, rammer etc.
viii.
1 Set
Aggregate Impact Value Test apparatus / Los Angles

Abrasion Test apparatus
1 Set
ix.
Flakiness and Elongation Test Gauges
1 Set
x.
Standard measures of 30, 15 and 3 litres capacity along with

standard tamping rod.
1 Set
xi.
California Bearing Ratio test apparatus
1 Set
xii.
Unconfirmed compression test apparatus
1 Set
For Concrete :
1
Cube testing machine 200 Ton capacity
1 No.
Pychnometer 100 ml. Capacity with brass cone
1 No.
3.
Slump Test apparatus with tamping rod
3 Nos.
Appendix D
Page 2 of 3
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

4.
G.I.Sheet, M.S. Tray and Baby mixer machine
1 Set
5.
Wheel barrow, Spade, Mortar Pan, Trowel
1 Set
6.
Measuring instruments such as stainless steel rule, steel tape etc.
2 Sets
7.
Scientific Calculator
1 No.
8.
Flash Light
1 No.
9.
Thermometer 0 100 C 1 No.
1 No.
10.
A set of standard sieves 300 mm dia. G.I. (for 40 mm, 25 mm, 20 mm, 16
mm, 12.5mm, 10 mm and 4.75mm)
1 Set
11.
Set of standard Sieves Brass 200 mm dia. (4.75 mm, 2.35 mm, 1.18 mm
600 microns, 300 microns, 150 microns
1 Set
12.
Hot plate or stove
1 No.
13.
Pocket cone penetrometer 0 to 50 kg. per sq.cm.
1 No.
14.
Bulk density containers 10 litres, 15 litres and 20 litres
1 No. Each
15.
Standard sand grade 1,2 & 3 Tamin, Madras 2 Kgs.
Each
16.
Measuring cylinder Polypro final 1000 ml. 250 ml. And 100 ml. Capacity
2 Sets
17.
Vicat needle apparatus with dashpot
1 No.
18.
Mortar Cube Vibrator
1 No.
19.
Mortar Cube Moulds 7.07cm x 7.07cm x 7.07cm
6 Nos.
(Minimum)
20.
Concrete cube Moulds 15cm x 15 cm x 15 cm
12 Nos.
(Minimum)
21.
10 Kg. Double pan balance
1 No.
NOTE:
The items and their numbers listed above is indicative and shall be modified further and added
accordingly to project requirement & site conditions
Appendix D
Page 3 of 3
EMPLOYER - ATITHI BUILDERS AND CONSTRUCTORS PRIVATE LIMITED

PROJECT - Strengthening Construction of Residential Tower at Goregaon (West) Mumbai
Milestones
Sl. No.
Activities
Particulars
Milestones
Strengthening Work
Total Quantity of work shall be divided in 4 Equal

Milestone
After completion of every milestone
Concreting of 1st Slab
Total quantity of columns, beams and slab
After completion of concreting of 1st slab
Concreting of 2nd Slab
After completion of concreting of 2nd slab
Concreting of Slabs form 3rd Slab onwards
After completion of concreting of every 2 nos slabs
Post Tensioning works
After completion of posttensioning of 5 nos slabs
Brick masonary
After completion of brickwork of 3 nos floors
Waterproofing
After completion of waterproofing of every 5 nos floors
Internal Plaster
After completion of plaster of every 4 nos floors
External Plaster
10
Tiling (Wall & Floor : Flats)
After completion of Tiling Works for every 3 nos of floors
11
Tiling ( Wall & Floor : Common Area)
After Completio of Tiling Works for every 5 nos of Floors
12
Painting : Flats
13
Painting : Common Area
14
Painiting : External
APPENDIX E
Total quantity of work shall be divided in 3 milestones.
After completion of Paining Wroks for every 6 nos of

Floors
After completion of Painting Works for every 10 nos of
Floors
Total quantity of work shall be divided in 3 milestones.
Seal Signature of Bidder

BASIC RATE OF MATERIAL

Sr.No.
AppendixF
Description
Allowable
Wastage in
%
Unit
Basic Rate
BAG
300.00
2%
CEMENT-OPC
REINFORCEMENT STEEL - TMT Fe 500
MT
47,000.00
3%
REINFORCEMENT STEEL - TMT Fe 500
MT
50,000.00
5%
RUBBLE
Cum
800.00
5%
Concrete M60 (Including Pumping)
Cum
7,200.00
5%
Cum
6,607.00
5%
Cum
5,161.00
5%
Cum
5,039.00
5%
Cum
4,839.00
5%
10
Cum
4,550.00
5%
11
Cum
4,250.00
5%
12
Cum
3,800.00
5%
13
20mm STONE AGGREGATE FOR CONCRETING
Cum
1,750.00
7%
14
SAND FOR CONCRETING ( R Sand)
Cum
3,000.00
7%
15
SAND FOR MASONRY & PLASTERING
Cum
3,000.00
7%
16
BRICKS (230x115x75)
no
5.25
5%
17
BRICKS (230x150x75)
no
10.50
5%
18
Solid blocks- 390x190x190mm
NOS
55.00
3%
19
NOS
36.00
3%
20
NOS
26.00
3%
21
Siporex blocks - 100x240x650mm
NOS
59.00
3%
22
Vitrified Tiles (600X600)
Sqm
538.00
5%
23
Vitrified Tiles (300 x 300)
Sqm
323.00
5%
24
Vitrified Tikes (800 x 800 )
Sqm
974.00
5%
25
Anti skid Ceramic Tiles (600x150)
Sqm
753.00
5%
26
Black Granite 20mm thick
Sqm
1,400.00
5%
27
Indian Marble18mm thick
Sqm
484.00
5%
28
Baroda green marble
Sqm
630.00
5%
29
Kota Stone
Sqm
410.00
5%
30
Composite Arificial Marble 18mmthick
sqm
2,400.00
5%
31
Glaas Mosaic Tiles
Sqm
2,961.20
5%
32
Vitrified Tiles (1000X1000)
Sqm
970.00
5%
33
Ceramic Tiles (300X300)
Sqm
323.00
5%
34
Ceramic Tiles (300X600)
Sqm
484.00
5%
Page1of3
SealSignofBidder

BASIC RATE OF MATERIAL

Sr.No.
Description
Unit
Basic Rate
Wastage in
%
35
Glazed Tiles (200x300)
Sqm
284
5%
36
Texture Paint
Sqm
645
3%
37
Teak wood frame size 6"x21/2"
Cum
80,463
38
Teak wood frame size4""x21/2"
Cum
80,463
39
Red meranti wood size 4"x21/2"
Cum
35,761
40
Flush shutter 35mmthickwith commerical Veener finish with (ISI)
sqm
2,906
41
Flush shutter 45mmthick withcommerical Veener finish (2HR FIRE RATING)
sqm
4,540
42
Flush shutter 45mmthick with (1HR FIRE RATING)
sqm
3,850
43
Alumininum sliding window including fixing
sqm
3,770
44
Aluminium Window Toilet including fixing
sqm
2,690
45
S.S railing with glass including fixing
Rft
1,200
46
Gypsum ceiling board 12mmthick
SFT
17
47
Mortise handle with button dead lock
No
1,200
48
Mortise lock
No
1,300
49
Night Latch
No
968
50
Open Door closer
No
940
51
BRASS Butt Hinges 4"x1 1/2" Heavy Duty
No
296
52
Handle S.S 12"LONG
pair
750
53
S.S Railway type Hinge SIZE 125MM
No
125
54
S.S Railway type Hinge SIZE 100MM
No
88
55
HT Strands
KG
60
56
35mm thick Flush shutter with laminate finish
Sqm
2,906
57
Flush shutter 35mmthick with commerical Veener finish (2HR FIRE

RATING)
sqm
3,500
58
Aldrop Lock
No
300
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
2%
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Employer will supply RMC, Steel and major finishing items along with MEP materials on a star rate basis as mentioned
above. Employer shall give all VAT bill to Contractor and it shall be consignee name in form of bid. Any increase or
decrease on the star rate will be in Employers account adjusted from RA Bill. Variation in the wastage is agreed by
Ariisto and bider. Employer will be liable to supply the fixed quantity according to the project and if any additional
quantity will be required to be procured by bidder for any reasons attributable to bidder and or on account of additional
wastage or for any other reasons it will be at the sole cost of bidder.
Above mentioned basic price of materials are the landed cost of materials at Project site including all taxes, duties,
cesses including VAT, Central & Local taxes, Loading, Transportation etc. complete. The unloading shall be factored in
the overall item rate.
AppendixF
Contractor should submit the Reconcilation Statement along with Running Account Bill (RA Bill). Contractor should take
all necessary care to see that wastage should not be exceeded % mentioned . If wastage exceeds by below mentioned
wastage %, cost of the extra wastage shall be recovered at 10% higher than supply rate and shall be deducted from
Running Bill. For Rolling Margin, Testing shall be done from every lot of steel of all diameter received at site and
wastage shall be calculated based on rolling margin
Bidder will submit list of materials with specifications as to quality and quantity as required on site at least one month in
advance to Employer. Such specifications shall be submitted along with the Price list and the vendor list. Employer
shall at its sole discretion either supply below or at par with the purchase rate or give consent to bidder for the
Page2of3
SealSignofBidder

AppendixF
Formula for Basic price variation reimbursement is,

= [(Actual procurement price - Basic Price)] + Appropriate Tax, if applicable.
The Contractor, before procuring any item with base rate shall provide all documentary justification (three quotes) for
the base rate of materials. Final decision on supplier will be by Employer.
Page3of3
SealSignofBidder
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

GUARANTEE FOR WATERPROOFING WORK
We hereby guarantee the Water Proofing System which we have installed in the Residential Building
described below:
Building
Residential Tower at Goregaon (West)
Location
Mumbai.
Owner
M/s Atithi Builders & Constructors Private Limited
WHEREAS M/s. Atithi Builders & Constructors Private Limited has awarded a contract for
waterproofing work of their projects at Residential Tower at Goregaon (W), Mumbai to M/S
_______________________________ vide the Work Order No. _____________________________ dt.
____________________ for Waterproofing works was signed by and between the contractors and the
owners. NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1. In accordance with the agreement, the work of waterproofing has been carried out by the
contractor who hereby guarantee and undertake that the waterproofing work carried out by them
as per specifications & will keep the area treated with the said process absolutely water-tight for
a period of 15 years from the date of final completion of works.
2. The contractor further hereby agrees to undertake that if any defect is noticed at any time during
the said period of 15 years, they shall rectify such defects without charging any extra amount
whatsoever for the required services, labour, materials, equipments, and all other incidental
expenses which may have to be incurred for carrying out such repairs and rectification including
the contingent work necessary to open, dismantle, covering materials, etc., to gain access for
carrying out the repairs or rectification and including the work of making good the surface,
cleaning up, testing etc. in a complete form.
3. The contractor further agrees that Clients, Structural and Technical consultants decision about
the need for such repairs or rectification shall be final and binding and that such repairs or
rectification shall restore the area absolutely water tight and dry without any sign of dampness.
4. However, we shall not be responsible in any way if our work is tampered with or if the body of the
structure is deliberately damaged. We shall not be responsible if the waterproofing system is
damaged due to shrinking, cracking by additional weight or by any other natural calamity beyond
our control.
Appendix H
Page 1 of 2
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

5. This guarantee is subject to and be enforced upon only if all agreed and certified pending dues
are cleared in full and final. A letter of No Claim shall be given by us on receipt of all the eligible
dues from you.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR
for ____________________________
Authorized Signatory
DATE :
SEAL
Appendix H
Page 2 of 2
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES FOR EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS
Sr.
No.
Material / Equipment
Manufacturers Name
PLUMBING SECTION
1
Vitreous China Sanitary Ware
Toto or Equivalent
Wash Basin
Toto or Equivalent
Urinals
Toto or Equivalent
WC Connectors
Handicap Toilet Accessories
Pressalit
Concealed Cisterns
Viega or Equivalent
Waterless Urinals
Toto or Equivalent
Seat Cover (Heavy Duty)
Toto or Equivalent
Stainless Steel Sink
Nirali or Equivalent
10
Built in Urinals Flush System
Toto or Equivalent
Prince
Supreme
Askon Engineers
World drier USA
11
Hand Drier
Blue circle
Kopal
UTEC System
12
CP Brass fittings
Grohe or equivalent
13
Angle valve with filter
Siko or equivalent
14
Floor drain fixture, Rain water outlets

&channel gratings
15
C.P Grating & Floor trap
Chilly
Cast Iron pipes & Fittings Manhole covers

& Frames
Neco
16
Neer-GMGR
Raj Iron Foundry Agra

As per IS:3989 (Pipes & Fittings)
Appendix I
Page 1 of 24
Electro steel Calcutta

EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
As per IS : 1729 (Manhole covers and
Frames)
Manufacturers Name
IISCO
Kesoram Calcutta
As per IS: 1536 LA Pipes

17
18
19
Drip seal
Vinod cement co. Chandigarh (PIS 43)
GI Pipes (IS : 1239 & IS : 3589)
Jindal (Hissar)
Tata steel
D.I Pipes
Lanco Kalhasti
D.I Fittings, D.I Manholes covers & Frames
Kesin,
20
C.I Easy link (Orient Rubber)

Neco
GI Pipes fittings
Kirti
21
Unlik
Zoloto M
22
23
Copper pipes & Fittings
Maxflow
Rajco-Flowflex
Finolex
PVC Pipe(Sch 40)SWR
Supreme
Ajay
24
CPVC Pipes
Ashirwad
Astral
25
Polybutlene pipes
26
RCC Pipe
George Fisher
KK
Pranali
Perfect potteries,
27
StonewarePipes Gully traps
Jabalpur
Rajura
28
SS Pipes
REMI
Arco
29
GM/Forged Brass valves
Danfos
RB
Appendix I
Page 2 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
Sant
TBS
Zoloto
Avcon
Belimo(motor actuated BFV)
30
IVC
Sluice Valves
Kirloskar
Audco
KSB,
31
Butterfly valve (2 & above)
Intervalve Jayhiwa,
Belimo
Sant
Advance
32
Intervalve
Wafer type check valve
Kirloskar
Sant
Honeywell
33
Pressure reducing valve( Dual plate for 2

& above )
Or RB
Zoloto
34
Avcon
Solenoid valve
Belimo (motor actuated BFV)

Arco,
35
RB
Air release valve
Sant
Zoloto
H.B.D
36
Ball Float valve
Van Engg.
Prayag
Emerald
37
Y Strainer
Sant
Zoloto
Appendix I
Page 3 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
DP
Grundfos
38
ITT
Hydroneumatic system
Salmson
Van Engg
Kirloskar
DP
Grundfos
39
ITT
Storm water drainage sump pumps
KSB
Noccchi
Wilo
DP
Jhonson
40
Grundfos
Sewage Handling Pumps
ITT
KSB
Zenit
WILLO
41
Blue star
Drinking water cooler
Usha
Voltas
42
Borewell pump
KSB
43
Rotary gear pump
44
Mechanical seal
Burgmann
45
Couplings
Lovejoy
PEC
Rotodel
Dunlop
46
Anti vibration
connections
mounting
&
Flexible
Kanwal Industries corporation.

Resistoflex
Welcome Engg.
Appendix I
Page 4 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
Fiebig
47
Pressure gauge( Metric and PSI)
Waaree
H Guru
Emerald
Actaris
Aquarnet
48
Water meter (Magnetic single / Multi jet

type / Woltman)
ABB
Cheta control
Kranti
Rockwin,
49
Electronic Flow meter
ABB,
Krohne
Auto pump
50
Level controller & Indicator (Water)
Technika
Techtrol
51
Paints
Forbes Marshall
52
MH/Water tank plastic steps
KGM
EA Water
53
Enhanced wapp systems
Water treatment plant
Ion Exchange
Thermax
Alfa
54
Ultra violet water purifier
Eureka Forbes
Pentair
Grundfos
Heidelberg prominent Fluid controls
55
Dosing pumps
LMI
Pulser feeder
Toschon
56
Garbage crusher
Appendix I
Venus
Page 5 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
57
Water supply nozzle
Manufacturers Name
Astral
Ador
58
Welding rods
Cosmos
Esab
59
Fastner
60
Fire Sealant
Fisher
Hilti
Hilti
Promat
Idotripi
61
Electric Water Heater
Spherehot
Venus
62
Grease Traps CI / MS / SS
BIW
63
PVC Water Tanks
Sintex or Equivalent
64
Mosquito Proof Grating
Dolphin
ELECTRICAL SECTION
Areva
1
Outdoor Oil Filled Transformer 11 kV with

ON Load Tap Changer (OLTC) on HV side
Crompton Greeves (CG)

Kirloskar
Voltamp
ABB
Compact RMU, Compact outdoor VCB

Panel
Areva
Siemens
Schneider Electricals
Fort Gloster
HT Termination Kit : 11 kV
Ikebana
M Seal
Raychem
L&T
XLPE Cable : 11 kV
Appendix I
Siemens
Page 6 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
Polycab
Torrent
Universal
Protection Relays : Numeric Type
ABB
Areva
L&T
Siemens
Automatic Electric
Potential Transforms
Pragati
Precise
Automatic Electric
Current Transforms (Cast Resin Epoxy

Coated)
Pragati
Precise
Conzerv
Static Power Meter & Logger (Trivector

Meters)
L&T
Secure
Schneider
ABB
CG Schlumberger
Conzerv
Electronic Digital Meter (A / V / PF / Hz /

KwH) with LED Display
L&T
Nippen
Secure
10
HRC Fuse and Fuse Setting
GE
Siemens
BCH
Crompton Greeves
11
Battery Charger
Star Cap Engg

Voltstat
Entonix
Appendix I
Page 7 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
Cladyne
12
Sealed Maintenance Free Batteries
Exide
Hitachi
Load Controls
13
Power Distribution Panel
Pragati Controls
Power Control Equipments
Siemens
14
Sandwich Construction Bus Ducts Rising

Mains
Legrands
Schneider Electric (telemechanique / Square D)
Zucchini
ABB
Hager (L & T)
15
Havells
Final Distribution Board
MDS Legrand
Siemen
Schneider Electric (MG)
ABB
16
Air Circuit Breaker (3 / 4 Poles)
Schneider Electric
Siemens
ABB
17
Moulded Case Circuit Boards (MCCB)
Schneider Electric
Siemens
ABB
18
Motor Protection Circuit Breaker
Schneider Electric
Siemens
19
Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS)
ASCO USA (Marketed by Tricolite)

GE Power Control
ABB
20
Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB)
MDS Legrand
Schneider Electric
Siemens
Appendix I
Page 8 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
ABB
21
Power / Aux. Contractor
Schnieder Electric (MG)

Siemens
Havells
22
Change Over Switch
HPI Socomec
Siemens
Automatic Electric
23
Control Transformer / Potential

Transformer
Matrix
Pragati
Precise
Automatic Electric
Gilbert
Maxwell
24
Current Transformer (Epoxy Cast Resin)
Indicoil
Matrix
Pragati
Precise
ABB
25
Protection Relay (Numeric Type)
Areva
Siemen
GE Power Controls
26
Indicating Lamps LED Type and Push

Button
L & T (ESBEE)
Schnieder Electric (MG)
Siemen
ABB
GE Power Controls
27
Overload Relay with Built in Single Phase

Preventer
L&T
Schnieder Electric (Telemechanque)
Siemens
28
Electronic Digital Meters (A / V / PF / Hz /

kW / kWH) LED Display
Appendix I
Page 9 of 24
ABB
Automatic Electric
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
Conzerv
L&T
Schnieder Electric
29
Automatic Electric
Electromagnetic Meters
L & T (Rishabh)
Conzerv
30
Static Power Meter & Logger (SPML) with

RS 485 Port
Ducati
L&T
Schneider Electric
ABB
Ducati
31
GE Power Controls
Power Capacitor
Matrix
L & T (Meher)
Siemens (Epos)
Areva
Beluk (Germany)
32
Automatic Power Factor Correction Relay

(Numeric Type)
Conzerv
Ducati
Siemens
ABB
L & T (Meher)
33
Thyristerised APC Control Panel
PWER
Matrix Solution
Siemens
Finolex
40
PVC insulated XLPE Aluminum / Copper

conductor armoured MV Cables upto
1100V Grade
Nicco Cables
Ravin Cables
Skytone
Universal
41
LT Joining Kit / Termination
Appendix I
Page 10 of 24
Raychem
Safekit
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
Baliga Lighting
42
Cable Grands Double Compression with

Earthing Link
Correct
Cosmos
Comet
43
Bismetallic Cable Lug
Cosmos Dowel (Biller India)

Hax Brass (Copper Alloy India)
Anchor
44
PVC Insulated Copper Conductor

Stranded Flexible wires (FRLS)
Finolex
Lapp Kable
AKG
45
Metallic / GI Conduits (ISI Approved)
BEC
Vimco
NIC
Prakash Engineering Works
46
Accessories for Metallic / GI Conduits (ISI

Approved)
Sharma Sales Corporation

Super Cables Corporation
Duraline
47
PVC Conduits and Accessories (ISI

Approved)
Polypack
Precision
ABB Lumina
Classic
48
Anchor
Switch Socket Range A
Clipsal (Neo Series)

MDS
Legrand ( Exelute)
Clipsal (H2000 Series)
Crabtree
49
Switch Socket Range B
MK India (Wraparound)
MDS (Mosaic)
Precision
50
Industrial Socket Splash Proof
Appendix I
Page 11 of 24
Clipsal
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
MDS Legrand
Schnieder Electric
51
Industrial Socket Metal Clad
BCH
MDS
Anchor
Crompton Greeves
52
Ceiling Fan
Havells
Orient
Usha
Thorn
53
Light Fixture Fluroscent
Wipro
Philips
Philips
54
Light Fixture Incandescent / Halogen /

PL / Metal Halide / Fluroscent
Thorn
Wipro
Bajaj Electricals Limited
55.
Keslec
External Lighting Fixture
Philips
Wipro
Osram
56.
Electronic Ballast for Fluroscent (To be

slected as per fixture manufacturer)
Philips
Thorn
Wipro (APF)
ABB
57.
Lighting Control Equipments / Dimmers
Lutron
Schneider Electric
58.
50 W Halogen Light Transfogrmer

(Encapsulated Transformer)
59.
Selector Switch / Toggler Switch
60.
Shaver Socket
Appendix I
Reiz
Kaycee
L & T (Salzer)
ABB (Lumina)
Page 12 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
Classic Anchor (AVE) Italy
Clipsal (Neo Series)
MDS Legrand (Exelute)
ABB
GE Power Control
61.
L&T
Timer
MDS Legrand
Schnieder Electric (Telemechanique)
Siemens
Asian Ancillary Corporation
Raceways
62.
Cable Trays ( Factory Fabricated)
Elcon
Globe Profab Engineer
Rico Steel West Coating Engineering
Bajaj Electriclas
63.
Lighting Poles (HEX / Angular Pole / MS

Tubular Decorative)
K Lite
Keselec
BTHM Engineering
64.
Fire Sealent & Fire Retardant Paint
Birla 3M
Hilti
Promat
Indelec
65.
Lighting Protection System (Early streamer

Emission Type)
LPI
Erico
ABB
66.
Lighting & Surge Voltage Protection
L&T (Hager)
Schneider Electric
67.
230/ 12 V Step Down Transformer with

Builtin Isolation Transformer
68.
Energy Saving Units
Appendix I
Talema
Volstat
FMS
In Link System
Page 13 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
Pumba Electronics
AVAYA
69.
CAT 6 Cables, Wires & Fiber Optic

Cable
Krone Communication
Molex
Panduit
AVAYA
70.
Patch Chord, Patch panels, cross Connect

outlet
Krone Communication
Molex
Panduit
3 Con
71.
Data Switches, Reciever, Media Converter
Avaya
Cisco
AKG
72.
Metallic Conduits (ISI Approved)
BEC
NIC
Vimco
HCL
73.
Racks for Data Switches
President
Rittal
Delton Cable
74.
Telephone Armoured Cables
Finolex
Polycab
75.
Amplifiers
76.
LNB
77.
Coaxial Cable
Catvision
Vision Hire
Eurostar
Gardiner
Beldon
Comm Scope (US Imported)
Ateis
78.
Speaker
Bose
Bosch
Appendix I
Page 14 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
Philips
79.
Tap off / splitters complete with gasket GI

Box
80.
R. F. Amplifiers
Catvision
Vision Hire
Catvision
Vision Hire
HVAC SECTION
Caryaire
1.
Nutech
Air Handling Units
Ethos
Equivalent
Kruger
2.
Chaysol
Centrifugal Fans
Nicotra
Equivalent
Daikin
Toshiba
3.
Air Cooled VRV AC
Hitachi
Mitsubishi
Samsung
Siemens
4.
Motor
ABB
Crompton Greeves
Dynacraft
5.
Aluminum Grilles
Cosmos
Air Products
Cosmos
6.
Dampers
Nutech
Air Products
7.
Fire Dampers
George Rao
8.
Chilled Water Pipes
Tata
Appendix I
Page 15 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
Jindal
Equivalent
9.
Chilled Water Pipes Insulation
10.
Balancing Valves
11.
Check Valves
Thermocol (Beardsell)
Equivalent
Advance
Equivalent
Advance
Equivalent
Audco
12.
Butterfly Valves
Advance
Equivalent
Tata
13.
Jindal
GSS Sheet
Uttam
Equivalent
14.
Insulation Fiberglass
15.
Ozone Generators
UP Twiga
Equivalent
Voltas
Nutech
Cosmos
16.
VAV
Johnson
Equivalent
Danfoss
17.
Siemens
VFD
ABB
Equivalent
Aeorflex
18.
Drain & Cu Pipe Insulation NItrile Rubber
Armacell
Equivalent
FIRE FIGHTING SECTION

Appendix I
Page 16 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
Electro Steel Calcutta
1.
C. I. (LA) Pipes
IISCO
Kesoram Calcutta
2.
GI / MS Pipes (IS 1239 / IS 3589)
3.
DI Pipes
4.
Forged Steel Fittings
Tata Steel
Jindal (Hissar)
Lanco Kalahasti
(Seamless Fittings)
Dia Cast / Forged
Leader
5.
RB
Standard MS Fittings
Sant
Zoloto
6.
Kirloskar
CI Sluice Valve
Indian Valve Company

Audco KSB
7.
Butterfly Valve
Intervalve Jashiwa
Belimo Sant
Advance KSB
8.
Check Valve
Intervalve Jashiwa
Belimo IVI Sant
9.
Pot Stainer
10.
MH Cover & Frame
Emerland
Sant
NECO
Raj Iron Foundry Agra
Asian Paints
11.
Paints
Rajdoot
Shalimar Paints
Grundfos
12.
Fire / Sprinkler Main Pump / Jockey
HBD
ITT
Appendix I
Page 17 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
Kirloskar
KSB
Mather & Platt India Limited
Cummins
13.
Diesel Engine
Koel
Greaves
ABB
14.
Siemen
Motor
OEM
Kirloskar
15
Mechanical Seal
Brugmann
16.
Coupling
Lovejoy
Kanwal Industrial Corporation
17.
Anit Vibration Mounting
Dunlop
Resistrofelx
System Sensor
18.
Pressure Switch
19.
Pressure Guage (PSI 4 dial S. S. Bourden

tube Glycerin Filled
Indfoss
Waaree
H Guru
Fiebig
Shah Bhogilal
20.
Double / Single Headed Landing Valve (ISI

Mark)
Mini Max
New Age
Safeguard
21.
Fire Hose (Canvas Anti Fungal)
22.
Fire Aid Hose Reel (20 mm Rubber Hose)
23.
Gun Metal Barch Pipe (As per IS)
Appendix I
Page 18 of 24
New Age
Jayshree
New Age
Eversafe
Shah Bhogilal
Minimax
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
New Age
Minimax
24.
New Age
Fireman Axe
Safe Guard
Shah Bhogilal
CD
25.
HD
Installation Control Valve
Tyco
Viking
Spray Safe
26.
Gem
Sprinkler Heads
Tyco
Viking
Alert Tyco
Ansul
27.
Fire Extinguisher
Eversafe
Safex
Minimax
Ansul
28.
Fire Extinguisher (Clean Agent)
Integrated Fire Protection (IFP India)

Cease Fire
System Sensor
29.
Spray Safe
Water Flow Switch
Rapid Control
Honeywell
30.
Pype Kote (IWL)
Pipe Protection Wrapping
Coatek (Rustech)
Autopump
31.
Electronic Level Indicator
Minilec
Pumptcol
32.
Welding Rods
Appendix I
Ador
Page 19 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
ESAB
Cosmos
Hilti
33.
Fastners
34.
Pressure Relief Valve (Window / Water

Curtain Nozzle)
Fischer
Forbes Marshel HD
Kiddie
Zenith
SGM
35.
Motor Control Center
New Electricals
Popular Switchgear
Arrow Engineering
GE Power controls
36.
Air Circuit Breaker (3/4 Pole)
Hager ( L & T)
MDS Legrand
Siemens
Siemens
ABB
37.
Grundfoss
Motor
Bharat Bijlee
ABB
Kirloskar
Allen Bradley
38.
Soft Starter
Crompton
Danfoss
39.
Variable Speed Drives
Siemens
ABB
40.
Starter, Contactor, Push Button
Appendix I
Page 20 of 24
Larsen & Toubro (ESBEE)

GE Power Controls
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
Siemens
Vaisno Electricals
Moulded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB)

Asea Brown Boveri
41.
Larsen & Toubro (D-Sine)

GE Power Controls (Record),
Siemens
Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB)

Siemens
42.
GE Power Controls
ABB
Hager (L & T)
Overload relays with built in Single Phase
Preventer
43.
Schneider Electric (Telemechanique)

Asea Brown Boveri
Larsen & Toubro
GE Power Controls
Siemens
Current Transformer (Epoxy Cast Resin)
Automatic Electric
Indcoil
44.
Pragati
Gilbert & Maxwell
Precise
Power Capacitor
Meher (Larsen & Toubro)
45.
GE Power Controls
Siemens (Epcos)
46.
Autoamtic Power Factor Correction Relay
Alstom
(Numeric Type)
Bleuk (Germany)
Enercon System Pvt. Ltd.
Larsen & Toubro
Protection Relay: Numeric Relay

47.
Alstom
Asea Brown Boveri
Siemens
Appendix I
Page 21 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
Easun Reyrolle
48.
Protection Relay : Electromagnetic Type
Alstom
Easun Reyrolle
Switch Fuse Unit, HRC Fuse

49.
Larsen & Toubro

GE Power Controls
Siemens
Rotary Switch
Larsen & Toubro
50.
GE Power Controls
Siemens
Timer Delay Relay
Larsen & Toubro

GE Power Control
51.
Siemens
Bhartia Cutler Hammer
Timer
Schneider Electric (Telemechanique)

Larsen & Toubro
52.
GE Power Control
Siemens
53.
Selector Switch, Toggle switch
Salzer (Larsen & Toubro)

Kaycee
Change Over Switch
HPL Socomec
54.
Larsen & Toubro

H H Elcon
Ammeter and Voltmeter
Automatic Electric
55.
Rishabh (L& T)
Nippen
56.
Electronic Digital Meters
(A/V/PF/Hz/KW/KWH) with LED Display
CG Schlumberger
Static Power Meter & Logger (SPML)
Power Measurement
57.

CG Schlumberger
Appendix I
Page 22 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Indicating Lamps LED type , Push Button
Manufacturers Name
Larsen & Toubro (ESBEE)
GE Power Controls
58.
Siemens
Vaishno Electricals
Schneider Electric(MG)
PVC insulated aluminium/copper
conductor
armoured MV Cables (1100 V grade)
59.
Cable Corp. of India

Universal
Fort Gloster
Polycab
Ravin Cables
Nicco Cables
RPG Cable
60.
PVC insulated copper conductor stranded

flexible wires (FRLS) : Range A
R R Kabel
PVC insulated copper conductor stranded

flexible wires (FRLS) : Range B
National
61.
Finolex
Skyline
Anchor
Rajanigandha
Batra Henley
Metallic Conduit (ISI approved)

62.
BEC
AKG
Vimco
63.
Accessories for Metallic Conduit
Sharma Sales Corporation
(ISI approved)
Prakash Engineering Works

Super Sales Corporation
PVC Conduit & Accessoires (ISI approved)
Precision PPI (HMS)

BEC
64.
D Plast
Polypack
65.
Cable Tray (Factory Fabricated)
Appendix I
Slottco
Profab Engineer
Page 23 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Sr.
No.
Manufacturers Name
Hi-Reach
M M Enterprises
Asian
The first brand name specified to be considered while filling up the tender. In case the considered
brand is not available, then Contractor to take permission of PMC / Employer for using the other
specified brand.
The Client reserves the right to accept or reject any materials as and when necessary.
All materials are subject to physical check and approved by the Client
All gun metal concealed fittings should be shell mould casting and not sand castings.
Fire pumps with Motors to be SELECTED AS PER NBC.
Appendix I
Page 24 of 24
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
FORM1
PROFORMA OF CONTRACT AGREEMENT
This Agreement made on the __________________day of ______________________ 20__.

Between Atithi Builders and Constructors Private Limited (Ariisto) A company incorporated under the
Companies Act, 1956 and having its corporate office at Ariisto House, N. S. Phadake Road, Near East West
Flyover, Andheri (East), Mumbai 400 069 (hereinafter called the Employer") of the one part and M/S
_____________________________________
of
__________________________________________________
(hereinafter called the Contractor") of the other part.
And whereas Ariisto as the Employer, has appointed _________________________________________, having
office at __________________________________________________________________, as PMC. (Herein after
referred to as ______) _______ on behalf of Ariisto will manage the entire project development activities and
will be the single point of contact.
Whereas the Employer desires that the Works known as Arristo Residential Tower at Goregaon (west),
Mumbai should be executed by the Contractor, and has accepted a Tender by the Contractor for the
execution and completion of such Works and the remedying of any defects therein.
The Employer and the Contractor agree as follows:
1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are respectively assigned
to them in the Conditions of Contract hereinafter referred to.
2. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this
Agreement:
a
Contract Agreement, if any
b
Work Order
c
Letter of Award / Letter of Intent
d
Bid Form
e
Addenda issued, if any
f
General Conditions of Contract,
g
Contract Data ,
h
Appendices __________
i
Form No. 1 to 13
j
Technical Specifications & Tender Drawings
k
Bill of Quantities along with preamble
l
In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as hereinafter
mentioned, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to design, execute and
complete the Works and remedy any defects therein, fit for purpose in conformity with the
provision of the Contract.
3. The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor, in consideration of the design, execution and
completion of the Works and the remedying of defects therein, the Contract Price or such other sum
as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the manner
prescribed by the Contract.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunder set their hands the day and year first above
written.
Form No. 1
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
THE EMPLOYER
THE CONTRACTOR
Signed on this date
Name
Name
Designation
Designation
Signature
Signature
Company Stamp
Company Stamp
WITNESSED BY ENGINEER:
WITNESSED BY:
Name
Name
Signature
Form No. 1
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

FORM NO. 2
PROFORMA OF NON-DISCLOSURE (CONFIDENTIALITY) AGREEMENT
CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
ARIISTO DEVELOPERS
AND
_____________________________________ (BIDDER)
Form No. 2
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Reference : Tender Documents of Ariisto Heaven, Sector - V Residential Project at Mulund, Mumbai.
Interpretation definitions are at the end of this Agreement
Receiver
Discloser
Name
Country of
Incorporation
: India
Address
Name
: Ariisto Developers
Country of
Incorporation
: India
Address
Ariisto House, N. S. Phadke Road, Near Andheri East West

Fly over Andheri (East), Mumbai 400 069
Express
Purpose
Date of
Agreement
Form No. 2
The date that the last party signs this Agreement: see signing
page
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

BACKGROUND
Receiver wishes to obtain from the Discloser, the information that is confidential to the Discloser. The
Discloser has agreed to disclose Confidential Information to Receiver for the Express Purpose on the
terms of this Agreement.
CONFIDENTIALITY
Treatment of Confidential Information
Receiver must not, without the consent of the Discloser:
Disclose or publish the Confidential Information; or
Reproduce in any form any part of a document or other record which contains, is based on or utilizes the
Confidential Information, other than for the Express Purpose.
Ownership of Confidential Information
All Confidential Information disclosed remains the exclusive property of the Discloser.
PERMITTED USE AND DISCLOSURE
Use for Express Purpose
Receiver and its Affiliates and Representatives may use the Confidential Information for the Express
Purpose only.
Incorporation of Confidential Information in documents
Receiver and its Affiliates and Representatives may prepare documents incorporating part of the
Confidential Information for the Express Purpose only.
Disclosure
Receiver shall keep all Confidential Information of the Discloser secret and confidential and shall not
disclose such Confidential Information to anyone except to its Affiliates and Representatives in
connection with the Express Purpose who, prior to the disclosure of any Confidential Information:
have a specific need to have access to the Confidential Information for the Express Purpose; and
have been informed by Receiver that they owe a duty of confidence to the Discloser in terms of
this Agreement and are bound to observe it.
Neither the Receiver nor its Affiliates and Representatives will use any of the Confidential
Information for any other purpose whatsoever except in respect of the Express Purpose.
LIMITATIONS
The provisions of this Agreement do not extend to any of the Confidential Information which:
Form No. 2
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

is in or becomes part of the public domain other than as a result of a breach by Receiver, its
Representatives and / or its Affiliates as per this Agreement;
was known to Receiver at the time of disclosure of the Confidential Information;
becomes known to Receiver on a non-confidential basis from any third party, who is not bound by
obligations of confidentiality in respect of such information;
was independently developed by Receiver, an Affiliate of Receiver or a Representative without

use of and / or reliance on the Confidential Information; or
is required by any law or any order of any court, tribunal, authority, regulatory body or stock
exchange to be disclosed, in which case Receiver will provide the Discloser with prompt prior
notice of such requirement so that the Discloser may seek a protective order or other appropriate
remedy. Receiver will furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information which it is legally
obliged to provide and will ensure that confidential treatment is accorded to the Confidential
Information so disclosed by Receiver.
Return or Destruction of Confidential Information

Return or destruction
If requested by the Discloser, Receiver must:
(a)
at its option, either return to the Discloser or destroy all documents containing any
Confidential Information, all documents referred to in clause 2.2 and any copies of those
documents; and
(b)
to the extent practicable, remove from electronic storage all Confidential Information,
including Confidential Information which is combined with other information.
Right to retain
Notwithstanding clause 4.1, Receiver may retain one copy of the Confidential Information for its corporate
governance purposes.
No release
Action by Receiver under clauses 4.1 or 4.2 does not release Receiver or its Affiliates or Representatives
from their obligations under this Agreement.
Term of Agreement
Receiver agrees to observe the obligations of confidentiality expressed in this Agreement for 1 (one) year
from the date of receipt of the Confidential Information. This clause survives termination of this
Agreement.
Form No. 2
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Miscellaneous
Governing law
This Agreement is governed by the laws in force in India. Each party submits to the non-exclusive
jurisdiction of the courts at Mumbai.
Amendments
This Agreement may only be amended in writing by the mutual agreement of the parties.
No waiver
The failure or delay of a party to exercise its rights will not be a waiver of its rights.
Assignment
Neither party may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the
other party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).
Interpretation
Definitions
These meanings apply unless the contrary intention appears:
An Affiliate of a specified person shall mean a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.
Confidential Information means:
financial, commercial or proprietary information about the Discloser and its Group Companies and their
respective properties, businesses and affairs including but not limited to capital structure, shareholding,
directors, expansion and growth plans, future expectations, corporate and business strategy, contractual
relationships and key terms thereof, project portfolios, past track records, organizational structure,
management team and their profile, managerial and technical bandwidth, internal processes, due
diligence and project / pre-bid screening processes, agents, contractors, advisors, clients, suppliers,
marketing and bidding strategies, sources of funds, financing mix, synergies, financing documents and
banking relationships.
any oral communication, documents or other information (whether on computer disk, visual presentation,
handwritten or printed documents or otherwise) provided by the Discloser to Receiver, its Affiliates or its
Representatives in connection with the Express Purpose; and
The fact that the Discloser and Receiver are working, considering, negotiating or evaluating in pursuance
of the Express Purpose.
Representative means and includes director, officer, employee, adviser, consultants, agent, potential
debt financiers or equity co-investors of Receiver or an Affiliate of Receiver, and funds managed or
advised by Receiver or an Affiliate of Receiver and other representatives that need to know the
information in connection with the Express Purpose.
Form No. 2
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

References to certain general terms

Unless the contrary intention appears, a reference in this Agreement to:
a document includes any computer program, circuit, circuit layout, drawing, specification, material, record
and any other means by which Confidential Information may be stored or reproduced;
any thing (including any right) includes a part of that thing;
a group of persons or things is a reference to any two or more of them jointly and to each of them
individually;
the word including when introducing an example, does not limit the meaning of the words to which the
example relates to that example or similar examples;
the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and
consent means prior written consent.
EXECUTED by the parties as an Agreement.
SIGNED
for
and
on
behalf
of
____________________ (Bidder) by its duly
authorised representatives:
_______________________________
Authorised Representatives signature
SIGNED for and on behalf of Ariisto Developers

by its duly authorised representative in the
presence of:
Authorised Representatives signature
[]
Authorised Representatives office
_____________________________
Authorised Representatives office
________________________________
Authorised Representatives full name
Form No. 2
[]
Authorised Representatives full name
__________________________________
Round Seal
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

________________________________
Round Seal
Date
Form No. 2
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

FORM-3
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT
(On Non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value)
Reference:
Bank Guarantee No.:
Date:
Atithi Builders and Constructors Private Limited

Ariisto House
N. S. Phadake Road,
Mumbai 400 069
WHEREAS M/s ------------------------ (Contractors firm name and address) hereinafter called the
Bidder has represented to us that they intend to participate in the Bid for --------------------------------
(DETAILS AND REFERENCE NOS. OF THE BID TO BE INSERTED)
AND WHEREAS under the terms thereof, as represented by the Bidder and as verified by us, an
irrevocable Bank Guarantee for Earnest Money Deposit for an amount of Rs. ___________ (Rupees
_____________ only) is required to be submitted by the Bidder as a condition precedent for
participation in the said Tender, which amount is liable to be forfeited on the happening of any of the
events, contingencies mentioned in the Bid Document, of which we are aware;
We, -------------------------- (Bank name and address), hereby agree, guarantee and undertake that we
shall, forthwith, immediately upon receipt of written intimation/ demand/letter/ claim from you addressed
to the Bank, pay to M/s. Atithi Builders and Constructors Private Limited (Arristo) without any
deduction, reservation, protest, demur, delay or reference to the Bidder , the aforesaid sum of Rs.
_____________. The demand made by you as aforesaid shall be deemed to be valid, legal,
enforceable, conclusive and binding on us and the aforesaid amount of Rs. _____________ shall be
paid to you immediately, irrespective of and notwithstanding any dispute or demand to the contrary
made/raised by the Bidder or the issue of any instructions to the contrary issued by the Bidder.
We further undertake and agree that we shall make payment to you of the aforesaid amount of Rs.
_____________ immediately upon demand being made, as aforesaid, without in any manner referring
to or seeking consent of or instructions from the Bidder and without in any manner, explicitly or by
conduct, issuing notice of our intent to honor our commitment under this guarantee.
THE CONDITIONS of this obligation are:
1.
If the Bidder withdraws its tender during the period of tender validity specified by the Bidder on
the Tender Form; or
2.
If the Bidder, having been notified of the acceptance of its tender by M/s. ARIISTO or their
authorized representative during the period of tender validity:
(a)
(b)
Fails or refuses to execute the Contract Form if required; or

Fails or refuses to furnish the Performance Bond, in accordance with the Bid requirements;
we undertake to pay ARIISTO or their authorized representative up to the above amount upon receipt
of its first written demand, without ARIISTO or their authorized representative having to substantiate its
demand, provided that in its demand ARIISTO or their authorized representative will note that the
Form No. 3
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

amount claimed by it is due owing to the occurrence of one or both of the two conditions, specifying the
occurred condition or conditions.
This guarantee shall be irrevocable and shall remain valid up to 180 days from the date of submission
of tender, and inclusive of the close of working hours on ___________ ( date )_. If any extension of this
guarantee is required the same may be extended by us for such required period on receiving
instructions from Bidder on whose behalf this guarantee is issued.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Bank, through its authorized Officer, has set its hand and stamp on this
(date) (month) ------- at _____________ (City Name).
DATE :
Form No. 3
SEAL OF THE BANK

AND AUTHORISED SIGNATURE
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

FORM NO. 4
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR PERFORMANCE BOND
(On Non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value)
Ref:
Bank Guarantee No.
Date:
In consideration of M/s Atithi Builders and Constructors Private Limited (ARIISTO), having its
Corporate Office at Ariisto House, N. S. Phadake Road, Near East West Flyover, Andheri (East),
Mumbai 400 069 (hereinafter referred to as the EMPLOYER which expression shall unless repugnant to
the context include its successors in interest and assigns) having entered into a Contract No. _________
dated ___________ (hereinafter called the CONTRACT which expression shall include all the
amendments thereto) at ______________________ with M/s.------------------------------------------------ (Name
and address of the Contractor)(hereinafter referred to as the CONTRACTOR which expression unless
repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, shall include its successors, administrators, executors and
assigns) and such Contract having been signed and accepted by the Contractor at _________ for
construction
of
----------------------(
Name
of
Work
),
for
ARIISTO
at
for --------- ( Name of Work ) for a value of
Rs.___________________.
AND WHEREAS under the terms of the said contract, the Contractor is required to submit a performance
bank guarantee for the due, punctual, satisfactory and faithful performance of the entire contract for a
sum equivalent to __ % of the Contract Sum, We ,------------------(Bank Name and Address)
(hereinafter referred to as the Bank) hereby agree, guarantee and undertake that we shall forthwith, and
immediately upon receipt of written intimation/demand/letter/claim from the EMPLOYER addressed to the
Bank, pay to the EMPLOYER without any deduction, reservation, protest, demur, delay or reference to
the EMPLOYER the aforesaid sum of Rs. ___________(Rupees _________________________Only)
irrespective of and notwithstanding any dispute or demand to the contrary made/raised by the Contractor.
We further undertake and agree that we shall make payment to the EMPLOYER of the aforesaid amount
of Rs. __________ (Rupees _________________________________Only), immediately upon demand
being made, as aforesaid, without in any manner referring to, or seeking consent of or instructions from
the Contractor and without in any manner, explicitly or by conduct, issuing notice of our intent to honour
our commitment under this guarantee or on the issue of any instructions to the contrary issued by the
Contractor. Any such demand made by the EMPLOYER on the Bank shall be conclusive, final and
binding notwithstanding any difference between the EMPLOYER and the Contractor or any dispute
pending before any Court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any other authority or any instructions, letter contrarily
issued by the Contractor. We agree that the Bank Guarantee herein contained shall be irrevocable and
shall continue to be in force and enforceable till it is specifically discharged by the EMPLOYER by
issuance of a letter/certificate to such effect. No periodic renewal by the bank shall be necessary.
The EMPLOYER shall have the fullest liberty, from time to time, without in any way affecting the liability of
the Bank under this Guarantee to extend the time for performance of the Contract by the Contractor, or
vary the terms of the Contract. The EMPLOYER shall have the fullest liberty without affecting this
Guarantee to postpone, from time to time, the exercise of power vested in them or of any right which they
might have against the Contractor and to seek compliance with any covenants contained or implied in the
Contract between the EMPLOYER and the Contractor or any other course or remedy or security available
to the EMPLOYER. Notwithstanding any such extension or variation, the Bank shall not be released of its
obligations as assumed under these presents by the exercise by the EMPLOYER of any liberty with
reference to matters aforesaid or any of them or by reason of any act or forbearance or other acts of
EMPLOYER or any other indulgence shown by the EMPLOYER to the Contractor. We agree that
Form No. 4
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

irrespective of such extension of time or variation in contract, our liability to pay the aforesaid amount of
Rs. _______ (Rupees ________________________ Only) without demur, objection shall continue to
remain unaltered, enforceable and valid.
The Bank further agrees that the EMPLOYER, at its option, shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee
against the Bank, without in the first instance proceeding against the Contractor or making any demand
upon the Contractor to pay and notwithstanding any security or other Guarantee that the EMPLOYER
may be possessed of in relation to the Contractors liabilities, either in relation to this agreement or
otherwise and our liability to make unconditional payment on demand by the EMPLOYER shall not be
affected or diluted and shall remain valid, enforceable and unaltered.
We further agree that for the purpose of this Guarantee any notice issued to us by the EMPLOYER and
the amount claimed in such notice as being payable by the Contractor to the EMPLOYER shall be
deemed to be correct and shall not be disputed or questioned by us but shall be paid in the manner
herein before stated forthwith and without delay. We further agree that this guarantee shall not be
affected by any change in our constitution or that of the Contractor. We further undertake not to revoke
this guarantee during the period of its validity viz., till the EMPLOYER discharges us, in writing, as
aforesaid, notwithstanding any dispute, difference between the Contractor and ourselves and our
bankers lien either general or particular in relation to the Contractor shall not include the amount
guaranteed to the EMPLOYER under this guarantee.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein:
1. Our liability under this guarantee
________________________ only)
shall
not
exceed
Rs._________
(Rupees
2. This Bank Guarantee shall be valid upto the date it is specifically discharged by the
EMPLOYER by issuance of a letter/certificate to such effect.
3. Our liability to make payment shall arise and we are liable to pay the guaranteed amount or
any part thereof under this guarantee, only, and only if you serve upon us a written claim or
demand in terms of the guarantee on or before the date the Bank Guarantee is specifically
discharged by the EMPLOYER.
Dated this the ________ day of ____________ ( Month & year ).
WITNESSES:
_________________
SIGNATURE
_________________
SIGNATURE
_________________
NAME
_________________
NAME
_________________
OFFICIAL ADDRESS
Form No. 4
_________________
(DESIGNATION WITH BANK STAMP)
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

___________ Attorney as per power of Attorney No __________dated: _____________
Form No. 4
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

FORM No.5
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR MOBILISATION ADVANCE
(On Non- judicial stamp paper of appropriate value)
Reference:
Bank Guarantee No.:
Date:
In consideration of M/s. Atithi Builders and Constructors Private Limited, having its Corporate Office
at Ariisto House N. S. Phadake Road, Near East West Flyover, Andheri (East), Mumbai 400 069,
India, (hereinafter referred to as Employer) agreeing to pay to M/s.
____________________________________________ (hereinafter referred to as the Contractor ) a sum
of Rs._________ (Rupees ________________________________ only) as and by way of mobilisation
advance in terms of Contract No : ____________dated ___________ for Civil & Structural Works (
Superstructure) (hereinafter referred to as Contract ) on production of bank guarantee by the contractor
for Rs. ____________, We, (Name of
bank______________________________________________(hereinafter referred to as the Bank) do
hereby covenant and agree with the Employer as follows:
1. We hereby affirm that we are responsible to the Employer to a total sum of
Rs._________________________ (Rupees ________________________ only).
2. Notwithstanding anything contained hereunder, we, (Name of
Bank)________________________________, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertake
to pay to the Employer to the extent of Rs._________________(Rupees
___________________________ only) without any demur merely on a demand from the
Employer stating that the amount claimed is due by way of loss or damage caused to or suffered
or would be caused to or suffered by the Employer by reason of breach by the Contractor of any
of the terms and conditions contained in the said contract. Any such demand made on the bank
shall be conclusive, final and binding as regards to the amount due and payable by the bank
under this guarantee. However, our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount
not exceeding Rs._________ (Rupees
__________________________________________________________________________only
).
3. Our liability under this present guarantee is absolute and unequivocal and we undertake to pay to
the Employer the amount so demanded without seeking the consent of the Contractor and
notwithstanding the Contractor raising any dispute and / or disputes or filing any suit or
proceeding before any court or tribunal authority. The payment so made by us under this
guarantee shall be a valid discharge of our liability for payment hereunder and the Contractor
shall have no claim against us for making such payment.
4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Employers decision as to whether the Contractor
has made any default or defaults and the amounts to which the Employer is entitled by reason
therefore shall be binding on us and we shall not be entitled to ask the Employer to establish the
claims under the guarantee but will pay the same on demand without any objection.
5. We, (Name of Bank________________________________), further agree that the guarantee
herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the
performance of the said contract and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all the dues of the
Employer under or by virtue of the said contract have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or
discharged and till the Employer certifies that the terms and conditions of the said contract have
been fully and properly carried out by the said contractor and accordingly discharges this
Form No. 5
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

guarantee. Unless a demand or claim under this guarantee is made on us in writing on or before
_____________, we shall be discharged from all liability under this guarantee thereafter.
6. This guarantee shall not be revocable by us except with the written consent of the Employer and
shall continue to be enforceable till ________________. Should it be necessary to extend this
guarantee beyond the said date, we undertake to extend the validity of this guarantee for further
period of ___ months, subject to the Employer giving in writing to us (Name of
Bank)______________________________________ the request for extension, and such
extension shall be given without any extra cost to the Employer on or before the expiry of the
guarantee. If for any reasons the extension is not granted after receiving written request from the
Employer, the amount covered under this guarantee shall forthwith become payable to the
Employer , notwithstanding that the contract is continuing and / or the Employer has or has not
terminated the contract or preferred any claim against the contractor.
7. We, (Name of Bank)______________________________________, further agree with the
Employer that the Employer shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting
in any manner our obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said
contract or to extend time of performance by the said Contractor from time to time or to postpone
for any time or from time to time exercise any of the powers exercisable by the Employer against
the said Contractor and to forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the said
Contract and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation, or
extension being granted to the said Contractor or any indulgence by the Employer to the said
Contract or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties,
would but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us.
8. This Guarantee shall not in anyway be affected due to change in our constitution or by the
Employer taking or varying or giving up any securities from the Contractor or any other person,
firm or Employer on its behalf or by change in the constitution, winding up, dissolution, insolvency
or death as the case may be of the Contractor.
9. In order to give full effect to the Guarantee herein contained the Employer shall be entitled to act
as if we are the principal debtors in respect of all claims of the Employer against the Contractor
hereby guaranteed by us as aforesaid and we hereby expressly waive all our right of surety ship
and other rights if any which are in any way inconsistent with the above or any other provisions of
this guarantee.
10. We, (Name of Bank)______________________________________, also undertake not to
revoke this guarantee during its currency except with the previous consent of the Employer in
writing.
11. Notwithstanding anything contained herein above:
i.
Our liability under this guarantee shall not exceed Rs._____________ (Rupees
______________________________________).
ii.
This Bank Guarantee shall be valid up to and including __________________ and
iii.
We are liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee only
and only if you serve upon us a written claim or demand on or before the expiry of this Bank
Guarantee.
Dated: the ______ day of ________ ( month & Year)
Form No. 5
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

SIGNATURE AND SEAL OF BANK

FULL ADDRESS OF THE BANK
Form No. 5
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

FORM NO. 6
FORMAT OF THE BANK GUARANTEE FOR RELEASE OF RETENTION
THIS BANK GUARANTEE made on this ________________ ( Date ) between

_____________ _____________________ (hereinafter referred to as the Surety), in favour of Atithi
Builders and Constructors Private Limited., a company incorporated under the Companies Act
1956, having its Corporate Office at Ariisto House, N. S. Phadake Road, Near East West Flyover,
Andheri (East), Mumbai 400 069 India (hereinafter referred to as ARIISTO).
In
consideration
of
ARIISTO
having
awarded
the
work
of
_______________________________________________________________________________
(Contract) to ______________________ ___________________, having its registered office at
____________________________ _______________________________ (hereinafter referred to as
the Contractor, which expression unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof shall include all
its successors, administrators, executors and assigns), by way of an Order No. ______________
dated ________________, and the work having been unequivocally accepted by the Contractor,
valued
for
Rs.______________________
(Rupees
________
_____________________________________ only), and ARIISTO having agreed that the Contractor
shall furnish to ARIISTO a guarantee for the release of the retention amount being deducted from the
Running Account bills of the Contractor;
NOW THIS GUARANTEE WITNESSETH as follows:
In consideration of the ARIISTO having agreed to release to the Contractor a sum of
Rs.__________________ (Rupees _______________________ only) being the Retention Money
withheld by the ARIISTO while paying the Contractors bills for the work of
____________________________ on the issuance by the Contractor to the ARIISTO of a Bank
Guarantee for Rs.______________ (Rupees _______________________ only), we, (Banks Name &
Address), the Surety, do hereby Guarantee to the ARIISTO, payment on demand and without any
demur recourse or protest, a sum of Rs.________________ (Rupees ___________________ only),
subject to the following conditions:
1.
This Guarantee shall remain in force and effect until _____ months from the date of issue i.e.
till (date) or such other extended time under the Contract.
2.
The Surety hereby undertake not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency, except with the
previous consent in writing by the ARIISTO and agree that any change in the constitutions of
the ARIISTO, of the Contractor or of the Surety (Banks Name & Address), shall not discharge
the liability of the Surety.
3.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein before, our liability under this guarantee is
restricted to Rs.___________ (Rupees _________________________________ only) and it
will remain in force till the _________, ______ or such other extended time under the
Contract. Unless a claim or demand in writing is made against us under this guarantee before
that date, all your rights under the said guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be relieved
and discharged from all liability thereunder. This guarantee shall automatically stand
cancelled notwithstanding that the original guarantee document may not be returned to us by
you.
4.
It shall not be necessary for the ARIISTO to proceed against the Contractor before proceeding
against us and the guarantee herein contained shall be enforceable against the Surety
Form No. 6
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

notwithstanding any security which the TCS may have obtained or obtain from the Contractor
at the time when proceedings are taken against us hereunder be outstanding and unrealized.
5.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, ARIISTOs decision as to whether the Contractor

has made any default or defaults and the amount to which the ARIISTO is entitled by reasons
thereof will be binding on the Surety and any demand on the Surety shall be conclusive as
regards the amount due and payable by the Surety under this guarantee and Surety shall not
be entitled to ask ARIISTO to establish its claims under this guarantee but will pay the same
forthwith without any objection.
6.
ARIISTO shall have fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the Surety under
this guarantee from time to time to vary any of the terms and conditions of the Contract or to
extend time of performance by the Contractor to postpone for any time and from time to time
any of the powers exercisable by it against the Contractor either to enforce or forbear from
enforcing any of the terms and conditions governing the Contract or securities available to the
ARIISTO and the Surety shall not be released from its liability under these presents or by
reason of time being given to the Contractor or forbearance, act or omission on the part of the
ARIISTO or any indulgence by the ARIISTO to the Contractor of any other matter or thing
whatsoever, which under the law relating to Sureties would but for this provision has the effect
of so releasing the Surety from its liability.
In witness whereof, the Surety through its authorised representative, has set its hand and stamp on
this ____day of ___( Month & Year )
(Signature of the Bank)

Place :
Date :
Form No. 6
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

FORM NO.7
PROFORMA OF INITIAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
Contractor: ___________________________________
Address: _____________________________________
_____________________________________
Date of Completion: ____________________________
Dear Sir/s,
Thisistocertifythatthefollowingworksviz.
NameofWork:__________________________________________
WorkOrderNo:___________________________________________
Allocation:___________________________________________
ContractNo.:__________________________________________
whichwascarriedoutbyyouisintheopinionoftheundersignedcompleteineveryrespectonthe
............dayof............(month&Year)inaccordancewiththetermsoftheContractandyouare
requiredtoconformtotheprovisionsofDefectLiabilityPeriodinaccordancewiththetermsof
ContractandundertheprovisionsoftheContractforaperiodof.........................
days/weeks/months/years.
Fromthe...................dayof.................(month&Year)
Form No. 7
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

tothe.........................dayof.................(month&Year)
Signature ()
(EMPLOYERS / PMCS REPRESENTATIVE
NAME _________________________________
DESIGNATION __________________________
OFFICIAL SEAL _________________________
Form No. 7
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

FORM NO. 8 :
PROFORM OF CERTIFICATE OF FINAL COMPLETION
To,
( Name and Address)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This is to certify that the following works viz.

Name of Work: _____________________________
Work Order No: _____________________________
Contract No: ________________________________
Resolution No. and Meeting No.: ____________________________
Allocation: ____________________________
Which was carried out by Mr./ Messrs. .................. is now complete in every respect in
accordance with the terms of the Contract and that all the obligations under Contract have been
fulfilled by the Contractor.
Signature ()
(EMPLOYERS/ PMCS REPRESENTATIVE
NAME
_________________________________
DESIGNATION
__________________________
OFFICE SEAL _________________________
Form 8
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

FORM NO. 9: PROFORMA OF NO CLAIM CERTIFICATE FROM

CONTRACTOR
To,
(Name and Address_
Dear Sir,
I/ We do hereby declare that I/ We have received full and final payment from Ariisto for the
executionofthefollowingwork,viz.
Name of Work: _____________________________

Work Order No: _____________________________
Contract No: ________________________________
Agreement No.: ____________________________ dated ______________
AndI/WehavenofurtherclaimfromAtithi Builders and Constructors Private Limited ARIISTO)inrespect
oftheabovementionedjob.
Your faithfully,
(Signature of Contractor)
Date:
__________________________________
Name of Contractor:
______________________
Address: _______________________________
(OFFICIALSEALOFTHECONTRACTOR)
Form 9
EMPLOYER
PROJECT
Strengthening & Construction

of
Residential
Tower
at
FORM NO.10
PROFORMA OF DECLARATION / UNDERTAKING BY THE CONTRACTOR OF
STATUTARY RULES AND REGULATIONS
(IN DUPLICATE)
( Note: First copy to be submitted to Employer Second copy (Also originally signed) to be submitted to Engineer.)
1. We ________________________ having our Registered office at __________________ have been awarded
the Work for _______________work order / LOI No. ______________ dated ____________
2.
We state that we have obtained the Registration from commissioner of labor / ________________________
on _______ We have paid the necessary charges & deposit in respect of the same. The license is valid for
employment of _______________ (Number) Labor till _____________ (date). A copy of License issued /
Amount deposited is enclosed for ready reference.
a.
We state that we have obtained a contractor all risk policy for Rs. __________________ being the value
of contract awarded. The policy is valid till _________________ (3 months beyond contract completion
date) copy attached.
We have obtained an Insurance policy for third policy Insurance for a value of Rs. ------ Lakhs per
accident. Policy is valid till ________________ (3 months beyond date of completion) copy attached.
We have obtained a work men's compensation policy for ________________ workers valid till
_____________ (3 months beyond date of completion).
3.
a.
We have obtained Registration under Employees State Insurance Scheme & our Registration number is
______________ copy of Registration Certificate attached.
b.
We have obtained Registration under Employees Provident Fund Scheme & our Registration number is
___________________
(OR)
We have hereby authorized you to make deductions from our running account bill / final bills/ any money
due to us towards our liability under ESIC / PF scheme contribution.
We hereby undertake to scrupulously follow the provision under various state Government AND / OR Central
Government Acts & Rules including provisions under minimum wages acts / payment of wages act / work men's
compensation act / payment of bonus act / ESIC act & rules / P.F. act & rules etc. & indemnity M/s. __________ in
respect of any loss, claim, damage or compensation payable to our workers.
We further declare that till date we have fulfilled & discharged all the obligations under contract labor (Regulation &
Abolition Act) & other relevant acts/regulations and we have fully paid to all labor / work men employed directly /
through subcontractors in connection with Work executed under work order No. ___________all their dues of wages,
allowances, compensation or any other amount due to the work men till date / till _______________ due under
statutory regulations and no dispute is pending in respect of wages / allowances of any worker.
Form No. 10
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

of
Residential
Tower
Name of the person signing

Designation
Name & Address of the Company
With rubber stamp
Form No. 10
at
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

FORM NO. 11
PROFORMA OF LETTER OF COMPLIANCE AND CONFIRMATION OF
CONSIDERATIONS
DATE:
To,
Atithi Builders and Constructors Private Limited

AriistoHouse
N.S.PhadakeRoad,
NearEastWestFlyover,Andheri(East)
Mumbai400069
Sub:Compliance&confirmationofConsiderations
PursuanttoTendersubmittedon______andpresentationgivenbyuson,weherebyconfirmthe
compliancetofollowingpoints:
1.
2.
3.
WeconfirmtheminimumdeploymentofmajorEquipmentandmachinerybutnotlimitedtoaslistedbelow.
a. MobileCrane2Nos.
b. ConcreteBatchingPlant(30Cu.m/HrCapacity)2nos
c. ConcretePump2nos
d. HydraulicRigs3Nos.
e. RigsforDrivenCastinSituPiles(ifproposed)2Nos.
f. CartilageSetsforConductingPileLoadTests6Nos.
g. CoveredCementGodownofminimumstorageCapacityof1000Bags.
h. TransitMixer(6.0Cu.m)5nos
We agree to adhere to all Approved Brands and Makes, Name of Specialist Vendors given in the Tender
document,ifany..
Weagreetocompleteanddelivertheprojectmilestonesasspecifiedbelow:
Form 11
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

4.
5.
6.
7.
ConfirmationforNoDeviationtoEmployersRequirement,termsandconditionsofthetenderincludingissued
addendainitsentirety.
Confirmationofresponsibilityforobtainingallapprovals/permissionstobeobtainedbytheContractorfor
satisfactorycompletionofWorkundertheContractwithinthestipulatedTimeofCompletion
ConfirmationtoobtainMinimumPlatinumratingachievementofLEEDCertification.
NameandCVsoftheKeypersonsoftheproposedsiteorganizationlikeProjectManager,PlanningManager,
SafetyManager,etc.withrelevantexperienceareprovidedalongwiththisconfirmation.
WeconfirmtoestablishProjectSpecificSafety,QA/QCandHSEPlansforwhichEmployersApprovalhastobe
obtainedpriortocommencementoftheactivity.
9. We confirm to develop fullfledged Mockup for all the activities and get Employers / Employers
Representativesapprovalpriortocommencementoftheactivity.
10. WeconfirmtogetEmployers/PMCsapprovalpriortocommencementoftheactivity.
11. NamesofSubContractor/sandCVsofinhousepersonnelinrespectivetradesshallbesubmitted.
12. AdherencetogreenSEZguidelines.
8.
Thankingyou,
YoursSincerely,
(AuthorizedSignatory)
CompanySeal/RubberStamp
Form 11
EMPLOYER
PROJECT
Strengthening & Construction of Residential Tower at Goregaon (West) Mumbai
SCHEDULE OF PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The bidder must enter below particulars of plant he proposes to use on the works.
Description
Year of
Manufacture
Period when available

start of work
from
Owned / Hired
Capacity
On
Commencement
Next Phase
Bidder hereby confirm that the quantity and type of Equipment they will employ for construction will not be less than those listed above and agree to
bring more equipment if so, warranted in the opinion of the Employer.
Signature of Bidder.
Seal :
Form 12
EMPLOYER
PROJECT
Strengthening & Construction of Residential Tower at Goregaon (West) Mumbai
SCHEDULE OF CONTRACTOR'S SITE MANAGEMENT STAFF

Bidders must enter below the name, qualifications and experience of their key full time site personnel in the proposed site organization.
Name
Qualification
Position
Experience
Period when available

from start of Work
Signature of Bidder.
Seal :
Form 12
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

of
Residential
Tower
at
(To be printed on letter head, signed & stamped)
To,
Date:
AtithiBuilders&ConstructorsPrivateLimited,
AriistoHouse,
N.S.PhadakeRoad,
NearEastWestFlyover,
Andheri(East),Mumbai400069
KindAttn:Mr.R.Karunanidhi
Sub:
Notice Inviting Bid For Strengthening, Main RCC, Structural, MEP And Finishes Works of
Residential Tower At Goregaon (West), Mumbai For Atithi Builders & Constructors Private
Limited
DearSir,
We hereby, confirm that the rates quoted in our offer for above said subject work is fully in compliance with
tender conditions, technical specifications and drawings of tender issued and addenda issued till date.
Thanking you,
For________________________
__________________________________
(Name of authorized Signatory)
Form 13
EMPLOYER
ATHITHI BUILDERS & CONSTRUCTORS PRIVATE LIMITED
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
ANNEXURE: 1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
FOR CIVIL WORKS
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - WORKMANSHIP

(To read as per applicability of scope of Work)
CONTENTS
Sl.No
Description
1. GENERAL
2. EARTHWORK
3. ANTI-TERMITE TREATMENT
4. PLAIN & REINFORCED CONCRETE
5. FORMWORK
6. REINFORCEMENT
7. FLOOR FINISHES
8. PAINTING
9. WATERPROOFING
10. WOODWORK
11. M.S DOORS
12. ALUMINIUM WORKS
13. HARDWARE
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION WORKMANSHIP

1.0 GENERAL:
a) This specification covers the workmanship and execution of civil & Architectural works.
b) The term Execution referred herein is generally intended to cover all the works and services to be carried out
by the Contractor for the earthwork, concrete work, steel work, etc for all buildings, equipment and building
foundation, and other miscellaneous civil engineering works which are normally necessary for the complete
execution of the project.
c)
This specification shall be read in conjunction with the Bill of Quantities, Bill of items, drawings and other
contractual documents.
d) The workmanship and execution of the work shall be in accordance with this specification, detailed instructions
on such aspects as are not indicated herein shall be as per the governing standards and codes.
e) Unless otherwise mentioned, latest revision of all codes, specifications and standards issued by the Bureau of
Indian Standards (BIS) and Indian Roads Congress (IRC) shall be fully applicable to the specifications of
workmanship. Where BIS or IRC specifications are not available, British standards or any other Internationally
recognized standard may be adopted only after getting the approval from the Client/Consultant.
f)
In case of any variation/ contradiction in provisions between relevant IS codes and this specification, the
provision given in this specification shall be followed with the approval of the Consultant/ Architect.
g) The dimensions, materials, details and modalities of construction and other dispositions shown on the approved
drawings and documents for the execution shall be carefully respected.
h) The Contractor is responsible for all works and shall furnish all labour, site installations and equipments and
supply all material necessary to the complete execution of civil works.
i)
The Contractor on the written instruction of the Client shall remove portion of the work, which in the opinion of
the Client / Consultant gives evidence of any fault, defect or injury from any cause whatsoever, which in the
opinion of the Engineer may prejudice the strength or durability of the construction.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
2.0.0
EARTHWORK
2.1.0
Related Documents:
Drawings, Bill of Quantities and specifications apply to this section.
2.2.0
Scope of work:
The work under this section includes but is not limited to the operations listed below.
2.2.1
Earthwork in excavation in all types of soil at all depths including soft rock or hard rock, depositing the
excavated material within the site and disposing the surplus excavated material outside the site, complete in
all respects.
2.2.2
Laying out of works at no extra cost. Required number of benchmark and reference lines shall be established
by the Contractor and maintained without disturbance during the course of execution of the work.
2.2.3
Providing and filling in and around foundation, in plinth, in low lying areas as directed with approved
excavated earth/ sand or any other approved filling material, filling in layers, watering and consolidating each
layer.
2.2.4
Excavating the earth from borrow pit/area specified and/or approved by the Engineer, transporting the same
to a location where they are to be filled and stacking them properly as directed.
2.2.5
The Contractor shall make necessary access roads to borrow areas and maintain the same, if such access
road does not exist, at his cost.
2.2.6
Carting away all excavated material considered surplus or unfit for refilling as per the instructions of Client.
2.3.0
Definitions:
2.3.1
Ordinary & Hard Soils: These shall include all kinds of soil containing kankar, sand, silt, moorum and/or
shingle, gravel, clay, loam, peat, ash, shale, etc. which can generally be excavated by spade, pick-axes and
shovels and which is not classified under clause 2.3.2 below. This shall also include embedded rock boulders
not longer than 1m in any one direction and not more than 200mm in any one of the other two directions.
2.3.2
Hard rock: This shall include the type of rock or boulder, which for quarrying or splitting requires the use of
mechanical plant.. Boulders of rock occurring in large continuous masses and in such sizes and not
classified under 2.3.1 above shall also be classified as hard rock.
2.4.0
Submittals:
The contractor shall engage a qualified soil engineer to submit the following reports to the Client for approval.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
b) Inspection reports on proof rolling, compaction and any other test required by the Client or as indicated in
the drawings/ specifications.
c) The contractor shall be required to submit detailed method statement and get it approved from the Client,
sufficiently in advance of each activity. The methods statement shall contain all necessary information
like methodology, sequence of operation, safety measures, etc. The Contractor shall submit the following
method statement.
1) Method statement for the excavation and filling.
2) Method statement for stock piling and disposal methods
2.5.0
Execution:
2.5.1
General:
a) Excavation for foundations, plinth beam, pits, etc. shall be done to widths, lines and levels as shown on
drawings or to such lesser or greater widths, lines and levels as directed. The bottom and sides of the
excavation shall be trimmed to the required levels, profiles, etc. watered and thoroughly rammed.
b) All water that may get accumulated in excavation during the progress of work from whatever cause or
source shall be bailed/ pumped out as necessary. The expense towards the same is deemed to have
been included in the rate for earthwork.
c) Rough excavation shall be carried out to a depth of 150mm above final founding level. The balance shall
be excavated with special care. The final excavation, if so instructed by the Client , shall be carried out
just prior to concreting
d) The bottom of the excavations shall be levelled both longitudinally and transversely and the Contractor
The actual excavation done at site.
e) Where the soil is soft and sides of the foundation excavation need supports, suitably designed planking
and strutting shall be provided. The expense toward the same is deemed to have been included in the
rate for earthwork as per the boq. The shoring and strutting shall be kept in position till all the relevant
works are completed and approved.
f)
Any obstacles such as buried pipes, cables etc. met with during excavation shall be reported to the Client
who shall give directions regarding the removal / protection of the same. Cost of such removal /
protection shall NOT be paid separately.
g) In case of Soils /Soft rock /Hard rocks of different classifications are encountered, the contractor shall
intimate the Client and joint levels shall be taken to determine the levels of different classification.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
2.6.0
BACK FILLING
2.6.1
Backfilling around foundations shall be done with available approved excavated earth or earth brought from
borrow pits outside the project site when good earth is not available within. Filling shall be done in layers not
exceeding 300mm thick in the case of trenches, around foundations and low-lying areas. Each layer shall
be watered, rammed and consolidated properly before the succeeding one is laid. Earth shall be rammed
with approved mechanical compaction machines. Manual compaction shall not be allowed unless the Client
is satisfied that manual compaction by tampers cannot be avoided. The final backfilled surface shall be
trimmed and leveled to proper profile as indicated on the drawing.
2.6.2
No earth fill shall commence until surface water discharges and streams have been properly intercepted or
otherwise dealt with as directed by the Client.
2.6.3
To the extent available, selected surplus soils from excavated materials shall be used as backfill. Fill material
shall be free from clods, salts, sulphates, organic or other foreign material. All clods of earth shall be broken
or removed.
2.6.4
If any selected fill material is required to be borrowed, the Contractor shall make arrangements for bringing
such material from outside borrow pits. The material and source shall be subject to prior approval of the
Engineer. The approved borrow pit area shall be cleared of all bushed, roots of trees, plants, rubbish etc. top
soil containing salts/ sulphate and other foreign material shall be removed. The materials so removed shall
be disposed off as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall make necessary access roads to borrow
areas and maintain the same, if such access road does not exist, at his cost.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
2.7.0
Plinth Filling:
2.7.1
The bed where filling has to be done shall be cleared of all debris, brickbats, etc. to the satisfaction of the
Ariisto
2.7.2
Plinth filling shall be carried out with approved material as specified in the Bills of quantity/ drawings in layers
not exceeding 300mm, watered and compacted with mechanical compaction machines. The Engineer may
however permit manual compaction by hand tampers in case he is satisfied that mechanical compaction is
not possible. When filling reaches the finished level, the surface shall be flooded with water, unless otherwise
directed, for at least 24 hours allowed to dry and then the surface again compacted as specified above to
avoid settlements at a later stage. The finished level of the filling shall be trimmed to the level/ slope
specified.
2.7.3
The thickness of each unconsolidated fill layer can in this case be upto a maximum of 300 mm. The Engineer
will determine the thickness of the layers in which fill has to be consolidated depending on the fill material and
equipment used.
2.7.4
Rolling shall commence from the outer edge and progress towards the centre and continue until compaction
is to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
2.7.5
The compacted surface shall be properly shaped, trimmed and consolidated to an even and uniform
gradient. All soft spots shall be excavated and filled and consolidated.
2.8.0
Stone Soling (Hardcore):
2.8.1
Hardcore under floors, paving, roads, parking areas and other locations where called for, shall be of
approved hard broken stones.
2.8.2
The stones shall be hand packed in position, interstices between stones packed with smaller chips and the
surface thoroughly rolled with a 10-tonne roller, with frequent watering. Stones shall be laid with their largest
base downwards resting flat on the prepared sub-grade and with their height equal to thickness of the
packing. All interstices between the stones shall be wedged-in by small stones of suitable size, well driven in
by crow bars and hammers to ensure tight packing and complete filling of the interstices. The surface shall
then be blinded with moorum, watered thoroughly and consolidated with a 10 tonne roller to required grade
and profile. Where rolling as not possible, the consolidation shall be carried out using heavy rammers, light
manually operated rollers or vibratory compactors. The consolidated thickness shall be as shown in the
drawing.
2.9.0
CARTING AWAY EXCAVATED MATERIAL
2.9.1
The disposal of material can be in any one of the following ways.

a) Filling in low-lying areas within the site.
b) Filling in at places of filling such as under floors, in roads, etc.
c) Stacking of materials in pre-designated stacking yard.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
2.9.2
2.9.3
2.9.4
Lead for deposition/disposal of excavated material shall be specified in the respective item of work. For the
purpose of measurement of lead, the distance shall be measured by the shortest straight line on the plan
from the site to the centre line of the area of disposal and not the actual route taken by the Contractor.
The disposal shall be spread in layers as directed by the Client/Consultant.
The Contractor shall ensure that his transport vehicle does not exceed a speed of 15 Km per hour and also
does not drop any excavated material on the roadways/pathways/approaches.
2.10.0
Measurement & Payment
2.10.1
Measurements for all excavation and earthwork shall be in solid measure. The rates quoted are thus for solid
measure unit.
2.10.2
The mode of measurement for various types of excavations shall be as under.

a) In case of foundations, trenches, pits & areas, measurement shall be on the basis of actual excavation
done at site.
2.10.3
Measurement for backfilling shall be as per IS Code "Methods of Measurements". Only compacted thickness
shall be measured and paid for. Payment shall be in cum or sqm of specified thickness as the case may be.
2.10.4
The rate includes the cost of materials and labour involved in all operations described above.
2.10.5
Payment for filling with approved excavated earth shall be based on volume of consolidated fill. This volume
shall be derived from the difference between the volume of excavation and the volume of structure or
trenches, including levelling concrete, hard core, etc. as the may be for filling around the foundation. The
volume in case of filling in plinth and low lying areas shall be computed as per actual area of fill multiplied by
depth to be calculated from initial and final compacted level.
2.10.6
For filling done with materials brought from outside the rate shall include for the cost of materials including
wastage, if any, all handling, transport of all leads etc.
2.10.7
Measurement for carting away shall be in solid measure. The rates quoted by the Contractor are thus for
solid measure units. Payment shall be made on cubic metre basis on the difference of measurement of the
volumes of the excavated pits and measurements of backfilling.
2.10.8
No extra compensation is admissible on the grounds that the material had to be transported over marshy or
kutcha route.
2.11.0
Applicable Indian Standards (Latest Revision)
2.11.1
The Indian Standard Codes applicable to this section shall include but not limited to the following:
a) IS: 1200:1992: Reaffirmed 2007 Method of measurement of building & civil Engineering works Earthwork.
Part-I
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
b) IS: 1498:1970 Reaffirmed 2002 - Classification & Identification of Soils for General Engineering Purposes.
c) IS: 3764:1992 Reaffirmed 2007 - Safety Code for Excavation Work.
d) IS: 4081:1986 Reaffirmed 2005 - Safety Code of Blasting and related drilling operations.
e) IS: 7293:1974 Reaffirmed 2007 - Safety Code for working with Construction Machinery.
f) IS: 9759:1981 Reaffirmed 2008 - Guidelines for dewatering during construction.
g) IS: 1498:1970 Reaffirmed 2002 - Classification of soil for general Engineering purposes.
h) IS: 383:1970 Reaffirmed 2007- Specifications for coarse and fine aggregates from natural source for
concrete.
a) IS:4082 :1996 Reaffirmed 2003 - Recommendations on stacking and storage of Construction machinery
k) IS:1888 : 1982 Reaffirmed 2007 - Method of Load Test on Soils.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
10
3.0.0
ANTI-TERMITE TREATMENT
3.1.0
Related Documents:
Drawings and general provisions of contract, including General and Special conditions and material
specifications apply to this section.
3.2.0
Related Sections:
Other specification sections, which directly relate to the work of this section include but are not limited to the
following:
a) Earth work
b) Plain and Reinforced Concrete
3.3.0
Scope of work:
3.3.1
All the buildings shall be adequately protected against attack by subterranean termites by suitable chemical
treatments. The work shall be carried out by a specialist pest control agency approved by the Ariisto
3.3.2
The work shall be carried out by the specialist firm and shall carry a guarantee for the satisfactory
performance of the treatment for a minimum period of 10 (Ten) years from the date of the completion of the
job.
3.3.3
The treatment shall be carried out generally in accordance with the stipulations laid down by IS : 6313 - (Part
II)- 1981 Reaffirmed 2007 subject to the minimum requirements given in this specification.
3.4.0
Quality Assurance:
3.4.1
In additions to requirements of these specifications, the work shall comply with manufacturers written
instructions and recommendations, including preparation of substrata and application.
3.4.2
The contractor shall engage a professional pest control operator, licensed in accordance with regulations of
governing authorities, who is also a member of the Indian Pest Control Association.
3.4.3
Use only termiticides permitted by local bodies and also consented by the Consultant.
3.5.0
Job Conditions:
3.5.1
Restrictions: Soil treatment solution shall not be applied until excavation, filling and grading operations are
completed, except otherwise required in construction operations.
3.5.2
To ensure penetration, soil treatment shall not be done to frozen or excessively wet soil or during inclement
weather. The contractor shall comply with handling and application instructions of soil toxicant manufacturer.
3.5.3
Guarantee: It shall be guaranteed that the building is safe from termite infestation for a period of 10 years,
after expiry of defects liability period. Such performance guarantee on a non-judicial stamp paper of
appropriate value shall be directly given by the specialist agency to the Employer in a form as enclosed and
approved by the Engineer. In the event of re-infestation at any time during the guarantee period, the
specialist agency shall undertake to the owner to carry out such treatment as may be necessary to render the
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
11
structure free from termite infestation including breaking and reinstalling any other works that may be
necessary for the treatment at no extra cost.
3.6.0
Safety Precautions:
3.6.1
All chemicals used for anti-termite treatment are poisonous and hazardous to health. These chemicals can
have an adverse effect upon health when absorbed through the skin, inhaled as vapours or spray mists or
swallowed. Persons using or handling the chemicals shall be warned of the dangers and safety precautions.
3.6.2
The containers shall be clearly labelled and shall be stored carefully so that children and pets do not access
them.
3.6.3
Particular care shall be taken to prevent skin contact with concentrates. Prolonged exposure to dilute
emulsions shall also be avoided. Workers shall wear suitable clothing and shall wash thoroughly with soap
and water, especially before eating and smoking. In the event of severe contamination, clothing shall be
removed at once and the skin washed with soap and water. If chemicals splash into the eyes they shall be
flushed with plenty of soap and water and immediate medical attention shall be given.
3.6.4
The concentrates are oil solutions and present a fire hazard owing to the use of petroleum solvents. All fire
hazard precautions shall be taken while mixing.
3.6.5
Care shall be taken ion the application of chemicals to see that they are not allowed to contaminate well or
springs which serve as source of drinking water. In case of poisoning, suitable measures shall be taken for
protection in accordance with IS: 4015:1998 reaffirmed 2003 (Part I) and IS: 4015 : 1998 reaffirmed 2003
(Part II).
3.7.0
Product:
3.7.1
Use an emulsible concentrate termicide for dilution with water, specially formulated to prevent infestation by
termites. Fuel oil will not be permitted to dilute the concentrate.
3.7.2
Chlordane or approved equivalent conforming to the requirements and concentration laid down in
I.S:6313::2001 Reaffirmed 2007 (Part 11).
3.7.3
The chemicals to be used for the treatment shall be Dieldrin 18 E.C Chlorodane 20 E.C or Heptochor bearing
IS mark conforming to the requirements and concentration laid down in I.S:6313 :2001 Reaffirmed 2007
(Part-II). Termitol for wood preservation or as approved by the Architect shall be used.
3.8.0
Execution:
Pre-Constructional Anti-Termite Treatment:
3.8.1
Preparation:
The chemical solution shall be prepared by mixing the chemical with the appropriate quantity of water to
obtain a chemical emulsion of the correct concentration as stipulated above. Hand operated pressure pump
shall be used for uniform spraying of the chemical. To have proper check for uniform spraying of chemical,
graduated containers shall be used. Proper check shall be kept so that the specified quantity of chemical is
used for the required area during the operation. The chemical treatment shall be carried out when the surface
is quite dry. It shall not be carried out when it is raining, the soil is wet or ground water table is quite high. The
prepared emulsion shall be applied as described below:
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
12
3.8.2
Column Pits, Wall Trenches, etc.:

Soil treatment shall start when foundation trenches and pits are ready to take concrete in foundations. The
bottom surface and sides of the excavations (upto a height of 30cm from the bottom) made for column
foundations, wall foundations, etc., shall be treated with the chemical emulsion at the rate of 5Ltrs/m2 of
surface area.
3.8.3
Treatment to Back-Fill:
After the column foundations, wall foundations etc., the back fill in immediate contact with the foundation
structure shall be treated at the rate of 15 litres per sqm of the surface of the substructure for each side. If
water is used for ramming the earth fill, the chemical treatment shall be carried out after the ramming
operation is done it is completely done by tamping earth at 15cm centres close to the wall face and spraying
the chemical with the above dose. The earth is to be returned in layers and the treatment shall also be
carried out in similar stages. The chemical emulsion shall be directed towards the masonry wall surfaces so
that the earth in contact with these surfaces is well treated with the chemicals.
In the case of RCC walls and columns, the treatment shall start at the depth of 50cm below ground level
except when such ground level is raised or lowered by filling or cutting after the foundations have been cast.
In such cases, the depth of 500mm shall be determined from the new soil level resulting from the filling or
cutting as mentioned above. The soil in immediate contact with the RCC surfaces shall be treated at the rate
of 15 litres per sqm of the surface
3.8.4
Top Surface of Plinth Filling:

The top surface of the consolidated plinth fill shall be treated with chemical emulsion at the rate of 5 litres. per
sqm of the surface before the sand/sub-grade is laid. If the filled earth has been well consolidated and does
not permit the emulsion to seep through, holes up to 50 to 75 mm deep at 150 mm centres both ways may be
made with crowbars 12mm diameter to facilitate saturation of the soil with the chemical emulsion.
3.8.5
Treatment Under Plinth Protection:

The soil below the concrete for Plinth Protection to be provided around the perimeter walls of all buildings
shall also be treated with the chemical solution at the rate of 5 litres per sqm.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
13
3.9.0
Measurement and Payment
3.9.1
Ground floor plinth area will be measured and paid in square meters as mentioned in boq.
3.10.0
3.10.1
IS: 6313:2001 Reaffirmed 2007 (Part-2) Code of practice for anti-termite measures in building. PreConstructional chemical treatment measures
IS: 6439: 1978 - Heptachlor emulsifiable concentrate
IS: 8944:1978 Reaffirmed 2005 - Chlorpyrifos emulsifiable concentrate
IS: 4015:1998 Reaffirmed 2003 - Guide for Handling Cases of Pesticide Poisoning
4.0.0
PLAIN AND REINFORCED CONCRETE
4.1.0
Related Documents:
Drawings, Bill of Quantities & Bill of Items apply to this section.
4.2.0
Related Sections:
The related sections for the materials embedded into concrete and for supporting it till it attains full strength
shall be as follows:
a) Reinforcement
b) Formwork
4.3.0
Scope of work:
4.3.1
Providing and laying Ready Mix concrete in all types of structures/ works and at all levels including related
placing, compacting, vibrating and accounting properly for quantity consumed. RMC shall be supplied by
Clients Nominated supplier as per defined basic rate throughout the project.
4.4.0
Submittals:
4.4.1
Mix design:
a) The RMC contractor shall design mixes for each class of concrete in accordance with I.S:10262:1982
reaffirmed 2004 and SP:23 and submit the mix design report for all types and grades of concrete from an
approved laboratory for the approval of Client within 30 days of issue of letter of intent. No concreting
shall be done until mix design is approved.
b) With each mix design, the RMC contractor shall submit laboratory test reports attesting that ingredients
conform to the specifications.
c) In case the source, brand or characteristic properties of the ingredients need to be varied during the term
of contract, a revised laboratory mix design report shall be submitted.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
14
4.4.2
Plant and Equipment:

The RMC contractor shall submit for approval the following within two weeks of issue of letter of Intent.
a) The proposed programme, methods and details of plant and equipment to be used in testing
ingredients, mix design and concrete samples.
b) The proposed program, methods and details of plant and equipment to be used for storage of materials,
batching, mixing, transporting, placing, finishing and curing of concrete.- (Placing, finishing and curing of
cocnrete would be in the Contractor scope and not in the scope of Skyway)
4.4.3
Schedule:
a) The contractor shall prepare working schedules for dates and rate of placing of concrete for each item of
work and submit the same to the Client within one week of the issue of the letter of Intent.
b) Before any concrete is placed, the entire concreting programme consisting of layout, proposed procedure
and methods shall be submitted in writing to the Client for approval 24 hours prior to concreting and no
concrete shall be placed until the approval has been received.
4.4.4
Report for Inspection and testing:

The contractor shall during construction conduct continuous inspection and testing as called for in the
specifications and reports thereon shall be submitted in summary form to the Client. It is imperative that the
contractor shall carry out tests for each of the constituents of concrete and present a summary of the total
chloride content (expressed as a percentage of mass of cement in the mix) expected in each type of concrete
poured at site. Such tests shall also be conducted to determine the total content of water soluble sulphates in
the concrete.
4.5.0
Concrete Mix Proportions:

Cement concrete used in the works shall be either of the categories Nominal mix concrete and Design mix
concrete.
4.5.1
Nominal mix concrete:

All cement concrete not designated by strength shall be treated as nominal mix concrete of mix as specified.
The aggregates and cement shall be measured by volume. Mixing water shall be measured in graduated litre
cans.
4.5.2
Design mix concrete:

a) All cement concrete designated by strength shall be treated as design mix concrete. The aggregate and
cement shall be measured by weight in an approved weigh batching equipment. Mixing water shall be
measured in graduated litre cans. One or more complete bags of cement shall be used for each batch of
cement.
b) The RMC contractor shall be responsible for designing mixes of the specified performance to suit the
degree of workability and characteristic strength, required for the various parts of the works. The mix
design shall be finalized during the mobilization period of the contract. The mix shall be designed
according to IS:10262: 1982: reaffirmed 2004 and Sp:23 to provide the grade of concrete having the
required workability and characteristic strength not less than appropriate values given inIS:456:2000
Reaffirmed 2005. self compacting concrete shall be used for concreting the elements being cast
using aluminum formwork.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
15
c) Alternative mixes may be designed by the contractor for use in both thin and narrow sections and thick
sections. Special mixes using finer aggregates may be designed by him for filling in pockets and narrow
spaces and for regions of congested reinforcement. (any changes required in the approved designs shall
be made and submitted for approvals and related cost impact for the same shall be on client account)
d) The minimum cement content for controlled concrete shall be not be less than given in Table 5 of IS:4562000 reaffirmed 2005
e) The maximum water cement ratio for all grade of mixed concrete shall not be more than given n IS:4562000 reaffirmed 2005
4.5.3
Water cement ratio and workability:

a) The quantity of water added to the cement and aggregate during mixing shall be such as to produce a
concrete having sufficient workability to enable it to be properly compacted to be worked into the corners of
the shuttering and around reinforcement.
b) Due amount shall be taken of the variation of moisture content. Within any consignment of aggregate and
any variations due to watering, exposure to rain or drying weather, the contractor shall carry out regular
moisture content tests in accordance with IS:2386 :1963 Reaffirmed 2007 Part III on stacked aggregate as
directly by the Engineer and result submitted to him.
c) In case of nominal mix concrete the maximum water cement ratio shall be 0.60 and in the case of design
mix concrete the same shall be determined by the mix design but in no case shall be greater than 0.40. The
same shall not be valid for lower grades of concrete, however the maximum water cement ratio shall be
as per IS standards)
d) The contractor shall exercise particularly tight control on the water content for fair-faced concrete the colour
of which is sensitive to small variations of water in the mix. (However their would be slight variations due to
different brands of cement being used)
e) When a suitable water cement ratio has been determined and agreed by the Client , it shall be maintained
throughout the corresponding part of works. Approved tests shall be undertaken periodically by the
contractor to satisfy the Engineer of the maintenance of the consistency. However the amount of water
added to a mix other than for fair faced concrete may be reduced below the agreed design amount with the
consent of the Engineer if the contractor is able to demonstrate that such a reduction is consistent with
producing concrete of the required workability and characteristic strength.
f)
4.5.4
The contractor shall frequently test the concrete for slump cone test. The slump at the actual location of
placing as measured in accordance with the methods laid down in IS: 1199 :1959 :2008 shall be in the
range of 75 to 100mm. (The slump test shall be done at pump pouring and not at placing)
Requirements of Designed mixes:

The measure of quality control exercised by the RMC contractor in the manufacture of concrete at site shall
be the standard deviation derived from the analysis of cube results tested in accordance with I.S: 516:1959:
reaffirmed 2008. The cubes shall be taken from the point of discharge of mix as per I.S: 1199:1959
Reaffirmed 2008.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
The RMC contractor shall design each concrete mix to have a target mean strength greater than the required
characteristic strength by at least the current margin defined as 1.65 times the standard deviation as per
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
16
clause 9.2.2 of I.S 456-2005. In the first instance the RMC contractor shall assume a standard deviation
suggested in Table-8 of I.S: 456-2005.
Should the further analysis of the next 100 cubes test results of concrete of nominally similar proportions of
similar materials and production over a period not exceeding 12 months by the same plant under same
supervision show the standard deviation to be less than that indicated in I.S: 456:2005, the RMC contractor
may redesign the mix assuming a standard deviation as suggested in I.S: 10262:1982 Reaffirmed 2004 and
submit the details to the Client for his consideration.
4.5.5
Approval of Design Mixes:

a) The RMC contractor shall submit to the Client for comment sufficient evidence based on trial mixes that for
each grade of concrete, the intended workability, the proposed mix proportions and method of manufacture,
which will produce concrete of the required quality.
b) The RMC contractors shall obtain from the Client his written approval on the mix design for each grade of
concrete before any concrete of that grade is placed in the works.
c) For each grade of concrete, three separate batches of concrete shall be made by the RMC contractor using
materials typical of the proposed supply and under full-scale site conditions.
d) The workability of each of the trial batches shall be determined and 3 specimen preliminary test cubes shall
be tested at 7 days and 6 cubes of each set shall be tested at 28 days.
e) After the agreement with the Client on the trial mix proportions should the RMC contractor wish to make
substantial changes in the materials or in the proportions of the materials to be used in mix, the Engineer
will require further trial mixes to be made and their results submitted for comment prior to such materials or
proportion being adopted by the RMC contractor.
4.6.0
Execution:
4.6.1
Preparation before commencing:

a) No mixing of concrete shall be started unless the locations where they are to be poured are prepared
and kept ready.
b) The inside surface of the forms against which concrete is to be placed shall be clean and free from dried or
hardened spattering or coatings of concrete. The forms shall be well wetted before placing concrete.
c) Before fresh concrete is placed against an already cast and hardened section such surfaces shall be
roughened, swept clean, moistened with water and treated with cement slurry. Fresh concrete shall
then be poured as required. Under no circumstances, concrete where initial set has commenced shall
be allowed to be used.
d) Before any concrete is placed on the sub grade, the sub grade shall be checked and approved for degree
of compaction and alignment. The sub grade shall be kept damp ahead of concreting.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
17
e) Concrete shall not be placed in the works until the Client has inspected the formwork, reinforcement,
inserts and sleeves if any and given his permission to place concrete.
4.6.2
Placing:
a) Concreting of any portion of the works shall be done only in the presence of the Client.
b) Construction joints in concrete work have to be provided only at appropriate locations in conformity with
the latest Indian Standards. Horizontal and vertical construction joints with bonding keys shall be
provided as per drawings wherever the same is indicated in drawings. Construction joints shall not be
provided at locations, which would affect the strength and serviceability requirements of the structural
components.
c)
Immediately before placing of concrete for columns and walls, the reinforcement within and the old
concrete at the bottom of the formwork shall be given a coating of cement sand mortar of the identical
materials and proportions to be used in the subsequent concrete, to prevent the loss of fine material from
the initial concrete pour.
d) Concrete shall be thoroughly worked into the forms so that they are entirely filled, reinforcing bars
adequately and tightly surrounded and entrained air released from the mass of concrete. Placing shall be
carried with the use of vibrators.
e) For members having thickness more than 300 mm, the concrete shall be placed in layers not greater than
300 mm thickness and thoroughly compacted before succeeding layers are placed. Concrete shall be
placed in single operation to the full thickness of slabs, beams and similar members.
f)
4.6.3
No concrete shall be placed on concrete which has set sufficiently to cause the formation of planes of
weakness and where these are likely to occur due to unforeseen circumstances, the procedure to be
followed shall be as given earlier of this specification.
Compaction:
a) Concrete for all works shall be compacted by means of suitable vibrating equipment with one or more
spare vibrators that are in good working condition always kept ready at site to be put into commission in
case of failure of vibrator under use. No concreting shall be started unless an adequate number of
vibrators are available at site. A rough guide of 1 stand-by vibrator for each set of 4 vibrators subject to a
minimum of one shall be maintained at site.
b) Each layer shall be compacted by mechanical internal vibrating equipment, supplemented by hand
spading, roding and tamping as directed. The vibrators shall be operated by skilled personnel thoroughly
instructed as regards the mode, frequency, duration, etc. regarding vibration. Concrete for levelling
course of low strength may however be permitted to be consolidated by hand.
c) Compacting shall cease as soon as excess water appears on the face of concrete. Any water
accumulating on the surface of newly placed concrete shall be removed by approved methods and no
further concrete shall be placed thereon until such water has been removed.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
18
d) Notwithstanding the requirements regarding mix design, should if be found that the proportion of water in
the mix is such that the laitance forms before compaction (i.e. completion of expulsion of air) is complete
and unacceptable, the quantity of water in the mix shall be reduced.. If required approved admixture/
plasticiser may be used to achieve the necessary workability, as approved by the Client and strictly in
accordance with manufacturers instructions. Whenever either of the aforesaid procedures and to be
adopted, an additional set of 6 cubes for testing at 7 or 28 days shall be made from the adjusted mix.
4.6.4
Finishes:
a) All concrete surfaces shall have a good, dense finish, Except for slabs the exposed faces of concrete for
which form work is not provided shall be smoothed with a steel or wooden trowel to provide a finish equal to
that face where formwork is provided.
b) The top surfaces of all floor and roof slabs specified as smooth shall be levelled and trowelled before the
concrete begins to set to a smooth finish at levels and falls shown on the drawings. The trowelling shall be
done at such a time and in such a manner that excess of mortar is not brought to the surface of concrete
nor the aggregate displaced. The top surfaces of concrete slabs specified to receive an integral finish
should be uniformly roughened by deep hacking before the finish is laid.
c) Immediately after striking the formwork and removing any superficial water, honeycombed areas in normal
unfinished concrete shall be inspected by the Client and where directed the contractor shall immediately
make it good to the satisfaction of the client at his own expense. All air holes shall be similarly filled up.
d) The contractor shall be responsible for providing adequate key in concrete where plastering or rendering as
specified has to be applied. Hacking of the concrete surface after striking the formwork will be permitted.
e)
The faces of all fair-faced concrete shall be of even colour throughout, free from air bubbles, cracks,
honeycombing or other blemishes and will be inspected by the Client on report by the Contractor,
immediately after the formwork has been struck. Such faces shall not be rubbed down or otherwise
repaired to remove any defects or imperfections without the prior permission of the Client.
f)
In cases where integral cement finish on a concrete floor has been specified, the top layer of concrete shall
be screeded off to proper level and tamped with tamper having conical projections so that the aggregate
shall be forced below the surface. The surface shall be finished with a wooden float and a trowel with
pressure. The finish shall be continued till the concrete reaches its initial set.
g) Concrete surface finishes shall accord to the requirements and all instructions by the Client with regard to
the method of achieving such finishes as implemented.
4.6.5
Curing and Protection:

a)
Curing of concrete shall be complete and continuous using water that is free of harmful amounts of
deleterious materials that may attack, stain or discolour the concrete.
b) Immediately after compaction and completion of any surface finishes, the concrete shall be protected
from the evaporation of moisture by means of polythene sheeting, wet Hessian or other suitable material
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
19
kept soaked by spraying. As soon as the concrete has attained a degree of hardening sufficient to
withstand surface damage, continuous moist curing shall be implemented and maintained for a period of
at least 7 days after casting to full satisfaction of the Client.
c)
Surface coating type curing compounds shall be used as an alternate curing method strictly as per
manufacturers recommendations only with the written permission of the client/consultant and however it
shall not be used where surface treatments like water or acid-proof membrane, or painting is specified.
d) Wash water shall be removed in a manner to prevent running down and staining of concrete surfaces,
which will be exposed at the completion of the work. Should unsightly wash water streaks develop on
the exposed concrete surface, they shall be removed to a uniform colour and texture satisfactory to the
Client.
e) Method of curing and their duration shall be such that the concrete will have satisfactory durability and
strength and members will suffer a minimum distortion. be free from excessive efflorescence and will not
cause, by its shrinkage, undue cracking in the works.
f)
The top surfaces of slabs and other horizontal surfaces shall be cured by ponding of water in cement
mortar bunds. Steep sloping and vertical formed surfaces shall be kept completely and continuously wet
prior to and during the striking of formwork and thereafter by applying adequate water to the top surfaces
and allowing it to pass down between the formwork and the concrete, if required by discharging water
through hose pipes and pumps.
g) The contracts shall give careful consideration to the curing methods and conditions for fair-faced
concrete. Components which are specified to have exposed concrete finish shall receive the same curing
treatment.
h) All fair-faced concrete shall be protected from damage from the time of striking the formwork. All edges
and surfaces of such concrete shall be protected form chipping using notched liner or aluminium corner
pieces or other suitable covers that shall be maintained in place until the completion of the works.
4.6.6
Cover Blocks:
a) Pre-cast concrete blocks of suitable shape and size subject to the satisfaction of the Client shall be
manufactured at site. Materials shall be cement, sand, 6mm down or 10mm down aggregates and
approved plasticizer to give at least the strength equal to that of concrete element in which they are to be
used.
b) Cover blocks shall be cast and cured at least 3 to 4 weeks in advance of their use and cube strength of the
same shall be ascertained before use. Cover block should be of concrete of same strength.
c) Placement and spacing of cover blocks shall ensure firm adhesion of reinforcement at its own true location
without notable deformation. As a rough guide, a maximum spacing of 1.2x1.2m should be used. The
Clients decision shall be final and binding in this regard.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
20
4.7.0
Quality control and site supervision:
4.7.1
Site Laboratory
The RMC contractor shall establish a fullfledged laboratory at the site within the Mobilisation period so as to
carry out at least the various tests specifically indicated in these specifications. All equipments, instruments,
etc. to be used in the laboratory shall be subject to the approval of the Client. Various codes of practice
indicated in the specifications shall be purchased and stocked in an orderly fashion in the site laboratory. At
least the following equipments and testing facilities along with well-established personnel shall be made
available in the site laboratory throughout the period of construction.
1) Vicats apparatus for setting time of cement conforming to IS:4031.
2) Moulds for cement-sand mortar cubes testing including shake table for compaction.
3) All IS-sieves conforming to IS:2386 (Part-II) for sieve analysis of coarse and fine aggregates.
4) Complete equipment to determine aggregate crushing strength conforming to IS:2386(Part-IV) including
cylinder, tamping rod, balance, compression testing machine and container.
5) Electric oven for drying of aggregates.
6) Hydrometer for testing pH value of water.
7) Moulds 150x150x150mm size 27 nos. conforming to IS:516, including adequate number of tamping
rods for compaction.
8) 2 nos. slump testing cones conforming to IS:1199 including 16mm diameter and 600mm long rods.
9) Thermometer for checking temperature of the concrete.
10) Apparatus for determination of setting time of concrete conforming to IS:8142 consisting of cylindrical or
rectangular container of 150mm least lateral dimension and height of 150mm, spring reaction type
graduated penetration resistance type apparatus, removal needles of 645, 323, 161, 65, 32 and 16mm 2
bearing areas, 16mm diameter tamping rod and pipette.
11) Complete apparatus for the test of air content as per IS:1199.
12) Compression testing machine of minimum 150MT capacity for testing concrete cubes.
13) Standard (graduated) jar for determining silt content of sand.
14) Any other equipment felt appropriate by the engineer-in charge for testing of structural members.
4.7.2
Concrete Testing:
1) As will be apparent from the schedule of quantities, the strength of concrete specified is the criterion and
the Contractor shall make every effort to obtain the specified strengths by good quality control.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
21
2)
In case of concrete that does not obtain the specified strength at 28 days, such work shall be
demolished and reconstructed to obtain the requisite strength. In case 28 days strength is not achieved,
required NDT tests as per recommendations from RCC Consultants will be carried out and only in case
of unsatisfactory results of these additional test. The required action of demolition should be carried out.
3) To determine whether the concrete in any particular part of work is of the requisite strength or not, test
cubes (work test tubes) shall be made from samples collected from the concrete being poured for the
particular part and determined as per acceptance criteria detailed hereinafter.
4) The number of cubes to be collected from each sample shall be six. Three cubes each are intended for
testing at 7 and 28 days respectively and determining the strength. Cubes tested at 7 days should give
strength not less than 70% of the corresponding 28 days strength. However the test results at 28 days
only shall govern and 7 days test is intended only to give a fair indication of the final results.
5) With prior notice, cubes shall be collected for various structural members and also for works at various
levels. Cubes shall be taken from each 50cum of concrete made during the progress of work or when a
day's concrete does not amount to 50 cum, from each day's pour. It shall also be collected whenever the
usual quality for a particular strength is suspected.
6) Casting of cubes, preparation of moulds for the same, processing and curing the cubes and pressure
testing the same shall be as per relevant Indian Standards as amended upto date.
7) It is the entire responsibility of the Contractor to prepare and get the cubes tested and provide for all
material, labour, moulds, equipment, facility and charges for testing etc.
8) Concrete work shall be deemed to be acceptable provided the three cubes tested for 28 days strength
conform to the following: (The cube tests shall be calculated as per IS456-2000 Table 2)
a) Average of the 3 cube strengths shall not be less than the specified strength.
b) No individual cube strength shall be less than 90% of the specified strength.
c) If any individual cube strength exhibits more than 133% of the specified strength, such cube shall be
classified as freak, and the criteria in (a) and (b) above shall be applied for the remaining two cubes
only and the acceptability determined. Similarly in case of individual cube strength exhibits less han
77% of specified strength, the remaining two cubes only should be considered.
4.7.3
Supervision:
All the tests & reports conducted by the RMC contractor shall be witnessed by the contractors representative
to ensure proper quality of material.
All concreting work shall be done under strict supervision of qualified and experienced representatives of the
Contractor as well as those of the Client. The contractor's supervisors who are in charge of concreting work
shall be experienced & skilled in this class of work and shall personally supervise all the concreting operations.
Special attention shall be paid to the following
a) Proportioning, mixing and quality testing of the materials with particular control on the water cement
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
ratio.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
22
b) Laying of materials in pace and thorough compaction of the concrete ensure solidity and freedom from
voids and honeycombing.
c) Proper curing for the requisite period.
d) Reinforcement positions are not disturbed during concreting and consolidation by vibration.
4.8.0
4.8.1
4.8.2

All concrete works shall be measured as per IS:1200 pertaining to the method of measurement of building
work and paid for at unit rate quoted. The computation will be based upon the actual concrete consumed at
site.
For concrete and RCC works, no extra payment shall be made for the following that are deemed to be
covered in unit rate quoted.
a) Leaving recesses, chases, holes and other openings for services and finishing them neatly to correct
sizes and shapes.
b) Making RCC members of different shapes or thickness.
c) Embedding hooks, suspenders, dowels, clamps, etc.
d) Providing holes for embedding steel members of any kind.
e) Protecting fresh concrete against damage by rain or dust.
f) Laying concrete to different slopes.
g) Allowing other authorized agencies, if any, to work simultaneously for completing their parts of work.
h) Setting right minor alignment errors in formwork and/or reinforcement after other agencies have
completed their part of work.
4.8.3
i)
Providing construction joints.
j)
Making provision for pockets up to 100x100x300mm or 100diax 300mm deep.
Waterproofing compound used for concrete or mortar shall be paid separately on the basis of weight of such
compound consumed. The rate quoted for supply of waterproofing compound should include cost of all
materials including taxes etc. delivery at site, storing, etc. as specified by the manufacturer. In case of any
changes in design on account of waterproofing compound , the additional cost shall be in client scope.
4.9.0
4.9.1
The Indian Standard Codes applicable to this section shall include but not limited to the following
IS 383 : 1970 Reaffirmed 2007 - Coarse & fine aggregates from natural sources for concrete.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
23
IS 456 : 2000 Reaffirmed 2005 - Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete
IS 516 : 1959 Reaffirmed 2008 - Methods of tests for strength of concrete.
IS 1199 :1959 Reaffirmed 2008 - Methods of sampling and analysis of concrete.
IS 1200 :1974 Reaffirmed 2007 - Methods of measurement of building and civil engineering works concrete works (Part II)
IS 1343 : 1980 Reaffirmed 2004 - Code of practice for pre-stressed concrete.
IS 1791 : 1985 Reaffirmed 2005 - Batch type concrete mixers.
IS 2386 : 1963 Reaffirmed 2007 - Methods of tests for aggregates for concrete particle size & shape.
(Part I)
IS 2386 : 1963 Reaffirmed 2007 - Estimation of deleterious materials and organic impurities
(Part II)
IS 2386 : 1963 Reaffirmed 2007 - Specific gravity, density, voids, absorption and bulking.
(Part III)
IS 2505 : 1964 Reaffirmed 2003 - General requirements for concrete vibrators(Immersion type)
IS 2506 : 1985 Reaffirmed 2005 - General requirements for Screed board concrete vibrators
IS 2514 : 1963 Reaffirmed 2007 - Concrete vibrating tables
IS 2645 : 1975 Reaffirmed 2003 - Integral cement waterproofing compounds.
IS 2722 : 1964 Reaffirmed 2001 - Portable swing weigh batchers for concrete.
IS 3366 : 1965 - Specification for Pan vibrators.
IS 3558 : 1983 Reaffirmed 2008 - Code of practice for use of immersion vibrators for consolidating
concrete.
IS 4656 : 1968 Reaffirmed 2007 - Form vibrators for concrete.
IS 10262 :1982 Reaffirmed 2004 - Recommended guidelines for concrete mix design.
IS 5892 : 1970 Reaffirmed 2004 - Concrete Transit Mixers Specification
IS 1946 : 1961 Reaffirmed 2007 - Code of practice for use of fixing devices in walls, ceilings and of solid
construction.
IS 4031 : 1998 Reaffirmed 2005 - Methods of physical tests for hydraulic cement: Part 5 Determination
of initial and final setting times
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
24
IS 8142 : 1976 Reaffirmed 2007 - Method of test for determining setting time of concrete by penetration
resistance
IS 1200 : 1974 Reaffirmed 2007 - Method of measurement of building and engineering works: Part 2
concrete works
5.0.0
FORMWORK
5.1.0
Related Documents:
Drawings, Bill of Items and Bill of Quantities apply to this section.
5.2.0
Related Sections:
The related sections are as follows:
a) Plain and reinforced concrete
b) Reinforcement
5.3.0
Scope of work:
Providing, fixing and removing formwork for all types in substructure at all depths and heights.
Fixing and removing Aluminium formwork in superstructure at all heights.
5.4.0
Submittals:
The contractor shall provide details of the methods and materials proposed for formwork for each section of
the work. Details of formwork to produce special finishes are to be submitted for approval in writing to the
Client before any materials are brought to site.
5.5.0
5.5.1
Execution:
General:
a) Formwork shall be properly designed and constructed such that it is rigid enough to remain from
bending, sagging or sinking during placement of concrete. It should also be so constructed as to
facilitate removal of it without damage to the concrete. The formwork shall be adequately watertight to
prevent any loss of water and fine material from concrete. All formwork shall be accurately erected with
regard to size, levels, etc.
b)
c)
In case of timber formwork, the surface of forms in contact with concrete shall be wrought or clean
sawn as the case may be. The joints between the boards shall be close fitting. All formwork shall be
properly cleaned before any concreting is carried out.
Surfaces of forms coming in contact with concrete shall be treated with approved form emulsions. It
shall be ensured that these emulsions do not stain or discolour the natural colour of the concrete. Burnt
oil shall on no account be used.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
25
d)
e)
All corners and angles shall be formed with 45 deg. mouldings to form chamfers and fillets on the
finished concrete. Care shall be exercised to ensure accurate mouldings. The diagonal face of the
moulding shall be planed or surfaced to the same texture as the forms to which it is attached. Unit rate
quoted shall include providing chamfers as shown on the drawings.
Likewise, where drip notches and grooves to pattern are necessary they should be formed by suitably
shaped fillets fixed to form without any extra cost. Formwork for all the beams and other structural
elements shall be built with cambers accurately as specified in the drawings and/or as instructed by the
engineer.
f) Tolerances for formwork shall be as per clause no: 11.1 of IS:456-2000.

g)
All formwork shall be watertight and so constructed that there shall be no loss of material from the
concrete. All formwork shall be fixed to proper elevation. After the concrete has hardened and the
formwork has been removed, the concrete shall be in the position and of the shape, dimensions, and
surface finish described in this specification or on the drawings.
h) The formwork shall be so designed and positioned that it will not settle or deflect under the load of
concrete, plant, workmen, etc., and can be removed without damage to concrete. In the case of beams,
slabs or similar members the formwork shall be so arranged that the sides or edges may be removed
without disturbance to the soffit or propping system and without any strain to the concrete already placed.
i) Formwork shall compose of steel, best quality wood or non-absorbent type plywood. Timber shall be free
from significant knots and shall be of medium grain as far as possible and hard woods shall be used as
caps and wedges under or over posts. Timber shall be well seasoned, free from sap, shakes,
wormholes, warps or other surface defects and shall have smooth finish.
j) Staging, unless specified otherwise, shall generally be of mild steel tubes, steel beams and channels,
etc.
k) Plywood shall be used in exposed surfaces as shown on drawings or as directed by the client where a
form faced finish is required. Such surfaces shall be formed using approved brand of heavy quality water
resistant plywood to produce a perfectly levelled, uniform and smooth surface.
l)
Formwork composed of steel and/or approved good quality (seasoned) wood may be used in places
where ordinary surface finish is required. The Contractor can also use plywood shuttering where
applicable.
m) The staging shall be true and rigid and thoroughly braced in both directions as well as cross braced,
strutted and propped such that it will not deform unduly under the weight of concrete and other loads due
to men, equipment, etc., and shall remain free from any bulging, sagging or any movement during
placing of the concrete, and can be de-shuttered subsequently without damaging concrete. Vertical
member or props should not be supported on an un-propped lower suspended floor or beam unless it is
ensured by the Contractor that the lower floor or beam can safely carry the loads. No propping shall take
place until the Engineers approval has been given to the Contractors scheme submitted along with
supporting calculations.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
26
n) To achieve the desired rigidity and alignment of the formwork, and to allow it to be removed gradually
without jarring the concrete, ample studs, braces, bolts, spacer blocks, wires, clamps, ties, straps,
shores, wedges, etc., shall be used to hold the form in proper position without undue distortion.
5.5.2
o)
Temporary openings for cleaning, inspection and for pouring concrete shall be provided at the base of
vertical forms and at other places, where these are necessary and as may be directed by the Engineer.
The temporary openings shall be so formed that they can be conveniently closed rigidly when required
and must not leave any mark on the concrete.
p)
Provision shall be made for traffic on formwork such as not to bear directly on reinforcing steel.
q)
All chamfers and radius trips, liners and cores shall be provided where necessary.
Aluminum Formwork
. Contractor will procure 1 set of Aluminum formwork for completion of 1 tower of 50 upper floors. (1 set of
formwork resembles the total formwork material required to complete one storey of tower, it shall also
include all required consumables like wedges, pins, sleeves, wall ties, nut, bolts, pvc cones, pvc pipes,
working platforms, walkways, soldiers, corner platform and Building spacers with actual wastages for overall
completion of work.)
Necessary refurbishment shall be done after every 50 repetitions of formwork.
5.5.2a
Pre-cambering of Formwork
In general, and unless otherwise shown on drawings or specified in the contract, all formwork for beams and
slabs shall be set with an upward camber at mid span of 2 mm per 1.0m of span for all spans in excess of
5.0m. Cantilevers shall be set with an upward camber at end of span of 4mm per 1.0m. Pre-camber at mid
span of flat slab shall be provided as specified on the drawings.
5.5.3
Joints in Formwork
All joints in formwork shall be either horizontal or vertical and end formwork being square across the mass of
concrete. The design of the formwork shall permit it to be struck and removed without injury to the concrete.
The joints shall be sufficiently tight to prevent any leakage of mortar. The Contractor shall use grout checks at
all horizontal construction joints and shall adopt such other approved expedients, eg. foam rubber sealing
strips, polyester crack filler in joints, or taping of joints, as may be necessary to obtain satisfactory results at
joints in formwork.
5.5.4
Internal Metal Ties for Formwork:

Where internal metal ties wherever permitted shall be extracted without damage to the concrete and the
remaining holes shall be carefully pressure grouted using epoxy grout. No permanently embedded metal part
shall have cover less than that indicated for adjacent steel reinforcement. Internal metal ties in from-finished
concrete work shall be arranged in an approved neat, regular and consistent pattern throughout the work.
Details of internal metal ties shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval well in advance prior to their use
in the works. The Engineer may at his discretion allow the Contractor to use tie-bolts running through the
concrete and the Contractor shall decide the location and size of such tie-bolts in consultation with the
Engineer. Holes left in the concrete by these tie-bolts shall be filled as specified by the Engineer at no extra
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
27
cost. No through tie will be permitted in any liquid / earth retaining walls / slabs, basement walls, etc. No
plugs, bolts, ties or any appliances whatsoever for supporting the shuttering shall be fixed permanently in the
structure, nor be placed temporarily in such a manner that damage to the structure would result from their
removal at the time of striking the forms and supports.
5.5.5
Holes in Formwork
When holes are to be provided in formwork for pipes, weep holes and the like they shall be neatly trimmed
and caulked with an approved material to form a grout-tight joint.
5.5.6
Sloping Formwork
When concrete is to be deposited to a slope steeper than 15o from the horizontal, top forms shall be used to
enable the concrete to be properly compacted.
5.5.7
Cast in Pipes / Sleeves

Where required in external walls, retaining walls and similar structural elements, cast in pipes and sleeves
shall be fixed securely in place and shall be provided with puddle flanges and hydrophilic caulking
compounds as specified on the drawings.
The Contractor shall fix pipe sleeves and inserts or box out to form holes and chases to specified size and in
correct positions before placing concrete. Hardened concrete shall not be cut to provide holes or chases
without prior approval. Where reinforcement passes through formwork, the formwork shall be designed and
constructed to maintain the reinforcement in it correct position and to minimise leakage of concrete or grout.
5.5.8
Approval of Formwork
For each concrete pour requiring formwork propping, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, well in
advance to commencement of formwork and propping, details and / or calculations of all proposed formwork
and props, along with a detailed programme of the work. Such approval, if given, shall in no way relieve the
Contractor of his responsibility for the safety or adequacy of such formwork for its purposes.
When forms appear to be unsatisfactory in any way, either before or during the placing of concrete, the work
shall be stopped until the defects have been corrected as per the instructions of the Engineer.
5.5.9
Coating of Formwork
The inside surface of forms, except for permanent formwork, or unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer,
shall be coated with an approved material to prevent adhesion of the concrete. Surface retarders or release
agents shall not be used without prior approval. Release agents shall not be used where surface treatments
require bonding adhesives to be applied. Mould oils or release agents shall be of such type that will have no
adverse effect to concrete and on any finishes to be applied to the concrete nor on the appearance of fair
faced concrete. Release agents shall be applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturers instructions
and shall not come into contact with reinforcement or pre-stressing tendons. Different release agents shall
not be used in formwork to concrete, which will be visible in the finished works. Care should be taken that
mould oils or release agents do not accumulate at the bottom of formwork. If the formwork is not used within
24 hours, a further coat of mould oil or release agent shall be applied before casting the concrete.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
28
5.5.10
Cleaning of Formwork
All rubbish, particularly chippings, shavings and sawdust, shall be removed from the interior of all formwork
immediately before concrete is placed. In the case of deep sections an opening shall be left at the base to
enable such cleaning to be adequately completed. The Contractor shall provide compressed air jet and / or a
water jet free from any oil or other contamination for the cleaning of formwork.
5.5.11
Inspection of Formwork
Concreting shall not commence until the Engineer has had an opportunity to inspect the formwork and any
enclosed reinforcement and given his approval to commence concreting. The erection, casing and striking of
the formwork shall be done under the personal supervision of a competent foreman.
5.5.12
Striking of Formwork
Formwork shall be struck with the approval of the Engineer at such a time and in such a manner as not to
disturb, damage or overload the finished concrete work or the structure. No props shall be removed without
the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer before removal of any formwork. The
time at which the formwork is removed shall be the Contractors responsibility subject to the minimum periods
between completion of any concreting and removal of forms as given in Clause 11.3 of IS: 456-2000. Support
lower slab: Considering the large spans and consequently large dead loads on the slabs, the lower slabs
shall also be suitably supported / propped to ensure that no excessive loads are imposed. Such propping
shall be kept in place as directed by the Engineer. Should the Contractor wish to reduce these striking times,
he must satisfy the Engineer that the strength of the concrete at such time and the structural system is
adequate to withstand the dead and imposed loads applied to it. Before reducing the striking times the
Engineers agreement shall be obtained in writing.
In case of special structures, such as shells, folded plates, etc., the sequence of removal of forms shall be as
per drawings or as directed by the Engineer. In case of cantilever slabs, the removal of forms shall begin
from the outer edge and proceed towards the support, where as in the case of slabs supported on two/four
sides, the removal of forms shall begin from centre to supports. Formwork to cantilevers shall be removed
only with the approval of the Engineer.
Formwork props shall be positioned between permanent supports such that the members are supported at
maximum 3m centres in both directions. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, the striking of formwork should
be detrimental to or may prejudice the safety of the structure, the formwork shall be left in.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the demolition and re-concreting of any damaged or defective work
howsoever caused, at his own expense. The use of epoxy for bonding fresh concrete shall be carried out as
directed by the Engineer at no extra cost.
If the props are to be left in place whilst the soffit forms to slabs and beams are to be removed, the props
shall be so designed as to remain in position throughout the striking process without having to be temporarily
removed. The use of props designed so that a few can be taken away at a time and replaced immediately
shall be subject to the Engineers prior approval. No construction loads shall be supported from any unshored portion of the structure under construction. The number of floors requiring propping shall be as
instructed by the Engineer according to the design loads of such floors.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
29
5.5.13
Reuse Of Forms:
Before reuse, all forms shall be thoroughly scraped, cleaned, all nails and adhering substances removed,
holes and leaks satisfactorily plugged, joints examined and where necessary repaired and inside surfaces
treated as specified herein. Formwork materials shall be cleaned after use and maintained in good condition.
Any timber that has shrunk, warped or split and any forms, which are damaged to such an extent as to
weaken the form or to affect the quality or appearance of the concrete, shall be replaced or repaired. If the
strength and composition of the formwork has deteriorated, due to repeated uses, to such an extent that in
the opinion of the Engineer it will not longer adequately perform its function, then it shall not be used again
and shall be removed from site at the expense of the Contractor.
Contractor is encouraged to deploy and work with machinery for all possible activities.
Temporary staging works for rendering and staging for concreting works shall be of
metallicMSorother.Contractorshallnotbepermittedtousewoodenscaffolding.
5.6.0
Measurement and Payment :

Formwork shall be measured and paid for according to their contact area based on actual usage.
The unit price shall be deemed to have included for all scaffold, nails, planks, and all incidental works
stated hereinbefore. Surface area of the pockets provided shall be payable at unit rate of formwork quoted.
5.7.0

IS 303 : 1989 Reaffirmed 2003
Plywood for general purposes.
Steel countersunk head wire nails.
Dimensions for hot rolled steel beam, channel and angle sections.
IS 1730 : 1989 Reaffirmed 2004 - Dimensions for steel plates, sheets, strip & flats for structural &
general engineering purposes.
IS 4990 : 1993 Reaffirmed 2003 - Plywood for concrete shuttering work.
IS 2750 : 1964 Reaffirmed 2006 - Steel scaffolding
IS 3696 : 1987 Reaffirmed 2007 - Safety code for scaffolds and ladders.
IS 4014 : 1967 Reaffirmed 2006 - Code of practice for steel tubular scaffolding.
IS 6461 : 1972 Reaffirmed 2007 - Formwork for concrete
(Part-5)
IS 456 : 2000 Reaffirmed 2005 - Plain and Reinforced Concrete - Code of Practice
IS 432 : 1982 Reaffirmed 2004 Specification for mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and hard drawn
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
30
IS 2062 : 2006 - Hot Rolled Low, Medium and High Tensile Structural Steel
6.0.0
REINFORCEMENT (MILD & HYSD STEEL)
6.1.0
Related Documents:
Drawings Bill of items and Bill of quantities apply to this section.
6.2.0
Related Sections:
b) Formwork
6.3.0
Scope of work
Supplying, straightening wherever necessary, bending, transporting, placing in position for all types of
structures and tying with 16 to 18 gauge annealed binding wire with necessary cement mortar cover block
of specified sizes.
6.4.0
Submittals:
The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Clients representative at site bar bending schedule in a
standard approved format at the time of inspection of reinforcement and incorporate the same along with his
claims.
6.5.0
Execution:
6.5.1
Bending and Cutting of Reinforcing Steel Bars:

Reinforcement shall be to the size and shape as shown in drawings and bent cold, correctly and accurately in
accordance with IS:2502 "Code of Practice for Bending and Fixing Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". Hooks, Lbends, ties, binding wires & any other subsidiary reinforcement, which are not shown in its correct position shall
be provided by the contractor as per instructions of the Client. As far as possible, laps in bars shall be avoided.
Any laps and chairs provided by the contractor other than authorised as per approved bar bending schedule
shall be considered to have been provided by the contractor for his own convenience.
6.5.2
Bending and Overlapping:

Preferably, bars of full length shall be used. Overlapping of bars, where necessary, shall be done in accordance
with the drawings or as directly by the Engineer and as specified in IS: 456.
Wherever facility is available, or there is any requirement, welding of bars shall be resorted to in lieu of overlap.
The location and type of welding shall be as approved by the Engineer and as shall be done in accordance with
IS:2751.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
31
The lapping of bars shall be staggered for different bars and located at points where neither shear nor bending
moment is maximum. Hooks, etc., shall be provided as per Indian Standard Practice and as shown in the
drawings.
6.5.3
Chairs etc.
The Contractor shall provide necessary steel Chairs, etc. or other subsidiary reinforcement which are not shown
on the drawings but may be necessary to keep the reinforcement firmly in its correct position. Hooks, L-bends
and laps in bars shall be provided by the Contractor as shown in the drawing and as instructed by the Engineer.
6.5.4
Spacers :
In case of multiple layers of reinforcement, spacers shall be provided to maintain the specified distance
between bars.
6.5.5
Clear Cover to Main Reinforcement:

Clear cover to main reinforcement shall be as specified in the drawings. If, in case, cover is not specified in
the drawings, the same shall be in accordance with the relevant clauses of IS:456
6.5.6
Placing in Position
Reinforcement bars shall be placed in position as shown in the drawings. The bars crossing one another shall
be tied together at every intersection with two strands of annealed steel wire 0.90 to 1.6 mm thickness twisted
tight to make the skeleton of the steel work rigid so that the reinforcement does not get displaced during the
deposition of concrete. The concrete cover shall not be less than that specified in the drawing.
Tack welding shall also be permitted in lieu of binding with steel wire if approved by the Engineer.
The bars shall be kept in position by the following methods:
a)
In case of beam and slab construction, precast cover blocks shall be placed between the bars and
shuttering, so as to secure and maintain the requisite cover of concrete over reinforcement. Alternatively
prefabricated PVC cover block of approved quality can be used for maintaining the required cover to
reinforcement.
b) In case of cantilevered and double reinforced beams or slabs the vertical distance between the horizontal
bars shall be maintained by introducing spacers or support bars of steel at 1.0 meter or at shorter spacing
to avoid sagging.
c) In case of columns and walls, the vertical bars shall be kept in position by means of timber templates with
slots accurately cut in them; or with block of cement mortar (1:2) suitably tied to the reinforcement.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
32
6.5.7
Mechanical splices for reinforcement:

a) Mechanical connections for splicing reinforcement bars in congested locations may be used by the
contractor, only if approved by the Client .
b) Mechanical splices shall be installed, where detailed on the drawing in strict accordance with the
manufacturers written instructions.
c) Mechanical splices are to be so arranged that no more than 50% of bars are spliced at any one point.
d) Where the use of mechanical couplers is required and approved, the ends of the bars shall be accurately
cut at 90 to the axis of the bar within a tolerance of 2 by means of a power operated hacksaw or a cutting
wheel. A suitable bench clamp or jig shall be used to hold the bar securely while it is being cut.
e) All burrs and foreign matter shall be removed from the bearing surfaces and when the bars are butted
together one bar shall be turned as necessary to reduce the angle between the bearing surfaces to 3 or
less. The collar shall then be held in position and the wedge tightened with a 2Kg hammer.
6.6.0
Approval of Reinforcement:
The Contractor must obtain the approval of the Client to the reinforcement fixed in position, before any concrete
is deposited on the shutters.
6.7.0
6.7.1

Measurement of reinforcement shall be made in lengths of bars as actually placed in position on standard
weight basis. Laps, chairs, spacers, etc. shall be paid extra.
6.7.2
No payment shall be made for wastage of reinforcing steel.
6.7.3
Rolling margin has to be checked for every consignment of reinforcement.
6.8.0
6.8.1

The Indian Standard codes applicable to this section shall include but not limited to the following.
IS 432 : 1982 Reaffirmed 2004 - Specification for mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and drawn steel
( Part I )
wire for concrete reinforcement (Grade-I)
IS 1786 : 2008 - Specification for high strength deformed steel bars & wires for concrete reinforcement
IS 2751 :1979 Reaffirmed 2003 - Code of practice for welding of mild steel, plain and deformed in RC works
IS 2502 :1963 Reaffirmed 2008 - Code of practice for bending and fixing of bars for concrete reinforcement .
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
33
IS:13920:1993 Reaffirmed 2008 - Ductile Detailing of reinforced concrete structures subjected to Seismic
forces
IS 456 : 2005 Reaffirmed 2005 - Plain and Reinforced Concrete - Code of Practice
IS 9417 :1989 Reaffirmed 2003 - Recommendations for welding cold worked bars for reinforced concrete
construction.
7.0.0
CONCRETE FLOORING & FLOOR FINISH:
7.1.0
Related Documents:
Drawings, Bill of Quantities and Bill of items apply to this section.
7.2.0
Related Sections:
a) Plain & Reinforced concrete.
b) Reinforcement
c) Scaffolding
7.3.0
Scope of work:
Laying cement concrete flooring (I.P.S) with cement concrete 1:2:4 of required thickness with metallic hardener
topping of specified thickness, where applicable, with necessary shuttering and finishing the top surface
including taking delivery from clients stores, transporting, stacking, storing and accounting properly the cement
issued by the client.
7.4.0
Execution:
7.4.1
General:
Cement concrete of specified mix shall be used. Mixture shall be uniform in colour and consistency.
7.4.2
Preparation of sub-grade:
Before placing the concrete flooring, the sub-grade shall be approved by the Client . If the concrete flooring is
laid on ground or earth filling, the surface shall be thoroughly compacted so that there are no loose pockets.
The sub-base shall be of boulders/gravel/broken bricks/sand/cement concrete as per 'drawings. In case of
upper floors, the structural RCC slab shall be treated as sub-base.
When the sub-base is of lean concrete, the flooring shall commence preferably within 48hours of laying the subbase. The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, mortar droppings and laitance, if any, by scrubbing
with coir or steel wire brush. The top surface shall be slightly rough and shall have the required slope. The
concrete surface shall be wetted and smeared with a coat of cement slurry at the rate of 2kg of cement
spread over an area of 1sqm so as to get a good bond between the sub base and the floor.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
34
7.4.3
Laying:
The flooring shall be divided into panels so as to reduce the risk of cracking. The size of panels shall not
exceed 2sqm. The length of the panel shall not exceed 11/2 times its breadth. Panel shall be formed using
glass strips, the depth of which shall be equal to combined thickness of the base concrete and the topping.
The screed strip shall be coated with thick coat of lime wash so as to prevent them sticking to the concrete
deposited in the panels. The glass strips shall be so arranged that joints, if any, in the base concrete shall
coincide with the joints in the topping.
The base concrete and the topping shall be laid in alternate bays. At least 48 hours shall elapse before the
concreting in the adjoining bays is commenced. If Glass strips or approved separators are provided as
specified, then cement concrete flooring shall be laid in one operation. This method shall ensure uniformity in
colour of all the panels and straightness at the junction of the panels.
The concrete shall be deposited between the glass strips, thoroughly tamped and the surface screeded
uniformly below the desired finished grade of flooring to accommodate the required thickness of the topping.
Any slope desired in the floor finish shall be given in the base concrete. The surface shall not be finished
smooth but kept rough to provide adequate bond for the topping. The topping shall be laid monolithically on
the clean green surface of the base concrete not less than 2 to 3 hours of laying the base concrete or can be
laid on hardened concrete as in bonded construction
The concrete shall be vigorously sliced and spaded with suitable tools to prevent formation of voids or
honeycomb pockets. The concrete shall be brought to the specified level by means of a heavy straight edge
resting on the side forms and drawn ahead with sawing motion in combination with a series of lifts and drops
alternating with small lateral shifts. After striking of the surface to the required level it shall be compacted with
wooden float. The floating shall be followed by steel trowelling after the surface hardened sufficiently to
prevent excess of fine material from working to the surface. The finish shall be brought to a smooth and even
surface free from defects and blemishes and checked with straight edges and masons spirit level to detect
any inequalities. If broom finish is specifically mentioned in the item, the surface shall be obtained rough with
parallel broom marks before concrete sets.
The surface shall be protected from direct sun when it is green. As soon as the surface has hardened
sufficiently to prevent damage to it, it shall be kept continuously moist for at least 10 days by means of wet
gunny bags or 50mm thick layer of damp sand spread over the surface or pooling water on the surface.
7.5.0
7.5.1
Unit of measurement shall be on square meter basis of specified thickness at actuals. The rate shall
also include cost of providing and removing shuttering.
7.6.0
Applicable Indian Standards
7.6.1
IS 383: 1970 Reaffirmed 2007 - Coarse and fine aggregates from natural sources for concrete.
IS 456: 2000 Reaffirmed 2005 - Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete.
IS 516: 1959 Reaffirmed 2008 - Methods of tests for strength of concrete
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
35
IS 1199: 1959 Reaffirmed 2008 - Methods of sampling and analysis of concrete.

IS 1200:1974 Reaffirmed 2007 - Method of measurement of building and civil engineering works
Part 2
concrete works
IS 1791: 1985 Reaffirmed 2500 - Batch type concrete mixers
IS 2386: 1963 Reaffirmed 2700 - Methods of tests for aggregates for concrete
Part 1
- Particle size and shape
Part 2
- Estimation of deleterious materials and organic impurities
Part 3
- Specific gravity, density, voids, absorption and bulking.
IS 2505: 1992 Reaffirmed 2008 - General requirements for concrete vibrators Iimmersion Type.
IS 2722: 1964 Reaffirmed 2001 - Portable swing weigh batchers for concrete.
IS 3366: 1965 - Specification for Pan vibrators.
IS 4656: 1968 Reaffirmed 2007 - Form vibrators for concrete.
IS 5491 : 1969 Reaffirmed 2006 - Code of practice for laying of in-situ granolithic concrete floor topping
IS 2571: 1970 Reaffirmed 2003 - Code of practice for laying in-situ cement concrete flooring.
7.7.0
FLOOR FINISHES
7.7.1
Related Documents:
Drawings, Bill of quantities and Bill of items apply to this section.
7.7.2
Submittals
7.7.2.1
The following shall be submitted in accordance with the conditions of contract and Technical Specifications
a) Product data for each type of product specified.
b) Samples for initial selection in form of manufacturers colour charts consisting of actual tiles or sections of
tile showing full range of colours, textures and patterns available for each type and composition of tile
indicated, including samples of grout, adhesives and accessories involving colour selection
c) Samples for verification purpose of each type of tile and for each colour and texture required, at least
600mm square, minimum 9 tiles, mounted on plywood or hardboard backing and grouted showing full
range of variations expected.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
36
7.7.3
Quality Assurance:
7.7.3.1
The contractor shall obtain each colour, grade, finish, type, composition and variety from qualified
vendor(s) with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties
without delaying progress of the work.
7.7.3.2
Single source responsibility for setting and grouting materials: The contractor shall obtain ingredients of a
uniform quality from qualified manufacturer for each cementitious admixture component.
7.7.3.3
Installer Qualification: The contractor shall engage experienced installer who has successfully completed tile
installation similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for the project.
7.7.4
Project Conditions:
The contractor shall maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply
with referenced standards and manufacturers printed recommendations.
7.7.5
7.7.5.1
CERAMIC / VITRIFIED / GLAZED TILE FLOORING

Scope of Work
Providing and laying of ceramic glazed/ vitrified tiles, white or coloured with suitable pigments in flooring,
skirting and dado over cement mortar bedding of specified mix and thickness or by chemical adhesive as
specified in BOQ, including flush pointing and all specials like internal & external angles, cornices and their
corner pieces.
7.7.5.2
Execution:
a) The surface on which the tiles are to be fixed shall be rough, clean, free of dust, thoroughly wetted and
mopped. The tiles shall be soaked in water for a minimum period of 6 hours before fixing. A layer of
cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement, 6 coarse sand) and of average thickness 20mm and thickness at any place
not less than 12mm shall be evenly spread, tamped and corrected to proper levels and allowed to harden
sufficiently to offer a fairly rigid cushion for the tiles to be set.
b) Over this mortar bedding neat white cement slurry of creamy consistency shall be spread at the rate of
2.5 kg of cement per square metre over such an area as would accommodate about twenty tiles. Tiles
shall be fixed in this grout one after another, each tile gently being tapped with a wooden mallet till it is
properly bedded and in level with the adjoining tiles. The joints shall be kept as thin as possible and in
straight lines or to suit the required pattern.
c) Where full size tiles cannot be fixed these shall be cut (sawn) to the required size, and their edge rubbed
smooth to ensure straight and true joints. Tiles that are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall shall enter not
less than 10 mm under the plaster, skirting or dado. After tiles have been laid surplus cement slurry shall
be cleaned off.
d) The joints shall be cleaned off the cement slurry with wire/coir brush or trowel to a depth of 2 to 3mm and
all dust and loose mortar removed. Joints shall then be flush pointed with white cement slurry (1white
cement: 2 sand) added with pigment, if required, to match the colour of tiles. The pointing can
alternatively, be carried out with an approved non-shrink grout of matching colour as recommended by
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
37
e) The floor shall then be kept wet for 7 days. After curing, the surface shall be washed and finished clean.
The finished floor shall not sound hollow when tapped with a wooden mallet.
7.7.5.3
g) For fixing dado/skirting as stated in BOQ, approved tile to be coated with sealer coat from back side. Tiles shall
be fixed with approved tile adhesive of (Bal / Laticrete or equivalent) to correct line, level and plumb pattern as per
drawing. All joints shall be well cleaned and grouted by matching colour approved readymade grout, including
cleaning, curing, required independent double legged scaffolding, etc. to the satisfaction of PM.
Measurement and Payment:
Payment shall be made on the area basis as per actual consumption.
7.7.6
Applicable Indian Standards (Latest Revisions)

The Indian Standard codes applicable to this section and shall include but not limited to the following:
IS 777: 1988 - Glazed earthenware tiles (withdrawn standards) Superseded IS 13753, IS 13754, IS 13755,
IS 13756
IS 1200: 1977 Reaffirmed 2007 - Methods of measurement of building and civil engineering works
Part 11
(Paving, flooring finishes, dado and skirting)
7.8.0
KOTA/CUDDAPAH STONE
7.8.1
Scope of Work:
Providing and laying Kotastone staircase Tread slab over cement mortar bedding of specified mix and
thickness.
7.8.2
Execution:
a) RCC on which the Kota treads are to be laid shall be cleaned, wetted and mopped. The bedding shall be
of cement mortar 1:6 (1cement: 6 coarse sand). The average thickness of the bedding mortar under the
slab shall be 20mm but at no place it shall be less than 12mm.
b) The thickness of stone shall be 25mm maximum or as shown with an allowable tolerance of 2 mm. The
tolerance shall be 2 mm for machine cut slabs with respect to length and breadth.
c) Each slab shall be cut to the required size and shape and fine chisel dressed on the sides to the full
depth so that a straight edge laid along the side of the stones shall be in full contact with it. All angles
and edges of the tile shall be true, square and free from chippings and surface shall be true and plane.
d) The slab shall be washed clean before laying. It shall be laid on top, pressed, tapped with wooden mallet
and brought to level with the adjoining slabs. It shall be lifted and laid aside. The top surface of the
mortar shall then be corrected by adding fresh mortar at hollows.
e) The mortar is allowed to harden a bit and grey cement slurry of creamy consistency shall be spread over
the same at the rate of 3 kg of cement per sqm. The edges of the slab already paved shall be buttered
with grey cement with or without pigment to match the shade of the marble slabs.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
38
f)
7.8.3
The slab to be paved shall then be lowered gently back in position and tapped with wooden mallet till it is
properly bedded in level with and close to the adjoining slabs with as fine a joint as possible.
Subsequent slabs shall be laid in the same manner. After each slab has been laid, surplus cement on the
surface of the slabs shall be cleaned off. The flooring shall be cured for a minimum period of seven
days. The surface of the flooring as laid shall be true to level and slope.
Measurements and Payment:

Kota stone flooring shall be measured in square metres correct to two places of decimal as per actual
consumption on site. Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a centimetre and between the
finished faces of skirting. No deduction shall be made for any opening in the floor of area upto 0.05 square
meters. Nothing extra shall be paid for laying the floor at different levels in the same area.
The rate quoted shall include for all materials, labour required for all operations involved and described
above.
7.8.4

8.0.0
PAINTING
8.1.0
Related Documents:
8.2.0
Related Sections:
a) Plain & Reinforced Concrete
8.3.0
Scope:
Providing necessary approved paint, preparing the surface to be painted and painting the surface with
required number of coats, shade specified in drawings, BOQ or as directed by the client including the cost
of necessary consumables like brushes, etc., providing and removing staging required.
Paint all surfaces as per drawings. Where an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the same as
similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If colour or finish is not designated, the Client will select from standard
colours or finishes available.
8.4.0
Submittals
8.4.1
The following shall be submitted in accordance with the conditions of contract and Technical Specifications
a) Manufacturers technical information, label analysis and application instructions for each material
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
39
b) List each material and cross reference the specific coating and finish system and application. Identify
each material by the manufacturers catalogue number and general classification.
c) Submit sample of specified colour selection for each colour indicated
d) Manufacturers test certificates.
8.5.0
Quality Assurance:
8.5.1
Single source responsibility: The contractor provides primers and undercoat produced by the same
manufacturer as the final coat.
8.5.2
The contractor shall review other sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total
system for various substrates.
8.5.3
The contractor shall provide the manufacturers best quality trade sale paint material of the various coating types
specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturers product identification will not be accepted.
8.5.4
The contractor shall as far as possible use pre-mixed manufacturers colours and shall prepare paired samples
of the colours selected and submit name for approval of the Client. No work shall commence before the
Client has given approval, preferably in writing of the colour samples.
8.5.5
Painting shall not be started until the surfaces to be painted are in a condition fit to receive painting and so
certified by the Client. Painting work shall be taken only after all other builders work is completed.
8.5.6
Only double scaffolding having two sets of vertical supports shall be provided for all painting work. The
supports shall be tied together with horizontal pieces over which the scaffolding planks shall be fixed. All the
vertical and horizontal members of the scaffolding shall be placed sufficiently away from the surface to be
painted to ensure proper and uninterrupted application.
8.6.0
Project Conditions:
8.6.1
Apply water based paints only when the temperature of surface to be painted and surrounding temperature is
between 50F(10C) and 90F(32C).
8.6.2
Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surface to be painted and surrounding temperature
is between 45F(7C) and 95F(35C).
8.6.3
Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist when the relative humidity exceeds 85% at temperature less than
5F(3C) above the dew point or to damp or wet surfaces. Painting may continue during inclement weather if
surface and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the
manufacturer during application and drying periods.
8.7.0
Execution:
8.7.1
General:
All materials required for the execution of painting work shall be obtained direct from approved manufacturers
and shall be brought to the site in makers drums, kegs etc. with seals unbroken.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
40
If in case of ready mixed paints, thinning if necessary, the brand of thinner shall be as per recommendations
of the manufacturer.
Paint shall be applied by brushing or spraying. The brushing operations are to be adjusted to the spreading
capacity advised by the manufacturer. During painting, every time after the paint has been worked out of the
brush bristles. The bristles shall be opened up by striking the brush suitably.
After the finishing of work, the adjacent surfaces not intended to be washed/ distempered/painted/polished,
shall be thoroughly cleaned of all paint patches and shall be finished in accordance with surface finishing of
such surfaces.
8.7.2
White washing
a) White washing in general shall confirm to IS 6278.
b) The surface to be white washed shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, dust, mortar dropping and other
foreign matter before white wash is to be applied.
c) Surfaces already white/colour washed shall be broomed down to remove all dust, dirt, loose scales of
lime wash or other foreign matters.
d) All holes, cracks, patches etc. not exceeding 0.1 sq. m. in area shall be made good with material similar
to that of the surface. Surfaces affected by efflorescence, moss, fungi, algae, lichen etc. shall be treated
in accordance with IS 2395.
e) White wash shall be applied with 'MOONJ' brush to the specified number of coats. The operation for
each coat shall consist of stroke of the brush from the top to down wards, another from the down to
upwards over the first stroke. Similarly one stroke horizontally from right and another stroke from the left.
Each coat shall be allowed to dry before the next coat is applied.
f) White wash shall be applied at locations indicated in drawing.
g) The white washing on ceiling should be done prior to that on walls.
h) Surfaces of doors, windows, floors etc., which are not to be white washed, shall be protected from being
splashed upon. Such surfaces shall be cleaned of white wash splashed, if any.
8.7.3
Cement paint
a) Preparation of surface shall be same as that of white wash. The surface so prepared shall be thoroughly
wetted with clean water before the paint is applied.
b) Cement paint of approved make shall be mixed with water and stirred to obtain a thick paste, which shall
then be diluted to workable consistency. The proportion of mixture shall be as manufacturer's
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
41
recommendation. The paint shall be mixed in such quantity that can be used up within an hour of mixing
to avoid setting and thickening of the paint.
c) The surface shall be treated with minimum two coats of cement paint and 1 coat of primer. Not less than
24 hours shall be allowed between two coats and the subsequent coats shall be applied only after the
preceding coat has become hard to resist marking by subsequent brushing.
d) The finished surface shall be even and uniform in shade without patches brush marks, paint drops etc.
Cement paints shall be applied with a brush with relatively short stiff hog or fibre bristles.
e) cement paint shall not be applied on surfaces already treated with white wash, colour wash, distemper
dry or oil bound, varnishes, paint, etc. It shall not be applied on gypsum, wood and metal surfaces.
f)
Curing shall be started soon after the paint has hardened. Curing shall be done by sprinkling with water
two or three times a day. This shall be done between coats and for at least two days following the final
coat.
g) Cement paint shall be applied at locations indicated in drawing.

8.7.4
Enamel Paint:
a) Enamel paint conforming to IS: 1932 of approved brand and manufacturer and of required colour shall be
used for the top coat and undercoat of shade to match the top coat as recommended by the
manufacturer shall be used.
b) For wood work surface preparation shall be done as given in the next clause.
c) Undercoat shall be one coat of specified paint of shade suited to the shade of the topcoat. It shall applied
and allowed to dry overnight. It shall be rubbed next day with the finest grade of wet abrasive paper to
ensure a smooth and even surface free from brush marks and all loose particles dusted off.
d) The top coat of approved brand and manufacturer shall be laid on evenly and smoothly by means of
crossing and laying off which consists of covering the area over with paint, brushing the surface hard for
the first time over and then brushing alternately at right angles to the same. The full process of crossing
and laying off will constitute one coat. The number of coats as specified in the item shall be applied and
the painted surface shall present uniform appearance and finish free from streaks, blisters, etc.
8.8.0
e) Enamel paint shall be applied at locations indicated in drawing/BOQ.

Finishing on woodwork:
8.8.1
Painting on Woodwork:
a) Preparation of surface shall conform to IS 2338 (Part-1) in general. All woodwork shall be dry and free
from any foreign matter. Nails shall be punched well below the surface. The surface shall be
smoothened off with abrasive paper used across the grain prior to painting and along the grain prior to
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
42
the staining. Any knots, resinous, or bluish sapwood, cutting out of which is not justified shall be covered
with red lead conforming to IS 103.
b) Plywood and block board shall be treated in the same manner as for woodwork.
c) Particleboards surface shall be filled with a thin workable filler and finished as for solid wood.
d) Priming shall be in accordance with IS 2338 (Part I and II). Dirt or any other extraneous material on the
surface shall be removed and the priming shall be applied by brushing.
e) Priming shall be done on all exposed and unexposed surfaces. Unless specified otherwise, all joinery
work intended to be painted shall receive at least 2 coats of primer. Type of primer shall be in
accordance with Table-1 and Table-2 of IS 2338 (Part-II).
f)
Stopping and filling shall be done after priming. Stopping shall be made to the consistency of stiff paste
and shall be used to fill holes and cracks. Filler shall be used to level up slight irregularities of the
surface. Filler shall be applied with a putty knife and subsequently rubbed down to a level surface with
abrasive paper.
g) The filler coat shall be allowed to fully flatten and harden before subsequent coat is applied.
h) Under coat shall be applied after the surface has been primed, stopped and filled, and rubbed down to a
smooth surface. Under coat may be brushed or sprayed. After drying the coat shall be carefully rubbed
down and wiped clean before the next coat is applied. The type of under coat shall be depending upon
the finishing and in accordance with Table-1 and Table-2 of IS 2338 (Part-II).
i)
8.8.2
The finishing paint shall be as specified in the item description and shall be applied either by the brush
or by spraying. Reference shall be made to the Table-1 and Table-2 of IS 2338 (Part-II)

Painting shall be measured in accordance with the procedures as laid down in IS: 1200 "methods of
measurement".
The rate shall include the cost of the following.
a) Preparing the surface to be painted.
b)
8.9.0
Providing and erecting necessary scaffolding if necessary and removing the same after the work is
completed.

The Indian Standard Codes applicable to this section shall be include but not limited to the following:
IS 110: 1983 Reaffirmed 2000 - Ready mixed paint, brushing grey filler for enamels, for use over primers.
IS 428: 2000 Reaffirmed 2007 - Distemper, oil emulsion, colour as required.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
43
Painting, polishing, varnishing, etc.
IS 1477: 1971 Reaffirmed 2005 - Code of practice for painting of ferrous metals in building. (Part 1&2)
IS 2074: 1992 Reaffirmed 2002 - Ready mixed paint, air drying red oxide-zinc Chrome and priming.
IS 2395: 1994 Reaffirmed 2005 - Code of practice for painting concrete masonry & plaster surfaces.
(Part 1 & 2)
IS 5410: 1992 Reaffirmed 2004 - Cement Paint, colour as required.
IS 6278: 1971 Reaffirmed 2006 - Code of practice for white washing and colour washing
IS 16: 1991 Reaffirmed 2003 - Shellac Hand made Part- 1
IS 16: 1991 Reaffirmed 2003 - Shellac- Machine made Part- 2
IS 75: 1973 Reaffirmed 2006 - Linseed Oil Raw & Refined
IS 77: 1976 Reaffirmed 2004 - Linseed Oil Boiled for paints
IS 102: 1962 Reaffirmed 1996 - Ready mix paint, brushing, red lead, non setting and priming.
IS 104: 1979 Reaffirmed 2004 - Specification for ready mix paint, brushing, Zinc chrome and priming.
IS 117: 1964 - Ready mixed paint, Brushing, Finishing exterior, Semi gloss for general purpose.
(Withdrawn superseded IS 13607)
IS 133: 2004 - Enamel, Interior (a) under coating, (b) Finishing.
IS 137: 1965 Reaffirmed 2004 - Ready mixed paint, Brushing, Matt or Egg shell flat, Finishing Interior
IS 158: 1981 Reaffirmed 2004 - Ready mixed paint, brushing, Bituminous black, lead free, acid, alkali and
heat resisting.
IS 217: 1988 Reaffirmed 2004 - Specification for cut black bitumen.
IS 218:1983 Reaffirmed 2008 - Specification for Creosote and Anthracene oil for use as wood preservatives.
IS 290:1961 Reaffirmed 1996 - Coal tar black paint. (Withdrawn standards )
IS 337: 1975 Reaffirmed 2001 - Varnish, finishing interior.
IS 347: 1975 Reaffirmed 2007 - Varnish, Shellac for general purpose.
IS 348: 1968 Reaffirmed 2001 - French polish.
IS 524: 1983 Reaffirmed 2005 - Varnish, finishing, exterior, synthetic air drying.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
44
IS 525: 1968 Reaffirmed 2001 - Varnish finishing exterior & general purpose
IS 533: 2007- Gum spirit for turpentine?
IS 2932: 2003 - Enamel, synthetic, Exterior (a) Undercoat, (b)Finishing.
IS 5411 : 1974 Reaffirmed 1993 - Plastic emulsion paint for interior use
Part 1 & 2
IS 345 : 1952 - Wood filter transparent liquid ( Withdrawn standards)
IS 1932 : 1986 reaffirmed 2001 - Specification for Mustard and Rape Seed Oilcake as Livestock Feed
Ingredient
IS 103 :1962 - Ready mixed paint, brushing, white lead, for priming, and general purposes
(Withdrawn standards)
9.0.0
WATERPROOFING:
9.1.0
Related Documents:
9.2.0
Related Sections:
9.3.0
Scope:
This specification covers the requirements for various waterproofing system for under ground structures,
toilet sunken slab, roof slabs, lift pits, trenches, etc.
9.4.0
Guarantee:
For the waterproofing on the roof as well as for underground basements the Contractor shall give guarantee
in writing for the period of 15 years as specified in the Schedule of Item. The guarantee shall be in legal
paper in an acceptable form. For such guarantee the Contractor shall get guarantee from the manufacturer
/specialised firms and forward the same to the Client/Consultant. However, the Contractor shall be fully
responsible for the serviceability of the waterproofing treatment throughout the guarantee period and any
leakage during that guarantee period shall be promptly rectified by the Contractor at no cost to the and
without disturbing working facility of the Ariisto
9.5.0
Submittals:
The Contractor shall submit the product data, including manufacturers technical product data, application
instructions and recommendations for each type of surface.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
45
9.6.0
Execution:
9.6.1
Waterproofing to Lift Pits:

Providing and applying waterproofing system works, similar or approved equivalent APP waterproofing
membrane of 4mm thick reinforced with polyster mat, to lift pit external surface complete as per specification
and as directed by the Manufacturer.
a. To Slab
b. To Wall
i)
Providing and laying APP membrane or approved equivalent over a coat of approved brush
applied bitumen based primer
ii)
The membrane is torched at the joints in both the directions
iii)
Providing and laying/applying PCC protective layer over water proofing system to lift Pit external
surface mixed with approved water proofing admixtures including wire mesh layer for plastering wall
surfaces as per specification and as directed by the Manufacturer.
To Slab : 40mm thick screed (1:1.5:3) 1 cement: 1.5 Coarse sand: 3 stone chips 10/12mm)
To Wall: 25mm thick plastering (1:1.5:3) 1 cement: 1.5 Coarse sand: 3 stone chips 10/12mm)
9.6.2
(Brick Bat Coba) for sunk & Bath.

1.
Cleaning the Concrete surfaces with wire brush/ coir brush or suitable tool to remove dust, dirt etc.
2.
Wet the surface with water to reach saturated condition.
3.
Seal all cracks, honeycombs, pin holes, joints with non shrink mortar.
4.
Filling the sunk with Brick bats with cement mortar mixed in ratio of 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 sand : 6 brick
bats) including mixing of water proofing compound 2 % by weight of cement to sunk portions of
toilets.
5.
Curing to be done for 24 hours.
9.6.3
Waterproofing for sunk & Bath:

1.
Cleaning the Concrete surfaces with wire brush/ coir brush or suitable tool to remove dust, dirt etc.
2.
Wet the surface with water to reach saturated condition.
3.
Seal all cracks, honeycombs, pin holes, joints with non shrink mortar.
4.
Providing & applying 2 coats (base coat and final coat) of approved waterproofing material.
5
6.
Final coating shall continue 450mm above finished floor level.
7.
Curing to be done for 24 hours.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
46
9.6.4
Waterproofing for Terraces:

1. Cleaning the Concrete surfaces with wire brush/ coir brush or suitable tool to remove dust, dirt etc.
2. Wet the surface with water to reach saturated condition.
3. Seal all cracks, honeycombs, pin holes, joints with non shrink mortar.
4. Providing and laying 15mm thick waterproof Cement mortar in 1:4 proportion with polymer based
waterproofing material.
5.
Providing a layer of new half broken bricks (coba) giving gaps of 15-20mm between broken bricks,
providing necessary gradient for proper flow of water and providing cement slurry with water proofing
compound spread over brick bat coba in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) with water
proofing compound filled in gaps of broken bricks and 20mm plaster in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement
: 4 coarse sand) mixed with polymer based water proofing compound, top finished smooth with neat
cement and providing rope chequers including extending the water proof plaster 300mm on vertical
surfaces with necessary chasing / treating of walls including providing and making gola as per
drawing etc. Average thickness of the brick bat coba to be avg. 125mm.
7. Making 300mm x 300mm false squares and rounding off the slab and wall edges upto 300mm above
finished level.
8. Curing to be done for 24 hours.
9.7.0
Measurement and Payment

Measurement shall be done on square metre basis as per the actual area covered by treatment. Rate shall
be deemed to include all materials and equipment required for executing the work as per specifications.
9.8.0

The Indian Standard Codes applicable to this section shall be include but not
limited to the following:
IS 2645: 2003 - Specification for integral cement waterproofing compounds.

IS 9103 : 1999 Reaffirmed 2008 - Admixtures for Concrete.
IS 702 : 1988 Reaffirmed 2004 - Industrial bitumen
IS1322:1993 Reaffirmed2008-Bitumen felt for waterproofing & damp-proofing
IS 3036: 1992 Reaffirmed 2008 - Code of practice for laying lime concrete for a waterproofed roof finish\
IS 1346: 1991 Reaffirmed 2006 - Code of Practice for Waterproofing of Roofs with Bitumen Felts
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
47
10.0.0
WOODWORK
10.1.0
Related Documents:
10.2.0
Related Sections:
a) Painting
b) Steel joinery
c) Hardware
10.3.0
Scope:
This specification covers all woodwork joinery and similar work in building. All wood work associated with
work of all other sections shall also be done generally according to these specifications unless specified
otherwise.
10.4.0
Submittals:
The contractor shall submit the door manufacturers technical data for each type of door, including details of
core and edge construction, trim for openings and louvers and factory-finished specifications and warranty.
The contractor shall submit shop drawings indicating location, size, swing and grade of each joinery item,
elevation of each kind, detail of construction, extent of hardware blocking, fire rating, requirements of factory
finishing and other pertinent data. Indicate ore-fitting and pre-machining requirements including hardware
locations.
The contractor shall submit samples 300mm square or as indicated for each type of finished face including view
panels, painting, polishing as applicable.
10.5.0
Project conditions:
Joinery shall not be delivered or installed until conditions for temperature and relative humidity has stabilized.
Finishing of woodwork on trims, finished frames, etc. shall not commence until all interior plastering and flooring
is completed and cured and area cleared of all rubbish. Wherever so required samples of actual work shall be
installed at the site and got approved by the Client .
10.6.0
Flush shutters:
10.6.1
Flush door shutters shall be wooden, solid core or cellular and hollow core type, as specified in the
Schedule of Quantities or as directed by the Client. They shall be obtained from an approved source of
manufacture covered on face with commercial ply, wood veneer or other finish as may be necessary. Solid
core shutters shall conform to IS: 2202 (Parts-1 & 2) as applicable and cellular or hollow core shutters shall
conform to IS: 2191 (Parts-1 & 2). The resin used shall be phenol formaldehyde. A full size sample door
shall be offered for inspection and approval.
10.6.2
The solid core type flush door shutters shall be decorative or non- decorative type as specified and shall
conform to IS:2202(part-I&II). The solid core shall be prepared from good quality seasoned and treated
wood of one specimen having straight grains. The adhesive used for bonding cross-band and plywood to
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
48
core and face veneers to cross-band shall be PHENOL FORMALDEHYDE SYNTHETIC RESIN conforming
to BWP type specified in IS:848. Samples of shutter shall be got approved before ordering in bulk. The size
and thickness shall be as specified in the drawing.
10.6.3
The core shall be of the following types.

a)
Block board core: The block board core shall conform to the requirements specified in Indian
Standard Specification IS: 1659-1990. The wooden strips for the core shall not exceed 25mm in width.
The length of the majority of strips shall extend to the full length of the board. Butt end joints are
permissible provided the jointed strips are distributed between full-length strips and the joints are
staggered. In any one block board, the core strips shall be of one species of timber only. A wooden
frame prepared from styles and rails of well-seasoned and treated good quality wood shall be provided
for holding the core. The width of the members shall not be less than 50 mm and not more than 100
mm. Alternatively, the core shall be of solid board with slots extending for about two third depths and at
approximately 20mm spacing. The slots shall be made alternatively on two faces of the board.
b)
Particle board core with or without block board : The core shall be either particle board or a
combination of block board and particle board. In a combined construction the width of block board
construction shall extend at least 150mm from inner edge of the style, on either side, and the rest shall
be particle board. Block board shall conform to the requirement of IS:1659-1990. The particle board
shall be either of flat pattern pressed type or extrusion type conforming to IS:3478:1966.
c)
d)
Particle board core: This shall be three layer of flat pressed type.
Laminated core: It shall be made by gluing together under pressure plywood strips in a
laminated way. The frame for holding the core shall be as specified in (a) above.
10.6.4
Internal lipping: All edges of the core shall be lipped internally with first class teak wood battens of not less
than 25mm depth, glued and machine pressed along with the core. Internal lipping may be provided
separately or as one piece with the style. For double leaved shutters the depth of lipping at the meeting of
styles shall not be less than 35mm.
10.6.5
External lipping: All edges of the finished door shutter shall be provided with superior quality teak wood
lipping whether or not shown in the drawing with top and sides 6mm thick and bottom 30mm thick.
10.6.6
Face panel for Solid core board: The face panel shall be formed by gluing by hot press process on both
faces of the core with either plywood or cross-bands and face veneer. The thickness of the cross-bands as
such or the plywood shall be between 1mm and 3mm. The thickness of the face veneer as such or the
plywood shall be between 0.5mm and 1.05 mm for commercial veneers and between 0.5mm and 1.0mm
for decorative veneers. The combined thickness of cross bands and face veneer shall not be less than
2.5mm. The plywood conforming to these requirements shall be glued under pressure on both faces of the
core. When the panel consists of cross-bands and face veneer glued separately, the cross-bands shall be
laid with their grains at right angles to those of the core and glued to its both faces. Face veneer shall then
be laid with their grains at right angles to those of the cross-bands. Where it is specified to have wooden
strips in the block board core horizontal rather than vertical, this shall be permitted only if three ply panel is
pressed on either side of the core and the total is a seven-ply construction. Application of a decorative
veneer on a finished face panel having veneer in the same direction as proposed shall be avoided.
Wherever specified, the face veneering plywood shall be with BWP Marine grade ply conforming to IS:303
and IS:710.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
49
10.6.7
Face panel for Cellular and Hollow Board: The plywood forming the face panel shall not be less than 3mm in
thickness in the case of cellular core and not less than 6mm in thickness in the case of hollow core. Except
for 25mm thick door in which case 4mm thickness may also be permitted. Two ply face skin construction in
a combination of cross-band and face veneer may also be adopted in which case the combined thickness
shall not be less than 4mm. The thickness of face veneer in the plywood shall be between 0.5mm and
1.5mm for commercial veneers and between 0.5mm and 1.0mm for decorative veneers. The plywood face
skin assembly conforming to these requirements shall be glued under pressure on the both faces of the
core.
10.7.0
Execution:
10.7.1
General:
a) Wood work shall be neatly and truly finished to exact dimensions and details as per drawings, without
patching or plugging of any kind and rebates, roundings and mouldings as shown in the drawings made
before assembling. Exposed work shall be finished smooth with well-planed faces.
b) All assembly of shutters of doors, windows, ventilators and frames thereof shall be exactly at right
angles. In the case of frames, the right angle shall be checked from the inside surfaces of the respective
members.
c) All door frames shall be clamped together so as to be square and flat at the time of delivery. Doorframes
without sills shall be fitted with temporary stretchers.
d) Before frames are fixed into position these shall be inspected and approved by the Client. The frame
shall be placed in proper position and secured to wall or columns as the case may be with metallic
fasteners, iron hold fasts. The doorframes without sills, while being placed in position shall be suitably
strutted and wedged in order to prevent warping during construction. Under no circumstances the frames
shall be embedded in the floor finish. The frames shall also be protected from damage during
construction.
e) All surfaces of the door frames and shutters which are required to be painted ultimately shall be covered
evenly by brush painting with a priming coat of a white lead based primer. In the case of doors to be
polished or varnished, a priming coat of approved polish or varnish shall be given before delivery. No
primer shall be applied to the woodwork until it has been inspected and passed by the Client/Consultant.
10.7.2
Joinery:
a) All heads, posts, transoms and mullions etc., of doors, shall be made out of single pieces of timber only.
b) The heads and post shall be through tenoned into the mortices of the jamb posts to the full width of the
latter and the thickness of the tenon shall be not less than 1.25cm. The tenons shall be close fitting into
the mortices and pinned with corrosion resisting metal pins of not less than 8mm diameter or with wood
dowels not less than 10mm diameter.
.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
50
d) Unless otherwise specified, all joints shall be mortice and tenon joints with the ends of the tenons
exposed to view. Joints shall fit truly and fully without wedging or fillings. The contact surfaces of
tenons and mortices shall be treated, before putting together, with an approved adhesive conforming to
the relevant IS specifications.
10.7.3
Shrinkage & Tolerance:

a) The arrangement, joining and fixing of all joinery work shall be such that shrinkage in any part and in any
direction shall not impair the strength and appearance of the finished work.
b) The tolerance on overall dimensions shall be within the limits prescribed in IS : 1003 (Part I & II)-1991 &
1994.
10.7.4
Fixing
a) The frames shall be fixed into prepared openings in the wall.
b) The height of the unfinished opening shall depend upon whether a threshold is required or not.
c) The M.S. clamps fixed to the frame shall be inserted in the holes and jammed in cement concrete M-15
with 10mm down graded stone chips after holding the frame in proper position to the line, level and
plumb.
d) In R.C.C walls and columns the frames shall be fixed with 150mm long counter sunk catch bolts that are
driven through the frame and screwed into the drilled holes in R.C.C and filled with Datofix or equivalent
anchor fasteners.
e) Door shutters shall be installed to comply with the manufacturers instructions wherever applicable
f)
Shutters shall be aligned and fitted with uniform clearances and bevels as below. For door shutters stiles
and rails shall not be trimmed in excess of the limits set by the manufacturer or permitted with fire-rated
doors. Pre- machining is preferable. Cut surfaces shall be sealed after fitting and machining.
1) Fitting Clearances for non-rated doors: 3mm at Jambs and heads; 1.5mm per leaf at meeting stiles
for pairs of doors. 3mm from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where
threshold is shown or scheduled 6mm clearance shall be provided from bottom of door to top of
threshold.
2) Fitting clearances for fire rated doors shall comply with NFPA 80
3) Bevel non-rated door 3mm in 50mm at lock and hinge edges.
4) Bevel fire-rated doors 3mm in 50mm at lock edge
10.7.5
Fittings:
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
51
a))
Generally, each door shutter shall be fixed to the frame with three hinges of approved manufacture,
one at the centre and the other two approximately 24cm from the top and bottom of the shutter.
b) Locks, handles, door closers, stoppers etc., shall be fitted as shown in the drawing or as described in the
Schedule of Quantities.
10.8.0
Inspection :
All doors shutters shall be inspected & tested in accordance with shutters requirements laid down in clause
10 of IS: 1003 (Part-2)-1992. The Contractor shall provide all facilities to the Ariisto for the inspection of the
goods at his premises. No primer shall be applied to wood work until it has been inspected, tested and
passed by the Ariistot. ARIISTO shall have the option of rejecting any article found to be defective or not
complying with the requirements of this specification and the relevant Indian Standards.
10.9.0
10.9.1
Door/ shutters shall be measured as mentioned in BOQs.
10.9.2
Hardware and fitting like locks, kick/push plates, tower bolts, door closer etc. shall be paid with door shutters
on actual numbers provided.
10.9.3
Rate shall include all materials, labour, erection, protective measures, transport, conveyance, storage and
other incidental expenditures as required for completion of the items.
10.10.0
10.10.1
The Indian Standard codes applicable to this section shall include but not limited to the following:
IS 2202: Part-I: 1999 Reaffirmed 2004 -Specifications for wooden flush door shutters (solid core type)
plywood face panels.
IS 2202: Part-II : 1983 Reaffirmed 2006 - Specification for wooden flush door shutters (solid Core type)
particle board and hard board face panels.
IS 1003: Part-1:2003 - Specification for Timber panelled and glazed shutters
Door shutters.
IS 1003 : Part-2 : 1994 Reaffirmed 2006 - Windows and ventilator shutter
IS 3087: 2005 - Specification for wooden particle boards (medium density) for general purposes.
IS 3097: 2006 - Specification for Veneered particles board.
IS 848: 2006 - Specification for synthetic Resin Adhesives for Plywood (phenolic and Amino plastic).
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
52
IS 205: 1992 Reaffirmed 2007 - Specification for non-ferrous metal butt hinges.
IS 2338: 1967 Reaffirmed 2005 - Code of Practice for finishing of wood and wood based materials
(Part-1 & Part-2).
IS 1341 : 1992 Reaffirmed 2007 - Specification for steel butt hinges.
IS 4021 : 1995 Reaffirmed 2006 - Specification for timber door, window and ventilator frames.
IS 303 : 1989 Reaffirmed 2003 - Specification for plywood for general purposes.
IS 1659 : 2004 - Block Boards Specification
IS 710 : 1976 Reaffirmed 2004 - Specification for Marine Plywood
IS 3478 : 1966 Reaffirmed 2003 - Specification for High Density Wood Particle Boards
11.0.0
M.S. DOORS
11.1.0
Related Documents:
11.2.0
Related Sections:
a) Painting
b) Hardware
11.3.0
Scope:
Supplying and installing steel doors in accordance with this specification, schedule of items and drawings.
The supply and installation of additional fastenings, accessory features and other items not specifically
mentioned, but which are necessary to make a complete functioning installation shall form a part of this
contract.
The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labour, operations, equipment, tools & plant, scaffolding and
incidentals necessary and required for the completion of all metal work in connection with steel joinery, as
called for in the drawings, specifications and bill of quantities which cover the major requirements only.
Anything called for in the tender documents shall be considered as applicable to the items of work
concerned.
All metal work shall be free from defects, impairing strength, durability and appearance and shall be of the
best quality for purposes specified made with structural properties to withstand safely strains, stresses to
which they shall normally be subjected.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
53
11.4.0
Submittals:
The contractor shall submit the door manufacturers technical data substantiating that the products comply with
requirements.
11.5.0
Supply & Storage:

a) All doors frames, shall be despatched with the opening parts suitably secured to preserve alignment
when fixing and glazing. Individual frame members to be wrapped in polyethylene sheets and placed in
individual card board boxes. Individual boxes have to be sealed. Frames to be assembled at site with
aid of roofing bolts.
b) Shutters to be wrapped in polyethylene sheets and further packed in cardboard and duly strapped. All
frames and shutters duly marked as per door schedule for easy identification at site.
c) Fixing lugs, couplings, fittings and all hardware shall be despatched separately..
e) All knocked down frames shall be stacked flat and shutters vertically on wooden runners and suitably
covered as per the instructions of manufacturer to prevent rust and damage.
11.6.0
11.6.1
The unit of measurement will be in square metres correct to two places of decimal. The width and height
shall be measured overall from outer to outer of frame. The height and width shall be measured correct to
0.5cm.
11.6.2
Any projection beyond overall frame size such as horns or projections of frames below floor will not be
measured in the area. The rate shall be deemed to have included for the cost of materials, transport,
erection and installation including making recesses in masonry and other incidental expenses; cost of
minimum hardware and fixtures as called for.
11.7.0
18.7.1
IS 6248:1979 Reaffirmed 2006 - Specifications for metal rolling shutters and rolling grill.
IS 1081:1960 Reaffirmed 2006 - Code of practice for fixing and glazing of metal (steel and aluminium)
doors, windows and ventilators.
IS 4351:1976 Reaffirmed 2003 - Specifications for steel door frames.
IS 1948:1961 Reaffirmed 2006 - Specification for aluminium doors, windows and ventilators
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
54
IS 1361:1978 Reaffirmed 2006 - Specifications for steel windows for industrial buildings.
IS 1038:1983 Reaffirmed 2006 - Specifications for steel doors, windows and ventilators.
IS 1200:1984 Reaffirmed 2007 - Method of measurement of glazing. (Part XIV)
IS 3614:1966 Reaffirmed 2007 - Specification for fire check doors. (Part I)
IS 7452:2003 Reaffirmed 1990 - Specification for hot rolled steel sections for doors, windows and
ventilators.
IS 2835: 1987 Reaffirmed 2004 - Flat transparent sheet glass.
IS 5437: 1994 Reaffirmed 2005 - Figured glass, rolled & wired glass
IS 1038: 1983 Reaffirmed 2005 - Specification for steel doors, windows and ventilators
IS 1977: 1996 - Withdrawn Superseded No. IS 2062 : 2006 - Low Tensile Structural Steels.
IS 1477: Part 1: 1971 Reaffirmed 2005 - Code of practice for painting of ferrous metals in buildings
Part 1 Pretreatment
IS 1477: Part 2: 1971 Reaffirmed 2005 - Code of practice for painting of ferrous metals in buildings
Part2 Painting
IS 4030: 1973 - Superseded No. IS 513 - Cold rolled carbon steel strip for general engineering purposes.
IS 2108: 1977 - Superseded No. IS 14329 - Blackheart malleable iron castings.
12.0.0
ALUMINIUM WORKS
12.1.0
Related Documents:
12.2.0
Related Sections:
a) Painting
b) Steel joinery
c) Hardware
12.3.0
Scope:
This specification the general requirements of windows, Ventilators, doors, etc., including supplying,
installing, testing and maintaining.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
55
12.4.0
Submittals:
The contractor shall submit the product data for each window system including manufacturers standard details
and fabrication methods, recommendations for maintenance and cleaning of exterior surfaces.
The contractor shall submit shop drawings for system required, including layout and installation details, detail
sections of typical composite members, anchors and reinforcement, hardware mounting heights, glazing details,
provision for expansion and contraction, etc.
The contractor shall submit pairs of samples of each specified colour and finish on 300mm long sections of
extrusions or formed shapes, where normal colour variations are anticipated, 2 or more units in each set of
samples indicating extreme limits of colour variations.
The contractor shall submit samples of all hardware proposed for various systems and obtain the approval of
the Ariistot prior to manufacture.
12.5.0
Quality Assurance:
12.5.1
Single source responsibility: The contractor shall obtain from one source and from single manufacturer.
12.5.2
Manufactures Qualification: The contractor shall provide aluminium systems produced by a firm experienced
in manufacturing systems that are similar to those indicated for this project and that has a record of
successful in-service performance.
12.5.3
Installer Qualification: The contractor shall engage experienced installer who has successfully completed
installations similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for the project and who has a record of
successful in-service performance.
12.5.4
Design Criteria: The drawings indicate the size, profile and dimensional requirements of work required.
Deviations in dimensions and profiles, which do not change the design concept as judged by the Client may
be acceptable at the sole discretion of the same.
12.6.0
Project conditions:
The contractor shall check openings by accurate field measurement before fabrication and show the recorded
measurements on shop drawings and co-ordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid
delay of the work.
12.7.0
Materials:
12.7.1
Anodised aluminium joinery shall conform to the requirements specified in IS:1948 and 1949 and shall be of
a Jindal, Hindalco, Indal or equivalent reputed make with size and design as per relevant drawings. The
average thickness of anodic coat shall not be less than 20 microns (IS:7088) and shall be matt finished.
12.7.2
Aluminium windows, ventilators shall be made of Aluminium alloy conforming to IS:733 and sections shall
generally conform to IS:1948. Coupling members forming composite sections shall be of extruded aluminium
alloy section. All frames shall have corners machine-jointed to a true right angle. For side hung shutters,
hinges shall normally be of projecting type made of aluminium alloy and riveted/machine-jointed to frame and
shall have stainless steel/aluminium alloy pins. Irrespective of the hinges being anodised or not, the
aluminium alloy pins shall be anodised to a minimum film thickness of 25 microns and shall be sealed with oil
or wax. Handles, peg stays shall be of approved heavy-duty quality Aluminium or its alloy conforming to IS
specifications.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
56
12.7.3
Gaskets to be used shall be made of neoprene/ EDPM of approved make and shall be approved by the
Client/Consultant before fixing in position. The sealant shall be of approved make and shall be duly
approved before application. Aluminium windows and ventilators after fixing in position shall be watertight
and airtight.
12.7.4
All aluminium material used shall be specially anodised for protection against corrosion in marine
environment in approved shade. The anodic coating shall conform to IS: 1868 and shall be of AC25 grade
with minimum thickness of 62microns when measured as per IS:660/2 and density shall be at least
32MG/sqm. The anodic coating shall be double sealed or alternatively sealed with steam and shall be of
minimum thickness of 50microns. The anodic coating shall be tested in a laboratory by Eddy current method
as per IS:6012 for thickness. Sulphuric acid shall be used as the electrolyte for the anodic process.
12.7.5
Wherever specified, polyester grade machine applied powder coating of minimum thickness 20microns shall
be provided and such coating shall be of approved shade
12.8.0
Aluminium Glazed Windows/Ventilators:

a) Frames shall be square and flat, the corner of the frame being fabricated to true right angles. Details of
construction of frames, shutters etc. shall be as per drawings.
b) Side hung window shutters shall either be fixed to the frame with pivots, or aluminium alloy hinges. For
fixing the hinges, slots shall be cut in the fixed frames and the hinges inserted inside may be riveted to
the frame. The hinges shall normally be of the projecting type conforming to IS designation A-5-M of IS
617, IS 733. with Locking bracket and conforming to IS codes same as for hinges shall be provided.
Friction hinges may also be provided in which case peg stays are not required.
c) The handles for side-hung shutters shall be of cast aluminium conforming to IS designation A-5-M of IS
617 and shall be mounted on a handle plate riveted to the opening frames. The handle shall have
anodised finish with minimum anodic film thickness of 25 micron or electro colour finish. The handle
shall have a two-point nose that shall engage with an aluminium striking plate on the fixed frame. The
striking plate shall be finished in the same manner as for the handle
d) In case of top hung shutters, aluminium alloy cast hinges and peg stays (same as per side hung shutters)
shall be provided.
e) Centre hung shutters shall be hung on the two pairs of cup pivots of aluminium alloy of IS designation
NS-4 of IS 737 and IS designation A-5-M of IS 617 or chromium/cadmium plated brass/bronze cup pivots
riveted to the outer and inner frames to permit to swing through an angle of 85. Cast aluminium
(conforming to IS designation A-5-M of IS 617) or chromium/cadmium plated bronze spring catches shall
be fitted in the centre of the top bar of the shutter. The spring catch shall be secured to the frame by
screwing/riveting to the frame and shall close into an aluminium catch plate riveted/welded to the outside
of the outer shutter frame bar. Aluminium or cadmium plated brass chord pulley wheel in an aluminium
bracket shall be fitted at the sill of the shutter with Aluminium or galvanized/ cadmium plated steel
screws.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
57
f)
The door shutters shall be fitted with pivots as specified. The handle for doors shall be of Aluminium and
as per design. The door shutters shall be provided with locking device floor spring. O/H door closer and
any other hardware, specified in item.
g) In case of composite door/window/ventilator units, the units shall be coupled as per drawing. Weather
bar shall be provided whenever a coupling member is fitted over an external opening shutter.
h) Glazing shall be fixed to the extruded sections by means of extruded aluminium beading. Glass panes
shall be provided with rubber lining before fixing.
12.8.1
i)
The aluminium frames shall be fixed to the masonry by means of aluminium lugs fixed to the frame (by
counter sunk galvanized machine screws) and grouted with M-15 grade concrete in the hole in the
masonry as per drg. In case of concrete wall, the frames shall be fixed by 96 mm long, 12 mm dia
metallic dash fasteners. Any steel material coming in contact with aluminium shall be galvanized.
j)
The windows/ventilators/doors shall be checked to ensure smooth operation, perfect level and plumb.
Unloading and Stacking:

The fabricated frames shall be transported, unloaded, stacked and handled in a careful manner. They shall
be stacked on edge on level bearers and supported evenly. All precautions shall be taken to ensure that the
frames are not damaged or distorted in any manner. As decided by the Client / Consultant, damaged or
distorted frames shall be replaced and made good at the expense of the contractor. Generally, storage of
doors and frames shall conform to IS:4082.
12.9.0
Measurement and Rates
12.9.1
Measurement shall be on SQ.M. or Nos basis as per item description. Area shall be measured correct upto
two places of decimal. Dimensions shall be measured correct upto 0.5 cm.
12.9.2
Rate shall include cost of all materials, specified hardware, labour, erection, hoisting, scaffolding, removal of
scaffolding, protective measures, conveyance, handling, loading/unloading, storing etc. required for proper
completion of the item of work in accordance with the specification.
12.10.0
12.10.1
IS 1948 : 1948 Reaffirmed 2006 - Aluminium doors, windows and ventilators.
IS 1949 : 1961 Reaffirmed 2006 - Aluminium windows for industrial buildings.
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
58
IS 1081 :1960 Reaffirmed 2006 - Code of practice for fixing and glazing of metal ( Steel and aluminium)
door, windows and ventilators.
IS 3548 : 1988 Reaffirmed 2005 - Code of practice for glazing in building.
IS 7088 : 1973 Reaffirmed 2006 - Recommended practice for anodising aluminium and its alloys.
IS 1200 : 1984 Reaffirmed 2007 - Method of measurement of glazing. (Part XIV)
IS 2835 : 1987 Reaffirmed 2004 - Flat transparent sheet glass.
IS 5437 : 1994 Reaffirmed 2005 - Figured, rolled and wired glass.
IS 733 : 1983 Reaffirmed 2006 - Specification for Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Bars, Rods and
Sections (for General Engineering Purposes)
IS 1868 : 1996 Reaffirmed 2006 - Anodic Coatings on Aluminium and its Alloys
IS 6012 : 1992 Reaffirmed 2006 - Method for measurement of coating thickness by eddy current
IS 617 : 1994 Reaffirmed 2005 - Aluminium and aluminium alloy ingots and castings for general engineering
purposes (Superseded IS 20:1977)
IS 733 : 1983 Reaffirmed 2006 - Specification for Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Bars, Rods and
Sections (for General Engineering Purposes)
IS 737 : 2008 - Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Sheet and Strip for General Engineering Purposes
IS 4082 : 1996 Reaffirmed 2003 Recommendations on stacking and storage of construction materials and
components at site.
13.0.0 HARDWARE
13.1.0 Related Documents:
Other specification sections, which directly relate to the work of this section include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a) Woodwork
b) M.S Doors,
c) Aluminium works.
13.2.0 Scope of Work:
The intention of the contract is that the building as shown shall be completely equipped with required
hardware. Any required item not noted or listed shall be finished in a grade equal to and in harmony with
similar item listed. The Contractor shall furnish all labour, materials, tools, appliances and incidentals
required to complete the hardware work specified herein or listed in the schedule of hardware, or as may be
required by the actual conditions at the building including the necessary screws, special screws, bolts,
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
59
expansion bolts and other devices necessary for a neat and secure hardware application. All bolts and
screws shall be of sufficient size to securely and permanently fix the hardware in place.
13.3.0 Submittals:
Samples of each different item of hardware including screws or any particular item of hardware shall be
submitted to the Ariisto for approval.
13.4.0 Quality Assurance:
All hardware shall be of the best quality of its type and strictly in conformity with the materials and finish
described in schedule of hardware. If called upon to do so the Contractor shall arrange to get hardware
specially manufactured to the design, requirements and standards laid down by the Ariisto. All hardware
shall be of perfect fit, uniform in finish and free from imperfections that affect serviceability or mar
(spoil) the appearance.
13.5.0
Installation:
13.5.1
All hardware shall be installed by skilled workmen, equipped with proper and adequate tools. The hardware
shall be installed true, plumb and square in accordance with the hardware schedule and the manufacturer's
instructions.
13.5.2
Fittings shall be well made, reasonably smooth and free from sharp edges and corners and other defects.
13.5.3
Screw holes shall be smooth and free from sharp edges, flaws or other defects. Screws used for fittings shall
be the same metal and finished as the fitting. However chromium plated brass screws may be used for fixing
aluminium fittings. Screws shall be driven home by screwdriver and not hammered in.
13.5.4
Hardware shall not be installed earlier than necessary and it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to
protect all hardware, removing some when necessary for protection and deliver all in good working order
and unblemished.
13.6.0

(Part-1)
- Tower Bolts(Ferrous metals)

- Tower Bolts(Non-Ferrous metals)
- Non-Ferrous metal butt hinges
- Tee-strap hinges
- Door handles
- Mild steel sliding door bolts for use with padlocks
- Parliament hinges
- Hasps and Staples
- Fanlight catch
- Doorsprings, rat-tail type
- Double acting spring hinges
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
60
IS 729 : 1979 Reaffirmed 2006 - Drawer locks, cupboard locks and box locks
IS 1019 :1974 Reaffirmed 2007 - Rim latches
IS 1341 :1992 Reaffirmed 2007 - Steel butt hinges
IS 1823 :1980 Reaffirmed 2007 - Floor door stoppers
IS 1837 :1966 Reaffirmed 2006 - Fanlight pivots
IS 2209 :1976 Reaffirmed 2006 - Mortice locks (Vertical type)
IS 2681 :1993 Reaffirmed 2003 - Non-ferrous metal sliding door bolts for use with padlocks
IS 3564 :1996 Reaffirmed 2007 - Door closure(Hydraulically regulated)
IS 3818 :1992 Reaffirmed 2007 - Continuous ( Piano) hinges
IS 3828 :1966 Reaffirmed 2006 - Ventilator chains
IS 3843 :1995 Reaffirmed 2007 - Steel back flap hinges
IS 3847 :1992 Reaffirmed 2006 - Mortice night latches
IS 4992 :1975 Reaffirmed 2006 - Door handles for mortice lock(Vertical type)
IS 5187 : 1972 Reaffirmed 2006 - Flush bolts
IS 5899 : 1970 Reaffirmed 2007 - Bathroom latches
IS 5930 : 1970 Reaffirmed 2005 - Mortice latches
IS 6315 : 1992 Reaffirmed 2007 - Floor springs(Hydraulically regulated) for heavy doors
IS 6318 : 1971 Reaffirmed 2005 - Plastic window stays and fasteners.
IS 6343 : 1982 Reaffirmed 2006 - Door closers(Pnematically regulated) for light doors
weighing up to 40Kg.
IS 6607 : 1972 Reaffirmed 2006 - Rebated mortice locks
IS 7196 : 1974 Reaffirmed 2007 - Holdfasts
IS 7197 : 1974 Reaffirmed 2006 - Double action floor springs (without oil check) for heavy
doors.
IS 7534 : 1985 Reaffirmed 2006 - Sliding locking bolts for use with padlocks
IS 7540 : 1974 Reaffirmed 2006 - Mortice dead locks
IS 8760 : 1978 Reaffirmed 2006 - Mortice sliding door locks with lever mechanism
IS 9106 : 1979 Reaffirmed 2007 - Rising butt hinges
IS 9131 : 1979 Reaffirmed 2006 - Rim locks
IS 10019 : 1981 Reaffirmed 2007 - Mild steel stays and fasteners
IS 12817 : 1997 Reaffirmed 2002 - Stainless steel butt hinges
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
EMPLOYER
PROJECT
Strengthening & Construction of Residential Tower at Goregaon (West)

Mumbai
3.0
11 kV HT PANEL
3.1
Scope :
3.1.1
Scope of these specifications covers the design, material selection, manufacture, testing at
manufacturers works, insurance, packing, transportation, loading/unloading, supply at site
of 11 kV Switchgears covered in the BOQ.
3.2
Codes & Standards :
3.2.1
The equipment shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the
relevant International and Indian Standards & Indian Electricity Rules. Some of the
applicable codes/standards issued by the bureau of Indian Standards are listed below for
the guidance of the tenderers. Latest issues of the standards/codes will be applicable.
STANDARDS
IS : 13118 / BS : 5311 / IEC : 56, 694
(Relevant Parts & Sections)
IS : 5578, 11353
IS : 2705 / BS : 7626
(Parts I to IV)
IS : 3156 / BS : 7625 / IEC : 186
IS : 1248 / BS : 89 / IEC : 51
IS : 13947 / IEC : 947/ BS : 60529
IS : 2544 / BS : 3297 / IEC : 273
IS : 3231, 3842 / BS : 142 / IEC : 255
: Circuit Breaker
: Arrangement for switchboard bus-bars,

main connections and auxiliary wiring.
: Current Transformers.
: Voltage Transformers.
: Electrical Indicating Instruments.
: Degree of Protection
: Bus-Bars supports Insulators.
: Electrical relays for power system
Protection.
IS : 6875 / BS : 60947 / IEC : 947
: Control Switches & Push Buttons.
IS : 722, 8530/BS : 5685/IEC : 145, 211 : AC Electricity Meters
IS : 3427/BS : 60298/ IEC : 298
: Metal enclosed switchgear &
Control gear
IS : 613
: Specification for Copper rods and Bus-Bars
for electrical purpose.
IS : 9385 / BS : 2692 / IEC : 282
: High Voltage fuses
IS : 10118
: Code of practice for selection, installation
and maintenance of switchgear &
control gear
IS : 13703/ BS : 1362/ IEC : 269
: Low Voltage Fuses
IS : 9920 / IEC : 129, 265 & 298
: Alternating Current Switches for voltages
above 1000V
IS : 6005/ BS : 3189
: Code of Practice for Phosphating Iron and
Steel
IS : 3618
: Phosphate treatment of iron and steel for
protection against corrosion.
IS 11353
: Guide for uniform system of marking
and identification of conductors
and apparatus terminals.
Technical Specification: Electrical
Page 1 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
IS 13118
: High Voltage Alternating Current

Circuit Breakers.
IS 3043
: Code of Practice for Earthing.
IS 2516
: Routine test & type test.
3.3
System of Supply:
3.3.1
The system of Power supply will be 11 kV, 3 phases, 50 Cycles, solidly earthed system.
Short circuit level may not exceed 25 kA for 3 sec.
3.4
Materials and Construction:
3.4.1
The switchgear enclosures shall be fabricated using CRCA sheet steel of 2.5mm thickness.
The switchgear shall be factory assembled, indoor type, totally enclosed dead back and of
fully interlocked design. Internal partitions fabricated using 2.0mm thick CRCA sheets are
acceptable. Design shall permit future extension at both ends. Epoxy based anticorrosive
paint; siemens grey; RAL 7032.
3.4.2
Components, devices, accessories etc. for each circuit shall be accommodated in separate
vertical enclosures. In each enclosure, separate compartments shall be provided for load
break switch / circuit breaker units, busbars, instruments / relays / control / selector
switches, instrument transformers and cable boxes.
3.4.3
All doors and removable covers shall be gasketed alround. Switch/ Breaker compartment
doors shall have pad locking facility. The cubicles shall be dust and vermin proof.
Ventilation and other openings, if provided, shall be backed by fine brass wire mesh. The
switchgear shall be provide a degree of protection not less than IP4X in accordance with
relevant IS.
3.4.4
Each cubicle (vertical section) shall be fitted with a label on the front and rear. Each
switchgear (assembly of individual vertical section), shall also be provided with a label
indicating the switchgear rating and duty.
3.4.5
All instruments & control devices shall be flush mounted on hinged door of metering
compartment located in the front portion of the panel.
3.4.6
The metering compartment shall be properly shielded.
3.5
Components:
3.5.1
Circuit Breakers/Switches:
Circuit breakers of vacuum type and of the draw-out type shall be provided as identified in
the BOQ. Unless otherwise specified, switches of load-break design shall be provided. The
breakers and switches shall conform to applicable Indian Standards and shall be complete
Page 2 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
with all the components/accessories required for their satisfactory operation. 6 NO and 6
NC contacts shall be provided for use by the Owner.
3.5.2
3.5.3
Circuit Breaker operating mechanism :

a.
Where specified, the circuit breakers shall be power operated, by a motor operated
spring charging type of mechanism.
b.
The motor operated spring charged mechanism shall be complete with motor,
opening spring, closing spring and all accessories to make the mechanism a
complete operating unit.
a.
The tripping spring shall be charged by the closing action to enable quick tripping.
Closing of the circuit breaker shall automatically initiate recharging of the springs to
enable the mechanism to be ready for the next closing command. Charging time for
the springs shall not exceed 30 seconds. It shall be possible to manually charge
the springs in an emergency. Transfer from motor to manual charging shall
automatically disconnect the charging motor. The charging mechanism shall be
provided with mechanical indicators to show 'charged' and 'discharged' conditions of
the spring. Failure of any spring, vibration or mechanical shock shall not cause
tripping or closing of the circuit breaker. Duty cycle for circuit breaker operation is
compatible to O- 3min-CO- 3min-CO test.
b.
c.
All operating mechanisms shall be provided with 'ON' - 'OFF' mechanical indicators.
A local manual trip device shall be provided on the operating mechanism.
d.
Closing coils, Trip coils and other auxiliary devices shall operate satisfactorily at
battery voltage of 110V DC within the permissible limits of control supply voltage
variations stipulated in relevant Indian standards.
e.
Springs of motor operated spring charged mechanisms shall not discharge until
they are fully charged, and the charging means are disconnected.
Interlocks:
a. Interlocks shall comply with the following requirements :
i)
It shall not be possible to plug in or isolate a closed circuit breaker.

Attempted isolation of a closed circuit breaker from switchgear cubicle
shall not trip the circuit breaker.
ii)
It shall not be possible to close a circuit breaker unless it is fully

plugged in or fully isolated.
iii)
Isolating devices, if provided shall be interlocked with circuit breakers

to prevent exceeding their making or breaking current.
iv)
It shall not be possible to close the circuit breaker in service position,

without completing the auxiliary circuits between fixed and moving
portions.
Page 3 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
v)
Safety interlocks required during `Test, Draw Out & `Service

condition.
b. Where key interlocking is employed, tripping of a closed circuit breaker shall not occur
if any attempt is made to remove the trapped key from the mechanism.
3.5.4
Test Operation Facilities:

Facilities to test the operation of circuit breakers shall be provided. A separate test position
of the breaker shall be provided in the cubicle. It shall be possible to test the breaker in this
position with all interlocks in the circuit.
3.5.5
Locking Facilities:
Drawout circuit breakers shall be provided with padlocking facilities for locking the circuit
breaker carriage in the 'fully drawn out', 'earth and test' and 'fully plugged in' positions.
Padlocks shall be provided.
3.5.6
Safety Shutters:
Switchgear cubicles shall be provided with safety shutters operated automatically by the
movement of the circuit breaker carriage to cover the stationary isolated contacts when the
breaker is withdrawn. Padlocking facilities with padlocks shall be provided for locking the
shutters positively in the closed position. It shall however be possible to open the shutters
intentionally against the spring pressure for testing purposes.
Switchgear and control cabinet shall be provided with laminated insulating sheet partitions,
to cover the stationary contacts when the module is withdrawn.
3.5.7
Earthing Facilities:
a. It shall be possible to connect each circuit or set of 3-phase busbars of switchgear to
earth through earthing switches.
b. Earthing switches shall be mechanically interlocked with the associated isolating
switches to prevent earthing of a live circuit or live busbars.
c.
It shall comprise of earthing trucks to be inserted in place of circuit breakers. Separate

earthing trucks shall be supplied for each type / size of breaker.
3.5.8
Circuit Breaker Alignment:
3.5.9
Circuit breaker moving portions shall be fitted with positive guides so as to ensure correct
alignment of the isolating contacts in both circuit or earthing positions.
Contacts:
a.
The circuit breaker main contacts shall be made of silver faced copper. The
contacts shall be adjustable for wear and tear, and shall be easily replaceable.
Page 4 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Main contacts shall be first to open and last to close to minimize contact burning
and wear.
3.5.10
b.
Arcing contacts shall be first to close and last to open to take care of arcing.
Arcing contacts shall be easily accessible for replacement. Tips of arcing contacts
shall be silver faced and shall have a tungsten alloy tipping.
c.
If multi-break interrupters are used, they shall be so designed as to uniformly

distribute the voltage among them.
Current Transformers (CTs):

a.
Current transformers shall have polarity markings indelibly marked on each

transformer and at the lead terminations at the associated terminal block. Metering
class of CT is 0.2 & protection class of CT is 5P 10 or PS.
b.
Current transformers shall be able to withstand the thermal and mechanical

stresses resulting from the maximum short circuit and momentary duties of the
switchgear.
c.
Except as noted, CT secondaries shall be rated for 5A unless noted, measuring

CTs shall be of accuracy Class 0.2 and shall have an instrument safety factor of 5.
Except as noted, protective CTs shall be of accuracy Class 5P20. CT terminal shall
be of stud type and facilitate to connect with ring type of lug. Terminal block shall be
provided with shorting link for CT and dropping link for PT.
d.
Except as noted, minimum rated burden of CTs shall be 15VA.
e.
CT core laminations shall be of high grade silicon steel. Current transformers shall
be of the resin cast type.
f.
In case of multi-ratio current transformers, a label shall be provided, clearly

indicating the connections required for the alternative ratios. These connections
shall also be shown on panel wiring diagrams and if metering load is fed from a
protection CT, suitable 1/1 or 5/5 ratio saturable interposing CTs shall be used.
Identification labels shall be fitted giving type, ratio, rating, output and serial
numbers and duplicate rating labels are to be fitted on the exterior of the mounting
chambers, located to enable reading without the removal of any cover.
g.
h.
3.5.11
Magnetisation characteristics and protective settings shall be provided by the

Contractor.
Potential Transformers (PTs):

a.
Secondary windings of potential transformers shall be rated for a three phase line to
line voltage of 110V, unless noted.
b.
Transformers shall have a minimum rated burden of 50VA per phase.

Transformer windings for metering purposes shall be of accuracy
Class 1.0 and
windings for protective purposes shall be of accuracy
Class 3.0.
Page 5 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
3.5.12
3.5.13
c.
Protection for high voltage windings shall be with current limiting fuses. Other
windings shall be provided with HRC fuses. Primary fuses for voltage transformers
shall be rated to interrupt short circuit currents corresponding to the switchgear
rating. It shall be possible to replace voltage transformer fuses easily without having
to de-energize the main bus-bars. PT terminal block shall be provided at the
incoming side with isolating fuse (dropping link).
d.
Transformers shall be of the resin cast type.
e.
3 single phase units mounted on a common base shall be provided. The PTs shall
be of withdrawable type, unless noted.
Relays:
a.
Relays shall be enclosed in dust-tight cases. Relays shall be suitable for flush
mounting, with only the dust-tight covers projecting from the front of the panel.
Relays shall be accessible for setting and resetting from the front. Access to setting
devices shall be possible only after the front covers of the relays are removed.
Resetting facilities shall however be accessible external to the relay case. All relays
except auxiliary relays shall be of the draw out type.
b.
c.
Relays shall be provided with positive action flag indicators visible from the front.
Voltage relays shall have sufficient thermal capacity for continuous energisation.
d.
Auxiliary relays and tripping relays shall be rated to operate satisfactorily between
the permissible supply voltage variation limits stipulated in the relevant I.S.
e.
Relays shall be solid state type.
f.
Relays shall be digital numerical type with IEC 61850
g.
Communication protocol shall include anti pumping relay.
Control and Selector Switches:

a.
Control and selector switches shall be of the rotary type, having enclosed contacts,
which are accessible after removal of the cover. Switches for instruments shall be
flush mounted on the front of the panels and shall be mounted at an accessible
location. Selector switches shall be of the stay-put, maintained contact type. Control
switches shall be of the spring return to normal type. Circuit breaker control
switches shall be lockable in the 'trip' position and shall have momentary contacts.
Circuit breaker control switches shall be provided with a sequencing device to
prevent repetitive closing operations without first moving to the trip position. Control
switches shall be provided with pistol grip handles. Selector switches shall be
provided with round, knurled handles. All handles shall be black in colour.
b.
Properly designated plates clearly marked to show the operating positions shall be
provided with all switches.
Page 6 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
3.5.14
Meters:
Meters shall be of analogue / digital type and flush mounted on the metering panel in front
of the switchgear permitting ready access to small wiring, terminal blocks, fuses etc.
Indicating meters shall be of size of 96 sq.mm 2400 scale with parallax provision and
installed at eye sight. All indicating meters shall be of accuracy Class 1.
3.5.15
Indicating Lamps:
a.
Indicating lamps shall be of cluster LED type suitable for continuous operation on
110 volts AC / DC with AC/DC change over switch..
b.
The lamps shall have Red, Green, Amber etc. covers made out of temperature
resistant prismatic glass or plastic.
c.
Bulbs and lenses shall be easily replaceable from the front.

Use of Lamp colours shall represent status as follows:
3.5.16
3.5.17
d.
Red lamps ON, Green lamps Off, White lamps trip circuit healthy, Amber
lamps auto-trip etc.
e.
Red Indication lamp for space heater.
Space Heaters :
a.
Adequately rated anti-condensation space heaters shall be provided in cable

compartment, one for each vertical cubicle of switchgear, for each separate control
panel. Space heaters shall be of the wound type with a protective cover of VACO
make, suitable for operation on a 240V, 1-phase, 50 Hz a-c system.
b.
Each space heater shall be complete with a rotary type 'On' - 'Off' switch, HRC
fuse in the phase, link in the neutral, and a control thermostat, duly calibrated. The
space heaters shall be suitable for maintaining the panel temperature about 45 C.
c.
Unless otherwise specified, space heaters shall be located at the bottom of the
switchboards shall be controlled. Through a thermostat with an adjustable setting
and a manually operated switch. The thermostat at shall be preferably be located
in the metering / relay chamber.
Cubicle Lighting:
Each switchgear cubicle, shall be provided with interior lighting, by means of a 20 W
compact fluorescent tube lighting fixture. Lighting fixture and ON-OFF control switch for
the same shall be suitable for operation from a 240V, 1-phase, 50 Hz, a-c supply. The
circuit shall have HRC fuse in the phase and link in the neutral.
Page 7 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
3.5.18
Safety Arrangements:
All terminals, connections, relays and other components which may be 'live' when front
access doors are open shall be adequately screened. Components within the cubicles
shall be adequately screened.
3.5.19
Window type Alarm Annuiation:

a.
Where specified, FACIA type alarm annunciators suitable for operation on specified
A.C./D.C. supply shall be provided to give an audible alarm and visual indication of
alarm conditions. They shall be compact, self contained units, with the alarm relays
associated with particular windows mounted in the housing behind the facia units.
Terminals for external connections shall be of stud type. Elemex connector shall be
used for 2.5 sq.mm. stranded copper conductor cables. The facia-cum-relay unit
shall be mounted flush on the switchgear. Replacement of individual facia
inscription plate and lamp shall be possible from the front of the unit.
b.
The alarm relays shall be mounted in sealed plug-in or drawout cases and shall be
interchangeable. The relays shall conform to relevant IS. There shall be a common
flasher relay for all the facia units.
c.
Audible alarm shall be provided by a common alarm bell. There shall be a common
'Alarm supply failure' annunciation scheme which shall sound a separate alarm bell
and light up a separate, 'Amber' coloured lamp on the panel with the engraved
inscription 'ALARM SUPPLY FAILURE'. This lamp shall be suitable for connection
to a 240V, 1 phase, 50 Hz supply. The alarm supply failure indicating lamp/bell
shall be 'accepted', 'reset' and 'tested' in the same way as the other facia lamps and
bell.
d.
The alarm annunciation equipment shall be suitable for short duration as well as
persistent type of faults. The alarm sequence shall be as under.
i.
Starting condition - All relays shall be in de-energised state. All facia lamps
shall be off.
Short duration alarm comes up:
ii.
Alarm relays pick up and seal-in. Alarm

bell is energised and
simultaneously the lamp associated with the particular alarm facia
window starts flashing.
On pressing the 'Accept' push button, the alarm is silenced and the
facia lamp glows steady. The inscription can then be read.
On pressing the 'Reset' push button, the alarm relays reset and the
facia lamp is extinguished.
Persistent alarm comes up.

-
First two steps are identical to those mentioned above.
Page 8 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
3.5.20
When the 'Reset' push button is pressed, the alarm relays remain
sealed-in through the initiating contact. The facia lamp glows as long
as alarm condition persists.
The alarm condition disappears. The alarm relays are reset and the
facia lamp is extinguished.
The alarm annunciation sequence shall be repeated if a subsequent

alarm condition develops after the first alarm condition is accepted.
e.
On pressing the 'Test' push button, all lamps of the associated facia units are
lighted up unless a lamp has blown. Should an alarm come up while the 'Test' push
button is pressed, the alarm condition will override the test for the particular way,
and the alarm sequence will start in the normal way.
f.
If the 'reset' push button be pressed before the alarm is 'accepted', the alarm relays
shall remain sealed-in for both short duration as well as persistent alarms.
Power and Control Cable Terminations:

a.
b.
3.5.21
Air insulated hest shrinkable type cable termination box shall be suitable for 3C
300Sqmm 11kV (E) AL-XLPE-A cables. That cable termination Cable boxes shall
be complete with combined amour and earthing clamps. The cable termination
boxes shall be of approved design with adequate phase to phase and phase to
earth clearances in accordance with relevant standards. Provision shall be made for
the expansion of the filling medium and for the prevention of the formation of air
spaces during filling.
Equipment terminal blocks for power connections shall be complete with adequate
phase segregating insulating barriers and suitable crimping type of lugs for
connecting the insulated cable tails.
c.
Where more than one core is terminated on each phase, unnecessary bending of
cable cores shall be avoided, without decreasing the length of the insulated cable
tail and the electrical clearances.
d.
Compression type cable glands shall be provided for all power and control cables.
e.
All switchgears shall, unless otherwise specified, facilitate bottom cable entry.
Removable gland plates shall be mounted at the base of the panel.
Wiring for Control & Protective Circuits:

a.
All wiring for control, protective, alarm, and indication circuits on all equipment shall
be carried out with at least 1100V grade, PVC insulated, stranded, copper 1.5
sq.mm. conductors. Control wiring for CT circuits shall be 2.5 sq.mm. conductors
and for PT shall be of 4 sq. mm
Page 9 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
3.5.22
b.
Wiring shall be run on the sides of panels and shall be neatly bunched and laid
through covered PVC trays without affecting access to equipment mounted in the
panel.
c.
Wiring shall be taken to terminal blocks without joints or tees in their runs. Wiring
shall be colour coded as follows :
CT/PT circuits
Red, Yellow or Blue determined

a-c circuits by the phase with
which the wire is associated.
A-C phase wire
White
A-C neutral
Black
D-C circuits
Grey
Earth connections
Green
d.
Engraved core identification ferrules, marked to correspond with the wiring diagram
shall be fitted to each wire and each core of multicore cables terminated on the
panels. Ferrules shall fit tightly on the wires, without falling off when the wire is
removed.
e.
Wires forming part of a tripping circuit shall be provided with an additional red
ferrule marked 'T'. Unused cores of multicore cables shall be connected to spare
terminals.
f.
Spare auxiliary contacts of electrical equipment shall be wired to terminal blocks.
Control Wiring Terminal Blocks:

a.
Terminal blocks shall be of 650 V grade, Elemex stud type, appropriate for
connecting 2.5 sq.mm round type lugs. Brass studs of at least 6 mm dia with fine
threads shall be used and securely locked within the mounting base to prevent
turning. Each terminal shall comprise two threaded studs, with a link between
them, washers and matching nuts and locknuts for each stud. Insulated barriers
shall be provided between adjacent terminals. Not more than two wires shall be
connected on any one stud. Where duplication of terminal blocks is necessary,
suitable solid bonding links shall be incorporated in the design of the terminal block.
Provision shall be made to insert terminal labels or shrouds between two
successive insulating barriers. Connections to the terminals shall be at the front.
Dropping links shall be provided for PT.
b.
Terminals shall be numbered for identification and grouped according to function

and engraved black-on-white labels shall be provided for the terminal blocks
describing the function of the circuit.
Page 10 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
3.5.23
3.5.24
c.
Terminals for circuits with voltage exceeding 125 V shall be shrouded. Terminal
blocks at different voltages shall be segregated into groups and distinctively
labelled.
d.
Current transformer secondary leads shall be brought to terminal blocks, where a

facility shall be provided for short circuiting and grounding the secondary. Terminals
with automatic dropping links shall be provided at such places.
e.
Terminal blocks shall be arranged with at least 100 mm clearance between any two
sets. Wiring shall be terminated on terminal blocks, using crimping type of lugs.
Test Terminal Blocks:

a.
Test terminal blocks shall be provided for secondary injection and testing of relay
equipment. A suitable metering block shall be provided where specified for the
connection of portable precision instrument to be operated for specific plant testing
purposes.
b.
The terminal blocks shall be provided with suitable shorting links or alternatively
shall be of the type suitable for use with a portable test plug-in arrangement. The
type of terminals proposed shall be subject to approval.
Earthing of Components within Switchgear:

a.
Each switchgear shall be provided with an earth bus bar running along its entire
length. The earth busbar shall be located at the bottom of the panel. Each
switchgear panel and electrical equipment shall be provided with terminals for double
earthing connections where system voltages is 415V and above, for lower voltage,
one earthing terminal shall be provided. Earthing terminals shall be identified as per
I.S.
b.
Except as noted, earth bus bars shall be of copper Earth bus bars shall be rated to
carry the rated symmetrical short circuit current of the associated board/panel for one
second. Earth bus bars shall be supported to withstand stresses induced by the
momentary current of value equal to the momentary rating of the switchgear.
Positive connection of all the frames of equipment mounted in the switchgear to the
earth busbar shall be maintained through insulated copper conductors of adequate
size. Earthing of drawout equipment frames shall be achieved through a separate
plug-in contact.
c.
3.5.25
d.
All instrument and relay cases shall be connected to earth bus bar by means of 1100
V grade, PVC insulated, stranded, copper, 2.5 sq.mm. conductor looped through the
case earth terminals. Hinged door shall be earthed using copper straps or flexible
wires as required.
e.
Size of earth bus bar and sizes of lead connections shall be subject to approval by
the Owner.
Busbars :
Page 11 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
a.
Switchgear shall be provided with three phase bus-bars as indicated in the

BOQ/drawing. Except as noted, bus-bars shall be of copper, PVC insulated with
color codes.
b.
All bus-bar joints and bus-tap joints shall be silver or tin plated. Bus-bar joints shall
be of the bolted type and shall be insulated. All bus-bar joints shall be off expansion
type joints. Spring washers shall be provided to ensure good contact at the joints.
Nut-bolts of proper size shall be used. All bolt heads shall be integral.
c.
Bus-bars shall be located in air insulated enclosures. Direct access to or accidental

contact with bus-bars and primary connections shall not be possible. All apertures
and slots shall be protected by baffles to prevent accidental shorting of bus bars by
the entry of maintenance tools. To provide a tight seal between cubicles, bushings
or insulating panels shall be provided for bus-bars crossing from one cubicle into
another. Explosion type ventilation shall be provided on the top of the enclosures.
3.6
Test and Inspection.
3.6.1
Type Test
Type test certificates for type tests carried out as per relevant standards at reputed testing
laboratories on switchboard and breaker of identical design and rating specified herein shall
be submitted with the bid. Type test Certification shall be greater than one year but less
than 3 years.
3.6.2
Routine Test
During fabrication, switchboard shall be subject to inspection by owner or by agency
authorized by the owner. Manufacturer shall furnish all necessary information concerning
the supply to owners inspectors.
Tests shall be carried out at manufacturers works under his care and expense. All routine
tests as specified by the applicable standard code shall be conducted. The vendor shall
also submit a list of guaranteed technical particulars with the bid.
In addition, specific tests shall be conducted to check mechanical and electrical operation
and switchboard wiring to specification and approved schematic diagram.
These tests shall be provisionally conducted at manufacturers work by providing temporary
connection to switchboard units in order to simulate the actual conditions.
Tests shall be finally performed at site, in presence of the manufacturers specialist, once
the external cable connections have been completed.
Shop tests shall be witnessed by an inspector of owner or of any agency authorised
by owner.
3.6.3
Acceptance tests shall be as follows:
Page 12 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
A general visual check shall be carried out. This shall cover measurement of overall
dimensions, location number and type of devices, terminal boxes, location and connection of
terminals etc.
Manual & Electrical operation of C.B./Relays shall be checked under the worst conditions of
auxiliary circuits.
Dry insulation test with power frequency voltage shall be conducted for the
auxiliary circuits.
main
and
Insulation resistance of the main and auxiliary circuits shall be checked.

Operation checks shall be carried out for every control function as per the schematic
diagram, by manually simulating fault conditions and
operation of control switches /
relays etc.
Preferably, relays shall be tested with secondary injection test equipment and also with
primary injection test equipment.
For equipment bought from other sub-suppliers, certified tests reports of tests carried out at
the manufacturers works shall be submitted. Normally, all routine tests as specified in
the relevant standards shall be conducted by the sub-supplier at his works.
Contact resistance of breaker (Millivoltdrop) to be measured.
3.7
Drawings :
3.7.1
The number of circuit breaker panels and contactor panels shall be indicated
on the
single line diagram and general arrangement drawings. Schematic
diagrams shall
also be supplied to specify the control requirements for each
feeder.
These
Schematic diagrams shall also show any intertripping which has to be provided.
Owners schematic diagrams are intended as a guide and the manufacturer shall
develop
his own general arrangement and schematic drawing adding necessary auxiliary devices,
accessories components etc. which are required for safe, convenient, efficient and proper
operation of HT switchboard.
Within 2 weeks of order/ letter of intent, manufacturer shall submit for owners approval 6 sets
of the single line diagrams, general arrangement drawings, flooring and mounting detail
drawings and schematic diagrams. Owners approval of G.A drawing is required before the
fabrication of cubicles is started. Approval of schematic drawings is required before the
manufacturer proceeds with the cubicle wiring. The manufacturers drawings shall replace
owners preliminary drawings sent with the enquiry. The owners approval of the
manufacturers drawings shall not relieve the manufacturer of his responsibility for supplying
equipment conforming with the relevant specifications and standards or for any mistakes,
errors or omissions in manufacturers drawings.
Subsequently manufacturer shall submit 6 sets of revised drawings incorporating
purchasers comments for final approval. The
manufacturers wiring diagrams shall
show any wiring inside the cubicle starting from the cubicle terminal strips. These diagrams
Page 13 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
shall be used by the owner for trouble shooting and shall show every
and wire number.
device, terminal
Manufacturer shall submit 6 sets of final As Built drawings, one set of film reproducible, 6
sets of Erection & Maintenance manuals and 6 sets of Test Certificates to Purchaser after
inspection but before despatch.
3.8
Special Requirements :
In addition to the requirements of the above General Specification, HV Switchboard shall also
comply with the following special requirements. In case of conflict amongst
various
standards / specifications, following shall be the order of priority.
Data Sheets.
Special Requirements
General Specification
Selection, sizing and suitability of all components including CTs & PTs etc.
vendors responsibility.
Additional panel required to accommodate
adjacent to the respective feeder panel.
relays/meters
etc.
Shall
shall
be
be
located
Unless approved in writing, equipment/components of following Indian makes only shall be

acceptable.
Breakers
Siemens / ABB/Crompton
graves
Protective relays
ABB/Siemens/Areva
Auxiliary relays
ABB/Siemens/Areva
Breaker control switches
Recom / Essen
Control switches
Recom / Siemens / L&T /

Kaycee.
CTs / PTs
Pragati / Prayog
MCBs
MDS/Siemens
Indicating lights push button etc.
Siemens / L&T / Teknic
Digital TVM Meter
Enercon / Secure/Conzerv
Terminals
Elmex / Connectwell
Meters
AE / MECO / Rishabh
Annunciator (Solid State)
Minilec / Ashida/Pradeep
HT HRC fuses
GE/ Alstom / Equivalent
VACO
Space Heater
Page 14 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Information required with bids.

List of clause wise deviations and a specific confirmation that except for the deviations,
equipment offered conforms to the requirements of complete enquiry documents.
Also, Part C performance particulars attached to this specification shall be
filled-in and submitted with bid by the vendor.
completely
Bill of material for each typical feeder/panel listing make/type, catalogue

number
of
component such as Relays, current transformers, indicating lights and number of
control
terminals etc.
Overall estimated length of each switchboard line-up and maximum depth/
loading on foundation of panel.
weight/ shock
Weight of drawout breaker trolley.
3.9
Packing:
Equipment shall be despatched to site packed in wooden box packing. It shall be wrapped in
polyethylene sheets before putting in wooden cases and it shall be ensured that damage to the
equipment does not occur, during handling/ transportation.
3.10
Specific Requirements:
HV Indoor Switchboard as described above and in accordance with the enclosed data sheets shall
be supplied.
Anti-pumping features shall be incorporated in all circuit breaker feeders.
3.11 ANNEXURE-I TO SECTION 3.0

SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT
A.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Climatic Conditions.
Design Ambient Temperature
Altitude (Above MSL)
Relative Humidity
Annual Rainfall
Atmosphere
:
:
:
:
:
45 C
<1000 M
89% Maximum
600 mm
Corrosive
B.
1.
2.
System Particulars.
kV/Phase/Wire/Frequency
System Grounding
:
:
22/3/3/50 And 11/3/3/50

Solidly Earthed
Page 15 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
C.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Rating Of Circuit Breakers

Poles
Voltage
Normal Current
Making Capacity
Symm. Breaking Capacity
Short Time Current Rating
Operating Duty:
Opening Time :
Closing Time
:
:
:
:
:
:
3
11 kV
630 A
62.5 kA
25 kA
25 kA for 3 Sec.
:
:
0.3 secs
3 min
As per relevant IS
:
:
70 kV
175 kV
:
:
:
VCB /SF6
Horizontal
As per relevant IS/BS
:
:
:
:
110 V DC
110 V DC
110V, 1ph, Ac
Refer 5.0 Bill of Material
Busbars.
a. Main Bus
b. Ground Bus
:
:
Copper
Copper
7.
Earthing Device
8.
Fittings & Accessories
Vendor to furnish details for cubicle

of earthing arrangement.
As per specification/Data Sheet
E.
F.
:
:
:
As per Section 4
0.3 Sec.
3 Min.
G.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Performance Particulars.
Duty of Operation - Opening Time
- Closing Time
Auxiliary Supply
Control Circuit
Closing Device
Potential Ind. Lights
Other Ind. Lights
Space Heaters
:
:
:
:
:
110 V DC
240 V AC (Motor)
110 V AC
LED, 110 V AC/DC
240 V AC, 1 Phase, 50 Hz.
H.
Painting & Colour Finish
Epoxy based anticorrosive paint;

siemens grey; RAL 7032.
I.
Name Plate Details
Will be furnished later.
8.
9.
D.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Temperature Rise
Insulation Level (Class E)
a. Power Frequency
b. Impulse
Construction.
Circuit Breaker Type
Isolation
Clearances
Operating Mechanism
a. Closing Coil
b. Tripping Coil
c. Universal type Motor
Instrument transformers,
instruments, relays, etc.
Page 16 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
J.
Cable Entry
As per site condition
Notes for vendor :

a)
All current transformers shall withstand fault current of 25 KA for 3 sec.
b)
All protective relays shall be provided with shunt reinforcing seal-in units with flag indicators
and the relays shall be fully drawout type.
c)
KW and KWH meters shall be provided with Test Terminal Blocks.
d)
Earthed metallic screens shall be provided in the rear cable chamber to prevent inadvertent
contact with the live parts.
e)
While shipping the switchboard, interpanel wiring shall be disconnected and loose wires with
ferrules shall be provided to receive their interpanel bus wiring.
f)
Multipin Control Plugs & Sockets used for Breaker trolley shall be suitable for 110 V DC supply
and shall be robust in construction, limits switches for Breaker positions shall also be rated for
110 V DC and robust in construction; as required.
g)
All indicating lamps shall be LED type.
Page 17 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
3.12 SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL DATA
(To be submitted by the Tenderer)
A.
B.
C.
General
a. Name of The Manufacturer
b. Manufacturers Type Designation
c. Type (Vacuum / SF6)
:
:
:
Rating.
a. Number of Poles
b. Service Voltage (Rated)
c. Service Voltage (Max. Cont.)
d. Normal Current Rating
e. Frequency
f. Short Time Current (RMS)
Rating 1 Sec.
g. Making Capacity (Peak kA)
h. Momentary RMS
i. Breaking Capacity
a) Symm. in kA, MVA (at rated
voltage)
b) Assymetrical in kA.
j. Recovery Voltage (kV)
k. Temperature rise at rated load
above specified ambient.
l. Bus-Bar Rating (Amps.)
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Constructional Features.
a. Number of Breaks Per Pole
b. Total Length of Break Per Pole
c. Type & Material of Main Contacts.
d. Weather Contacts Are Silver Plated
e. Thickness of Silver Plating
f. Details of Arc Control Device, If Any.
g. Minimum Clearance in Air
i. Between poles
ii. Between live parts & earth.
h. Steady Hydraulic Test Pressure
that the Tanks can withstand.
i. Method of Closing
a. Type of Closing Mechanism
b. Whether Circuit Breaker is
Designed to Close and Latch
or is Fitted with a Making
Current Release.
c. Whether a fixed-trip or trip-free.
j. Normal Voltage of
a. Closing Mechanism
Solenoid/Motor)
b. Closing Coil.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Page 18 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
c.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
Shunt Trip Coil
Power required at Normal Voltage for

I.
Closing Mechanism
II. Closing Coil
III. Shunt Trip Coil
:
:
:
Minimum Voltage for Satisfactory

Operation of
I.
Closing Mechanism
II. Closing Coil
III. Shunt Trip Coil
:
:
:
Time Required for Spring Charging

Auxiliary Contacts-Max. Numbers,
NO/NC
Material, Size, Number of Busbars.
:
:
:
D.
Operating Particulars
a. Opening Time-From the Instant of Energisation of the Trip
Coil upto the instant of Extinction of the Arc.
I.
at 100% Breaking Capacity
:
II. at 10% Breaking Capacity
:
b.Closing Time
E.
Data on Restriking Voltage (at 100% Breaking Capacity)

a.
Amplitude Factor.
b.
Phase Factor
c.
Natural Frequency
d.
R.R.R.V. Volts/Micro-Sec.
5.0
:
:
:
:
11 kV DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER
5.1
Scope:
5.1.1
Scope of these specifications covers the manufacturing, testing, supply, installation

and commissioning of dry type transformers.
5.1.2
Transformers shall be of 11 kV /433 V provided after change-over panel.
5.2
Standards Applicable:
5.2.1
The design, manufacture and performance of equipment confirm with all currently
applicable standards reputations and safety codes in the locality where the equipment
shall be installed. Nothing in this specification shall be construed to relieve the
CONTRACTOR of this responsibility.
Page 19 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
5.2.2
Unless otherwise specified, equipment conforms to the latest editions of the applicable
standards and in particular to following standards. In case of conflict between the
applicable standards and this specification, this specification shall govern.
a) IS:226
Structural steel
b) IS:2026
IS:11171-1985
Power Transformers
Dry type power transformers.
c) IS:2090-1973
Bushings for alternating voltages above1000V.
d) IS:2147-1962
Degrees of protection provided by enclosures for low voltage

switchgear and control gear.
e) IS:3114-1981
Methods of test for mineral wool thermal

insulation materials.
f) IS:3639-2966
Fittings and accessories for power transformers.
g) IS:8183-1976
Bonded mineral wool.
h) IEC:216
Guide for determination of thermal endurance

Part-3) properties of electrical insulating materials.
i) IEC:551
Measurement of transformer and reactor

sound levels.
j) IEC:606
Application guide of power transformers.
k) IEC:616
Terminal and tapping markings for

power transformers.
l) IEC:726
Dry type power transformers.
5.3
General Requirements:
5.3.1
System of Supply - System of supply for two types of transformers will be 11 KV , 3

Phase, 50 Cycles and solidly earthed system.
5.3.2
Rating - Transformers shall be 11 kV /

consideration and as per
5.3.3
No load voltage shall be 11000 Volts on Primary Side and

No load Voltage 11000 Volts and 433 Volts on Secondary Side.
5.3.4
Ratio - Ratio shall be 11000 Volts / 433 Volts on principle tapping.
433 V - 2000 kVA rated as per the design

IS 2026.
Page 20 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
5.3.5
Connections - Connections shall be Delta on Primary side and Star on

side with Neutral terminal brought out for solid earthing.
5.3.6
Vector Groups - Vector groups shall correspond to the Vector Symbol Dyn-
5.3.7
Impedance - The transformers shall be so designed and manufactured to have

matched impedance for a parallel operation. Impedence shall be 6.25 and variation in
impedance of the ultimate finished product shall be within +/- 5% of the nominal
impedence value.
5.3.8
Type - Transformer shall be suitable for indoor installation, acceptable to MSEDCL and
State Electrical Inspectorate.
5.4
Materials and Construction :
5.4.1
Step-down power transformer shall be as below :-
5.4.2
Secondary
Type
Cast resin dry, indoor and floor mounted (low noise)
Cooling
Forced air cooled
Phase
3 Phase
Frequency
50 Hz
Insulation Level
28 kV power frequency for 1min.
Voltage Ratio
11000 / 433V
Impulse Level
75 kV peak impulse voltage for 1/50 micro second
Insulation
Class F
Phase Connection
Primary copper winding Delta

Secondary copper winding Star
Vector Group Symbol Dyn11
Tapping
+5% / +2.5% / 0-2.5% / -5%, 5 position
Housing of
Transformer
IP23
11.
All material used shall be of best quality and of the class most suitable for workingunder the conditions specified and shall be designed to withstand the variations of
temperature and atmospheric conditions, overloads, over-excitation, short-circuits as
per specified standards, without distortion or deterioration or the setting up of undue
stresses in any part, and also without affecting the strength and suitability of the
various parts for the work which they have to perform.
Page 21 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
5.4.3
For cast-resin type transformers, the completed coil assembly shall be cast under
vacuum into moulds, which forms the insulation system.
5.4.4
The impregnating material/resin used for winding insulation shall benon-hygroscopic to

prevent the penetration of moisture into windings. It should be possible to energise the
transformer without predrying even after a long period of service interruption. The
resin used shall be non-inflammable and self-extinguishing and void free.
The framework and clamping arrangements of core and coil shall be securely earthed
by copper strap connection to the mainframe and enclosure. Two separate earthing
terminals are available for terminating Purchasers connection from earthing grid.
5.4.5
Transformers shall be suitable to receive 11 kV XLPE cables of specified size.

Secondary side (433V) terminals shall be connected by means of aluminum bus duct
to LT panel.
5.4.6
The neutral of the star-connected winding shall be in two branches and shall be
brought out to two separate bushing terminals. One neutral bushing shall be provided
to facilitate leading the earth conductor down to the ground level along with C.Ts for
earth fault protection. A second bushing shall be provided for connecting neutral
busbar to switchgear. The neutral connections shall be of aluminum.
5.4.7
Bushings are designed and tested to comply with the applicable standards.
5.4.8
The primary side cable termination facility on the transformers shall be designed for
connecting Owners aluminum conductor, XLPE cable terminated in crimping type lugs.
The cable entry shall be from the top.
5.4.9
Phase to phase and phase to ground clearances within the enclosure are such as to
enable either the transformer or cable to be subjected separately to H.V. tests. The
terminal box shall be designed to safely withstand the specified fault within the box for
one 3 secs.
5.4.10
The marshalling box shall be mounted in an easily accessible position on the

transformer. All doors, covers and plates are fitted with neoprene gaskets.
Primary side cable shall enter the enclosure from below. The cable shall be sized
according to the full load current it carries and the short circuit withstand current for 1
seconds. De-rating factors shall also be considered.
5.4.11
Secondary side busduct shall enter the enclosure from the top.
5.4.12
Magnetic core shall be constructed of high grade, non-ageing silicon steel lamination of
low hysteresis loss and high permeability. The three limbs of the icon core shall be
arranged in the same plane and interconnected by yokes. An adequate number of
core bandages shall ensure uniform compression of the limbs. Several coats of paints
shall be applied to protect the core against corrosion. The core shall be earthed to the
enclosure through a removable copper link.
Page 22 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
5.4.13
Windings shall be of copper and designed to give a high dielectric and mechanical
strength of insulation. The high-tension coils shall be wound together with high grade
insulation sheet to the terminal. The winding shall be maintenance-free, damp-free and
suitable for service in the tropics.
5.4.14
Transformer shall be equipped with a winding temperature indicator to

indicate the maximum temperature reached and to initiate alarm and trip
the associated circuit breaker via two separate dry contact set at different
pre-determined temperature settings.
5.4.15
Transformer shall be supplied with the following accessories.

Earthing terminal
Bi-directional rollers
Lifting eyes
Rating and terminal marking plates
Warning signs, in both English and Hindi
5.4.16
Over temperature alarm and trip terminals shall be provided.
5.4.17
Each transformer shall also be equipped with :

a.
Temperature Indicating devices and alarms with 2 maximum contacts.
b.
Terminal covering busbar connection at the L.V. side and cable-end boxes at
the H.V. side.
5.5
Interface:
5.5.1
Dry contacts shall be provided in the control cabinet to interface with Building
Management System (BMS).
5.6
Drawings :
5.6.1
The Contractor shall submit detailed G.A. drawing and foundation details of the
transformers.
5.7
Installation :
5.7.1
Installation, testing and commissioning of the transformers shall conform
IS:1886-1967 and regulations of local authorities.
5.7.2
to
Transformers and all accessories shall be handled carefully in its upright position as
indicated on the packing case. When lifting a transformer, care shall be taken that
lifting chain will not interfere with any part of the transformer. The sling shall never be
fixed to any other part of the transformer, except the lifting lugs. Lifting lugs and jacking
pads shall be used for lifting of the transformer. While using jacking pads utmost care
shall be taken in proper application of jacks. When transformer is dragged or pulled on
sleeper or rollers, traction eyes provided at the bottom frame shall be used with
suitable wire ropes and shackles.
Page 23 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
5.7.3
Transformers shall be mounted on MS channels embedded in cement

concrete. The rollers shall be chocked to prevent movement of the
transformer after being positioned on the plinth. Adequate and
necessary clearances from walls etc. shall be provided as required as per IS:18861967.
5.7.4
There shall be two separate signal systems for warning and tripping with regard
to
winding temperature of the coils. Thermister sensors shall
measure the temperature of
the low voltage winding inside the cast coils.
Alarm contact shall be designed to operate at
145C and trip contact at
165C. Temperature protection equipment shall be suitable
for110V D.C. supply. The temperature rise of winding shall not exceed by 90C by
resistance on continuous full load above maximum ambient temperature of 50C.
5.7.5
Since the transformer coils will be centred only by supporting blocks, it must
be,
handled very carefully during transportation, loading and
unloading. Transformers shall be
loaded on the transport vehicle with
longer axis of the core/ coil assembly in the direction of
transport so that
the danger of the transformer assembly toppling/ setting shocks due to
sudden starting or braking of the transport vehicle will be minimised.
5.8
Testing:
5.8.1
Transformers shall be subjected to the following routine tests at the manufacturers

works before despatch.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
Measurement or winding resistance

Voltage ratio, polarity and phase relationship.
Measurement of impedance voltage.
Load losses
No load losses and no load current
Induced over voltage withstand.
Separate source voltage withstands.
Partial discharge 25% upto 1.2 times the rated voltage.
5.8.2
Power frequency test voltage for the secondary winding shall be 2.5 kV R.M.S.
5.9
Site Conditions :
The transformer shall be suitable for satisfactory operation underfollowing tropical

conditions:
Max. Ambient Temperature
Min. Ambient Temperature

Design Temperature
:
:
Relative Humidity
50 0C
45 0C
:
Page 24 of 85
3.5 0C
100 %
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Altitude above sea level
:
Suitable for less
than 1000m altitude.
5.10 ANNEXURE-I TO SECTION 5.0

SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT
SR
NO
(A)
DESCRIPTION
DATA
General
Duty
Indoor
No. of Phases
Three
Voltage Variation
+/- 5 %
Frequency Variation
50 Hz +- 3%
System Earthing
Solidly Earthed
Type
Copper Wound, Two Winding Type
Quantity
1 Nos
(B)
Ratings
Rating
2000 kVA - 11 kV / 433 V
Voltage (No-Load)
i) Primary
ii) Secondary
11000 Volts
433 Volts
Insulation level
i) Highest System Voltage
ii) Basic Insulation Level
iii)One minute power frequency
withstand voltage
) As per I.S. specifications.

) To be confirmed by the Tenderer.
)
Type of cooling
AN
Percentage Impedance
6.25 % to be confirmed by the Tenderer.
(C)
Winding
Connections
&
Vector
Page 25 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Group
HV Winding (11000 Volts)
Delta
LV Winding (433 Volts)
Star
Vector Group
Dyn11
SR
NO
(D)
DESCRIPTION
DATA
Tappings
Tappings On
HV side
Type
Off load
Total Tapping Range

a) Off Load
b) On Load
- 5% to + 5%
Not applicable
No. of Steps
a) Off Load
b) On Load
5, step voltage 2.5%

Not applicable
Control
a) Off Load
b) On Load
Local
Not applicable
(E)
1
(F)
Temperature Rise
Temperature rise above ambient of
450C
50 0C
Terminal Arrangement
Primary Side (11000 Volts)
Cable box with disconnecting chamber

suitable for 1C 300Sq.mm Al-XLPE-A
cable
Secondary Side (11000 Volts and 433

Volts)
3000A Cu. Sand-witch type of Bus-duct
Secondary Side Neutral
Additional bushing on the transformer

tank to
Be provided for earthing.
Page 26 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
(G)
Fittings & Accessories
(H)
Fittings & accessories

Auxillary Power Supply
Refer specification.
The protection schemes, auxillary

electrical equipments etc.
provided with the transformer shall be
suitable for :
(I)
Remote On Load tap changer Panel
1 phase, 240 volts, 50 Hz AC supply.
Not Required.
6.0
LOW VOLTAGE PANELS/ BOARDS
6.1
Sc o p e :
6.1.1
manufacturers works, insurance, packing, transportation, loading/unloading, supply at site,
installation, testing and commissioning of the low voltage panels/ boards covered in the
BOQ, for indoor installation. Single line diagrams are shown on relevant tender drawings
enclosed with the tender documents.
6.2
Codes and Standards :
6.2.1
Some of the important applicable codes/ standards issued by the Bureau of Indian
Standards are listed below for the guidance of the Tenderers. Latest issues of the
standards/codes shall be applicable:
IS 5:
Colours for ready mixed paints and enamels
IS 2834
Shunt capacitors for Power Systems.
IS 5578
Guide for marking of insulated conductors.
IS 8623
Low voltage switchgear and controlgear.
IS 11353
Guide for uniform system of marking and identification

of conductors and apparatus terminal.
IS 13703
Low voltage fuses for voltages not exceeding 1000 V

A.C. or 1200 D.C.
IS 13947
Specifications for low voltage switchgear and

Control gear.
Page 27 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
6.3
6.3.1
The main busbars of Panels shall withstand short circuit current of 50 kA for 1 sec. at 415
V, 3 PH, 4 Wire, unless specified otherwise.
6.3.2
The panels shall be of compartmentalised design comprising free standing vertical

sections, fully interlocked pattern, fabricated from CRCA sheet steel. They shall be totally
sheet steel enclosed, dust and vermin proof and shall be extensible on both sides. The
Purchaser/ Owner may accept panels suitable for wall mounting in exceptional cases.
6.3.3
The panel height shall not be more than 2250 mm. However, mounting of any operating
switch, circuit breaker, etc. shall not be more than 1900 mm above the base level.
Minimum clearance of 250 mm shall be provided between the floor of the panel and the
lowest module.
6.3.4
Sheet steel, cold rolled/ hot rolled, used for the body of the panel shall be atleast 2/2.5 mm
thick and the base angle/sheet shall be at least 3 mm thick. The design shall be based on
modular construction having a pleasing appearance. The degree of protection shall be IP
43. Barriers of 1.6 mm sheet shall be provided between modules as well as between
modules and the busbars and between modules and cable chamber. Each module shall
have independent hinged door with concealed hinges. All module doors shall be earthed
using minimum 2.5 sq. mm copper conductor, green coloured PVC insulated wire. A base
channel of 75 mm x 40 mm x 5 mm thick shall be provided at the bottom.
6.3.5
Doors/ bolted covers etc. shall have gaskets made of non-ageing materials to make the
module dust tight. Each door shall be provided with lock.
6.3.6
Switches, breakers, etc. shall be mounted on the rear plate of the module. Only switch/
breaker handles, push buttons, indicating lamps, meters etc shall be mounted on the
module door.
6.3.7
Door interlock shall be provided for every module so that it shall not be possible to open
the door with the switch/ breaker in the closed position. It shall be possible to defeat this
interlock by authorised person only.
6.3.8
Adequate space shall be provided for termination of cables. The panel shall be fabricated
only after obtaining Consultants approval for the general arrangement and schematic
drawings.
6.3.9
Painting for Ste e l W o r k :
Page 28 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
All steel work shall undergo a rust removal process comprising alkaline degreasing,
descaling in dilute sulphuric acid, cold rinsing, phosphating and passivating. The steel work
shall then be powder coated, powder coating thickness shall not be less than 75 micron.
The paint shade for panel inside/ outside shall be RAL 7032 as per IS 5.
6.3.10
W i r e W a ys :
PVC trunking wireways of adequate capacity shall be provided for clamping and
accommodating inter panel/inter-feeder wiring, if any. Horizontal wireways shall be
provided at the bottom for the interpanel wiring, if any. Clamping facility shall be provided in
the wireways and modules for clamping of wires.
6.3.11
C a b l e En tr y :
Cable entry for the incoming and outgoing feeders shall be as specified in the drawings/ to
suit site conditions. Removable sheet steel gland plates shall be provided for fixing the
cable glands.
The space in cable alleys between gland plates and terminals for connecting the lugs, must
be adequate for the specified size of cables. Manufacturer shall show these clearances on
the general arrangement drawings and the same shall be increased if so instructed by the
Consultants, without extra price. The Tenderers may submit such drawings with their
tenders, if approval is required before finalising the order. Supports for clamping cable
cores and module identifying numbers shall be provided in cable alleys.
6.4
Specifications for Components & Accessories :
6.4.1
Switchgear :
Fuse switch units or circuit breakers as specified in the B.O.Q. shall be incorporated.
Shrouds shall be provided for live terminals in each module. Each terminal shall have
spring washers. Cam operated rotary switches with adequate terminal adaptors upto 25
AMP are acceptable but higher ratings switch shall be heavy duty conforming to IS 13947.
Minimum phase to phase and phase to earth clearances of 25 mm and 20 mm respectively
shall be provided. Phase barriers shall be provided, where appropriate clearances are not
available.
6.4.2
Breakers:
(A)
Air Circuit Breakers (ACB): Confirm IEC 60947-2/IS 13947

Air circuit breakers, where specified, shall be sheet metal enclosed flush front, draw out
type, and shall be provided with a trip free manual operating mechanism or as indicated in
drawings and bill of quantities with mechanical ON/OFF TRIP indications.
The ACB shall be 3 pole with brass neutral link or 4 pole as specified, of modular
construction, manually or electrically operated version as specified and shall be capable of
providing short circuit, overload and earth fault protection through micro processor based
control unit, where specified.
Page 29 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
The Circuit breaker shall be for continuous rating and service. Short Circuit Breaking
capacity shall be as specified on the single line diagram.
Circuit breakers shall be designed to close and trip without opening the circuit breaker
compartment door. The operating handle and the mechanical trip push button shall be at
the front of the breaker panel and integral with the breaker.
The contacts shall be of silver plated copper with a feature of contact wear inspection,
indicating the life of the contacts. The ACB shall have double insulation with moving and
fixed contacts totally enclosed for enhanced safety and in-accessibility to live parts.
Electrical closing breaker shall be with electrical motor wound stored energy spring
charging mechanism with mechanical indicator.
Cradle :
The cradle shall be so designed and constructed as to permit smooth withdrawal and
insertion of the breaker into it. The movements shall be free from jerks, easy to operate
and shall be on steel balls/ rollers and not on flat surfaces. For earthing, scraping earth
facility shall be provided.
There shall be four distinct and separate positions of the circuit breaker on the cradle.
Service Position
Main isolating contacts and control contacts of the

breaker are engaged.
Test Position
Main isolating contacts are isolated

contacts are still engaged.
Isolated Position
Both main isolating and control

isolated.
contacts are
Maintenance
Circuit breaker fully outside the

for maintenance.
panel ready
but control
Safety Measures:
a. Withdrawal or engagement of Circuit breaker shall not be possible unless it is in open
condition.
b. Operation of Circuit breaker shall not be possible unless it is fully in service, test or drawn out
position.
c.
All modules shall be provided with safety shutters operated automatically by movement of the
carriage to cover exposed live parts when the module is withdrawn.
d. Caution plate with inscription CAUTION LIVE TERMINALS shall be provided at all points
where terminals remain live unless isolation is done at remote end e.g. incoming terminals.
e. All Switchgear module front covers shall have provision for locking.
Page 30 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
f.
Switchgear operating handles shall be provided with arrangement for locking in OFF position.
Protections:
Microprocessor based release unit, where specified, shall be provided on circuit breaker for
short circuit, over current and earth fault protection with adjustable settings.
The release shall incorporate an 8-bit micro-computer to offer accurate and versatile
protection with complete flexibility and shall offer complete overcurrent protection to the
electrical system in the following four zones :
-
Overload or long time protection.
Short circuit or short time protection with intentional delay.
Instantaneous protection with no intentional delay.
Ground fault protection.
The release shall sample the current at the rate of 16 times per cycle to monitor the actual
load current waveform following the system and shall monitor the true RMS value of the
load current. It shall take into account the effect of harmonics also. The Tenderer is
required to bring-out in his tender the details of protections proposed in the offered breaker,
if they differ from those mentioned above.
Thermal Memory :
When the breaker shall reclose after tripping on overload then the thermal stresses caused
by the overload if not dissipated completely shall get stored in the memory of the release
and this thermal memory shall ensure reduced tripping time in case of subsequent
overloads. Realistic Hot/ Cold curves shall take into account the integrated heating effects
to offer closer protection to the system.
Defined Time-Current characteristics :
A variety of pick-up and time delay settings shall be available to define the current
thresholds and the delays to be set independently for different protection zones thereby
achieving a close-to-ideal protection curve. Available pick-up and time delay settings shall
have flexibility for over two million different I-t characteristics to suit different applications.
Trip Indication :
Electromechanical fault status indicators shall be provided to display the type of fault that
caused a trip without any auxiliary supply or battery, resulting in faster fault diagnosis and
reduced system down time.
Page 31 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Test Facility :
Test facility shall be provided to test the operation of the release in different protection
zones by simulating CT inputs externally through a testing kit.
Self Powered :
The release shall draw its power from the main breaker CTs and shall require no external
power supply for its operation.
Tripping of the Breaker :
The release shall trip the breaker through a flux shift device which shall directly act on the
breaker trip load.
The setting range of release shall be as follows :
SETTING RANGE OF RELEASE
Type of
Protection
Long Time
Short Time
Pick-up Current
Time Delay
0.5 to 1.0 times In (Ir)
0.2 to 30 sec at 6 Ir
Steps : 0.50, 0.60, 0.65, 0.70,

0.75, 0.80, 0.85, 0.90, 0.95,
1.00.
Steps 0.2,0.5,1.5,2,3.5,6,12,17
and 30 secs
Operating Limit : 1.05 to 1.2

times Ir
2 to 10 times Ir
Steps : 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 & 10
Tolerance : Corresponding to 10%

of current.
20 ms to 600 ms
Steps 20,60,100,160,200,260,300
400,500 and 600 ms
Tolerance : 15%
Tolerance : 10% or 20 ms
whichever is higher

Type of
Protection
Instantaneous
Pick-up Current
2 to 16 times In
Time Delay
Steps : 2,3,4,6,8,10,12,14,16
one position as infinity.
Ground Fault
Tolerance : 15%
0.2 to 0.6 time In
Page 32 of 85
100 ms to 400 ms
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Steps : 0.2,0.3,0.4,0.5,0.6
Steps : 100,200,300,400 ms
& Infinity
Tolerance : 15%
Tolerance : +10% or 20 ms
whichever is higher.
Settings shall be by rotary switches having red knob for pick-up currents and blue knobs for
time delays.
Factory Settings :
The release shall be set at the following values at the time of shipping, unless specified
otherwise.
LTP = 0.5. LTD = 2s. STP = 9. STD = 100ms. IP = Infi. GFP = 0.3.
Memory = OFF
GFD = 100 ms.
a)
Under voltage relay for voltage less than 90% of the rated voltage (415V) shall be
provided where specified.
b)
Over voltage relay for voltage more than 110% of the rated voltage (415 V) shall be
provided where specified.
Minimum 6 NO and 6 NC auxiliary contacts shall be provided on each breaker. The

contacts shall be rated 5 amps.
Rated Insulation Voltage shall be 1000 volts AC.

The auxiliary contacts blocks shall be so located as to be accessible from the front. The
auxiliary contacts in the trip circuits shall close before the main contacts have closed. All
other contacts shall close simultaneously with the main contacts. The auxiliary contacts in
the trip circuits shall open after the main contacts open.
All current carrying parts shall be silver plated and suitable arcing contacts with proper arc
chutes shall be provided to protect the main contacts. The heat generated in the contacts
due to tripping under fault conditions shall be very nominal.
Safety Features :
i)
The safety shutter shall prevent inadvertent contact with isolating contacts when
breaker is withdrawn from the Cradle.
ii)
It shall not be possible to interchange two breakers of two different thermal ratings.
iii)
There shall be provision of positive earth connection between fixed and moving
portion of the ACB either thru connector plug or sliding solid earth mechanism.
Earthing bolts shall be provided on the cradle or body of fixed ACB.
Arc Chute covers wherever necessary shall be provided.
iv)
Page 33 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
(B)
v)
It shall be possible to bolt the drawout frame not only in connected position but also
in TEST and DISCONNECTED position to prevent dislocation due to vibration and
shocks.
vi)
The incoming panel accommodating ACB shall be provided with indicating lamps for
ON-OFF positions, digital voltmeter and ammeter of size not less than 96 mm X 96
mm, selector switches, MCB for protection circuit and measuring instrument circuits.
Moulded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) :

MCCB shall be Current Limiting type and shall comprise Quick Make-break switching
mechanism preferably of Double Break Contact system. Arc extinguishing device and the
tripping unit shall be contained in a compact, high strength, heat resistant, flame retardant,
insulating moulded case with high withstand capability against thermal and mechanical
stresses. All MCCBs rated 200/250 Amps and above shall have adjustable magnetic short
circuit pick-up. The MCCBs shall be 3 pole with link in the neutral, unless specified
otherwise.
The trip command shall override all other commands. MCCB shall employ maintenance
free double break contact system to minimise the let thru energies and capable of
achieving discrimination upto full short circuit capacity of downstream MCCB. The
manufacturer shall provide both discrimination tables and let thru energy curves.
The breaking capacities specified will be ICU=ICS i.e type-2 Co-ordination as per IEC-9472/ IS 13947.
The MCCBs shall be provided with rotary handle operating mechanism. The handle
position shall give positive indication of ON OFF or Tripped position thus qualifying to
disconnection as per the IS/IEC indicating the true position of all the contacts. In case of
four pole MCCB the neutral shall be defined and capable of offering protection.
All MCCBs shall be provided with thermal magnetic releases unless otherwise asked for
differently in the BOQ. MCCBs offered shall be capable of performing the desired duties
such as motor control, capacitor control etc.
Rating & Standard Frame Size of MCCB :
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
MCCB Rating
100 amps & below 100 amps
More than 100 amps upto 160 amps
Page 34 of 85
Frame Size
100 amps
160 amps
250 amps
400 amps
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
v. More than 400 amps upto 630 amps

vi. More than 630 amps upto 800 amps
630 amps
800 amps
Rating & Breaking Capacities of MCCB:
1.
2.
3.
4.
(C)
MCCB Rating
25 KA & below
Above 25 KA upto 35 KA
Frame Size
25 KA
35 KA
50 KA
70 KA
Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB) : Confirm IS-8828-1996/1996/IEC898-1995)

Miniature circuit breaker shall be quick make and break type for 230/415 V AC 50 Hz
application with magnetic thermal release for over current and short circuit protection. The
breaking capacity shall not be less than 10 KA at 415 VAC. MCBs shall be of DIN mounting
type. The MCB shall be Current Limiting type. MCBs shall be classified as per their
Tripping
Characteristic curves defined by the manufacturer. The MCB shall have the minimum
power loss (Watts) per pole defined as per the IS/ IEC and the manufacturer shall publish
the values. The MCBs shall be 1 pole, 3 pole with link-in the neutral or 4 pole type as
specified.
The housing shall be heat resistant and having a high impact strength. The terminals shall
be protected against finger contact to IP20 Degree of protection. All DP, TP and TPN
miniature circuit breakers shall have a common trip bar independent of the external
operating handle. MCBs offered shall be capable of performing the desired duties such as
motor control, capacitor control etc.
(D)
Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker Current Operated Type (ELCB):

a)
System of Operation :
Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) shall work on the principle of core balance
transformer. The incoming shall pass through the torrodial core transformer. As long
as the currents in the phase and neutral shall be the same,
no electro motive force shall be generated in the secondary winding of the
transformer. In the event of a leakage to earth, an unbalance shall be created which
shall cause a current to be generated in the secondary winding. This current shall be
fed to a high sensitive miniature relay which shall trip the circuit if the earth leakage
current exceeds a predetermined critical value. ELCB/ RCCB shall be current
operated independent of the line voltage. Current sensitivity of a minimum of 30 mA
and a maximum of 300 mA at 240/415 volts AC and shall have a minimum of 20000
electrical operations.
Page 35 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
b)
Mechanical Operation :
The moving contacts of the phases shall be mounted on a common bridge actuated
by a rugged toggle mechanism. Hence, the closing/ opening of all the three phases
shall occur simultaneously. This also shall ensure simultaneous opening of all the
contacts under automatic tripping conditions.
c)
Neutral Advance Feature :

The neutral moving contact shall be so mounted on the common bridge that at the
time of closing the neutral shall make contact First before the phases and at the time
of opening the neutral shall break last after allowing the phases to open first. This is
an important safety feature which is also required by regulations.
d)
Testing Provision :
A test device shall be incorporated to check the integrity of the earth leakage
detection system and the tripping mechanism. When the unit is connected to service,
pressing the test knob shall trip the ELCB and the operating handle shall move to the
OFF position.
6.4.3
Isolators :
The isolators shall conform to the applicable Indian Standard and shall be suitable for
operation on 415V, 3ph, 4wire, 50Hz supply. The isolators shall be of AC23 category. The
design shall employ quick make and quick break mechanism. ON-OFF mechanical position
indications shall be marked. The isolators shall have padlocking facility in OFF position.
Unbreakable moulded plastic handles shall be provided. Isolators shall be 4 pole/ 3 pole
with brass neutral link as specified.
6.4.4
Contactors : Confirm IS 13947-4-1

Contactors proposed shall be capable of performing the desired duties such as motor
starting, capacitor control etc. Minimum 2 NO + 2 NC auxiliary contacts shall be available.
Contactor coils shall be suitable for operation on the stipulated AC/Dc voltages. Contactors
shall be of AC3 duty, unless noted otherwise.
6.4.5
Instruments :
Instruments shall be digital flush mounting type. Digital Load Managers shall be provided
as indicated in the SLD and B.O.Q. Energy meters shall be suitable for 3 phase 4 wire
unbalanced load. Energy meters shall be mounted flush and gaskets shall be used for
making the door cut-out dust tight.
6.4.6
Current Transformers :
Current transformers shall be bar primary type with accuracy class and VA burden as
specified.
Page 36 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Current transformers shall be provided for Distribution panels carrying current in excess of
60 amps. All phase shall be provided with current transformers of suitable VA burden with
5 amps secondary for operation of associated metering.
The design and construction shall be dry type, epoxy resin cast robust to withstand thermal
and dynamic stresses during short circuits. Secondary terminals of CTs shall be brought
out suitable to a terminal block which shall be easily accessible for testing and terminal
connections. The protection CTs shall be of accuracy class 5P10 and measurement CTs
shall be of accuracy class I
6.4.7
Busbars :
Three phases and neutral horizontal electrolytic Copper busbars as specified in the B.O.Q.,
uniformly rated having maximum current density 1.0 Amps per sq.mm with temperature
rise not exceeding 40oC., shall be provided for the entire length of the panels. The rating of
busbars shall be as specified in the B.O.Q. G.I. earth busbar of 50x6mm size or as
specified shall be provided for the entire length of the switchboard. The busbars shall be
housed in separate busbar chambers, provided with removable bolted covers. Covers shall
have non-ageing gaskets. Busbar supports shall be of non-hygroscopic anti-tracking
material such as epoxy cast resin. Busbar supports shall be sufficiently close and robust to
effectively withstand electro-mechanical stresses in the event of short circuit. Bolted joints
shall be provided with spring washers, lock nuts etc. for anti-vibration. Vertical busbar
chambers shall be provided in addition to the horizontal busbars. Phase busbars and
busbar joints shall be covered with heat shrinkable sleeves in R-Y-B colours and neutral
with black sleeves. Interconnection upto 63A shall be carried out by copper PVC wires of
650/1100 V grade and those above 63A shall be by busbar jumpers with proper sleeves.
The rating of internal wiring/ busbar jumpers on the downstream side of switches/ breakers
etc shall be in line with the specified sizes of outgoing cables.
Bus bars shall be supported on glass fibre reinforced thermosetting plastic insulated
supports at regular intervals to withstand the force arising from in case of short circuit in the
system.
6.4.8
Wiring and Terminals :

Flexible copper wires of 650V/ 1100V grade shall be used for wiring between components
on the modules and components on the doors. Solid copper wires shall be used for wiring
between components on the modules. The size of the copper control wires shall not be
less than 1.5 sq.mm for control circuits and 2.5 sq.mm for power circuits. C.T. section to be
with minimum 2.5 sq. mm wires. Flexible copper wires shall be used for power wiring.
Colour coded wires shall be used for control and power wiring. For termination of
conductors of sizes higher than 25 sq.mm, terminals in the form of copper busbar pieces
shall be provided. Terminal blocks shall be minimum 16A size and suitable for upto 4
sq.mm core connection. Spring washers, zinc passivated or plated bolts, lock nuts etc.
shall be provided with such terminals. Lugs shall be used for terminating flexible copper
wires. Lugs shall be fitted by crimping method only. Ferrules shall be provided for every
control terminal including the terminals of the components. The ferrule number shall be the
same as the control terminal number. Automatic dropping type terminals or shorting facility
shall be provided where CT secondary leads are to be terminated.
Page 37 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
6.4.9
Indicating Lamps :
These shall be of the cluster LED type of specified colours.
6.4.10
Control & Selector Switches :

These shall be of the rotory type with black handles.
6.4.11
Labels :
Engraved PVC/ Black anodised labels shall be provided on all components and feeders. A
common label shall also be provided for the panel. Inscription on labels shall be finalised
during detailed engineering. All components shall have identification labels inside the
panels also.
6.4.12
Space Heaters :
Anti condensation space heaters shall be provided with Caution-Live Terminals notice near
them inside the panel. Space heaters shall be controlled by HRC fuses and thermostats.
Space heaters shall be of 40 W or 60W and suitable for operation at 240 V single phase
A.C supply. Power supply for the space heater shall be derived from the upstream side of
the incomer. Space heaters shall be provided in each cable alley, as applicable.
6.4.13
Interlocks :
Suitable mechanical interlock castle key type shall be provided, if specified. For automatic
operation, only electrical interlocks shall be provided. Interlocking scheme shall be
designed for automatic operation.
The following interlocks shall be provided:
a.
The truck cannot be moved from either test to service position or vice versa,
when the circuit breaker is ON.
b.
The circuit breaker can not be switched ON when the truck is in any position
between test and service position.
c.
Front part of the truck can not be removed when the breaker in ON position.
d.
The low voltage plug and socket can not be disconnected in any position
except test/isolated position.
e.
f.
The truck can not be moved inside the panel, when the LT plug and socket is
disconnected.
Earthing switch can not be switched ON when the truck is inside the panel.
g.
The truck can not be inserted when the earthing switch is ON.
Page 38 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
SAFETY DEVICES
The following Safety devices shall be provided for the safety of the operating personnel :
a.
Individual explosion vents shall be provided for breaker/bus bar/cable

chambers on the top of the panel to let out the gases under pressure
generated in case of fault inside the panel.
b.
Cubicle with front plate to withstand the pressure for internal arc fault as
per PEHLA recommendation.
c.
Circuit breaker and sheet metal enclosure shall be fully earthed.
d.
Self locking shutters shall be provided which shall close automatically

when the truck is withdrawn to Test position and no separate padlocking
of the shutter shall be required.
6.5
Specific Requirements for Automatic Capacitor Control Panels (ACCPs).
6.5.1
Specifications covered in clause Nos. 2.3 and 2.4 above, as relevant, are applicable to
these panels also.
6.5.2
Capacitors :
a)
Capacitor units shall be of polypropylene film combined with dual side metalized
paper in the dielectric structure to form a cylindrical winding.
b)
Each capacitor unit shall be provided with built-in silver fuse.
c)
The watt loss shall not exceed 1.5 watt/ kVAR
d)
e)
Capacitors shall be impregnated void-free.

Capacitor units shall be housed in sheet steel containers and shall be
connected
to from a 3 phase bank suitable for operation on 415 V, 3 ph, 50 Hz supply.
f)
The capacitor shall comply with the following standards (and their latest amendments) :
IS 13340-1993, IS 13341-1992, IEC 60831-1+2.
g) General specifications : 3 phase, delta connected, 50 Hz..

h) Voltage : Must be designed to withstand system over voltage, increased voltage due
to series reactor and harmonics.
i)
Capacitor type : Super heavy duty with double side metallised capacitor tissue paper.
Oil impregnated and self-healing type with bi-axially oriented polypropylene film shall be
fitted with pressure sensitive disconnector in each individual capacitor cell.
Page 39 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
j)
Overvoltage +10% (12h / 24h), + 15% (30m / 24h), + 20% (5m), +30% (1m) as per
Clause 6.1 of IS 13340-1993.
k) Overcurrent : 2.5 x In
l)
Peak Inrush current withstand : 350 x In
m) Total watt-losses including discharge resistors : < 0.45 W / k V Ar.

n) Temperature category : -25 deg.C to 70 deg.C.
o) Temperature category : -25 deg.C to 70 deg.C.
p) Capacitor shall be self-heating type and oil impregnated for longer life. The impregnant
shall be non-PCB, biodegradable type, must be properly treated and de-gasified, so as
not to have any degeneration properties and shall be non-oxidizing.
q) The design shall be modular for simple mechanical assembly, no extra accessories /
metal parts to be required. Unit must be free standing with an IP 41 protection level.
6.5.3
Discharge Resistors :
The units shall be provided with permanently connected discharge resistors so that
residual voltage shall be reduced to 50 volts or less within one minute after the capacitor is
disconnected from the source of supply.
6.5.4
Earthing :
Two separate earthing terminals suitable for termination of 50 x 6 mm GI flat or conductor
of specified size, shall be provided for each bank, for bonding to earth.
6.5.5
Automatic Capacitor Control Panel (ACCP) :

a)
Sheet steel, cold rolled/ hot rolled, 2/2.5 mm thick. Enclosed free standing, ACCP
panel, suitable for top/ bottom entry of cables, shall house the incoming/ outgoing
MCCBs/ Isolators/ switch fuse units etc., of capacity control duty, capacitor duty
contactors, power factor correction capacitors, power factor measuring and
controlling relays, associated control circuitry and all other components/ accessories
etc. required for the satisfactory operation of the system. The constructional features
shall be in line with those stipulated under Low Voltage Panels.
b)
The total kVAR capacitor bank value shall be made using, standard 3 phase units of
specified kVAR, space for introducing specified no of banks in future, where
specified shall be provided. Provision of power/ control wiring, internal connections
etc. for the bank/s to be added in future shall be made in the panel. The kVAR
ratings specified are values at 415 V and actual kVAR ratings offered shall suit the
rated voltage. The section of the panel, where capacitor banks are to be located,
shall be provided with an exhaust fan (in the side panel, not at the top) and louvres,
at the bottom, backed by fine wire mesh, if required by the design.
Page 40 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
c)
It shall be possible to operate ACCP either in Auto Mode or Manual Mode through
a mode selector switch, to be provided on the panel.
d)
For Auto Mode, the PF control relay unit shall be provided in ACCP incomer portion,
the relay shall have following features :
i)
PF indication, digital or analog to indicate actual system PF.
ii)
PF setting dial calibrated from about 0.5 lag to 0.5 lead.
iii)
Dead band feature (adjustable), to prevent hunting.
iv)
Under current blocking, to switch off all capacitors one by one and shutting
down of relay, when load current is below 20% with appropriate indication
available on the relay.
v)
Low PF and High PF indication.
vi)
When the PF falls below the setting, the capacitor banks shall be switched
on, in a sequence at intervals of 4 to 8 second and when the PF rises above
the setting, capacitor banks shall be switched off in the same sequence.
vii) The relay shall provide feature to provide an adjustable delay of about 0-120
seconds from change over from Capacitor Off signal to Capacitor On signal
to ensure the capacitors are fully discharged before they are switched in, to
prevent dangerous transient over voltages.
viii) The relay shall provide LED indications, to indicate to the operator the full
status of relay, like Auto-manual, low and high PF, Test Mode, indications for
the banks switched on & any other LED necessary for operator convenience
and safe/ proper operation.
ix)
The relay shall be flush mounting type on the ACCP door and shall have
removable transparent glass or acrylic cover, also avoiding inadvertent/
unauthorized tampering of relay controls, once set.
It is the responsibility of the Tenderer to bring out deviations, if any, in meeting the above
requirements.
6.5.6
If Mode selection switch is kept in Manual Mode, it shall be possible to switch the
capacitor banks on and off in any sequence, through push button provided for each bank.
Each bank shall also be provided with On Indication Lamp.
6.5.7
In the Manual Mode the following features shall be present :

a)
Between switch-on operation of banks, there shall be a time delay of about 70

seconds.
Page 41 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
b)
Similar time delay shall be present from bank-switching-off to bank-switching-on to

ensure full discharge capacitor condition to prevent dangerous system disturbance.
c)
Time delays as above shall be adjustable from 0-120 secs.
d)
A common indication lamp, Ready for Manual Switching: dependent on the timers
shall indicate to the operator the readiness, of the bank for switching-on.
e)
The Manual operation of ACCP shall be available in the case of failure of PF

control relay.
6.5.8
An emergency stay put type mushroom head push button Emergency Off shall be
available to de-energise all the contactors and also switch off the incoming MCCB both in
Auto and manual positions of the selector switch.
6.5.9
The control voltage of ACCP panel shall be 110 V AC, with all operating coils of contactors
etc. rated for 110 V AC.
MCBs shall be used in the control circuits for protection and isolation.
6.5.10
Safety Annunciation Features :

a)
The ACP Panel shall have the followings located at top :

Two Tone Hooter.
Fault Indication Lamps (audio/ visual).
ACCP Out of Circuit Indicating Lamp.
Set of Accept, Test and Reset push button.
b)
If MCCB is kept off or trips during its operation the hooter should come along with
lamp and continue to operate till Accept push button, present on the ACCP, is
pressed to cancel the audio/ visual alarm.
c)
6.6
However, the ACCP out of Circuit lamp will continue to flash till the MCCB is closed
and ACCP is put in operation, drawing attention of operators to the situation.The
flashing feature is to be derived by adjustable cyclic Electronic-timer type.
Drawings/ Data For Panels/ Boards :
6.6.1
Before fabrication of the panels/ boards, Contractor shall submit detailed general
arrangement drawings, single line diagrams and schematic diagrams for all circuits/
modules for approval. G.A. drawings shall show foundation/ fixing details also.
6.6.2
G.A. drawings shall indicate the list of components with manufacturers reference
scheme/wiring diagram and detailed bill of materials.
6.6.3
Minor changes suggested by the Consultants during approvals shall be without any price
variation.
6.6.4
For ACCP:
Following drawings/ data shall be furnished for approval by the Owner:
Page 42 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
a)
6.7
6.7.1
b)
G.A. drawing of the ACCP showing Plan, Elevation and Sectional views, foundation
details, BOQ, constructional features etc.
Single line diagram, control schematic and annunciation system diagram.
c)
A detailed write-up on the operational and control scheme.
d)
Data sheet for capacitor banks and GA drawing for the same.
Testing at Manufacturers Works :

Panels/ Boards :
The panels/ boards in fully wired and assembled condition shall be offered for inspection by
the Owner at manufacturers works. During inspection, following tests/ measurements/
checks shall be carried-out :
6.7.2
a)
Dimensional checks and verification of BOQ.
b)
Mechanical and Electrical operation tests.
c)
High voltage test at 2.5 kV for 1 min.
d)
Insulation resistance measurement before and after HV test.
For bought-out items, manufacturers test certificates shall be furnished

ACCPs :
The ACCP in fully wired and assembled condition and the capacitor banks shall be offered
for separate inspection by the Owner.
During the inspection, following tests/
measurements/ checks will be carried-out :
a)
ACP Panels Tests/ measurements/ checks, as relevant listed under Panels/

Boards shall be carried-out.
b)
Capacitor Banks Routine & Acceptance tests as per applicable I.S.
For bought-out items, manufacturers test certificates shall be furnished.

SECTION 7.0
M.C.B. DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
7.1
Scope :
7.1.1
Scope of these specifications covers the supply, installation testing and commissioning of
distribution boards with MCB's or HRC fuses.
7.2
7.2.1
DBs shall be constructed out of 16SWG sheet steel.
Page 43 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
7.2.2
DBs shall be provided with proper gaskets at doors and joints to ensure dust and vermin
proof enclosures.
7.2.3
Top and bottom of the DBs shall have removable gland plates for conduit entries. In case,
the DBs should have an incoming feeder of switch fuse unit L/MCCB/MCB and ELCB/S,
this feeder shall be in a separate compartment, with proper barriers between incoming and
outgoing feeders.
7.2.4
Terminals for earthing shall be provided.
7.2.5
7.3
MCBs shall be of single pole, double pole, triple pole or four pole as
required. MCBs will be of the thermal magnetic type with minimum rupturing
capacity of 10 kV at 415 V.
Drawings / Documents :
Technical literature, G.A. and schematic drawings shall be submitted.
7.4

The board shall be offered for inspection by the Owner. During inspection, following
tests/measurements shall de carried out.
Continuity Test for Power/Control Circuits.
Measurement of Insulation Resistance.
Operational Test.
Test reports for the Tests/Measurements carried out during the inspection shall be
submitted.
8.0 BUS-BAR CHAMBER & METERING CABINET
8.1
BUS-BAR CHAMBER:
8.1.1
The Aluminium Bus bar shall be provided in then M.S. enclosure suitably supported with
epoxy resin-cast for 1100V (E) system voltage.
8.1.2
The M.S. enclosure shall be fabricated out of CRCA 14 SWG sheet. The chamber shall
be suitable for wall mounting. It shall be totally enclosed, dust proof and vermin proof.
The fabrication shall be as per relevant is specifications for degree protection IP54, the
insulators, bus bars, bakelite covers shall be provided as per relevant standards.
8.1.3
The sheet steel should be smoothly finished, leveled and free from flaws. All doors,
removable covers shall be gasketted all round the perimeter.
8.1.4
The enough space shall be provided for termination. The minimum two earth line
terminals shall be provided for each bus bar chamber.
Page 44 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
8.1.5
8.1.6
Adequate shrouds shall be provided for avoiding accidental contact with line terminals,
Bus-bars etc.
The conduits knock out shall be provided for conduit entry.
8.1.7
All steel works shall undergo a process of degreasing, picking in acid bath, phosphating.
8.1.8
This shall be followed by two coats of primer and two coats of final finish paint, both
applied with spray, the colour shall be light battle ship gray.
8.1.9
The Bus-bars support shall be non-hygroscopic material.
8.2
Metering Room:
8.2.1
The Metering shall be made as per Reliance standards in local areas. The metering kiosk
to be mounted on wall inside proposed meter room to accommodate number of meter
cutouts and isolator for individual meter including Reliance service cutout.
8.2.2
The kiosk should be suitable for wall mounting. The work includes supply and installation of
the complete kiosk including interconnected wiring between cutouts, meters and outgoing
circuits cutouts. Interconnected wiring shall be PVC insulated copper stranded wires.
8.2.3
The kiosk shall be installed as per Reliance statutory regulations. The cutout should be
easily accessible for operation and as per strict requirements of Reliance.
8.2.4
The Contractor has to submit a drawing before fabrication of metering kiosk. The kiosk
should be fabricated only on approval of Reliance. The details circuit diagram must be
displayed in the meter room for complete building distribution.
8.2.3
The outgoing circuit S.F.U. for individual meters after the Reliance meter will be supplied
by the Contractor.
8.2.4
The Contractor shall be identifying all the meters with respective meter numbers with
engraved labels.
9.0 CABLES
9.1
Sc o p e :
Scope of these specifications covers the design, material selection, manufacture, testing
and manufacturers works, insurance, packing, transportation, loading/unloading, supply at
site, installation, testing and commissioning of 1.1 kV Grade cables.
9.2
Codes & Standards :

Some of the important applicable codes/ standards issued by the Bureau of Indian
Standards are listed below for the guidance of the Tenderers. Latest issues of the
standards/codes will be applicable :
Page 45 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
9.3
IS 1554
PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables Part I

For working voltage upto and including 1100V
IS 8130
Conductors for insulated electric cables and flexible Cords.
IS 3961
Recommended current ratings for Cables :

PVC insulated and sheathed heavy duty cables.
IS 5831
PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables.
9.3.1
The cables shall be with copper/aluminium conductors, PVC insulated,

XLPE FR armoured Cables.
9.3.2
The insulation, inner and outer sheaths shall be extruded unless stipulated
otherwise. General purpose type PVC shall be used.
9.3.3
Material and type of armour shall be as per applicable Indian Standards.
9.4
9.4.1
9.5
Packing :
Unless agreed otherwise, cables shall be supplied on drums. Supply of cables in the form
of coils shall be accepted with the prior permission of the Owner, under such
circumstances, the turns shall be adequately tied to prevent from un-coiling.
Marking and Core Indentification :
Marking of cables and core identification shall conform to applicable standards.
9.6
Technical Data :
Descriptive and technical information on cables shall be furnished by the Contractor. The
technical data shall cover constructional features, data of insulation/ sheath/ armour and
conductors, current carrying capacities, de-rating factors etc.
9.7

The cables shall be offered for inspection by the Owner at manufacturers works. During
inspection, routine and acceptance tests on finished cables and on insulation, sheath and
conductors shall be carried-out as per the stipulations in applicable standards.
9.8
9.8.1
9.8.2
Jointing of Cables :
All cable joints shall be made in suitable, approved cable joint boxes and the filling in of
compound shall be done in accordance with manufactures' instructions and in an approved
manner. All straight joints shall be done in epoxy mould boxes with epoxy resin.
All cables shall be joined colour to colour and tested for continuity and insulation resistance
before jointing commence. The seals of cables must not be removed until preparations for
jointing are completed. Joints shall be finished on the same day as commenced and
Page 46 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
sufficient protection from the weather such as terminal cap shall be arranged. The
conductors shall be efficiently insulated with high voltage insulating tape and by using of
spreaders of approved size and pattern. The joints shall be completely topped up with
epoxy compound so as to ensure that the box is properly filled.
9.8.3
Cable termination :
Cable termination shall be done in cable terminal box using crimping sockets and proper size
of glands of double compression type with earthing facility.
9.8.4
Bonding of Cables.
Where a cable enters any piece of apparatus, it shall be connected to the casing by means of
an approved type of armour clamp and gland. The clamps must grip the armouring firmly to
the gland or casing, so that no undue stress is passed on to the cable conductors.
9.9
Laying of cables on Cable Trays.
9.9.1
Cables shall be laid by skilled and experienced workmen using adequate rollers to minimize
stretching of the cable. The cable drums shall be placed on jacks before unwinding the cable.
Great care shall be exercised in laying cables to avoid forming kinks. The relative position of
the cables, laid on the cable tray shall be preserved and the cables shall not cross each other.
At all changes in direction in horizontal and vertical planes, the cable shall be bent smooth
with a radius as recommended by the manufacturers. All cables shall be laid with minimum
one diameter gap and shall be clamped at every metre to the cable tray and shall be tagged
for identification with aluminium tag and clamped properly. Tags shall be provided at both
ends and all changes in directions both sides of wall and floor crossings. All cable shall be
identified by embossing on the tag the size of the cable, place of origin and termination.
9.9.2
All cables passing through holes in floor or walls shall be sealed with fire retardant Sealant
and shall be painted with fire retardant paint upto one meter on all joints, terminations
and both sides of the wall crossings by VIPER CABLE RETARD.
9.10
Laying of Cables in Ground :
9.10.1
The minimum width of trench for laying single cable shall be minimum 350 mm. Where
more than one cable is to be laid in horizontal formation, the width of the trench shall be
workout by providing 200 mm gap between the cables, except where otherwise specified.
There shall be clearance of 150 mm between the end cable and the side wall of the trench.
The minimum dept of the cable trench shall not be less than 750 mm for single layer of cables.
When the cables are laid in more than one tier the depth of the trench shall be increased by
300 mm for each additional tier.
9.10.2
Excavation of trenches :
The trenches shall be excavated in reasonably straight lines. Wherever there is a change
in direction, suitable curvature shall be provided. Where gradients and changes in depth
are unavoidable, these shall be gradual. The excavated soil shall be stacked firmly by the
side of the trench such that it may not fall back into the trench. The bottom of the trench shall
Page 47 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
be level and free from stone, brick bats etc. The trench shall then be provided with a layer of
clean, dry sand cushion of not less than 100 mm in depth. Prior to laying of cables, the cores
shall be tested for continuity and insulation resistance. The cable drum shall be properly
mounted on jacks, at a suitable location, making sure that the spindle, jack etc. are strong
enough to carry the weight of the drum and the spindle is horizontal. Cable shall be pulled
over rollers in the trench steadily and uniformly without jerks and strains. The entire
drum length shall be laid in one stretch. However, where this is not possible the remainder of
the cable shall be removed by `Flaking i.e. by making one long loop in the reverse
direction. After the cable has been uncoiled and laid into the trench over the rollers, the
cable shall be lifted off the rollers beginning from one end by helpers standing about 10
meters apart and laid in a reasonably straight line. Cable laid in trenches in a single tier
formation shall have a cover of clean, dry sand of not less than 150 mm. above the base
cushion of sand before the protective cover is laid. In the case of vertical multi-tier
formation after the first cable has been laid, a sand cushion of 300 mm shall be provided
over the initial bed before the second tier is laid. Finally the cables shall be protected by
second class bricks before back filling the trench.
9.10.3
Back Filling :
The trenches shall be back filled with excavated earth free from stones or other sharp
edged debris and shall be rammed and watered, if necessary, in successive layers not
exceeding 300 mm. Unless otherwise specified, a crown of earth not less than 50 mm in the
centre and tapering towards the sides of the trench shall be left to allow for subsidence.
9.11
Cables inside Building :
9.11.1
Cables inside buildings shall be laid on the cable trays. All cables passing through walls shall
run through GI Pipes of adequate diameter 50 mm apart maintaining the relative position over
the entire length.
9.12
Route markers :
9.12.1
Route marker shall be provided along straight runs of the cables not exceeding 100 meters
also for change in the direction of the cable route and underground joints.
9.12.2
Route marker shall be of cast iron painted with aluminium paint. The size of marker shall be
100 mm dia with Cable and voltage grade inscribed on it.
9.13
Testing of cables :
9.13.1
Cables shall be tested at works for the following tests before being dispatched to site by the
project team.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Insulation resistance test.

Continuity resistance test.
Sheathing continuity test.
Earth test.(in armoured cables).
Hi Pot Test.
Page 48 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
9.13.2
Test shall also be conducted at site for insulation between phases and between phase and
earth for each length of cable, before and after jointing. On completion of cable laying work,
the following tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Owners site representative.
9.13.3
Insulation Resistance Test (Sectional and overall)

a) Continuity resistance test.
b) Sheathing continuity test.
c) Earth test.
9.13.4
All tests shall be carried out in accordance with relevant Standard Code of Practice and
Electricity Rules. The Contractor shall provide necessary instruments, equipment and
labour for conducting the above tests and shall bear all expenses in connection with such
tests. All tests shall be carried out in the presence of the Owners site representative.
Page 49 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
10.0
CABLE TRAYS & ACCESSORIES
10.1
Scope :
10.1.1
Scope of these specifications covers the design, material selection, fabrication, testing at
manufacturers works, insurance, packing, transportation, loading/unloading, supply at site
and installation of cable trays, trunking and accessories covered herein.
10.2
Materials and Construction (Cable Trays) :
10.2.1
Cable trays and accessories shall be manufactured to comply with the specifications of
National Electrical Code (NEC) and National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
10.2.2
Cable trays and accessories shall be fabricated using mild steel sheets and hot dip
galvanized in accordance with B.S.729 after fabrication. All bolts, nuts and washers shall also
be galvanized. The zinc coating shall be uniform, smooth and free from imperfections such
as flux & ash, black spots, blisters etc. Cable trays and accessories shall undergo a process
of degreasing, pickling in acid & cold rinsing prior to galvanisation.
10.2.3
Cable trays shall be of the following type :

a)
Ladder type with rungs
b)
Perforated type.
10.2.4
Perforated cable trays shall be generally of channel type and the perforations shall be 10x30
mm oval holes. Perforated cable trays shall also be galvanised. Galvanising shall be in
accordance with that specified above for ladder type cable tray.
10.2.5
Ladder type cable trays shall be made from 2mm thick sheet formed in `C section of 75mm
height and inward flanges of 15mm as side runners and 30mm wide x 10mm high rungs (`C
shaped) from a 1.5mm thick sheet. Perforations as mentioned above shall be provided in the
width of the rungs. Pitch of the rungs shall not exceed 250 mm centre to centre. Rungs shall
be tack welded to the side members.
10.2.6
The thickness of sheet steel for perforated trays shall be 1.6 mm and they shall be of the
formed channel shape.
Cable trays shall be of following dimensions :
10.2.7
Section Length
Width
Flange of perforated tray
10.2.8
2500 mm
150/300/450/600 mm
25 mm
Accessories :
Following accessories and hardware, as required, shall be supplied with cable trays :
Coupler plates
900 bends
Horizontal and Vertical
Page 50 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Tees
Reducers
4-way cross
Fasteners (Hardware)
10.3
Materials and Construction (Trunking):
10.3.1
Unless noted otherwise, trunking and accessories shall be manufactured to comply with
the specifications of National Electrical
Code
(NEC)
and
National
Electrical
Manufacturers Association
(NEMA).Trunking is proposed to be installed
concealed under the floor finish.
10.3.2
Trunking shall be fabricated from 1.6mm thick GI sheet. Overall sizes of

trunkings and compartments to be provided in each shall be as follows :
Overall Trunking Size(mm)
------------------------------------a.
200 x 38
No. of compartments & size (mm)

------------------------------------------1 x 100 + 1 x 50 + 1 x 50
b.
175 x 38
1 x 75 + 1 x 50 + 1 x 50
c.
100 x 38
1 x 50 + 1 x 50
d.
100 x 38
1 x 50 + 1 x 25 + 1 x 25
Trunking shall be complete with partition plates and covers.
10.3.3
Accessories:
Trunking of each size shall be supplied with following accessories :
4 way junction boxes with removable covers
Vertical access boxes
Couplers
End caps.
Any other accessories, if required, for satisfactory installation shall also be included as
part of supply.
10.3.4
Trunkings shall be supplied in standard length of 2.44 metres.
10.4
10.4.1
The material for cable trays and accessories shall be offered for stage inspection by the
Owner as follows :
Page 51 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
10.4.2
10.4.3
11.0
a.
Prior to fabrication and Galvanising.
b.
After fabrication but before galvanising.
c.
After galvanising but prior to despatch.
During inspection, thickness of sheets, dimensions and weight of zinc

coating will be measured. Items not conforming to specifications shall be
rejected.
Prior to fabrication, sheets to be used for fabrication of trunking /accessories shall be
offered for inspection. Subsequent to fabrication, but prior to galvanising,
trunking/accessories shall be offered for inspection. Measurements, as relevant,
mentioned in 6.4.2 above shall be carried out. Items not conforming to specifications
shall be rejected.
INTERNAL WIRING (for Lighting, Fans and Power)
11.1
Scope:
11.1.1
Scope of these specifications covers internal wiring for lights, fans power sockets and similar
applications.
11.2
Wiring System :
11.2.2
Wiring shall be with PVC insulated wires using stranded annealed copper conductors pulled
through PVC concealed conduits laid from distribution boards upto the point of connection of
electrical appliances.
11.3
System Voltage :
System will be three phase,4 wire, 433 V, 50c/s A.C.supply.
11.4
Applicable Standards :
IS 732-1989
Code of practice for electrical wiring installation.
IS 8884-1978
Code of practice for installation of electric bells and call system.
IS 9537(I)-1980
Conduits for electrical installation (Part I)
IS 9537(III)-1983
Conduits for electrical installations (Part III). Rigid plain conduits

of insulating materials.
IS 9537(IV)-1983
Conduits for electrical installations (Part IV). Pliable conduits of

insulating materials.
IS 9537(II)-1981
Conduits for electrical installations (Part II). Rigid steel conduits.
Page 52 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
IS 3419-1988
Fittings for rigid non-metallic conduits.
IS 2667-1988
Fittings for rigid steel conduits.
IS 3837-1976
IS 3010(I)-1965
Accessories for rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring.

Appliance connectors and appliance inlets.
IS 3010(II)-1965
Appliance connectors and appliance inlets.
IS 5133(I)-1969
Box for enclosure for electrical accessories.
IS 5133(II)-1969
Boxes for enclosure for electrical accessories.
IS 6946-1973
Flexible non-metallic conduits for electrical installations.
IS 3480-1966
Flexible steel conduits for electrical installations.
IS 3480-1966
Plug and socket outlets of rated voltages up to 250V and rated

current upto 16 amps.
IS 4610-1967
Switch socket outlets interlocking type.
IS 4615-1968
Switch socket outlets non interlocking type.
IS 3554-1988
Switches for domestic and similar purpose.
IS 6538-1971
Three pin plugs made of resilient material.
IS 694-1990
PVC insulated cables for working voltages up to

1100 V.
IS 371-1979
Ceiling roses.
IS 4648-1968
Guide for electrical layout in residential building.
Indian Electricity Act & Rules formed thereunder.

11.5
Definitions :
11.5.1
Submain Wiring :
Wiring from main panel board to individual distribution boards shall be termed as sub-main
wiring.
11.5.2
Circuit Wiring :
Circuit wiring shall constitute that part of wiring from distribution boards to switch boxes/
socket boxes. It shall be complete in all respects as detailed for point wiring.
Page 53 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
11.5.3
Point Wiring :
Wherever referred in context of wiring in this contract, point shall constitute a part of wiring
complete with all accessories, phase and neutral wires, earth continuity conductors, terminal
accessories such as ceiling roses, batten holders, pendant holders with flexible wires, fan
boxes with connector hooks. Such wiring shall be complete in all respects whether
specifically stated or not.
11.5.4
Earth Continuity Conductors :

Earth continuity conductors for Sub Main/ Circuit/ Point wiring shall form part of respective
systems whether specifically stated or not.
11.6
Conduiting / Wiring Installation :
11.6.1
Conduiting / Wiring shall constitute the following :

a.
Supply, installation, fixing of PVC conduits with all accessories, switch boxes,
junction pull boxes, outlet terminal boxes.
b.
Supplying and drawing/laying of wires of required sizes including drawing of earth

continuity conductors.
c.
Supply, installation and connection of specified type switches, sockets, switch

plates, cover plates, concealed fan hook boxes, ceiling roses, batten/angle
holders, connectors, call bells, power sockets/switch sockets etc.
d.
Point wiring shall be completed from Distribution Boards to outlet points.
e.
Point wiring in case of ceiling mounted light points shall be inclusive of cover
plates for terminal junction boxes at the ceiling, ceiling roses, flexible twisted
copper conductor PVC insulated wires.
f.
Point wiring in case of ceiling mounted fan points and wall mounted exhaust fans
shall be inclusive of all accessories as cover plates, flexible wires as above and
shall be connected to fans through suitable nylon terminal blocks.
g.
Length of flexible wires shall be such that pendants are suspended at a height of
2.5 Mtrs. above finished floor level.
h.
Point wiring in case of geysors shall be complete with cover plates over junction
boxes. PVC insulated stranded, phase wires shall directly be taken through
rubber gromets/ suitable PVC spouts mounted on cover plates into double pole
type switches with neon indicators. Multistranded copper conductor PVC wires of
the same cross section as that of phase wires (2.5sq.mm cross section) shall be
drawn in flexible PVC conduits mounted at both ends through suitable couplers
and connected in to the terminal Blocks of Geysor. No part of the Geysor wiring
shall remain exposed. Switches shall be mounted on suitable mount/steel/PVC
adoptor boxes.
Page 54 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
11.7
Method of Wiring :
11.7.1
In case of three phase distribution, wiring for individual phases shall be arranged in
separate physical enclosures such as conduits, casing etc. Different phases shall not be
drawn in one conduit/ casing.
11.7.2
Neutrals of electrical circuits shall be in the same conduit as that of phase wires.
11.7.3
Circuit wiring upto three nos. single phase circuits belonging to same phase, if located in
same path, could be drawn in the same raceway conduit. However neutral and earth
continuity conductors for each circuit shall be maintained as separate conductors.
11.7.4
All wiring shall be carried out in single core 1100 V grade wires.
11.7.5
Colour coding for phase wires shall be strictly followed upto and including submain and
circuit wiring.
11.7.6
Such colour codes shall be Red, Yellow, Blue for three phases, Black for neutral and
Green/ Green-Yellow for earth wires. Where control wiring is involved, grey coloured or
specially marked control cables shall be used.
Wires shall be supplied only in sealed coils of 100 metre length and shall bear
manufacturers name, trades mark, ISI mark, voltage grade.
11.7.7
11.7.8
All wiring shall only be in annealed copper multistranded conductors. Single stranded
conductors will not be permitted.
11.7.9
All conductors used for a particular category of wiring i.e. for submain/ circuit wiring and
point wiring respectively shall be of same cross section for all (phase and neutral) wires.
11.7.10
Wiring shall use looping system and no Tee joints will be permitted. Looping will be
permitted only in fittings and switch boxes or outlet boxes and not in junction boxes, pull
boxes/inspection boxes or any other locations.
11.7.11
Wires laid from one terminal box to another shall be of continuous conductors and no joints
of any kind will be permitted between such ends.
11.7.12
Number of wires drawn in a conduit shall be strictly as per IS recommendations as detailed

below :
Size of wires Nominal Cross
Section Area (Sq. mm.)
1.5
2.5
4
6
10
16
Maximum number of wires within conduit size(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
5
10
14
--5
8
12
--3
7
10
--2
5
8
---3
5
6
--2
3
6
--
Page 55 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
25
35
---
---
2
--
4
3
6
5
11.7.13
All switches shall be connected only on phase conductors and neutral shall be jointed
throughout. No discontinuity in neutral circuit will be permitted.
11.7.14
All connection to appliances, flexible wires, connections between different branches of

neutral circuits etc. shall only be through porcelain/ insulated terminal blocks within boxes.
11.7.15
As a general rule, minimum size of conductor for electrical power wiring installation, shall be
of 2.5 sq.mm copper.
11.7.16
All looping of wires and joints shall be in the lighting fittings and witchboxes and not inside
conduits or conduit junction boxes with connector.
11.7.17
Earth wire shall be connected to the lighting fittings also.
11.8
Load Balancing :
11.8.1
Based on layouts of electrical fittings furnished in the Tender, Contractor shall prepare
basic load details for individual Distribution Boards.
11.8.2
Such details shall incorporate distribution of three phases, circuitwise separation of loads.
11.8.3
Loads must be balanced for all three phases per Distribution Board.
11.8.4
No more than 14 Nos of light points/ fan points/ 5A socket points shall be planned on one
circuit of a Distribution Board.
11.8.5
Load per circuit of a Distribution Board shall be restricted to 1200 watts for point wiring.
11.8.6
15-A and 20-A sockets shall be equally divided between three phases to achieve balancing
of load as far as possible. Lighting, 5-A sockets, ceiling fans also shall be so connected as
to achieve balancing of loads.
11.8.7
20-A sockets shall be only one on one circuit, 15-A socket shall be maximum 2 nos and 5A sockets shall be upto 8 nos on one circuit.
11.9
Site Layouts :
11.9.1
In case of surface mounted wiring, where slabs/ walls are available at site for marking of
routes, such markings at physical site locations shall be got inspected and approval
obtained from the Architect before execution.
11.10
Rigid PVC Conduits:
11.10.1
Rigid PVC conduits shall not be installed where ambient temperature is expected to be in
excess of 50 degree celsius. Use of PVC conduits in temperatures of 50 C and above is
Page 56 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
prohibited.
11.10.2
11.10.3
Surface mounted PVC conduits shall be avoided as far as possible for out door installation.
Rigid conduits and accessories shall be unplastisized and of gauge not less than medium.
11.10.4
Use of ready made bends shall be avoided to the extent possible. Conduits shall be bent
by hands with use of springs.
11.10.5
Conduits and accessories shall be of same manufacturers, as far as

possible.
11.10.6
Conduits and accessories shall be suitable for use with adhesives.
11.10.7
Conduits in slabs shall be arranged at the centre of slab thickness. Deep junction boxes
shall be used to ensure that these reach shuttering surface. Where necessary extension
rings shall be used.
11.10.8
To the possible extent no junction boxes shall be used on conduit runs in slabs.
Appropriate boxes shall be used only at ends for light and fan points.
11.10.9
11.10.10
Box covers shall be fitted with boxes with greased cheese head brass
screws.
When mounted on surface, conduits shall be fixed with GI saddles on galvanised MS
spacers at a distance not exceeding 60 cms.
11.10.11 PVC spacers and saddles shall be permitted only subject to approval.
11.10.12
Where surface mounted accessories have been planned to be connected with concealed
conduits, conduits shall be terminated in junction boxes arranged below appliance location.
11.10.13
Conduit installation in slabs shall be cleaned immediately after removal of shuttering to

ascertain availability of route.
11.11
Rigid Steel Conduits:
11.11.1
Wherever ambient temperature is more than 50 deg C, steel conduits shall be installed
instead of PVC conduits.
11.11.2
Only conduits with oven baked enamel finish by original manufacturer will be accepted for
such installation.
11.11.3
All accessories used for steel conduiting shall only be of threaded type and no push fit
types will be allowed.
Conduits shall be of minimum 19mm dia. with wall thickness of 16 SWG. Wall thickness of
25mm dia shall also be 16 SWG and that of 32mm and higher sizes shall be 14 SWG.
11.11.4
11.11.5
Conduits shall be of ERW type and shall be of uniform cross section with no welding burr
present inside.
Page 57 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
11.11.6
Conduits shall bear manufacturers mark on every length and shall be delivered at site in
original packing.
11.11.7
Conduit accessories such as draw boxes, elbows, bends, tees, etc. shall have internal
threads spout junction boxes. Inspection boxes shall have cover fixed by screws.
11.11.8
All outlet boxes shall be of approved type. These shall be of metal for flush system and of
insulating material for surface mounted system.
11.12
Workmanship :
11.12.1
Conduits shall be fixed to surface by heavy duty galvanised steel saddles screwed to
galvanised steel spacers mounted at a frequency of one meter along length in addition to
locations of couplers where conduits shall be fixed at 30 cms from each end.
11.12.2
Conduit lengths shall be jointed where necessary by screwed couplers. Threading on

conduits at such locations shall be enough to reach centre of coupler and shall be installed
accordingly.
11.12.3
All cutting and threading of conduits shall be rust - protected with anticorosive compound.
11.12.4
All bends shall be carried out by hydraulic bending machines. Only where no such bending
is possible solid bends be permitted.
11.12.5
All conduit ends shall be terminated in appropriate boxes fixed with check nuts only.
11.12.6
At all entry points of conduits into boxes and couplers, entry spouts with smooth PVC
bushes shall be provided.
11.12.7
Conduits shall be securely fixed to distribution boards, junction boxes etc. to ensure
electrical continuity of system.
All screwed and socket connections shall be made adequately watertight with use of
compound.
11.12.8
11.12.9
Conduit sizes shall be selected as per I.S. recommendations with due consideration to
number and size of wires to be pulled through.
11.12.10
Conduits shall be arranged to facilitate easy drawing of wire to avoid junction boxes at
points other than at terminal points.
11.12.11
Looping of wires shall be done only in switch boxes or outlet boxes. Looping in junction
boxes or pull boxes will not be permitted.
11.12.12
Where conduits cross building expansion joints, approved method of expansion joints shall
be adopted to allow relative movement of structure.
11.12.13
Conduit system shall be so designed to provide accessibility to junction boxes, pull boxes
etc. which may be necessary for maintenance.
Page 58 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
11.12.14
Entire conduit system shall be drained & ventilated but designed to avoid ingress of
insects. Traps for condensation of water shall be avoided.
11.12.15 Separate conduits shall be laid for :

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
11.12.16
Lighting circuits, exhaust fans & 5A sockets.

15-A/20-A sockets/30-A sockets (power sockets)
Television
Telephones
Fire alarm system
Music and P.A. system
Signal cables
Conduits shall not be installed in the viscinity of steam, gas pipe lines. A minimum distance
of 30 cms shall be maintained where nearness of hot water/steam pipes cannot be
avoided.
11.12.17 Conduit pipes shall be joined by screwed compler accessories only.

11.12.18
In long straight run of conduits, inspection couplers or drawn in boxes shall be provided at
a distance not ecxeeding 6 mtrs.
11.12.19
Conduit system shall be adequately and permanently earthed as per I.S. recommendations
by approved earthing clamps to permanent earthing system. No water or gas pipes will be
permitted as earthing sources.
On completion of installation work, the conduit system shall be painted with black enamel
paint wherever the paint is scratched.
11.12.20
11.13
Conduits Concealed in Civil Works :
11.13.1
Concealed conduiting shall be generally the same as of surface conduiting.
11.13.2
The Contractor shall closely co-ordinate with the Civil Work Contractor where he expects
that his work will be embedded within concrete.
11.13.3
All conduiting and other works which are to be embedded within concrete shall be made
ready, well in advance and should be intimated to the Civil Work Contractor giving him
clearance to carry out casting works.
11.13.4
All conduit lengths, bends, unions, junction boxes etc. shall be cleaned and painted with
bituminous paint before being fixed in position.
11.13.5
Conduits shall be installed on shuttering work, properly secured with reinforcements by tie
wires at a frequency of not more than on meter but additionally tied at 30 cms on either
side of couplers. Conduiting shall be planned so as to minimise use of bends. Wherever
unavoidable, long bends shall be provided by bending conduits with hydraulic machines.
Use of ready made bends shall be avoided.
11.13.6
Conduiting system shall be carefully planned as to provide adequate entry points for pulling
wires, inspections etc.
Page 59 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
11.13.7
All joints to be embedded in concrete shall be made water tight by use of hemp yarn and
waterproofing compounds.
11.13.8
Conduit outlet boxes, pull boxes, inspection boxes, etc. which are to be flush with finished
surface shall be firmly fixed to shuttering works so as not to give way during pouring and
vibration of concrete.
11.13.9
Depth of boxes shall be such as to ensure that box edges will become flush with finished
surfaces.
11.14
Conduits in Walls :
11.14.1
For all vertical drops in walls, for switches and sockets and junction boxes if any, the
Contractor shall, prior to commencement of civil masonary work at site make ready in advance such vertical drops including terminal junction boxes.
-
support boxes and drops to ensure that these retain position and are not likely to
be displaced during civil works at site.
furnish areawise clearance for carrying out further civil works at site.
11.14.2
Above work shall be done in proper co-ordination and phased manner to ensure that no
civil works are obstructed at site.
11.14.3
No right angle bends will be permitted in conduits in wall. Where offsets are unavoidable
these shall be provided by machine bending conduits in long curves.
11.14.4
Generally no additional junction boxes shall be planned other than those as outlet boxes.
11.14.5
Check nuts shall be used to secure boxes to conduits.
11.14.6
Installation of boxes shall be done simultaneously along with the conduits.
11.14.7
Conduit level and boxes shall be so fixed as to allow a minimum thickness of 15 mm

plaster over conduits and box edges shall be flush with finished wall surfaces.
11.14.8
All metal boxes shall be bonded to earth.
11.14.9
Conduits in walls shall be in continuous lengths, Couplers will not be permitted.
11.14.10
Conduits shall be firmly secured to boxes to ensure electrical continuity.
11.14.11
All screwed parts shall be rust proofed by a coat of suitable compound.
11.14.12
11.15
Inspection boxes wherever provided shall have ventilating holes, which however should not
permit ingress of insects.
Boxes :
11.15.1
Junction Boxes :
Page 60 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
11.15.2
a.
All boxes used as junction boxes/pull boxes in conduiting system shall be of

metal, fabricated of 1.6mm thick M.S. plates, shall be of smooth finish with
screwed earth terminals inside and metal covers screwed to boxes with atleast
four brass screws each.
b.
Boxes shall be provided with internal metal barriers when used for more than one
phase and shall carry suitable knockouts for entry of conduits from all sides.
Boxes shall be provided with cover plates on top and bottom where specified.
Boxes shall be finished in a coat of rust proofing paint and two coats of enamel
paint in required finish.
Switch Boxes and Outlet Boxes.

Boxes used for mounting of switches, fan regulators, sockets, telephone and intercom
outlets etc shall be by the same manufacturer.
11.15.3
Fan Hook Boxes.

Outlet boxes to receive ceiling fans shall be made of 16 SWG sheet steel of dimensions
100mm dia and 65mm depth. Boxes shall be provided with fan hooks. Cover shall be
overlapping the box dimensions (125 mm dia) and shall be with 40 mm dia hole for passing
of fan down rod. Boxes shall be painted with a rust proofing coat and two coats of enamel
paint.
11.16
Switches :
11.16.1
Switches shall be single pole, one way or two way as shown on drawings or as instructed
by Architect/ Consultant and shall be rated for 250 volts, 6/16 Amps capacity.
11.16.2
These shall be plate type or module type as approved for concealed system.
11.16.3
Switches required to be installed outdoor shall be industrial type, metallic and shall be
provided in gasketed weather proof enclosures.
11.16.4
Switches shall be of the specified make only.
11.16.5
When mounted at one location, all switches and regulators, controlling different light points
or fans from that location shall be grouped together on one cover plate.
11.17
Sockets :
11.17.1
Sockets shall be three pin type flush moulded, rated for 250 V, 6/16 Amps and shall be
provided with controlling switches with each socket.
11.17.2
Sockets shall be installed on, concealed, galvanised boxes, of same make.
11.17.3
Where specified, sockets shall have spring operated automatic shutters which open only
Page 61 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
when earth pin of plug is inserted. Sockets shall be provided with a matching plug of same
manufacturer.
11.17.4
Sockets shall have fully sprung contacts and brass shrouded terminals to achieve positive
contacts.
11.17.5
In service areas, sockets shall be of the industrial type metal clad porcelain insulated type
provided with chained metal covers. Sockets shall be three pin type for single phase
applications and three pin and scraping earth type for three phase applications.
11.17.6
Industrial type sockets shall be in sheet steel boxes fabricated out of 16 SWG steel sheets
and shall be mounted flush with front cover. Mounting boxes shall be rust proofed and
supplied in approved enamel finish.
11.18
Accessories, Ceiling Roses, Batten Holders :
11.18.1
Outlet accessories such as ceiling roses, batten holders, angle holders etc. shall be of
matching type with the switches.
11.18.2
In the case of Owner/ Architects/ Consultants choosing to approve any shade of colour
other than already specified for switches and sockets, these shall be without any changes
in prices.
11.18.3
Outlets shall invariably be provided at every point whether specifically stated or not. In case
of points where light fittings are not specified, ceiling roses with pendants shall be supplied
for ceiling points and batten/angle holders for wall light points.
11.18.4
Ceiling roses shall be three plate type wherever specified.
11.18.5
Pendant holders shall be of approved type.
11.18.6
11.19
11.18.7
All wiring installation whether single phase or three phase shall be tested for healthiness of
insulation by 500 V megger.
11.18.8
All switches shall be checked to be connected to phase line of supply system.
11.18.9
All neutrals shall be checked to be in continuity up to distribution board.
11.18.10
All earth points in each socket shall be checked for continuity of earth circuit.
11.18.11
In a three phase system, phase rotation shall be checked if required and shall be corrected
as necessary.
11.19
Drawings :
11.19.1
The Consultants drawings furnished with the Tender Documents are indicative only for
location of points, switches and circuits.
Check on Domestic/ Industrial Wiring Installation :
Page 62 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
11.19.2
The Contractor shall however check the drawings with reference to method of wiring i.e.
use of PVC/steel conduits, surface mounted/ concealed and actual site conditions i.e.
beams, columns nitches etc. and shall make necessary additional provisions of boxes or
modify route suitably.
11.19.3
The Contractor shall prepare such modified layouts and detailed conduit layouts showing
clearly all alterations proposed and submit these for approval to the Architect before actual
commencement of work at site.
11.19.4
Such modified drawings shall either be accepted/modified/or resubmission requested

subject to correctness of the drawings.
11.19.5
Only after approval of such drawings, shall the Contractor proceed with execution at site.
11.19.6
There shall be no financial effect of any such modifications suggested by the Contractor or
accepted by the Architect.
12.0
LIGHTING FIXTURES
12.1
Scope:
12.1.1
manufacturers works, insurance, packing, transportation, loading/unloading, supply at site,
installation, testing & commissioning of light fixtures, lamps and accessories.
12.1.2
Whether specifically mentioned or not the fixtures and lamps shall be provided with all
fixing/mounting devices, terminal blocks, holders etc., as required. Lighting fixtures and
components shall conform to applicable Indian Standards and further, they shall have
approval of Fire Insurance Association.
12.2
General Requirements :
12.2.1
Fixtures and lamps shall be as per the catalogue number, where indicated in the bill of
quantity.
12.2.2
Fixtures and lamps shall be provided with such accessories as are required to satisfy the
working condition whether specifically mentioned in the specifications, drawings or not. The
fixtures shall be provided with power factor improvement capacitors, as applicable, to
improve the power factor upto 0.9 lag.
12.2.3
Ballasts shall be copper wound, electronic type, as applicable, of low loss type and the total
harmonic distortion shall be within 10%.
12.2.4
The fixtures shall be suitable for 240 volts, single phase, 50 Hz, A.C. supply.
12.2.5
Fixtures of each type shall be identical, of same make and interchangeable type.
Page 63 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
12.2.6
All fittings components shall withstand a high humid atmosphere without damage due to
corrosion and distortion.
12.2.7
Fixtures shall be completely wired using copper wires and provided with terminal blocks
suitable for loop-in, loop-out for 2.5 sq.mm wires. Each fixture shall be provided with
earthing terminal suitable for termination of 2.5 sq.mm wire.
12.3
Fixtures / Lamps:
12.3.1
Lamps shall be of the type and ratings as indicated.
12.3.2
Box Channel Industrial Lighting Fixtures with Reflector

Box channel shall be in screwless construction manufactured from M.S. CRCA sheet steel
with cover, powder coated white. Reflector shall be POLYESTER PRECOATED STEEL
having a reflection factor of not less than 80%.
12.3.3
Weather Proof Industrial Fixtures :

Surface mounted totally enclosed moisture proof fixtures shall be in polycarbonate body and
diffuser with transparent prismatic smooth interior and smooth exterior with frosted end.
Fixture shall be completely sealed with polyerethane double gasket to achieve IP 65
protection. Fixture shall be fabricated with CRCA steel sheet and white powder coated /
enameled finish reflector.
12.3.4
18 W / 36 W Fluorescent and 36 W Cfl Low Glare Lighting Fixtures :

Recessed mounted, modular fluorescent lighting fixture made of CRCA steel sheet powder
coated (white) housing, electro chemically brightened and anodised reflector, three
dimensional cross louvers with concave contours, fresnel top at louver saddle to increase
efficiency.
12.3.5
Highbay Industrial Fixtures:

Industrial highbay luminaries shall be provided with pressure die cast housing along with all
accessories, orthocyclically woundopien construction ballast, capacitor & semi parallel
ignitor connected to terminal block and mounted on the gear plate. The gear shall have side
entry for ease in maintenance. The spun aluminium reflector shall be suitable for narrows
as well as wide beam distribution. The luminaire will be suitable for metal halide lamp HPI
BU + 250 W.
12.4
Installation :
12.4.1
The lighting fixtures shall be assembled and installed in position complete and ready for
service, in accordance with details, drawings, manufacturers instructions and to the
satisfaction of the Owner /Consultants. All suspended fixtures shall be mounted rigid and
Page 64 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
fixed in position in accordance with drawings, instructions and to the approval of the Owner /
Consultants. Fixtures shall be suspended true to alignment, plumb level and capable of
resisting all lateral and vertical forces.
12.4.2
13.0
All suspended light fixtures, fans etc, shall be provided with concealed suspension
arrangement in the concrete slab/roof members. It is the duty of the Contractor to make
these provisions at the appropriate stage of construction. Exhaust fans shall be fixed at
location shown on drawings. They shall be wired to a plug socket outlet at a convenient
location near the fan. All outlet boxes, for fans and light fittings shall be bonded to earth.
The recessed type fixtures shall not be supported from the false ceiling frame work but shall
have independent support from the ceiling using conduit down rods/steel chain with
provision for adjusting the level of the fixture. Wires shall be connected to all fixtures
through connector blocks. Wires brought out from junction boxes shall be encased in
flexible pipes for connecting to fixtures concealed in suspended ceiling. The flexible pipes
shall be provided with check-nut for fixing to the junction box.
EARTHING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION
13.1
Scope :
13.1.1
Scope of these specifications covers material selection, fabrication, testing at

manufacturers works, insurance, transportation, loading/unloading, the supply at site,
installation and testing and commissioning of conductors and electrodes of earthing and
lightning protection systems.
13.1.2
The following must always be ensured in earthing system.

-
All earths should be interconnected at the earth pits. This includes generator neutrals,
transformer neutrals, transformer body, lightning protection system earths, UPS earths
etc.
Extraneous conductive parts such as gas pipes, other service pipes and ducting risers
and pipes of fire protection equipment and exposed metallic parts of the building
structure shall also be interconnected with the earthing system.
13.2
Materials and Constructions :
13.2.1
Material to be used in Earthing & Lightning Protection Systems shall be in accordance

with the Indian electricity Rules and Indian Standards Code of Practice-3043 for earthing
and Code of Practice for the Protection of Building and Allied structures against
Lightning-2309.
13.2.2
Conductors and electrodes shall be of G.I./copper as specified in the schedule of

quantities.
13.2.3
Mild steel conductors and electrodes shall undergo a process of degreasing, pickling in
acid and cold rinsing prior to galvanisation. Hot dip galvanising process shall be used.
Zinc coating shall be uniform, smooth and free from imperfections such as flux and ash,
black spots, blisters etc. Galvanising shall conform to British Standard No.729.
Page 65 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
13.3
13.3.1
Earthing conductors and electrodes shall be offered for stage inspection by the Owner,
as follows (applicable for mild steel material):
Prior to galvanising.
After galvanising.
13.3.2
13.4
During inspection, thickness of conductors, dimensions of electrodes and

weight of Zinc coating, as applicable, shall be measured. Items not
conforming to specifications shall be rejected.
Earthing Conductors :
Earthing conductors shall be of copper/GI as mentioned in schedule of quantities and shall
be protected against mechanical injury and corrosion.
13.5
Sizing of Earthing Conductors:
13.5.1
The cross sectional area of earthing conductor shall not be smaller than half of the
largest current carrying conductor subject to an upper limit of 80 Sq.mm. If the area of the
largest current carrying conductor or bus bar exceeds 160 sq.mm then two or more earthing
conductors shall be used in parallel, to provide at least half the cross sectional area of the
current carrying conductor or bus bars. All fixtures, outlet boxes, junction boxes and power
circuits upto 15 amps shall be earthed with PVC insulated copper wire.
13.5.2
All 3 phase switches and distribution panels upto 60 amps rating shall be earthed with 2
Nos. distinct and independent 4 mm dia copper / GI wires. All 3 phase switches and
distribution panels upto 100 amps rating shall be earthed with 2 Nos. distinct and
independent 6 mm dia copper / GI wires. All switches, bus bar, ducts and distribution panels
of rating 200 amps and above shall be earthed with minimum of 2 nos separate and
independent 25 mm x 3 mm copper / GI tape.
13.6
Connection of Earthing Conductors:
13.6.1
Main earthing conductors shall be taken from the earth connections at the main L T panel to
an earth electrode with which the connection is to be made. All joints shall be with four rivets
and shall be brazed in case of copper and by welding /bolting in case of GI. Wires shall be
connected with crimping lugs. All bolts shall have spring washers. Sub- mains earthing
conductors shall run from the main distribution panel to the sub distribution panel. Final
distribution panel earthing conductors shall run from sub-distribution panel.
13.6.2
Circuit earthing conductor shall run from the exposed metal of equipment and shall be
connected to any point on the main earthing conductor, or its distribution panel. Metal
conduits, cable sheathing and armouring shall be earthed at the ends adjacent to
distribution panel at which they originate, or otherwise at the commencement of the run by
an earthing conductor in effective electrical contact with cable sheathing. Where
equipment is connected by flexible cord, all exposed metal parts of the equipment shall be
earthed by means of an earthing conductor enclosed with the current carrying conductors
within the flexible cord. Switches, accessories, lighting fitting etc. which are rigidly secured
Page 66 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
in effective electrical contact with a run of metallic conduit shall not be considered as a part
of the earthing conductor for earthing purposes, even though the run of metallic conduit is
earthed.
13.7
Prohibited Connections:
Neutral conductor, sprinkler pipes, or pipes conveying gas, water or inflammable liquid,
structural steel work, metallic enclosures, metallic conduits and lightning protection system
conductors shall not be used as a means of earthing an installation or even as a link in an
earthing system. The electrical resistance measured between earth connection at the main L
T panel and any other point on the completed installation shall be low enough to permit the
passage of current necessary to operate or circuit breakers, and shall not exceed 1 ohm.
All switches carrying medium voltage shall be connected with earth by two separate and
distinct connections. The earthing conductors inside the building wherever exposed shall be
properly protected from mechanical injury by running the same in G I pipe of adequate size.
The overlapping in strips at joints where required shall be minimum 75 mm. The joints shall
be riveted and brazed in case of copper and by welding / bolting in case of GI in an approved
manner. Lugs of adequate capacity and size shall be used for termination of all conductor
wires above 6 sq.mm size. Lugs shall be bolted to the equipment body to be earthed after the
metal body is cleaned of paint and other oily substances and properly tinned. Equipotential
bonding of all metallic structures shall be done.
13.8
Resistance of Earth:
13.8.1
The Contractor shall get the soil resistivity test done at his own cost of the area where
earthing pits are to be located before starting the installation.
13.8.2
The resistance of earthing system shall not exceed 1 ohm.
14.0
TELEPHONE SYSTEM
14.1
Scope:
14.1.1
Scope of this section covers the supply, laying and testing of telephone conduits and
cables. Telephone cables shall be supplied and laid for both external telephone
connections and for inter-communication system as required.
14.1.2
The supply of EPABX and associated equipment are not included in the scope of this
tender.
14.2
Telephone Cables:
14.2.1
Telephone cables shall be of copper conductors, PVC insulated and PVC sheathed
armoured or unarmoured as specified. Telephone cables shall comply with I.T.I or I.T.L
specifications and in case of armouring, to IS-1554 Part-1-1964. Copper conductors shall
be of 0.5 mm, 0.63 mm & 0.71 mm diameters, depending on the sizes specified.
14.2.2
Each conductor shall be PVC insulated with a different colour as per the colour codes and
shall be twisted together with its mate conductor to form a pair. All pairs shall be PVC
Page 67 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
insulated and supplied with Nylon Rip Cord to facilitate easy unsheathing without damaging
the PVC insulation.
14.2.3
Raw materials used in the manufacture of telephone cables shall be of high grade and
quality. The conductors shall be drawn from high purity electrolytic copper and shall be
annealed & tinned. The PVC insulation shall be of high grade and shall be resistant to
ageing and fading, to ensure identification of colour etc., after prolonged use.
14.2.4
The type, size and pairs shall be as given in the Bill of Quantities.
14.2.5
All 2-pair telephone distribution cables shall be laid in G.I./M.S./PVC Conduits as stipulated
in the B.O.Q. Wherever multi-pair cables are to be laid in the open, in trays on walls and
ceilings, these cables shall be of the armoured type. Separate conduits shall be used for
external and intercommunication systems. Conduits shall be coloured as per the ITD colour
code. The extended runs of conduits shall be fitted with 150 mm x 75 mm MS pull boxes.
Pull boxes shall be suitably painted for easy identification and shall be provided at intervals
of 5 Meters. Pull boxes shall be of the surface mounting type or flush-mounting type as
specified.
14.3
System of Cabling:
14.3.1
All cabling, wiring and junction boxes for the telephone system shall be provided on tray
and in conduits.
15.0
M.A.T.V. SYSTEM
15.1
Scope:
15.1.1
Scope of this section comprises the supply, erection, connection and commissioning of multichannel television distribution net work which covers the following:
(a)
Distribution cabling/ wiring and connection from

(i)
(ii)
Amplifier to distribution boxes and splitters

Distribution boxes to co-axial sockets
(b)
Co-axial sockets in rooms
(c)
Boxes and connection
(d)
All accessories required for proper operation such as couplers, convertors etc. if
necessary.
(e)
Adjustment, testing and commissioning of the installation to provide at each co-axial

socket the desired signal strength as per standard recommendations. (Refer
specifications of Society of Cable Radio and TV Relay Equipment or Indian
Standards).
Page 68 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
15.1.2
Antenna, head-end equipment and associated EQUIPMENT are not included in the scope of
this tender.
15.2
Co-Axial Cables:
15.2.1
All co-axial cables used should be low loss semi-air spaced copper tape and braid solid
conductor for television distribution.
15.2.2
If the outside conductor is in the form of a braid this braid should be tinned or silvered to
avoid oxidisation.
15.2.3
The impedance characteristics of the cables should be 75 Ohm.
15.2.4
Cables shall be low attenuation and non ageing type. It shall be able to feed 100 different
frequencies simultaneously.
15.2.5
Cables shall be identified by means of a marker band or ring and the correspondence
reference be given on the diagram.
15.2.6
Cable shall allow easy connection to the boxes and amplifiers. They should therefore not be
cut too short. The cable shall be connected to earth.
15.3
Co-Axial Sockets:
15.3.1
Cable shall run in conduits concealed with a tail of about 2 m. Co-axial socket of the wall
type, matching the electrical fittings used in the room shall be installed.
15.4
Derivation Boxes:
15.4.1
All boxes, spur and tee fittings shall be compatible with the impedance of the cable used.
15.4.2
Each box, spur and tee fitting shall be capable of transmitting to the user on a single line all
frequencies of the various programmes used.
15.4.3
Boxes , spur and tee fittings shall always be accessible, both for installation and for essential
repair.
15.5
Protection against Interference and Parasite Signals:
15.5.1
The installation shall be carried out so that none of the sound or vision receivers can disturb
reception in the adjoining room, either by interference or by the introduction of parasite
signals of any kind into the distribution net work.
15.5.2
Disconnection of several televisions shall not cause the installation to be disturbed.
15.6
Installation:
15.6.1
The work shall be executed in accordance with good engineering practice and as per rules
and recommendations.
Page 69 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
15.6.2
Material offered shall guarantee perfect operation.
15.6.3
The installation must be capable of transmitting colour programmes.
15.7
T e s t i n g a n d C o m m i s s i o n i n g:
15.7.1
Testing of cable work shall be undertaken and faults rectified.
15.7.2
Contractor shall accept overall responsibility for proper operation of television network and
must rectify any fault.
15.7.3
Commissioning of the whole installation shall be done in two stages.
16.0
(i)
The Contractor shall check the signal strength at each socket and shall draw up a
test report for submission to the Owner/Architect/Consultant.
(ii)
Reception will be checked by the Owner/Architect/ Consultant or his agent and

television set supplier who may ask for any additional tests they consider necessary.
LOW VOLTAGE CABLES
16.1
Scope:
16.1.1
Scope of these specification covers the supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
Low Voltage cables.
16.2
CCTV Cables :
16.2.1
Coaxial cables used in CCTV system shall be 75 ohm impedance copper cable specially
designed for transmitting UHF and VHF signals. The cable shall consist of a single wire or
stranded conductor of 1/1.12mm minimum, insulated with cellular, a branded copper screen
forms the second conductor with a PVC sheath overall to protect the screen. The cable shall
comply with BS2316 : Part 3.
16.2.2
Protect the coaxial cable against mechanical damage, electrical

causing malfunction, and free from excessive attenuation of signal strength.
interference
16.2.3
All multicore cables for control and monitoring purpose shall comply with
16.2.4
For those cables running outdoor and inside PVC pipes, provide special coaxial cable and
multicore cables of armoured type to prevent any mechanical damages that may arise.
BS3573.
16.2.5
Armoured cables through draw pits shall be backfilled with sand.
16.2.6
No intermediate joints will be allowed for any run of the cables.
16.2.7
Cables through wall / floor openings, inside duct / trunking shall have fire barriers.
16.2.8
Subject to approval, the same multicore cable may be used for signal and control purposes.
Page 70 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
For system operating voltages different from 380/200V sockets / outlets shall not be
interchangeable with the types used for general power and lighting.
16.2.9
16.3
Use Klippon or equal and approved type terminations for control and power cable
termination. Terminate video signal cables with coaxial plug connectors of approved type.
Video Cables:
16.3.1
Video cables shall be of the coaxial type with a single central core of annealed copper. The
dielectric shall be polythene with a shield of copper braid or tape. The cable shall be
insulated with an overall sheath of PVC.
16.3.2
The attenuation characteristic of the cable shall be better than :

1.1 dB / 100m at 1 MHz
3.8 dB / 100m at 10 MHz
13.5 dB / 100m at 100 MHz
16.3.3
Other characteristics of the cable shall be :

a. Strand diameter not to be less than 0.58mm
b. Dielectric diameter not to be less than 3.71mm
c.
Outer conductor diameter not to be less than 4.39mm
d. Nominal overall diameter not to be greater than 6.2mm

e. Capacitance not to be more than 67 pF/m
f.
Bending radius not to be less than 60mm
g. Weight not to be less than 55kg/km.

h. Characteristic impedance to be 75 ohm 3 ohm.
i.
16.3.4
Return loss ratio to be better than 20 dB at 10 MHz
Co-axial cable of the following minimum specification shall be used indoor in conduits,
trunking and cable trays.
a)
Name of the Manufacturer :
b)
Model No.
c)
Type
RG6 Jelly Filled Armoured
d)
Impedance
75 Ohms (Max)
Page 71 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
e)
Conductor (dia)
20 AWG Solid Bare Copper
f)
Insulation
Gas Injected Foam Insulation
Thickness
1.5mm
g)
Shielding
ATC Braid & Jelly
h)
Outer Sheath
Black Frame Retardant PVC
i)
Capacitance
55 Pf / Mtr
j)
Resistance
< 15 ohms/km at 20 deg C
16.4
Control Cables:
16.4.1
Control cables shall be of the multicore type. Each core shall be made up of stranded
annealed copper conductors with PVC insulation. The whole cable shall b screened with
copper tape or copper braid and shall have an overall sheath of PVC.
16.4.2
The cable shall satisfy the following minimum characteristics :

a)
At least 7 strands per conductor
b)
Strand diameter not to be less than 0.2mm
c)
Conductor resistance to be less than 90 phm/km
d)
Insulation resistance to be better than 20 Mohm/km measured

between cores or between core and screen.
16.5
Watchman Tour Station System Cables :
16.5.1
Wiring for door contacts and panic bolt alarm bars shall be PVC insulated cables to B.S.
6004 rated at 450V grade.
16.5.2
The maximum number of cables that may be accommodated in a given size of conduit is not
to exceed the number given in IEE regulations.
16.5.3
All security control wiring will be wired back to the outstations located inside the meter room.
Cables will then run from this interface junction box to the Central Processing Equipment via
the security riser trunking.
16.5.4
The Sub-Contractor shall supply and install junction boxes at location where required for
ease of maintenance and circuit checking purposes. The junction box shall have clip-on
terminals to accept control cables. Circuit chart shall be provided by the Sub-Contractor on
the junction box for checking reference.
16.5.5
Testing and Commissioning shall be as follows:
Page 72 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Electrical installation associated with the security system and watchman tour system shall be
tested to comply with the latest edition of the COP and IEE Wiring Regulations.
16.5.6
In addition to the electrical tests, the following tests in the Security System and watchman
tour system shall be carried out :
a)
Functional test of all the system components
b)
Other test as recommended by the manufacturer
16.6
CABD and SMATV System Cables :
16.6.1
Transmission coaxial cable shall be :-
16.6.2
16.6.3
a)
Of 75 ohm nominal impedance with solid core copper inner conductor not less than
2.0mm diameter and copper foil outer conductor.
b)
Dielectric between inner conductor and outer foil conductor shall be solid polyethylene
with aluminium protective foil and outer non deteriorating PE sheath jacket.
c)
Attenuation at 600 MHz to be better than 15 dB per 100m length.
d)
Marked with manufacturers name and sweep-tested by the maker before shipping and
certified with tag on each reel. There shall be no discontinuities exist from 20 Hz to 890
MHz on the cable.
Coaxial cable for final and sub-distribution shall be :a)
Of 75 ohm nominal impedance with solid core copper inner conductor of not less than
1.0mm diameter and braided copper outer conductor.
b)
Dielectric between inner conductor and outer braided conductor shall be polythene
foam with outer non deteriorating PVC sheath jacket.
c)
Attenuation of 600 MHz to be better than 24 dB per 100 m length.
d)
With permissible bending radius better than 50 mm.
e)
Marked with manufacturers name and sweep-tested by the maker before shipping and
certified with tag on each reel. There shall be no discontinuities exists from 20 Hz to
890 MHz on the cable.
Testing and Commissioning shall be as follows :

a)
The electrical installation associated with the CABD and SMATV systems shall be
tested to comply with the latest edition of the COP and IEE Wiring Regulations.
b)
In addition to the electrical tests, the following tests on the CABD and SMATV systems
shall be carried out :
Page 73 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
17.0
c)
Use signal test to measure the signal levels at headend, trench distribution equipment
and TV/FM outlets.
d)
Use testing television set to observe all the CABD and SMATV channels.
PUBLIC ADDRESS / SOUND SYSTEM:
17.1
Scope from Sound System :
17.1.1
Scope of this section comprises the supply, erection, connection and commissioning of
public address and sound system for public address and music.
17.2
Codes and Standards:
17.2.1
The design, manufacture and performance of equipment shall comply with all currently
applicable statutes, regulations and safety codes. Nothing in this specification shall be
construed to relieve Vendor of this responsibility. All the components should be designed
and installed as per NFPA - 72.
17.2.2
The Public Address System shall be robust and the components such as speaker
amplifier, tone generator, wiring circuits, uninterrupted power supplies, standby batteries
along with CD player shall be constantly electrically supervised for any single ground
fault, short or open circuit.
17.3
System Requirements:
17.3.1
P.A. System shall be capable of generating both emergency and evacuation messages
to ALL or selected speaker zones located within the floor. It shall also able to play
music ALL or selected speaker zone.
17.3.2
The system shall essentially consist of microprocessor based central control equipment
with zone selectable announcement.
17.3.3
Normally background music shall be played, in selected zone only, using the central
CD/Cassette Player Source. When, a particular zone is selected for making an
announcement, the background music to that particular zone only shall be cut-off and the
announcement relayed.
All other zones shall remain unaffected.
Once the
announcement is over, the music shall resume.
17.3.4
An emergency call shall include following:

a)
b)
A special slow-whoop signal, sweeping from 500Hz up to 1200 Hz.

PA pre-recorded message shall be broadcasted on completion of the slowwhooping signal.
c)
It shall be possible to repeat both of the above procedures to be repeated during

the emergency period.
Page 74 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
d)
Provision for recording the message in the field shall be available.
17.4
System Specifications:
17.4.1
The system shall provide the Voice paging to individual, grouped or to all zones, from the
fire controllers room via microphone from the fire alarm control panel.
17.4.2
Voice paging to individual or all zones, from the microphone shall over ride broadcast or
recorded messages, in those selected zones. The paging zones shall be selected via a
keypad located at the microphone location in the Security Room.
17.4.3
The system shall be capable of being easily extended to accommodate (25% spare
capacity) additional handsets, speakers, etc. in future. For this purpose, adequate spare
capacity shall be provided in equipment. The public address system shall incorporate
following operational features:
a)
A siren tone oscillator and a siren switch shall be provided for emergency
purposes. This shall be such that it can be actuated from the handset station only
fitted on the main fire alarm control panel. The siren tone shall broadcast over all
the loudspeakers.
b)
A Testing signal tone oscillator and a test signal switch shall be provided for
testing purposes. The test signal shall be broadcast over all the loudspeakers.
c)
The frequencies of the tones for call attention, emergency siren and testing
shall be very much different from each other, so that the same could be
differentiated clearly.
d)
17.5
Vendor shall specifically confirm that communication shall be clear and audible
even in noisy areas. If any adjustments in amplifier system etc. required in this
connection at site during and after commissioning the same shall be done
without any extra cost to the Owner.
Dual Channel Power Amplifiers:
17.5.1
The dual channel power amplifiers shall have the following features:
17.6
a)
Power output: 150 W per channel at 0.05 % harmonic distortion over frequency
range 40 to 20,000 Hz + 1 dB.
b)
Frequency response 40 to 20,000 Hz + 1 dB at specified power.
c)
Signal and noise level: 100 dB below rated output.
d)
Channel separation: 90 dB at 1 kHz.
e)
Output: 100V / 70 V.
f)
Controls and indicators such as volume control, AC power switches etc.
Power Supply :
Page 75 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
17.6.1
Power supply unit shall be well filtered, regulated, have constant voltage under load and
shall have the following additional features:
a)
Output: 24, 12 V dc.
b)
Input: 120 V, 60 Hz, nominal.
c)
Power consumption: as required.
d)
Replaceable fuse: as required.
e)
Rectifier: silicon full wave bridge.
f)
Filter, choke and dual condensers.
g)
Hook-up (+) (-) terminals strip with terminal screws.
h)
Line cord: 2 m (6ft.), 3 (three) conductor with strain relief.
17.7
Goose Neck Microphones:
17.7.1
Microphones shall be hand held type, table mounted, close talking, noise cancelling, low
impedance. Dynamic type, complete with goose neck and have the following features:
a)
Frequency response: 50 - 15,000 Hz.
b)
Output level: approximately - 55 dB
c)
Sensitivity: - 149dB
d)
Output impedance, balanced to ground, 150 ohms.
d)
Housing, metal, desk, flexible goose neck, black finish.
e)
Built-in push -to-talk switch.
g)
Magnetic dust shield.
17.8
Microphone Cable:
17.8.1
The microphone cable shall be flexible twisted pair of tinned annealed screen, and PVC
outer sheath. The colour of the sheath shall be either light grey or white.
17.8.2
The cable shall satisfy the following minimum characteristics :-
Page 76 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
17.8.3
a)
b)
Strand diameter shall not to be less than 0.15mm
c)
Nominal outer diameter shall not be greater than 5.0mm
d)
Capacitance shall not be more than 110pF/m
e)
Inner conductor d.c. resistance shall not be more than 36 ohm/km at 20 Deg.C
f)
Insulation thickness shall not be less than 0.25mm
g)
Operating temperature shall be from 20 Deg.C to 60 Deg.C
For narrator microphone, the cable shall satisfy the above except the following :a)
b)
Strand diameter shall not to be less than 0.1mm
c)
Nominal outer diameter shall be greater than 3.4mm
17.9
Speaker & Cables:
17.9.1
The loudspeaker cable shall be flexible pair of tinned annealed copper conductor, PVC
insulated, and white PVC outer sheath. For surface wiring, the cable shall be parallel pair,
for conduit wiring, the cable shall be twisted pair.
17.9.2
The cable shall satisfy the following minimum characteristics :a)
b)
Strand diameter shall not be less than 0.21mm
c)
Nominal outer diameter shall not be greater than 8.0mm
d)
Insulation thickness shall not be less than 0.55mm
e)
Operating temperature shall be from-20 Deg.C to 60 Deg.C
f)
UL listed or equivalent with working voltage to 300V
g)
Conductors tinned annealed copper, stranded with minimum conductor size

1.5mm2 arranged in twisted pair
h)
Insulation polyvinyl chloride with polyvinyl chloride sheath
i)
Cables shall be colour coded and ferruled at both ends
j)
Designed for audio sound broadcast use
Page 77 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
17.9.3
6W Speakers:a)
Make
Shall be indicated by the

tenderers
b)
Power Handling Capacity
6W
c)
Sound Pressure Level
64 dB
d)
Nominal Voltage
100 V / 70 V (tap)
e)
L.S. impdance
4 Ohms.
Dimensions
Colour
f)
g)
17.9.4
17.9.5
15 W Speaker :
a)
Make
Shall be indicated by the

Tenderer
b)
Power Handling Capacity
15 W
c)
Sound Pressure Level
96 dB
d)
Nominal Voltage
100 V / 70 V (tap)
e)
L.S. impdance
4 Ohms.
f)
Dimensions
g)
Colour
Speaker cables
a) Cable Type
:
:
:
:
Signal
Armored FRLS
Multistrand Conductors
Twisted pair
b) Conductor
:
:
:
:
Conductor dia - 0.2mm

No. of Strands - 24
ATC
Resistance per Km.
(Max. 25 Ohms)
c) Individual Insulation
PVC Type as per IS - 5831
Page 78 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
d) Insulation Thickness nominal
0.5mm
e) Total Cores
No. of Pairs 1 (One) laid in

sequence
Colour code: Red - Black
:
f) Overall Sheath
:
:
:
Thickness - 1.8mm
Material - PVC type as
per IS - 5831
Outer dia - 8.5mm dia
17.10
Terminal Box:
17.10.1
Terminal boxes necessary for connection of speakers to the PA system shall be provided.
17.10.2
Terminal boxes shall be of sheet steel with hot dip galvanized finish and shall comply with
BS4662.
17.10.3
The Contractor shall supply and install terminal boxes inside machine room for connection of
PA speakers as shown on the drawing.
17.11
Earthing :
17.11.1
An active earth must be created and connected to the central control panel. The screen
braids of each cable must be connected at each derivation box to the board connected and to
the panel earth braid. The earth wire must be separate from any other circuit .
17.12
Testing and commissioning :
17.12.1
The electrical installation associated with the public address system shall be tested to comply
with the latest edition of the Cop and IEE Wiring Regulations.
17.12.2
In addition to the electrical tests, the following tests on the public address system shall be
carried out :-
18.0
a)
Sound level test
b)
Calibration of all instrument
c)
Functional check
d)
Any other tests as commended by the manufacturer
INSTALLATION
Page 79 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
18.1
General :
18.1.1
Unless otherwise stated/agreed, all the equipment/ accessories/devices,
conduits etc. covered in the B.O.Q. shall be installed by the
Contractor.
18.1.2
cable,
wires,
Stipulations covered under Indian Standard Code of Practice 732 shall

govern, as relevant.
18.1.3
The work covered under the Contract is generally covered on the drawings which are
enclosed. The drawings constitute the integral part of these specifications. Two sets of
electrical drawings shall be issued to the Contractor for construction purpose. These drawings
indicate the general layout of the electrical system, arrangement of circuits and outlets,
location of switches, panels boards, conduits and other work. Details shown on these
drawings are preliminary giving only guidelines as far as dimension levels are concerned.
Exact locations, distances, levels etc. shall be governed by the interior drawings, actual
conditions at site and as per the instructions of Owners site representative.
18.1.4
The electrical contractor shall work in close co-operation/ co-ordination with the Civil,
mechanical, HVAC and all other contractors so as to avoid the possibility of stoppage of
works due to disputes between various contracting agencies.
18.1.5
Drawings and specifications shall be considered as complimentary to each other so that

details shown on the drawings or described by the specifications or fairly implied by either or
both shall be done and performed as if shown upto and described by both.
18.1.6
Discrepancies revealed between different plans, or between plans and actual site conditions,
or between plans and specifications shall be promptly brought to the attention of the Owners
representative at site for a decision before proceeding further.
18.1.7
Drawings enclosed with the tender documents may be superseded later on by revised or
detailed drawings or addenda to the specification prepared by the Owners/Consultant. The
installation work shall conform to all such reasonable changes without any extra cost to the
Owner. All such items although not clearly mentioned in the specifications or shown on the
drawings but which are obviously necessary to a complete working installation shall be
included and shall be considered to be a part of contract.
18.1.8
One set of drawings shall be kept as record drawings. All deviations in the actual installation
from that shown on the drawings shall be marked in red on these drawings. On completion of
the project, these drawings shall be handed over to the Owner.
18.1.9
Contractor is expected to be thoroughly conversant with the stipulations in the commercial

specifications enclosed with the tender documents and he shall be responsible to fulfil the
contractual obligations covered therein.
18.1.10
Contractor shall deploy competent and qualified personnel who are regularly engaged in
supervision and execution of works of similar nature.
Page 80 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
18.1.11
Minor civil work such as cutting/chasing/drilling etc. required in RCC/steel structures etc. and
making good to the satisfaction of the Owners site representative shall in the contractors
scope, where required, for completion of installation. Supply of materials such as cement,
sand, paint, welding rods, hardware, consumables etc. as required, shall also be covered in
the contractors scope.
18.2
Equipment Installation :
18.2.1
Equipment shall be installed at locations to be finalised in consultation with the Owners

representative at site.
18.2.2
The equipment shall be erected as per the instructions of the manufacturer, where available.
It shall be ensured that items, attachments etc. supplied loose/separately shall be installed.
18.2.3
Equipment shall be erected plumb to the mounting surface and properly levelled. Use of
shims for proper levelling shall be used. Structural members for supporting across
trenches/floor cutouts etc. shall also be provided, as applicable.
18.2.4
18.2.5
Equipment shall be finally bolted down/grouted only after the alignment and level is accepted
by the Owners site representative.
Bonding to earthing system shall form part of the installation work of the equipment.
18.3
Cable Installation :
18.3.1
Cable routes shall be established before commencing the installation work.
18.3.2
All cables to be buried in ground shall be laid after digging uniform section trenches. In order
to avoid repetitive excavation, all the cables to be laid in the same route, shall be laid at one
time only. Cables shall be laid with proper spacing between adjacent cables or Sin touching
formation and shall then be covered with tiles or bricks. Finally back-filling shall be done with
earth. There shall be 75mm each sand cushion below and above the cables.
18.3.3
Cables crossing pathways, roads etc. shall be laid in GI pipes/hume pipe. Pipes shall be
buried at a minimum depth of 600mm (to centre of pipe) below the finished surface of
pathway/road. The pipe/s shall extend atleast 300mm
on either side of
pathway/road/pavment etc.
18.3.4
Cables laid along prepared trenches, structures and walls shall be suitably clamped and
cleated. Cables shall be protected from mechanical damages while crossing floors etc.
Spacers and saddles shall be of G.I. and spaced at an interval of 750mm or to suit site
conditions/as per the instructions of the Ownerss site representative.
18.3.5
Use of cables trays, racks or direct clamping shall be determined before commencing the
work and the same shall be approved by the Owner/Consultants.
18.3.6
Spare length loops shall be kept at either ends of cables. The Contractor should finalise such
lengths with the Owner/Consultants.
18.3.7
Radius of cable bends shall be as per manufacturers instructions.
Page 81 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
18.3.8
Rollers & cables jacks shall be used to the extent possible, for cable laying to avoid dragging
on floor/ground.
18.3.9
Floor cutouts pipe sleeves provided for passage of cables into buildings or for floor wall
crossing shall be sealed using water-proof/fire-proof sealant as per the directions of the
Owners site representative.
18.3.10
All cables shall be provided with identification tags at both ends/at changes in direction or
route/on both sides of wall/floor crossing and at locations advised by the Owners site
representative. Cable size, place of origin and destination, voltage grade and cable number
shall be embossed on the tag. Tags shall be made from Aluminium sheet of 1mm thickness,
length and method of tying shall be finalised in consultation with the Owners site
representative.
18.3.11
100mm dia, route markers made of cast iron/G.I. shall be provided for directly buried cables
at an interval of 30 meters to suit site conditions and at locations of change in direction and
additionally at locations advised by the Owners site representative. Voltage grade and cable
cross-section shall be embossed/inscribed on the marker. Details of inspection on marker,
where a group of cables have been buried, shall be finalised in consultation with the Owners
site representative.
18.4
Point Wiring:
18.4.1
For specific guidelines, refer B.O.Q./Drawings.
18.4.2
In case of three phase distribution, wiring for individual phases shall be arranged in separate
physical enclosures such as conduits, casing etc. Different phases shall not be drawn in one
conduit/casing. Neutral and earth wires circuits shall be in the same conduit/casing as that of
phase wires.
18.4.3
Circuit wiring upto three nos. single phase circuit belonging to same phase, if located in same
path, could be drawn in the same conduit. However neutral and earth continuity conductors
for each circuit shall be maintained as separate conductors.
18.4.4
Colour coding for phase, neutral and earth wires shall be strictly followed. Such colour codes
shall be Red, Yellow, Blue for three phases, black for neutral and Green/Green-Yellow for
earth wires.
18.4.5
Wiring shall use looping system and no `Tee joints will be permitted. Looping will be
permitted only in fittings and switch boxes or outlet boxes and not in junction boxes, pull
boxes/inspection boxes or any other locations. Terminations shall be with crimping type
sockets and ferrules.
18.5
Installation of Earthing/Lightning Protection Systems :
18.5.1
Earthing stations/pits shall be constructed in accordance with the details given in Indian
Standard Code of Practice for earthing. The contractor shall possess a sketch of earth pit
provided therein. The contractor shall construct the earth station in the presence of the
Owners representative at site.
Page 82 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
18.5.2
For jointing, the earth strips should have an overlap not less that the width of the strip. The
joint of strips and wires should be done by welding in case of G.I. and painted with
anticorrosive bituminous paint and brazing/soldering in case of copper conductors.
18.5.3
Each earth pit shall have a test link jointed by 2 nos. stainless steel nuts and bolts on both
sides.
18.5.4
Separate earth pits shall be provided for lightning protection system down comers.
18.5.5
Earthing conductors and those of lightning protection system routed along walls, columns,
beams, structures etc. shall be fixed by suitable cleats and spacers at half meter distance.
18.5.6
Conductors of earthing system and lightning protection systems shall not be bonded to each
other above ground level.
18.5.7
Conductors shall be laid through pipe sleeves where they cross wall/floor.
18.6
Installation of Miscellaneous Items :
18.6.1
Installation of miscellaneous items such as push-buttons stations, indicating lamps for remote
indication, 3 phase socket outlets etc. shall be carried out generally as per the stipulation
covered in para 18.2 above. Cabling/ wiring/earthing for the same shall be carried out as per
the stipulations in para nos. 18.3, 18.4 and 18.5 to the extent the are applicable.
18.6.2
Where no specific guidelineare available, the installation, cabling and earthing shall be
carried out as per the instructions of the Owners site representative.
Hot Dip Galvanising Process for Mild Steel (Used for Cable Trays, Junction Process,
Earthing etc.)
18.7
18.7.1
Quality of Zinc
Zinc to be used shall conform to minimum Zn 98 grade as per requirement of IS:209-1992.
18.7.2
Coating Requirement :
a)
Minimum weight of zinc coating for mild steel flats with thickness upto 6 mm in
accordance with IS:6745-1972 shall be 400 g/sqm.
b)
The weight of coating expressed in grams per square metre shall be calculated by
dividing the total weight of Zinc by total area (both sides) of the coated surface.
c)
The Zinc coating shall be uniform, smooth and free from imperfections as flux, ash
and dross inclusions, bare patches black spots, pimples, lumpiness, runs, rust
stains bulky white deposits, blisters.
d)
Mild steel flats / wires shall undergo a process of degreasing pickling in acid, cold
rinsing and then galvanizing.
Page 83 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
19.0
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
19.1
Inspection:
19.1.1
Prior to commencement of testing/commissioning activities, inspection shall be carried out to

ensure that the complete installation has been carried out in accordance with drawings and
complete with the requirements laid down by Indian Electricity Rules., Regulation for the
Electrical Equipment of Building by Insurance Association of India (Fire Section),Indian
Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice, Electrical Inspector and any other statutory
regulation. The commencement of installation, testing, commissioning activities shall be
subject to the approval of any or all of the competent authorities and the Owner/ Architect/
Consultant.
19.2
Tests:
19.2.1
Tests/ measurements specified below and those specified elsewhere, shall be carried out on
the electrical equipment cabling, lighting and earthing system installations before
commissioning the same. Tests shall be performed by or under the direct supervision of a
competent person, qualified to carry out the tests. All tests shall be carried out in the presence
of the authorised representative of the Owner, unless this stipulation is waived in writing.
19.2.2
The installation shall not be accepted by the Owner unless it has been certified by the
competent authorities, and the authorised representative of the Owner.
19.2.3
All test results/measurements shall be recorded on prescribed "ELECTRICAL TEST

REPORTS" duly signed by the person conducting the test and by the authorised
representative of the Owner, where the tests are witnessed.
19.2.4
In case the installation is found to be not in conformity with the requirements or the
tests/measurements results indicate defective materials or workmanship, the same shall be
rectified to the complete satisfaction of the Owner/Architect/ Consultant and tested again, at
no extra cost to the Owner.
19.3
Testing Procedures :
19.3.1
Panels/Distribution Boards :
a) Check equipment, internal wiring, smooth mechanical operation, interlocks, etc.
b) Check correctness/continuity of power/control circuits and earth continuity.
c) Insulation resistance measurement between phases, between phases, between phases
and neutral and between phase / neutral and ground.
19.3.2
Cables/ Wiring:
a) Check continuity for all circuits and phase sequence for motor feeders.
Page 84 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
b) Insulation resistance measurement - between phases, between each phase and neutral
and between each phase/neutral and ground.
c) In case of lighting wiring, insulation test shall be carried out on all lighting feeders, with
branch circuits open. Branch circuits shall be tested separately with lamp holders, plug
receptacles and lighting fittings in position, but without lamps. In case of lighting circuits
with lamp ballasts and glow starters insulation resistance shall be measured between
phase and ground only.
d) Check wiring of switches in relevant phase.
19.3.3
Earthing/Lightning Protection:
Test for continuity of conductors, measurement of earth electrode resistance and that of
complete installation.
19.3.4
General :
Carryout all balance checks/tests/measurements as stipulated in IS 732.
20.0
MODE OF MEASUREMENTS
20.1
H.T. Switchgear, Transformers, L.T. Panels, Fabricated DBs, MCB DBs, etc. will be
counted in numbers and paid when the whole equipment complete with all accessories
included in the specifications and descriptions are supplied at site.
20.2
Materials such as cable terminations, telephone tag blocks, light fixtures, fans, speakers,
smoke/ fire detectors and similar items will be counted in numbers when they are supplied/
installed as a whole as specified/ described.
20.3
Cables, earthing, telephone wiring, fire alarm wiring and similar items will be measured in
running meters and paid.
20.4
Point wiring will be dealt with in the following manner:

a)
Contractor shall furnish the estimated lengths in meters of conduits and wiring
required for the point wiring on each floor.
b)
Prorata payment will be made separately as per the agreed terms of payments for
the supply and installation of conduits/ junction boxes/ drops, drawing of wires and
final connections.
Page 85 of 85
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
HVAC Works
Technical Specification: HVAC
Page 1 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
1.0
SCOPE OF WORK:
Design, Manufacturing / Fabrication, Shop testing, Supply, Installation (including dismantling, lifting,
shifting, assembling etc.), Site testing, and Commissioning of the following system components
(confirming to tender specifications, relevant BIS codes and in accordance with the requirements of Bill
of quantities and approved drawings).
2.0
BASIS OF DESIGN:
Unit

Goregaon (West) Mumbai.
Client
M/s Athithi Builders and Constructors Private Limited.
Location
Goregaon.
Application
Variable Refrigerant Volume Air Conditioning, Dx

System and Basement Ventilation System.
Area & Construction detail :
As per Architectural and structural details

available & enclosed drawings.
Ambient Design conditions
:
DBT C
35
Summer (May)
Inside Design conditions
WBT C
28
23 - 25 C DBT. And RH around 60 %.
Page 2 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
3.0
EQUIPMENT & OTHER SPECIFICATIONS
3.1.A
VARIABLE REFRIGERANT VOLUME SYSTEM EQUIPMENT:
(a)
SCOPE
The Scope of this section comprises the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of Variable
Refrigerant Volume Air conditioning unit, conforming to these Specifications and in accordance with
requirements of drawings and of the bill of Quantities.
(b)
VRV SYSTEM
The system selected is a modular system, with number of indoors connected to centrally located
outdoor units, as per detail designing given in the tender. The outdoor units for all the system shall
be air cooled type and mounted on the same floor of the building. Indoor units in various areas shall
be as per enclosed drawings / Bill of Quantities.
All the VRV air conditioners shall be fully factory assembled, wired, internally piped & tested. The
outdoor unit shall be pre charged with first charge of R 410A refrigerant. Additional charge shall be
added as per refrigerant piping at site. All the units shall be suitable for operation with 415 V + 10%,
50 Hz + 3%, 3 Phase supply for outdoor units & 220 V + 10%, 50 Hz + 3%, 1 Phase supply for in
door units.
The VRV system shall provide stable, trouble free & safe operation, with flexibility of operating
desired indoor units. The outdoor units must be capable of delivering exact capacity proportional to
the number of indoor units switched on & the heat load in the air conditioned area. The proportional
operation shall be achieved by varying speed of the compressor in the outdoor units / charge in
compressor configuration or capacity as per load.
(c)
SPECIFICATION OF OUTDOOR UNITS

Out doors units of the VRV system shall be compact air cooled type.
All the compressors of the out door units must be hermetically sealed scroll / rotory type. Each
module of out door unit must have separate 1# inverter / digital compressor, suitable to operate at
heat load proportional to indoor requirement / or by change in compressor configuration or capacity
as per load.
Anti Corrosive treatment (Blue Fins) for Al fins of Condenser Coils is mandatory. The treatment
should be suitable for areas of high pollution and salt laden air.
Bidder has to furnish the rated / derated capacity of the Indoor units, considering the refrigerant
piping of respective outdoor units.
Page 3 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Back up operation, in case of failure of one of the compressors of out door unit, for single module
outdoor units or failure of one of the modules in case of multiple module outdoor units shall be
possible. The VRV outdoor unit shall always be supplying at least 33% of back up operation, of the
full load capacity.
The outdoor units shall be suitable to operate within an ambient temperature range of +5 Deg C to +
43 Deg C, in cooling mode.
The entire operation of out door units shall be through independent remotes of indoor units. No
separate Start/ Stop function shall be required.
Starter for the Out door Unit compressor shall Direct on Line type. Inverter compressor / or
equivalent system of the unit shall start first & at the minimum frequency / capacity, to reduce the
inrush current during starting.
Refrigerant control in the out door unit shall be through Electronic Expansion Valve. Complete
refrigerant circuit, oil balancing/ equalizing circuit shall be factory assembled & tested.
Noise level of outdoor units shall not exceed 70 dB (A) at a distance of 1.0 m from the unit.
Out door units shall be complete with following safety devices:
High pressure switch
Fan driver overload protector
Over current relay
Inverter Overload Protector / Digital Protector
Fusible Plug
Unit shall be supplied with
Installation manual
Operation Manual
Connection Pipes
Clamps
Units will use R-410 as Refrigerant / Equivalent Refrigerant gas.

(d)
SPECIFICATIONS FOR INDOOR UNITS

CASSETTE TYPE INDOOR UNITS
These units shall be installed between the bottom of finished slab & top of false
ceiling. The maximum allowable height for the cassette type units shall be 288
Page 4 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
mm.
The unit must have in built drain pump, suitable for vertical lift of 750 mm.
The unit casing shall be Galvanized Steel Plate.
Unit must be insulated with sound absorbing thermal insulation material,

Polyurethane foam. The noise level of unit at the highest operating level shall
not exceed 42 dB (A), at a vertical distance of 1.5 m from the grille of the unit.
Unit shall have provision of connecting fresh air without any special chamber & without
increasing the total height of the unit (288 mm maximum).
The unit shall be supplied with suitable decorative panel.
The unit shall be supplied with Resin Net filter with Mold Resistance. The filter shall be easy
to remove, clean & re install.
The unit will be connected in series to a suitable out door unit & it must be possible to
operate the unit independently, through corded/ cordless remote specified in the Bill of
quantities.
WALL MOUNTED UNITS
Wall mounted units must be compact & stylish design that does not detract
from the dcor of the room.
Each indoor unit must have electronic expansion valve operated by

microprocessor thermostat based temperature control to deliver cooling/
heating as per
the heat load of the room.
The unit must have provision of adding drain pump kit if required & specified.
The drain pump must be suitable to lift drain up to 1000 mm from the bottom of the unit.

Polystyrene/Polyethylene foam. The noise level of unit at the highest operating
level shall not exceed 46 dB (A), at a vertical distance of 1.5 m from the grille of
the unit.
The unit shall be supplied with Resin Net filter with Mold Resistance. The filter
shall be easy to remove, clean & re install.
The unit grille must be washable with soap solution.
It shall be possible to set minimum 5 steps of discharge angle by remote

controller.
It shall be possible to fit drain pipe from either side of the unit (Left or right)
The unit will be connected in series to a suitable out door unit & it must be
possible to operate the unit independently, through corded / cordless remote specified in the
bill of quantities
CEILING MOUNTED DUCT TYPE UNITS
Page 5 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
These units shall be ceiling suspended with suitable supports to take care of
operating weight of the unit, without causing any excessive vibration & noise.
The cold air
supplied by these units will be supplied to the area to be air conditioned, through duct
system specified in the tender.
Each indoor unit must have electronic expansion valve operated by

microprocessor thermostat based temperature control to deliver cooling/ heating as per the
heat load of the room.

Glass Fiber. The noise level of unit at the highest operating level shall not exceed 49 dB
(A), at a vertical distance of 1.5 m below the units with duct connected to the unit.
The unit must be able to develop external static pressure of 25 mm, at the
specified air quantities.
Unit must have Thermal Fuse for fan motor protection, in case of motor heating.
operate the unit independently, through corded/ cordless remote specified in the bill of
quantities.
FLOOR MOUNTED DUCT TYPE UNITS
These units shall be Floor Mounted Vertical with suitable supports to take care of operating
weight of the unit, without causing any excessive vibration & noise. The cold air supplied by
these units will be supplied to the area to be air conditioned, through duct system specified
in the tender.
Each indoor unit must have electronic expansion valve operated by microprocessor
thermostat based temperature control to deliver cooling/ heating as per the heat load of the
room.
Unit must be insulated with sound absorbing thermal insulation material, Glass Fiber. The
noise level of unit at the highest operating level shall not exceed 49 dB (A), at a vertical
distance of 1.5 m below the units with duct connected to the unit.
The unit must be able to develop external static pressure of 25 mm, at the specified air
quantities.
Unit must have Thermal Fuse for fan motor protection, in case of motor heating.
operate the unit independently, through corded/ cordless remote specified in the bill of
quantities.
Page 6 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
(e)
SPECIFICATION FOR CONTROLS SYSTEM FOR VRV AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
Wired remote controller shall be supplied as specified in the Bill of Quantities
The controller must have large crystal display screen, which displays complete operating
status.
The digital display must allow setting of temperature with 1 Deg C interval.
Remote shall be able to individually program by timer the respective times for operation start
and stop within a maximum of 72 hours.
Remote must be equipped with thermostat sensor in the remote controller that will make
possible more comfortable room temperature control.
The remote shall be able to monitor room temperature & preset temperature by
microcomputer & can select cool/ heat operation mode automatically.
The remote must constantly monitor malfunctions in the system & must be equipped with a
self diagnosis function that let know by a message immediately when a malfunction occurs.
It shall be possible to wire the remote up to 500 RMT.
WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER
Wireless remote controller shall be supplied as specified in the Bill of Quantities
The same operation modes & settings as with wired remote controllers must be possible.
Compact light receiving unit to be mounted into wall or ceiling shall be included.
Units shall be supplied with followings :

a.
Operation Manual
b.
Installation Manual
c.
Paper Pattern for installation
d.
Drain hose / Clamp metal / Insulation for fitting / Sealing Pads /

Clamps / Screws
Page 7 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
(f)
HANDING OVER OF THE VRV SYSTEM

Following reading/ data shall be generated as a part of handing over of the VRV air conditioning
system, apart from the handing over data for air side & indoor design conditions.
OUT DOOR UNITS
Inlet temperature
Discharge pipe temperature
Suction pipe temperature
Oil pressure
Condensing Pressure
Evaporating Pressure
Power supply voltage
Inverter compressor frequency
Inverter current
Fan operating current
Total ODU current
INDOOR UNITS
Indoor unit operation On/ off from remote
Indoor unit operation On/ off from thermostat
Remote control presser temperature
Suction temperature
Indoor liquid pipe temperature
Indoor gas pipe temperature
Electronic expansion valve opening
NOTE
Bidders are requested to submit power consumption details separately for Indoor & outdoor
units
Page 8 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
3.1.B
NORMAL Dx SYSTEM EQUIPMENT:
(a)
SCOPE
The Scope of this section comprises the Installation, erection, testing and commissioning of Dx type
Air conditioning unit, conforming to these Specifications and in accordance with requirements of
drawings and of the bill of Quantities.
(b)
Dx SYSTEM
The system selected is Ductable & Split Air Conditioning indoor unit connected to individual outdoor
unit. The units for the system shall be air cooled type (units provided by client) and mounted on the
same floor / suitable place of the building. Indoor units in various area shall be as per enclosed
drawings / Bill of Quantities.
(c)
SPECIFICATION OF OUTDOOR UNITS

Out doors units of the Dx system shall be air cooled type.
All the compressors of the outdoor units must be scroll type. Each unit must have suitable to operate
at heat load proportional to indoor requirement / or by change in compressor configuration or
capacity as per load.
Anticorrosion Blue fin condenser increases the corrosion resistance of the coils thus enhancing the
life of the system.
Bidder has to furnish the rated / derated capacity of the Indoor units, considering the refrigerant
piping of respective outdoor units.
The operation of outdoor units shall be through independent remotes of indoor units.
Refrigerant control in the outdoor unit shall be through Expansion Valve.
Noise level of outdoor units shall not exceed 70 dB (A) at a distance of 1.0 m from the unit.
Out door units shall be complete with following safety devices:
HP / LP switch protects compressors against high or low pressures.
Power quality protector prevents compressor failure due to phase reversal, reverse
polarity, phase imbalance, etc.
In-built thermal / temperature protection.
Units will use R22 as Refrigerant / Equivalent Refrigerant gas.
(d)
SPECIFICATIONS FOR INDOOR UNITS
Page 9 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
(e)
CASSETTE TYPE INDOOR UNITS
These units shall be installed between the bottom of finished slab & top of false
ceiling. The maximum allowable height for the cassette type units shall be 288 mm.
The unit must have in built drain pump, suitable for vertical lift of 750mm.

Polyurethane foam. The noise level of unit at the highest operating level shall not
exceed 42 dB (A), at a vertical distance of 1.5 m from the grille of the unit.
Unit shall have directly connected to the provision of connecting fresh air with
chamber & without increasing the total height of the unit (288 mm maximum).
The unit shall be supplied with suitable decorative panel.
The unit shall be supplied with Resin Net filter with Mold Resistance. The filter shall
be easy to remove, clean & re install.
The unit will be connected to a suitable out door unit & it must be possible to operate
the unit independently, through corded/ cordless remote specified in the Bill of
quantities.
WALL MOUNTED UNITS
Wall mounted units must be compact & stylish design that does not detract from the
dcor of the room.
Each indoor unit must have electronic expansion valve operated by microprocessor
thermostat based temperature control to deliver cooling/ heating as per the heat load
of the room.
The unit must have provision of adding drain pump kit if required & specified. The
drain pump must be suitable to lift drain up to 1000 mm from the bottom of the unit.

Polystyrene/Polyethylene foam. The noise level of unit at the highest operating level
shall not exceed 46 dB (A), at a vertical distance of 1.5 m from the grille of the unit.
The unit shall be supplied with Resin Net filter with Mold Resistance. The filter shall
be easy to remove, clean & re install.
The unit grille must be washable with soap solution.
It shall be possible to set minimum 5 steps of discharge angle by remote controller.
It shall be possible to fit drain pipe from either side of the unit (Left or right)
operate the unit independently, through corded / cordless remote specified in the bill
of quantities
SPECIFICATION FOR CONTROLS SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
Page 10 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
(f)
Wired remote controller shall be supplied as specified in the Bill of Quantities.
The controller must have large crystal display screen, which displays complete
operating status.
The digital display must allow setting of temperature with 1 Deg C interval.
Remote shall be able to individually program by timer the respective times for
operation start and stop within a maximum of 72 hours
Remote must be equipped with thermostat sensor in the remote controller that will
make possible more comfortable room temperature control
The remote shall be able to monitor room temperature & preset temperature by
microcomputer & can select cool/ heat operation mode automatically.
The remote must constantly monitor malfunctions in the system & must be equipped
with a self diagnosis function that let know by a message immediately when a
malfunction occurs.
It shall be possible to wire the remote up to 500 RMT.
WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER
Wireless remote controller shall be supplied as specified in the Bill of Quantities
The same operation modes & settings as with wired remote controllers must be
possible.
Compact light receiving unit to be mounted into wall or ceiling shall be included.
HANDING OVER OF THE Dx SYSTEM

Following reading/ data shall be generated as a part of handing over of the Dx system, apart from the
handing over data for air side & indoor design conditions.
OUT DOOR UNITS
Inlet temperature
Discharge pipe temperature
Suction pipe temperature
Oil pressure
Condensing Pressure
Evaporating Pressure
Power supply voltage
Inverter compressor frequency
Inverter current
ODU current
INDOOR UNITS
Indoor unit operation On/ off from remote
Indoor unit operation On/ off from thermostat
Remote control presser temperature
Page 11 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
(g)
NOTE
(1)
3.2
Suction temperature
Indoor pipe temperature
Electronic expansion valve opening
Bidders are requested to submit power consumption details separately for Indoor &
outdoor units
EXHAUST FAN:
SCOPE:
The scope of this section comprises the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of Exhaust fans
conforming to these specification and in accordance with the requirement of bill of quantities.
INLINE EXHAUST FAN:
Type:
Inline exhaust fan shall be complete factory assembled, tested and

approved manufactures.
Housing:
Casing shall be of heavy gauge galvanized sheets, ribbed and reinforced with
access provided by hand holes and casing panels.
Motor:
Fans shall be driven by an electric motor as specified in the BOQ. Fan requires
higher capacity motor. Motor rating shall be at least 5% over transmission
losses. Fan shall have limit switch with Aluminum wire guard to shut off the fan.
PROPELLER FAN:
Type:
Propeller fan shall be specified make or equivalent. Fans shall be of the broad
type, ring or diaphragm mounted and the capacity shown in the Schedule of
Equipment. Fans shall be provided with gravity type louvers unless otherwise
stated.
Motor:
Fan drive shall be single phase or three phase motors as indicated in the
schedule of Equipment and shall be complete with starter.
3.3
FRESH AIR FAN:

SCOPE:
The scope of this section comprises the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of Fresh Air fans
conforming to these specification and in accordance with the requirement of bill of quantities.
INLINE FRESH AIR FAN:
Page 12 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Type:
Inline fresh air fan shall be complete factory assembled, tested and
approved manufactures.
Housing:
Casing shall be of heavy gauge galvanized sheets, ribbed and reinforced with
access provided by hand holes and casing panels.
Motor:
Fans shall be driven by an electric motor as specified in the BOQ. Fan requires
higher capacity motor. Motor rating shall be at least 5% over transmission
losses. Fan shall have limit switch with Aluminum wire guard to shut off the fan.
3.4
CENTRIFUGAL FAN:
Fans shall be single / double inlet, non overloading type centrifugal fans. The fan CFM, Static
pressure, class, arrangement, width, direction of rotation, mode of discharge etc. shall be as
indicated in the Drawings, Schedule of Quantities or as required.
Housing: Fan housing shall be constructed of at least 14 gauge sheet steel with angle stiffeners
and base angles to ensure freedom from drumming and shall be suitable for operation at the
maximum static pressure of the system.
The fan scroll shall be attached to the side plates by means of continuous lock seam or welded
seam construction.
An access door with quick locking tension handle and neoprene gasket for inspection and cleaning
shall be fitted to the scroll casing in an accessible position. It shall be of the full width of the
impeller. 18 gauge wire mesh insect screen of 50 mm selves shall be provided at the fan suction,
whenever the suction side is not ducted.
The fan-wheel shall be multi-blade type, backward curved non- overloading type with blades of
riveted or welded construction. Impeller shall be keyed to the shaft and the impeller with shaft shall
be statically and dynamically balanced.
Fan outlet velocity shall not exceed 600 Mtrs / minute.
Fan shaft shall provide excellent shaft to race fit for increased bearing life. Shaft shall not pass
through first critical speed through the full range of specified fan speeds.
Shaft bearings of belt driven single inlet fans shall be truly aligned and rigidly mounted on a
pedestal common to both bearings.
Double inlet double width fans should have a pedestal mounted bearing at each side of the fan.
Bearings shall be ring oiling sleeve / ball / roller type designed for quite operation and shall be self
aligning grease packed pillow block type.
Fans shall be provided with adjustable outlet dampers as a standard accessory.
Page 13 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Fans shall be provided with factory assembled heavy-duty outlet dampers mounted in a separate
frame, wherever required.
Motor: Fans shall be driven by squirrel case including motor. Motor ratings are only tentative and
where a fan requires a higher capacity motor, the Contractor shall clearly point out the
requirements and make his offer accordingly. Motor ratings shall be at least 15% over limit load
plus transmission losses.
Belt driven fans shall be provided. The drive shall be fitted with pulleys suitable for V - belts.
Pulleys shall be secured to the motor shaft by keys fitted into mechanical key-ways. Pulleys shall
be keyed to the fan shaft in the overhung position. Keys shall be easily accessible and shall be
accurately fitted so that the jib head does not protrude beyond the end of the shaft. Drive shall be
complete with belts, sheaves and belt guards.
Fan shall be provided with eyebolts and other lifting equipment to be used.
Exhaust fans handling corrosive fumes shall be made of non corrosive materials or coated with
corrosion resistant paint with epoxy or chlorinated rubber base point or FRP as required.
Vibration isolation base shall be provided for all fans. Base for both fan and motor shall be built
as an integral part of fan if required and shall be mounted on vibration isolating springs. The entire
assembly shall be rested on PCC pads minimum 50 mm thick.
Heavy concrete foundations shall be provided if so recommended by manufacturers for purpose of
dampening the vibrations. Prior approval of Engineer-in-Charge shall be obtained before ordering
equipment if heavy concrete foundations are required.
Fan inlet and outlet connections shall be by means of strong double Rexine cloth or double canvas
connection as approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
All fans handling hot air shall have double layers of asbestos cloth connections.
Fans shall be tested for the performance and test results shall tally with the offered rating.
Following test shall be carried out inside factory/ at site (witnessed by the Engineer-in-charge or
his authorized representative)
1.
Fan capacity in CFM
2.
Static and total pressure at fan suction and discharge side.
3.
Fan speed.
4.
Fan motor power consumption.
Fan shall be factory painted from inside and outside with two coats of plastic emulsion paint of
approved colour containing mildew inhibitor over two coats of primer. If the paint is scratched off in
transit and installation, the same shall be repainted after proper treatment to the affected areas.
Page 14 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Each centrifugal fan shall be complete with shroud, impeller, shafts, bearing, belt drive, motor,
base plates, vibration isolators, painting, dampers, flexible connection etc.
Each centrifugal fan shall also include necessary R.C.C. foundation wherever specified in the
schedule or the sections of these specifications.
All fans should withstand the temperature of 400OC for at least 2 hours of operation.
1.
AXIAL / TUBE AXIAL FAN

Scope: The impeller shall be constructed of Steel or Die Cast Aluminum Alloy. The blades shall
be fastened to the Hub and statically and dynamically balanced after assembly. Alternatively, the
Blades and the Hub shall be one piece.
The Fan shall be driven by squirrel cage induction motor, single phase or three phase as directed.
TEFC type with class "F" insulation conforming to IP55 or higher as per application.
Motor: Motor shall be fitted with combination ball and roller bearings with limit lubricator.
Electrical termination shall be brought from the motor, through conduit to a terminal box welded on
the fan casing. Two earth terminals shall be provided for each motor. The starting torque shall
match with the load torque and starting current shall not exceed three times the full load current.
The fan assembly shall be bolted inside a circular heavy gauges steel casing, hot dip galvanized
prior to assembly, Inspection doors shall be fitted in the fan casing. Inlet / outlet bells / cones shall
be provided as required.
The fan shall be selected to give maximum efficiency when handling the specified duty and shall
have non-over loading and non-stalling characteristics. The peak power shall occur within the
range of normal operating pressures.
Propeller fans may be ring mounted, or diaphragm mounted in a casing as required.
Where they are mounted in casing, the casing shall be longer than the length of fan and motor.
The casing shall be of steel, shall have flanged ends and shall incorporate an inspection door.
A terminal shall be mounted externally on the casing. The tip speed of fans shall not exceed
20m/s.
Fans shall be provided with gravity louvers unless otherwise specified.
Fan drive shall be Three Phase unless otherwise specified in the Schedule of Equipment and shall
be complete with power cable at least 2 m long.
Fan shall be factory painted with 2 coats of emulsion paint over 2 coats of primer.
Electric Motor and Motor Mount: The ceiling mounted fans shall be suspended from R.C.C.
ceiling through adequately size expansion / anchor bolts and steel housing supports. The fan shall
Page 15 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
be mounted on rubber cushions and vibration mounting designed to insulate the mechanical
vibrations of the fan at specified running speed.
The floor-mounted fans shall be installed on Rubber cushion, anti - vibration mountings shall be
designed to insulate vibrations of the fan at the specified speed.
All electrical equipment shall be provided with two separate earth connections. Size of earth lead
for small motors shall be equal to the size of the supply conductor, but not less than 10 gauge G.I.
wire, or as specified.
Flexible connections shall be provided to all motor terminals wherever the motor is mounted on
slide rails and belt drive is adopted. Even in the case of direct drive motors, the connection shall
be flexible enough to prevent transmission of vibrations.
All motors, starters and the framework shall be factory painted with two coats of suitable paint of
approved colour, and at the time of handling over the equipment, shall be repainted if so required
by Engineer-in-charge.
Fans shall be tested after installation for the performance and the following test results shall be
witnessed by the Engineer-in-charge or his authorised representative.
1.
Air delivered
cfm
2.
Static pressure at supply end
mm WG
3.
Rated current of motor
Amps
4.
Static Pressure at Discharge End
mm WG
5.
Actual current of Motor
Amps
6.
All fans should withstand the temperature of 400OC for at least 2 hours of operation.
2.
JET FANS
Fan Housing The fan casing shall be rolled cylindrical casing of 3 mm sheet steel. The fan casing
is integrated in an oval, rectangular or circular housing with flanges for fitting silencers up to one
meter long. The silencers are bolted onto the fan flanges. The above flanges are also used to affix
mounting fittings.
Electric Motor and Motor Mount

The fan casing is fitted with a downstream guide vane on the motor side. The downstream guide
vane is also designed as a motor mount in which the electric motor is mounted in a motor shell.
Standard flange motors with an external diameter equivalent to the rotor units hub diameter can
be mounted in the motor pan. The electric motor is a two-speed motor designed for 400 V, 50 Hz
and for direct start (DOL). The motor protection is minimum IP55 in accordance with IEC 34-5 and
the insulation class is F or H.The motor has no junction box, both as a cable that passes out
Page 16 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
through the fan housing to an external junction box/switch. Motor flanges type B14 in accordance
with IEC 34-7 are standard.
Junction Box/Switch
A junction box/switch is mounted on the fan housing as shown in the enclosed drawing. The
encapsulation of the switch is IP-54.
Mounting
The fan has mountings for fixing to the ceiling.
Finishing
After the fan casing, flanges and mountings are manufactured, they are hot-dip galvanised.
Rotor
The rotor unit consists of two hub shells pressed in hot-rolled, deepdrawn sheets, in which 4
blades are mounted at a preset blade angle.
Rotor Blades
The blades are made of aluminium. Unidirectional in Silafont09/GD AlSi 10 and reversible in
Silafont 36. All rotor blades undergo a capillary test to find any defects.
Hub
The blades are made of an aluminium alloy.The hub is fixed to the motor spindle by means of a
hub boss.
Silencers
The silencers are placed on both sides of the fan housing to reduce the sound level.
The silencers shall be consist externally of 0.75 mm galvalume-coated sheet steel (galvalume: 150
g/m2 on both sides) and internally of perforated pre-galvanized sheet steel. The silencing material
is fireproof, moisture-resistant and usable at high air speeds. The silencers are fitted with funnels
on the suction and pressure sides designed for minimal loss. The funnels are made of hot-dip
galvanized steel. A stainless steel (AISI 304) mesh is mounted on the suction side and a
galvanized reversible grille is mounted on the pressure side.
Max. Temperature
For smoke control, the fans are available in a version with guaranteed operation 400C for 2 hour.
Reversible Grille
At the outlet opening, a reversible grille is necessary to conduct the air in the desired direction.
The guide vane is made of galvanized steel.
Page 17 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
CO SENSOR
CO SENSOR with LED display Model No. QPA 63.2, 0-10 VDC Output, 24 HVAC operated.
Detailed ventilation logic in various conditions is described below:

Condition 1: When the CO level in the basement is well below the acceptable minimum range
(<20ppm), all the Jet vent fans shall be switched-off to ensure power savings.
And partial Normal mode extract fans will run continuously at the rate of 3 ACPH.
Condition 2: When the CO level rises beyond (>20 ppm & <35ppm),
partial normal mode extract fans will run to achieve 15 ACPH and
Jet fans shall operate low speed at those zones only where the CO level is high.
Condition 3: As the CO level increases (> 35 ppm), all the Jet fans shall operate at
low speed irrespective of zones & all the normal mode extract fans should run &
achieve 15ACPH.
Condition 4: In case of fire / emergency, the fire alarm panel shall gives an input to main
controller and the controller will operate all the Jet fans at High speed and guides the jet
of stream towards the extract point. Main extract fans shall operate at full speed to achieve 30 ACPH.
4.
SMOKE EXTRACT FAN:

Temperature: Smoke extract fan units shall be capable of extracting smoke at a temperature for
400C for a minimum of 2HR.
Smoke extract fan units shall be suitable for roof or indoor mounting with the extracted gasses
being discharged vertically or horizontally via the air operated/gravity return shutters.
The smoke extract fan units shall have a unit case manufactured in aluminum alloy or polyester
painted zinc coated steel. Non rusting fixings shall be used throughout.
Bird guards shall be provided which shall automatically be displaced in the event of fire debris
blocking the airway.
Each unit shall have a high performance axial flow impeller, balanced and dynamically checked to
ensure smooth even running.
Electrical Motor: Electrical input connections shall be provided by a connector box mounted on
the outside of the unit and powered to the motor with heat resisting cable.
Page 18 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Fan units shall be fitted with internally mounted electrical isolators fitted behind a guide release
panel.
4.0
SHEET METAL WORK:
a)
CODES AND STANDARDS

Ducts shall be made of either Galvanized sheets or Aluminum sheet and confirm to IS: 655.
The Galvanized steel sheet shall confirm to IS: 277. Aluminum sheet shall confirm to IS: 737. The
duct construction shall be as follows:
b)
RECTANGULAR DUCT CONSTRUCTION:

Max. Side
c)
Thickness - G
MM
AL
Up to 750
24
0.8
22
751 to 1500
MS angle
22
0.6
20
1501 to 2250
MS angle
20
1.0
18
2251 and above

MS angle
18
1.2
16
Type of joint
25 mm QSS
flanges
25 mm x 3 mm
MS
angle flange.
40 mm x 3 mm
MS
angle flange.
40 mm x 3 mm
MS
angle flange.
(a)
Bracing
No
ne
25 mm x 3 mm
40 mm x 3 mm
at 1.25 m centers.
40 mm x 3 mm
at 1.25 m centers.
HANGERS FOR DUCT:

(b)
d)
GSS
Duct size
(mm)
Spacing
(m)
Size of MS angle
(mm x mm)
Size of Rod dia.

(mm)
Up to 750
2.5
40 x 40 x 3
10
751 to 1500
2.5
50 x 50 x 3
15
1501 to 2250
2.5
50 x 40 x 3
15
DUCT INSTALLATION:
All ducts shall be fabricated and installed in workman like manner, generally confirming to IS: 655:
1963 updated. Round duct shall be die- formed for achieving perfect circle configuration.
Ducts shall be straight and smooth on the inside with neatly finished joints. All joints shall be made
airtight.
Page 19 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
All exposed ducts within conditioned spaces, shall have slip joints - no flanged joints. The internal
ends of slip joints shall be in the direction of air flow. Ducts and accessories within ceiling spaces,
visible from air-conditioned areas shall be provided with two coats of mat black finish paint.
Changes in the dimensions and shape of ducts shall be gradual. Air-turns shall be installed in all
vanes, arranged to permit the air to make the turn without appreciable turbulence.
Ducts shall be fabricated as per details shown on drawings. All ducts shall be rigid and adequately
supported and braced where required standing seams, teas, or angles, of ample size to keep the
ducts true to shape and to prevent buckling, vibration or breathing.
All sheet metal connections, partitions and plenums required to confined the flow of air to and
through the filters and fans, shall be constructed of 18 G GSS / 16 G Aluminum, thoroughly stiffened
with 25mmx25mmx3mm angle iron braces and fitted with all necessary inspection doors as required
to give access to all parts of the apparatus. Doors shall be not less than 45 cm x 45 cm in size.
Plenums shall be panel type and assembled at the site. Fixing of MS angle, iron flanges on duct
pieces shall be with rivets heads from inside and riveting shall be done from outside.
Rubber lining 6 mm thick shall be used between duct flanges instead of felt, in all clean room ducting
installations.
The contractor shall provide and neatly erect all sheet metal work as may be required to carry out
the intent of this specifications and drawings. The work shall meet with the approval of the engineer
In-charge at site in all it parts and details.
The contractor for beams, pipes, or other obstructions in the building shall make all necessary
provisions and allowances, whether or not the same are shown on the drawings. Where necessary
to avoid beams or other structural work, plumbing or other pipes, and / or conduits, the ducts shall
be transformed, divided or curved to on a side, (the required area being maintained) all as per the
site requirements.
If a duct can not be run as shown on the drawings, the contractor shall install the ducts between the
required points by any path available, in accordance with other services and as per approval of site
engineer.
All ductwork shall be independently supported from building construction. All horizontal ducts shall
be rigidly and securely supported, in an approved manner, with trapeze hangers formed of MS rods
and angle iron.
Ducting over furred ceiling shall be supported from beams, after obtaining approval of site engineer.
In no case shall any duct be supported from false ceiling hangers or be permitted to rest on false
Page 20 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
ceiling. All metal work in dead or furred down spaces shall be erected in time to occasion no delay to
other contractors work on the building.
Where metal ducts or sleeves terminate in woodwork, tight joints shall be made by means of closely
fitting heavy flanged collars. Where ducts pass through brick or masonry openings, wooden frame
work shall be provided within the opening and crossing of ducts provided with heavy flanged collars
on each side of the wooden frame work, so that duct crossing is made leak - proof.
All ducts shall be totally free from vibration under all conditions of operation. Wherever duct work is
connected to fans, air handling units or blower coil units that may cause vibrations in the ducts,
ducts shall be provided with two flexible connections, located close to the unit, in mutually
perpendicular directions, flexible heavy canvas sleeve at least 10 cm long securely bonded and
bolted on both sides. Sleeve shall be made smooth and the connecting ductwork rigidly held by
independent supports on both ends. The flexible connection shall be suitable for pressures at the
point of installation and shall be of approved make.
e)
DAMPERS:
All dampers shall be louver dampers of robust construction and tight fitting. The design, method of
handling, and control shall be suitable for the location and the service required.
Dampers shall be provided with suitable links, levers, and quadrants as required for their proper
operation, control or setting devices shall be made robust, easily operable and accessible through
suitable access doors in the ducts. Every damper shall have an indicating device clearly showing the
damper position at all the times.
Dampers shall be placed in ducts at every branch supply or return air duct connection, whether or
not indicated on the drawings, for the proper volume control and balancing of the system.
f)
FIRE DAMPERS:
All supply and return air ducts at AHU room crossing and at all floor crossing shall be provided with
approved make fire dampers of at least 1.5 hour fire rating.
Fire damper blades shall be single / multi piece folded high strength galvanized steel construction. In
normal position, these blades shall be gathered and
stacked at the frame head, providing
maximum air passage and preventing passing air currents from creating noise or chatter. The blades
shall be held in position by solenoid valve. All fire dampers shall be smoke sensor actuated (no
fusible links) and solenoid valve operated. Ionization type smoke sensors shall be provided in the
return air paths.
In case of fire, the intrinsic energy of the folded blades shall be utilized to close
Page 21 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
the openings. The thrust from closing of the damper shall operate a limit switch mounted in the
bottom frame of fire damper within the duct. Closing of this limit switch shall cut off the power supply
to the AHU fan. Stopping all air flow
instantaneously. No hinges or blade linkages shall be
permitted which may give way under heat or air pressure. The thrust of suddenly released tension
shall instantly drive the blade down and keep it down without the use of springs, weights or other
devices subject to failure.
Fire damper sleeves and access doors shall be provided within the ducts in accordance with the
manufacturers recommendations.
The contractor shall also furnish to the owner, the necessary additional spare
solenoid valve, as
recommended by manufacturer, at the time of commissioning of the installation.

g)
SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR REGISTERS:

Supply and return air resisters shall be of anodized Aluminum section construction with individual
adjustable bars as shown on drawings and indicated in Bill of quantities. Supply air register shall be
generally double deflection type, with removable key operated volume control dampers. Return air
resisters shall be generally similar to supply air resister but without dampers. All supply and return
resisters behind wooden grilles shall be single deflection type with one-way bars only, the supply air
resisters being provided with removable key operated volume control dampers.
All resisters shall be selected in consultation with site engineer. Different spaces shall require
horizontal or vertical face bars and different width of margin frames.
All resisters shall have a soft, continuous rubber gasket between the periphery of the register and
the surface on which it has to be mounted. The effective area of the registers shall not be less than
75 % of gross face area.
Resister shall be adjustable pattern as each grille bar shall be pivotable to provide pattern with 0 to
50 horizontal arcs and up to 30 deflections downwards. Bars shall hold deflection settings under all
conditions of velocity and pressure. Excluded Aluminum registers shall have fixed bars.
Set-back vertical members of approved thickness shall reinforce bar longer than 45 cm.
h)
SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DIFFUSERS:

Supply and return air diffusers shall be of approved make as shown on the drawings and /or
indicated in the Bill of quantities. Anodized Aluminum section diffusers.
Round or Rectangular Diffuser: Shall be anodized Aluminum section construction, square,

rectangular, or round diffusers with flush fixed pattern. Diffusers for different spaces shall be
selected in consultation with site engineer. Supply air diffusers may be equipped with fixed air
Page 22 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
distribution grids, removable key operated volume control dampers, and anti-smudge rings as
required in specific applications, all as per requirements of Bill of quantities.
Linear Diffuser: Shall be anodized Aluminum section construction, one or two-way blow linear
diffusers. Supply air diffusers shall be provided with volume control / balancing dampers within the
supply air collar. Diffusers for different spaces shall be selected in consultation with site engineer
and provided as per requirement of Bill of quantities. All linear / square / round diffusers shall have
volume control dampers of MS construction.
4.1
METHOD OF MEASUREMENTS FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
a)
Sheet Metal work:

Duct Length Shall be measured along the centre line from flange face to face unless otherwise
stated. Ductwork shall be measured on the basis of external surface area (length as measured
above, multiply by duct perimeter) of ducts including the joints for each duct section. Duct
measurement shall be taken before application of the insulation. For taper section average
perimeter shall be used for measurement. For special pieces like bends, reducers, branches, and
collars, mode of measurement shall be identical to as described above using the length along the
centre line. The quoted unit rate for external surface of ducts shall include all wastage allowances,
flanges and gaskets for joints, nuts and bolts, hangers and angles, and angles/flats with double nuts
for supports, felt strip between duct and support, vibration isolation, inspection chamber / access
panel, splitter damper with quadrant and lever for position indication, turning vanes, straightening
vanes, and all other accessories required to complete the duct installation as per the specifications.
These accessories shall not be separately measured nor paid for.
b)
Duct Accessories: Shall be measured by the cross section area perpendicular to air flow.
Grilles and diffusers: Width multiplied by height, excluding flanges, volume control dampers shall
form part of the unit rate for registers and shall not be separately accounted.
Diffusers: Cross-section area for airflow at discharge/capture area, excluding flanges. Volume
control dampers shall form part of unit rate for supply air diffusers and shall not be separately
accounted.
Linear diffusers: Shall be measured by linear measurements only not by cross sectional areas, and
shall exclude flanges for mounting of linear diffusers. The supply air plenum for linear diffusers shall
be measured with ducting as described earlier.
Fire Damper: Shall be measured by their cross sectional area perpendicular to the direction of
airflow. Quoted rates shall include the necessary collars, and flanges for mounting, inspection pieces
Page 23 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
with access door, solenoid valves etc. No special allowances shall be payable for extension of cross
section outside the air stream.
Flexible connection: Shall be measured by their cross sectional area perpendicular to the direction
of airflow. Quoted rates shall include the necessary mounting arrangement, flanges, nuts and bolts
and treated-for-fire requisite length of canvas cloth.
c)
Testing and Balancing: After the installation of the entire air distribution system is completed in all
respects, all ducts shall be tested for air leaks by visual inspection.
The entire air distribution system shall be balanced using anemometer. Measured air quantities at
fan discharge and at various outlets shall be identical to or less than 5 % in excess of those
specified and quoted. Branch duct adjustments shall be permanently marked after air balancing is
completed so that these can be restored to their correct position if disturbed at any time. Complete
air balance report shall be submitted for scrutiny and approval, and four copies of the approved
balance report shall be submitted along with the completion documents.
4.2
INSULATION:
SCOPE: The scope of this section comprises the supply and fixing of insulation conforming to these
specifications and in accordance with requirement of Bill of quantities.
MATERIAL: Insulation material shall be rigid resin bonded fiberglass or Phneotherm or Expanded
polystyrene.
Thermal conductivity of fiberglass shall not exceed 0.025 Kcal / (hr.m.deg.c.) at 10 deg.c. mean
temperature. Density shall not be less than 24 kg. / cu.m. In case of fiberglass rigid boards, the
density shall not be less than 48 kg. / cu.m.
Thermal conductivity of expanded polystyrene shall not exceed 0.034 Kcal / (hr.m.deg.c.) at 32
deg.c. mean temperature. Density shall not be less than 24 kg. / cu.m. (In case of pre-formed pipe
section, the density shall be between 16 to 20 kg. / cu.m.)
Thickness of insulation shall be as specified for particular application or as specified in Bill of
quantities. Samples of insulation material shall be submitted for approval and shall be tested for
thermal conductivity values. Adhesive used for setting insulation shall be cold setting compound
non-flammable, vapour proof adhesive, Shalimar CPRX compound or equivalent approved make.
4.2.1
DUCT INSULATION:
Page 24 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Duct acoustic lining: Acoustic material shall be fiberglass panel of specified density and thickness
in BOQ.
Acoustic duct lining shall be applied inside the duct for a minimum distance of 6 meter or as shown
in the drawing from the outlet of air handling units or as specified in drawings or as indicated in Bill of
quantities. Acoustical duct lining shall be applied
as follows:
i)
The inside surface of the duct shall be cleaned and covered with cold setting adhesive
compound.
ii)
Depending on size of duct fit min. 2 or more rows of insulation fixing pins to each face
of duct at every 300 mm center distance. Pins shall be self- adhesive, bond on type.
Carefully position insulation over the pins, pressing firmly so that pins penetrate through
the insulation. Fit spring clip or lock washer over pins pushing them down until they are
tight against insulation. Snip off any excess shank from pin. Seal all joints and openings
with self adhesive tape.
Or
Depending on size of duct fit min. 2 or more rows of Mechanical fasteners (G.I Bolts) of
ii)
sufficient length to each face of duct at every 300 mm center distance. Pins can be self
adhesive type, bond on type.
Carefully position insulation over the bolts, pressing firmly so that bolts penetrate through
the insulation. Fit G.I nut over the bolts pushing them down until they are tight against
insulation. Snip off any excess shank from bolt. seal all joints and openings with self
adhesive tape.
iii)
The inside surface shall be covered with fiberglass tissue paper and 36 gauge perforated
aluminum sheets having atleast 15 percent perforation.
iv)
The aluminum sheet shall be screwed using cup washers. And neatly finished to give
smooth inside surfaces. Use of nails shall not be permitted.
Or
iv)
The aluminum perforated sheet shall be screwed along with G.I nut to give smooth
inside surfaces. Use of nails shall not be permitted.
Duct Thermal Insulation:

Thermal insulation shall be applied over external surface of duct as per following
procedure:
With Fiberglass of thickness & density as per BOQ.
Page 25 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
i)
Duct surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and joints shall be made air tight.
ii)
Apply a thin layer of tar paints of Shali coat / Ticky tar. Adhesive shall be applied on
all side of duct.
iii)
Fix the insulation of specified thickness over the surface of the duct tightly before
adhesive dries out.
iv)
All transverse and longitudinal joints shall be sealed with 40 mm wide BOPP tape.
v)
Strapping of the insulation shall be carried out with 16 Gauge GI wire or 10 mm

PVC box strapping around the duct periphery at every 300 mm center distance.
vi)
6.0
The fiberglass insulation will be covered with Aluminium polyester films.
Electrical Panels for Air Conditioning and Ventilation System :

The specifications are given below to enable the design, manufacture and supply of the Air
conditioning and Ventilation panel boards appearing in the schedule of quantities. The scope of work
shall also include transporting these panels to project site, storing, handling, shifting, installing,
testing and commissioning them.
Panel: The panel board shall be compact integrated metal clad, floor mounted, free standing, sheet
steel enclosed as per specifications. The panel board shall have compartmentalized design having
separate compartment for incomer, Busbar, Cable & CT, and Instruments etc. Self-threading screws
shall not be used in the construction of switchboard. The panel board shall be of totally enclosed
design, dust tight and vermin proof and extensible type. The equipment when assembled shall form
a neat and compact unit and shall be complete with all supporting frame work, mounting channels;
foundation bolts etc. and shall be designed so as to ensure complete inter-changeability of
components from one panel to another.
Also the panel board shall be:
a. Provided with a metal steel frame made of structural steel channel section properly
drilled for mounting the switch gear along with necessary mounting hardware
(hardware shall be zinc plated and passivated);
b. Provided with gaskets all round the perimeter of removable covers and doors
c.
Provided with busbar of adequate rating.
d. Provided with Base Channel of ISMC-75

e. Provided with Four Lifting Lugs for each shipping section.
Page 26 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Sheet metal work: The panel boards frame shall be fabricated using suitable mild steel structural
sections or pressed and shaped cold rolled sheet steel of thickness not less than 2.5 mm.
Frames shall be enclosed by cold rolled sheet steel of thickness not less than 2.0 mm. smoothly
finished, leveled and free from flaws. Doors and covers shall be made of cold rolled sheet steel of
thickness not less than 1.6 mm. Stiffeners shall be provided wherever necessary.
All panel edges and door edges shall be reinforced against distortion by rolling, bending or by the
addition of welded reinforced members. Cut-outs shall be true in shape and devoid of sharp edges.
The complete structure shall be rigid, self-supporting and free
from vibration, twists and bends.
Painting: All sheet steel work shall be phosphated with applicable standards. All metal works shall be
chemically treated with 7 tank process for degreasing, derusting, phosphating before applying two
coats of anti rust primer, epoxy powder coated. The panel manufacturer shall have in-house 7 tank
process facility for surface treatment.
Constructional Features: No equipment needing manual operation shall be located less than 250
mm above ground level and also not more than 1800 mm above ground level. Cable alleys shall be
provided with suitably hinged doors/cover. It shall be possible to safely carry out maintenance work
on cable connections to any one circuit with the busbar and adjacent circuits live. Adequate number
of slotted cable support arms shall be provided for cleating the cables.
Busbars: The Panel shall be provided with four strip copper busbar for three phases
and neutral Busbar shall be of uniform cross section throughout their length and upto
the incoming terminals of the feeder circuit breaker. Both neutral and phase busbars
shall be of same cross section.
The busbar shall be made of Electrolytic grade high conductivity tinned copper and
shall be provided with at-least the minimum clearances in air as per applicable
standards for a 500 V, 3 phase system.
All busbar and bus-taps shall be insulated with close fitting sleeve of hard, smooth,
dust and dirt free plastic insulation of high dielectric strength to provide a permanent
high dielectric non-aging and non-tracking protection; impervious to water, tropical
conditions and fungi. The insulation shall be non-inflammable and self-extinguishing
and in fast colours to indicate phases. The joints shall be insulated in such a way as
to provide for accessibility of contact bolts for maintenance. The dielectric strength and
properties shall hold good for the temperature upto 900 C.
Busbar shall be adequately supported and braced to withstand the stresses due to the
specified short circuit currents. Busbar supports shall be made of fiber reinforced
moulded plastic material or cast resin.
Page 27 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Separate supports shall be provided for each phase of the busbars. If a common
support is provided for all three phases, anti tracking barriers shall be provided.
Busbar joints shall be complete with high tensile steel bolts and Belleville washers and
nuts. Busbars shall be thoroughly cleaned at the joint locations and a suitable contact
grease shall be applied just before making a joint.
The Bus bars shall have uniform cross section with 35C rise above ambient and with
color Coded Heat shrinkable PVC insulation maximum current density of 1.6amp/ sq
mm. The Branch busbars shall have 75% of aggregate capacity of feeder connected.
Molded Case Circuit Breakers: The MCCBs shall comprise single units of four pole
construction, shall be rated for 415V AC and shall be provided with Rotary handle
mechanism.
All live parts shall be totally enclosed in a heat resistant moulded insulating material
housing. Operating mechanism shall be quick make, quick break and trip free type.
Variable thermal setting shall be provided in all MCCBs with thermal magnetic release.
All Circuit breakers upto 250 Amps shall be provided with thermal magnetic release
and above 250 Amps rating shall be provided with microprocessor based release.
The MCCBs shall be provided with the following features in microprocessor
release:
Inverse-time-current tripping characteristics under sustained overload.
Instantaneous tripping on short circuit
Moulded Case Circuit Breakers:

a. Applicable standard : IS 8828 / IEC 898.
b. They shall have following features
c.
Current limiting Feature
Mid trip position for Fault indication
Quick make, quick break type
Trip free mechanism
Overload and Short Circuit protection.
Miniature circuit breaker shall have minimum short circuit breaking capacity as
indicated in the Schedule of Quantities. If breaking capacity is not specified then
it should not be less than 10 kA.
Current Transformers:
a. Current transformers shall be of the resin impregnated type.
b. All current transformers shall be earthed through a separate earth link
Page 28 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
Indicating Instruments and Meters:

a. Digital electrical indicating instruments shall be of minimum 96 mm square size
and with a class of accuracy of 1.0, with 1 display and should have red coloured
readout.
b. Analog indicating instruments shall be of minimum 96 mm square size with 90O
scale deflection and with a class of accuracy of 1.0 and shall have provision for
zero adjustment outside the cover.
Suitable double compression type, brass cable glands with check nuts, rubber
sealing ring and brass washers mounted on a removable gland plate shall be
provided to support all cables entering the switchgear. Cable Termination will be
measured under separate item in the schedule of quantities.
Wiring inside the Panel shall be carried out with 660/1100 V grade, single core,
PVC insulated, stranded copper conductor wires. Minimum size of conductor for
power circuits is 2.5 sq. mm. Not more than two connections shall be made on
any one terminal. All internal wiring shall be properly ferruled at the both
termination. All control cables shall be terminated with crimping types lugs with
coloured FRP shrouds.
Terminal Blocks:
a. Terminal blocks shall comprise finely threaded pairs of brass studs of at least 6
mm diameter, links between each pair of studs, washers, nuts and locknuts.
The studs shall be securely locked within the mounting base to prevent their
turning. Insulated barriers shall be provided between adjacent terminals.
b. Terminals shall be shrouded. Terminal blocks shall be adequately rated to carry
the current of the associated circuit. Minimum rating of the terminal block shall
be 10 A.
Labels:
Labels shall be provided for Feeder designation, feeder equipment no, compartment designation,
panel designation main label. All labels shall comprise white letters on a black background and
shall be made of non-rusting metal or 3- ply lamicoid or engraved PVC. Size of lettering shall be
6.0 mm.
a. Caution board shall be provided.
Earthing:
a. Panel shall be provided with a 30 mm x 5 mm copper earth busbar running
along the entire length of the board. At either end of the earth bus, one clamp
type terminal with nuts, bolts and washers shall be provided for bolting the
earthing conductor.
b. Earth busbars shall be supported at suitable intervals. Positive connection
between all the frames of equipment mounted in the switchboard and earth
Page 29 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
busbar shall be provided by using insulated copper wires/bare busbars of cross

section equal to that of the busbar or equal to half the size of circuit load current
carrying conductor, whichever is smaller.
c.
All metallic instrument cases shall be connected to the earth busbar using 1100
V grade, single core 2.5 sq.mm. stranded, copper earthing conductor.
d. All non current carrying metal and hinged doors shall be earthed to the earth
bar.
Switchgear shall be subjected to tests as per standards alongwith following tests:

a. Mechanical operation test.
b. H. V. test for 1 minute.
c.
Insulation resistance at 500 V D.C. before/after 1 minute H.V. test.

440 Volts grade warning boards of appropriate size shall be fixed at prominent
places.These shall have minimum 3 languages inscribed in it, mainly Hindi,
English and Marathi and shall be vitreous enameled type. The Warning Boards
shall also have the usual electrical shock inscriptions as well as the mark of
Danger on it. These shall be fixed in places as per direction of Engineer in Charge
and of appropriate voltages.
In the front operational part of the remote operation panel/ medium voltage
panels a rubber matting shall be placed. Rubber matting shall be of approved
quality of size not less than 1000 mm. (Wide) x 6.5 mm thick. The length of the
rubber matting shall be such as to cover the entire working area in front of all
these equipments placed in the various electrical rooms. These shall further
comply to IS 5424 and Indian Electricity Rules and Codes of standards and shall
bear ISI mark.
Cables:
a. The specification covers the design, manufacture, performance, inspection at the
manufacturer's works, delivery to site, installation testing and commissioning of
grade cables.
1100V
b. The design, manufacture of performance of the cable should confirm to IS 1554

Part I - 1988.
c.
All cables shall be PVC sheathed and shall comply with the following
requirements.
Annealed Copper Conductor, Class2 as per IS:8130 for cable size upto 25 sqmm
and Aluminium for higher size cables.
Insulation for cables shall be PVC.
Colour coding shall identify different cores in a cable as per IS 1554.
All multi core cable shall be laidup with thermoplastic fillers in the interstices.
Page 30 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
In case of single core cables, armouring shall be with non-magnetic material (steel
wire),
Armouring for all other cables shall comprise G.I. strips/ wires.
Inner sheath shall be extruded type and shall be compatible with the insulation for
the cables. The inner sheath shall be with PVC compound type 'A',
Cables shall be subjected to routine and acceptance tests in accordance with

IS:1554 and other relevant standards. Test method shall confirm to IS:10810.
The quantities given in the schedule are subject to change as per site conditions.
Inspection: All cables shall be inspected by the contractor upon receipt at site and
checked for any damage during transit.
Joint in Cables: The Contractor shall take care to see all the cables received at site are
apportioned to various location in such a manner as to ensure maximum utilization
and avoidance of jointing cables. This apportioning shall be got approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge before the cables are cut to lengths. Straight joints are prohibited
6.0 VIBRATION LIMITS AND CONTROL

Vibration Limit: All fans, Motors, Pumps and the equipments with rotating parts shall be trim
dynamically balanced to ISO 1940 and AMCA 204/3-G 2.5 i.e. (Vibration velocity 2.5 mm/s) quality
grade after assembly. A computer printout with the vibration spectrum analysis shall be attached to the
equipment report.
The equipment shall be dynamically trim balanced to ISO 1940 and AMCA 204/3-G2.5 (Vibration
velocity 2.5 mm/s) quality grade and to reduce the frequency of the equipment so that the total
frequency of the equipment and structure is very lower than the structure resonance frequency. The
contractor shall bring the necessary equipments/ instruments required for the vibration measurement.
Control Of Vibration: Equipment: Provide spring isolator assembly for all fans, pumps, motor and
other mechanical equipment that has rotating part, which shall resist horizontal and vertical seismic
load
Neoprene Pad: Provide Oil resistant neoprene sheets of manufacturer standard hardness and crossribbed or waffled pattern.
Vibration Isolator Springs: Wound-steel compression springs, of high-strength spring alloy steel; with
spring diameter and deflection suitable for the load of the equipments.
Spring Isolators, Housed: Except as otherwise indicated, provide vibration isolation spring between
telescoping steel housings with top and bottom loading plates, and with pad-type isolator bonded to
bottom of loading plate. Include resilient inserts to separate and guide telescoping housings.
Page 31 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

Mumbai
a. Equip top loading plate with equipment anchorages as indicated or as required for support and
attachment.
b. Include pad-type isolator bonded to top of top loading plate, except on units with leveling bolts.
c.
Include holes in bottom plate for bolting unit to substrate.
d. Spring isolator assembly shall resist horizontal and vertical forces to comply with the standards
mentioned.
Expansion Joint/ Flexible: Metal bellows type expansion or articulated joints of the type and sizes
indicated on the drawings shall be installed.
Bellows for ferrous pipe services shall have ends flanged or screwed, as appropriate, with the
expansion element formed from seamless drawn tube of chrome molybdenum. Expansion bellows on
non ferrous services shall be flanged or screwed, as appropriate, with expansion element formed by
metal bellows made from seamless drawn tube of stainless steel encased in heavy guage steel tube.
Expansion joints, including cold draw, shall be installed to the instructions and recommendation of the
manufacturers.
Page 32 of 32
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
PLUMBING INSTALLATION
Technical Specification: Plumbing & FF
Page 1 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
DIVISION OF WORK
By Plumbing Contractor
By others
1) Supply, installation, testing & Commissioning of cold and hot water lines
for toilet internal & external piping .
2) Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of internal & external soil,
waste, rain water& vent pipes.
3) Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Various Pumps.
Page 2 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
SECTION: 1.1
Not Used
SECTION: 1.2
SANITARY SYSTEMS
1.0
Scope
1.1
Scope of work covers Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of:

i) Sanitaryware
ii) Chromium plated (CP) fittings
1.2
The client reserves the right to supply the sanitaryware and/or the CP fittings in which case, the
scope of work shall cover all fixing devices, water and drain connections generally a defined
under the mode of measurement and schedule of work. And it is also to be noted that the labour
rate will remain same irrespective of the make of material being supplied by the client.
2.0
Standards
2.1
All sanitaryware shall generally conform to IS: 2556 Part I to VIII unless stated otherwise.
3.0
Materials
3.1
General
3.1.1
All sanitary ware and CP fittings shall be Low flow and have approved make, type and colour. All
samples of materials with catalogues, performance data, shall be submitted and got approved
before use on the work. Approved samples along with other approved materials shall be neatly
displayed on a board and such a display board of samples shall always be in exhibition in the
construction office of the Engineer-in-charge. Such display shall be used for the day-to-day
checking of the materials on site.
3.1.2
In cases where the materials are supplied by the clients, all such materials shall be inspected and
received in good condition and thereafter, it will be totally under the safe custody of the
tenderer/contractor till they are handed over satisfactorily after installation, testing and
commissioning.
3.1.3
wherever multiple choices of fixtures are offered, the client shall have the final choice.
3.1.4
All fixtures shall be complete with all accessories as required for the working of the said fixture as
specified.
3.5
European W.C
3.5.1
European W.C shall be wash down or siphonic, floor or wall mounted in white glazed vitreous
chinaware with integral P or S trap as required. Wall hung W.C shall be supported by C.I or G.I
floor mounted chair. The W.C shall be provided with an exposed or concealed in build Flush tank
with dual flushing system as specified in the schedule of work connected to soil stack/pipe
through PVC Pan connector & lip ring.
3.5.2
Each W.C shall be provided with a solid plastic seat. The seat shall be fixed to the W.C with CP
brass or S. S. pillar bar hinges. Rubber buffers shall be provided for the cover.
Page 3 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
3.6
Urinals
3.6.1
Urinals shall be lipped type large flat back in white glazed vitreous chinaware of size 59.00cm x
37.5cm x 39cm unless specified otherwise.
3.6.2
Urinals shall be provided with:

i) 15 dia spreader
ii) 32 dia CP dome waste
iii) 32 dia CP P-trap with unions.
iv) CP wall flange and pipe.
All exposed pipes and fittings shall be of C.P brass. The urinals shall be fixed with C.P brass
screws.
3.6.3
Urinal flushing shall be through one of the following methods as specified in the schedule of work:
i) Small urinal flush valve with push button.
ii) Auto flush valve with DC long life battery or AC supply.
Auto flush shall be concealed in wall and flush pipe shall be of copper or G.I except the
exposed parts which shall be C.P brass.
3.6.4
Waste pipe for urinals shall be any one of the following: -
a).
Agri. pvc pipes & fittings of 6kg/cm2. IS 4985

( with solvent cement joints )
3.6.5
Urinal partitions shall be white glazed vitreous chinaware complete with CP brass screws, anchor
fasteners etc. as required.
3.7
Lavatory Basin
3.7.1
Lavatory basins shall be white glazed vitreous chinaware synthetic or polymarble or any other
material and have size, shape and type specified in the schedule of work.
3.7.2
Each basin shall be complete with:

i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
C.I or galvanized steel supporting brackets & clips as required.

32 dia CP waste and overflow.
Pop-up waste or rubber plug with CP chain as specified.
32 dia Polypropylene Bottle Trap, unions, CP pipe to wall and wall flange
15 dia CP control angle valve/s with CP connections.
Sensor Flow tap.
3.8
Stainless Steel Sinks
3.8.1
Each sink shall be complete with:

i) 40 dia waste fitting with brass/rubber plug & chain.
ii) 40 dia P-trap with clean out, unions, CP pipe to wall & wall flange.
iii) 15 dia CP control valve/s with CP connections in case of counter mounted taps.
iv) Mixing or CP fittings with Sensor flow spout as specified.
Page 4 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
3.9
Mirrors
3.9.1
Mirrors shall be plate glass electro coated copper 6 mm thick of guaran-teed to be clear,
distortion-less (at all angles) non-wavy of approved make and sample. The size shall be as
specified in the schedule of work.
3.9.2
Mirrors shall be provided with backing of 12 mm thick marine plywood fixed with CP brass semi
round headed screws and cup washers or CP brass clamps as specific or instructed by Engineerin-charge.
4.0
Installation
4.1
All sanitary ware and CP fittings shall be installed in accordance with the interior
requirements. Neat workmanship and maintaining exact position and level of each
fixture
shall be the sole objective of the installation. Care shall be taken to fix inlet
and outlet pipes at correct positions. Faulty positioning shall be made good without any damage
to the finished floor or wall tiling and any damage to the finished surfaces shall be made good at
the tenderer/contractors cost.
4.2
In order to ensure quality of workmanship and compliance with interior

requirements, one
or two mock-up installations shall be done and got approved. Fixtures used in the mock-up may
be reused with the approval of the Engineer-in-charge/Architect/Employer.
4.3
All fixing accessories like bolts, nuts, brackets etc. may be supplied along with the
as defined in the mode of measurement and schedule of work.
ware
4.3.1
All such accessories shall be CP brass or galvanized or stainless steel as approved by the
Engineer-in-charge. All exposed pipes and bends shall be of CP brass.
4.5
Wall-hung European W.C shall be mounted on C.I chairs, which are fixed to the wall and floor
using Anchor fasteners. The bolts and nuts used for fixing the chairs shall be stainless steel and
the fixing bolts for the W.C and chairs could be CP brass or stainless steel. Floor-mounted W.C
shall be fixed with Anchor fasteners using stainless steel bolts and nuts. The gap between the
WC and floor or wall shall be neatly sealed with waterproof non-hardening sealant of approved
colour. The sealant should not extrude beyond the footprint or WC outline.
4.6
All W.Cs shall be aligned and levelled with the floor and wall tiles so as to present an integrated
look. Utmost care and skill shall be exercised to achieve a good installation in keeping with the
interior designs.
4.7.1
Urinals shall be fixed to the wall using Anchor fasteners and stainless steel bolts and nuts. The
urinals shall be held in line and level according to the interior designs and tile modules.
Partitions, wherever required to be provided, shall also maintain line and level as shown on
drawings and as required. Supply spreader and drain piping and P-trap shall be of CP brass and
installed in a neat and workman like manner. No unseemly bends or wooden support pieces shall
be permitted.
4.8
Wall-mounted lavatory basins and sinks shall maintain line and level as specified by the interior
drawings and also with the tile modules. The supply connections shall be of CP brass from the
angle stop valves to the pillar taps or single level fixture and
shall display good workmanship. Drain connections shall have a CP P-trap with
unions and exposed CP drain pipe and a wall flange or escueheon. In the case of counter
mounted basins and sinks extreme care shall be taken to independently and adequately
Page 5 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
4.9.1
supporting the basin and aligning with the opening in the counter slab. Supply and drain
connections shall be same as for wall mounted basins. The crevices between basin and wall or
counter shall be neatly sealed with a non-hardening sealant of approved colour.
All accessories like the mirror, soap tray, Towel Rod/ Ring etc shall be neatly fixed as per interior
designs. Good workmanship is the essence of all sanitary installation for achieving the interior
design objectives.
4.10
During the construction period, the contractor shall protect all the sanitary fixtures from damage
due to accidental or even intentional mechanical impact with hard objects and also misuse and
vandalism.
5.0
Testing and Acceptance

The Sanitary appliances shall be generally tested for the following :
1) Water Tests - The water tests shall be applied before the appliances are connected & May
be carried out in sections so as to limit the static head to 4.5m. It is
necessary to Seal
all the openings affected by the test & provide support to the
plugs used as Stoppers.
A) The testing plug at the upper end of the ventillating pipe should be fitted with a tee piece with
a cock on each branch, one branch being connected by a flexible tube to a manometer. Air
pressure is then introduced into the system through the other branch of the tee- piece until the
desired pressure is shown on the manometer scale. The pressure applied should be equal to
65 mm water gauge and should remain constant for a period of three minutes to provide the
soundness of the installation.
B) Alternatively the air pressure may be applied by passing a flexible tube from a tee - piece
attached to a manometer through the water seal of the sanitary appliance, the test then
being carried out as described in A.
2) Smoke Test - Fault indicated by the air tests may be located by pumping smoke into the
system with a smoke machine. Care should be taken to ensure that the system is filled
with smoke before sealing with the plugs.
3) Hydraulic Performances - Discharge tests should be made from all the
appliances, singly & collectively. Obstruction in any of the pipe lines should be
traced &
the whole system examined for proper hydraulic performances , including the retention of any
adequate water in each trap .The sanitary fixtures form the final terminal units of the water
supply and drainage system and should meet the performance needs as a terminal unit. Each
fixture shall be inspected for scratches or chippings and alignment before acceptance.
The following design flows shall be verified and validated for acceptance.
W.C
Flush valve
Flushing
cistern
Lavatory
Basin
15 ltrs. to
Provide test 32 dia valved
20 ltrs. connection at the lowest
per flush
floor & highest floor.
3 6 lit Fill time between two
consecutive flushes.
CW/HW Pillar taps )

6 lpm max. 3 lpm min
or
)
Single lever)
fixture
)
Full basin
drain time
Sanitary Systems 5 of 8
Sink
CW/HW Pillar taps )
or
)
3 min.
To be measured
& validated.
7 lpm max.
3 lpm min
Page 6 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Single lever)
fixture
)
Full sink
drain time& validated.
3 min.
To be measured
All tests shall be conducted at each and every fixture except for flush valves, which shall be at the
lowest and highest test connections to be made on each riser/downtake. The contractor shall
make the temporary valve connections which shall be plugged with a brass plug after validation.
6.0
Tolerance Limits
The following tolerances shall be permitted:
1) EWC -
a) on dimension 75 mm & over - (+/-) 4%

b) On dimensions less than 75mm - (+/-) 2mm
c) On all angles - (+/-) 3 deg
2) Low Flush tanks - The flush tanks shall be capable of being rapidly brought into action by
the operating lever, but shall not self siphon or leak. When tested according to IS 774 the
discharge rate shall be 5(+/-)0.50 litres in 3 seconds for a 5 litres tank. The tank shall be so
designed that there shall be no appreciable variation in the force of flush during the
flushing of the required quantity of water.
3) Wash Basins - a) on dimension 75 mm & over - (+/-) 4%
4) Kitchen / Pantry Sinks a)
Thickness Criteria - The Thickness of the stainless steel shall shall not be less than
1.00mm before forming & after forming shall not be less than
75mm.
b)
Depth - The depth of the sink bowl shall be 150mm minimum, when
measured from the top edge of the bowl , to the base of the sink.
c)
Internal Dimensions of Bowls - The minimum internal dimensions, when measured
on the bowl center lines across the top of the bowl , shall be 380mmx340mm for rectangular bowls
& 360mm for round bowls.
d)
Bowl Locating Limits - The distance between the edge of the sink bowls & the end of
the sink shall be 15mm minimum for sit on type sinks & 30mm minimum for inset type sinks. Depth of
the collar provided for inset sinks shall be 10 (+/-)2 mm. For sinks designed for use with a 600mm
deworktop, the distance between the edge of the sink bowl & the front of the sink shall be 50mm,
minimum & in the case of sinks designed for use with 500mm wide worktop, the distance shall be
45mm minimum.
Test
--A) When Examined by an unaided eye of an experienced observer, from a

distance of
600+/- 100mm from exposed surfaces, the sink shall be free from
visible defects.
B) The visual examination shall be carried out with uniform illumination at the surface of the
sink of 300 lux & with the sink positioned so that it is between the light source & the observer.
5) Urinals-
a) on dimension 75 mm & over - (+/-) 4%
Page 7 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai

6)
Pillar Taps/Bib Taps - Every pillar tap, complete with its component parts
shall Withstand an
internally applied hydraulic pressur of 20 kg/sq.cm.
Maintained for a
Period of 2 minutes during which period it shall neither leak nor sweat.
7.0
Mode of measurement
7.1 Supply of all Sanitary ware & CP fittings shall be measured per unit and shall include
7.1.1
Indian WCs shall include 2# white glazed ceramic foot rests and P or S trap.
7.1.2
Orissa type WCs shall be complete with P or S trap.
7.1.3
Flushing tanks shall be complete with fixing brackets, CP flush bend.
7.1.4
European WCs shall be complete with

i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
the following
Integral low flushing tank.

Flush bend
G.I or C.I supporting brackets
Seat cover
Pan connector with lip ring.
7.1.5
Urinals shall be complete with fixing accessories CI brackets.
7.1.6
Urinal flush valves shall be CP brass concealed or open, manual or automatic as defined in the
schedule of work.
7.1.7
Concealed shower assembly shall comprise

1 or 2 pillar taps with mixer diverter shower head, and spout with or without hand shower.
or
Single lever mixer diverter, shower head and spout with or without hand shower.
7.1.8
Open shower set shall be same as above but with CP brass piping connections to make it as a
whole unit.
7.1.9
The following items shall be measured and paid per number which includes supply and
installation:
a) Soap solution dispenser
b) Mirrors
c) Vitreous chinaware traps
d) Urinal partitions
e) Towel rods
f) Soap trays
g) Toilet paper roll holder
Page 8 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
7.10
Installation of the various sanitary-ware shall be as specified in the schedule of
7.11
In case of items which are not defined here, the description under the schedule of
be taken in conjunction with the specifications.
work.
work shall
SECTION: 1.3
WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM
1.0
1.1
Scope
The scope of work shall cover supply, installation, testing and commissioning of: (Concealed and
Open type) Only internal .
i) Cold and Hot Water distribution piping and valves.
ii) Connections to sanitary ware, kitchen/ pantry/laundry equipment etc.
iii) Secondary storage tanks, if any.
iv) All valves, masonry valve chambers etc.
v) Insulation of pipes.
vi) Painting of pipes & supports generally as specified and shown on
drawings.
2.0
Standard
2.1
The following standards shall be applicable as revised upto date:

1)
IS 2065-1983
Code of practice for water supply in buildings.
2)
IS 1239 Part 1 & Part 2
Steel tubes & tubulars and fittings
3)
IS 778
Gun metal gate, globe and check valves for

water steam and oil.
4)
IS 1703
High pressure ball valves
5)
IS 781
Screw down Bib taps and stop cocks
6)
IS 1879 (Part I to X)
Malleable iron G.I. fittings
7)
IS 1536
Centrifugally cast LA Class pressure pipes.
8)
IS 1538
Cast Iron fittings for pressure pipes for water, gas

and sewage.
9)
IS 4984
High density Polyethylene pipes for potable water

supplies.
10)
IS 4985
Unplasticized PVC pipes for potable water supplies.
Page 9 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
11)
IS 7634
Code of practice for plastic pipe work for potable

water supplies.
12)
13)
BS EN 1057 1996
IS : 8329/2000
Copper Pipes & fittings

Ductile iron pressure pipev
3.0
Materials
3.1
General
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.3
All materials shall be new of the best quality conforming to the specifi-cations. Where different
makes are specified, the choice of make shall rest with the consultants /Architect/Employer.
All samples of materials with necessary catalogues, performance data shall be submitted and
got approved before use on the work. Approved samples of all materials shall be neatly
sample room of the construction office of the Engineer-in-charge. Such a display shall be used
for the day-to-day checking of the materials on site.
commissioning.
Steel Pipes & Fittings
All steel pipes shall be heavy quality galvanised steel tubes conforming to IS1239.
Fittings shall be malleable iron galvanised fittings of approved make conforming to IS 1879 (I to
X). All fittings shall have manufacturers trade mark stamped on it. Fittings shall include
couplings, bends, tees, reducers, nipples, union, bushes etc. All fittings shall be suitable for the
class of pressure of the piping system.
Flanges shall be galvanised steel screwed type conforming to IS 6392 and the pressure class of
the piping system. Flanges should mate with equipment or valve flanges as the case may be
and shall be complete with bolts and nuts and gaskets suitable for the temperature and pressure
of water in the system concerned. Gasket
selections shall be got approved before use and samples of approved gaskets shall be put on
display.
Cast Iron Pipes & Fittings
3.3.1
Cast iron pipes shall be of LA class conforming to IS 1536 suitable for lead jointing with spigot
and socket joints and if flanged they shall be A class conforming to IS 1537. Pipes shall be in
maximum lengths available.
3.3.2
Fittings shall be of the class required conforming to IS 1538. If Spigot-socket, they shall be
suitable for drip seal jointing.
3.3A
Ductile Iron pressure pipe

ISI marked Centrifugally cast(Spun) Ductile iron pressure pipes for water, with socket & spigot
ends confirming to IS : 8329/2000 in standard length of 6mtrs belonging to classification
K9(suitable for Push-on joint (Rubber gasket D Jointing ) with lining inside the pipes with outside
zinc coating .
Ductile tron pipes for water conveyance standard : BS EN 545 : 2002.ISO 2531 : 1998.Is 8329
:2000( Reaffirmed 2005 ) Edition.
1.200 K9 without Polyethylene sleeve
Page 10 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Ductlie iron push-on joint socket fitting standards BS EN -545: 2002/ISo-2531:1998/IS 9523 :
2000 ( Reaffirmed 2005 ) Edition.
ISI Marked EPDM rubber gasket confirming to IS : 5382/1985( Reaffirmed 2003 ) Edition.
Jointing to be of titanium joint with respect to relevant IS standards approved by the local water
supply board .
3.4
Valves
3.4.1 All valves and the flanges shall be suitable for cold non-shock system test pressure, maximum
working pressure of PN-16
3.4.2 Gate valves upto 50 mm NB shall be bronze/gun metal with solid wedge gate and flanged ends
conforming to IS 778-1971. Larger sizes shall have grey cast iron body to Gr 20 IS 210 with
gunmetal internals and high tensile brass spindly and gun metal nut. The valve shall have flanged
ends and a non-rising spindle and confirm to IS 780-1980 upto 300 mm dia and IS 2906-1969 for
larger sizes valve to be manual operation /.geared operation as per BOQ .
3.4.3 All ball valves and ball valves with Y strainer shall be bronze forged body construction with chrome
plated bronze ball and handle of stainless steel constructions. These are separately identified in
3.4.4 Ball and butterfly valves conforming to the following specifications shall be provided as shown
on Drawings :
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Size
Construction
Ends
Type
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------15 to 32 mm
Brass
Screwed
Ball
ASTM B62
40 mm and over
Body Cast iron,
Wafer
Butterfly
Type and requirements shall be as indicated in Schedule of Quantities. Valves shall have nonrising spindles unless specified otherwise and shall be suitable for PN 10 rating or 1.5 times the
working pressure .
Butterfly valves shall perform the function of isolating valves. Butterfly valves shall have cast iron
body with black nitrile rubber seat and shall be suitable for PN10 rating OR 1.5 time the working
pressure . All butterfly valves shall be provided with locking devices. Valves 250 mm and above
dia shall be gear driven.
3.4.5
Non return valves shall be dual plate check valve provided as shown on the Drawings, and
identified in Schedule of Quantities conforming to relevant Codes and in accordance with the
following Specifications :
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Size
Construction
Ends
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------50 to 150 mm
Body cast iron,

gun metal plate.
Flanged
Page 11 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
200 mm to 450 mm
Body cast iron, plate

carbon steel with 13%
chrome overlay.
Flanged
The spring and hinge/stop pin shall be SS304 and bearing PTFE material. Valves shall be PN
10 rating or 1.5 times the working pressure .
3.4.6 Pressure Relief Valves
Each pressure Relief valve shall be of fully enclosed type and fitted with hand easing gear ,
Each pressure relief valve in a pressure reducing station shall have a flow capacity equal to that of
the pressure reducing valve.
Pressure relief valves in location other than reducing station shall have a flow capacity equal to
that of the associated equipment.
4.0
Pipe Installation
4.1
General
4.1.1
Shop drawings for the routing of pipes shall be prepared generally on the basis of layout
drawings issued. The shop drawings shall reflect the site conditions, structural beams and
columns, obstructions by way of any construction elements or any other service pipes, ducts etc.
The drawings should clearly indicate openings required in brick or concrete walls, drain valves
at low points, air valves at high points, isolating valves, if any, and invert levels at every 15m
intervals. The drawings should also indicate typical details of hangers, supports, brackets etc.
After approval of the drawings, pipe routes shall be marked with a distinct colour of paint on the
site and got it approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
4.1.2
All openings and chases in brick walls core cuttings shall be made neatly and refilled to a
reasonable finish. However, final finishing will be done by the civil contractor. Openings in
concrete walls shall, however, be made only with the approval of the Engineer-in-charge. Pipe
penetrations, through wall or floor, shall be sealed with an approved fire resistant sealant with
Hilti or Promat
Good workmanship and neat pipe layout are the prerequisites of these specifications. Horizontal
pipes shall be truly horizontal with necessary slopes and hangers or supports as specified and
shown on drawings. Vertical pipes shall be truly vertical and shall be laid away from the walls at
least by 10mm or as required by the Engineer-in-charge. All pipe runs shall be parallel to the
ceiling or walls for presenting a neat appearance. Pipes buried in wall shall be laid in machinemade chases with galvanized steel anchors.
4.1.3
4.1.4
4.2
4.7.1
All pipes before and after testing shall be protected with wooden or brass plugs to prevent ingress
of dust, sand or any extraneous matter.
Pipe supports; hangers & clamps
Pipe supports, clamps, suspenders shall be pre-fabricated and galvanised (after fabrication). The
support systems shall generally follow the types specified under PIPE SUPPORTING
SYSTEMS. Application of support systems shall follow the guidelines in the above specifications.
Any other types of support, suspension or clamping to meet the site conditions shall be got
approved before use.
4.3
Galvanised steel piping
4.3.1
Supports for galvanised steel piping shall be as follows:
Page 12 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Size
(mm)
Horizontal
(m)
Vertical
(m)
Upto 15
20 - 25
32 - 125
Over 125
1.25
2.00
2.50
3.00
1.80
2.50
3.00
400
Additional supports shall be provided at the bends, heavy fittings like valves and near equipment
and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
4.3.2
All fittings shall be screwed type unless specified otherwise. However, flanged joints shall be
provided at the following positions:
i) Pairs of flanges for isolation and removal of equipment.
ii) Mating flanges for equipment flange connections.
iii) Mating flanges for valves, strainers, as the case may be.
iv) Pair of flanges or unions at every 15m continuous run of piping.
4.3.3
Entire piping shall be self-draining using eccentric reducers at all change of sections and shall
be pitched 0.3% towards low points where a drain outlet and shut off valve shall be provided. All
high points in the piping shall have air vents with shut off valves.
4.6
Insulation
4.6.1
Wherever pipes are thermally insulated, the material shall be a flexible light weight elastomeric
material of standard manufacture with the following physical properties:
Composition
: Closed cellular with scaled internal and
external faces.
Density
: 60 100 Kg/m3
Thermal Conductivity : 0.039 w/mc @ 32C
Fire rating
: Self extinguishing, Low smoke confirming
To ASTM D635 & UL-94V
Ozone resistance
: No craching ASTM D 1171
Water Vapour permeability
: 0.15 perm ASTM C 355
Water absorption
: 3% by weight ASTM D 1056
4.6.2
Insulation thickness shall be as shown in the schedule of work. In embedded situations, the
pipes shall be wrapped with PVC tape as specified in the schedule.
4.6.3
Separable well is only for a future temperature sensor.

Others will provide sensor.
Thermometer wherever required should be dial type or industrial type with a suitable range (40 80C) complete with a separable well.
4.7
Painting
4.7.1
All exposed piping shall be painted as specified under the Section PAINTING.
4.8 Copper Piping:

The Copper tubes shall confirm to EN 1057 in 10 length and thickness as per table X.
Page 13 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
SIZE OF COPPER TUBES TO BS 2871 : PART 1

Table X
Table Y
Nominal
Maximum
Nominal
Maximum
Size of
Thickness
Working
Thickness
Working
Tube
(mm)
Pressure
(mm)
Pressure
Table Z
Nominal
Maximum
Thickness
Working
(mm)
Pressure
12
0.6
55
0.8
75
0.5
53
15
0.7
52
1.0
75
0.5
42
22
0.9
45
1.2
61
0.6
34
28
0.9
35
1.2
47
0.6
27
35
1.2
38
1.5
47
0.7
25
42
1.2
31
1.5
39
0.8
24
54
1.2
24
2.0
41
0.9
21
The Dimension must be strictly as per EN 1057 and chemical composition of the copper pipes shall
be copper of 99.9% min and 0.015& to 0.040% Phosphorous. The tubes shall be totally cylindrical
and of uniform thickness free from flaw, pin holes,
cracks and other skin defects. The max working and burst pressure of tubes shall be
as per EN 1057. All tubes shall be eddying current tested to ensure that the tubes are free from
any internal blow holes/flaw or eccentricity. The vendor to produce the test certificates as required
by the consultant/client upon requirement for any verification.
As regards the fittings, it shall be made of Dezincification Resistant materials conforming to BS
864/EN 1254. Ordinary or Duplex brass fittings are not allowed to be used. The dimensions of
the fittings must confirm to EN 1254 Part II and EN 1057 to ensure proper jointing. The fittings
must have BS 864 or EN 1254 imprinted on the fitting itself.
For Solder Ring Fittings, all plain end of fittings must be provided with enough amount of lead
free solder in the neck of fitting itself to ensure proper capillary action. The solder must be soft
solder & lead free with melting temperature of appx. 230 deg. C. & must be capable of melting
with an ordinary blow lamp and on melting must be sufficient to form a complete leak proof joint
to cover the annular space in between the tube and fitting from the socket of the fitting to the
outside of the fitting. Solder must confirm to BS 219 /BS EN 29453 specifications.
For End Feed Fittings, the fittings must be capable of End Feeding. Solder wire to be used with
these fittings must be soft solder capable of melting at appx. 230 deg.C and must confirm to BS
219/EN BS 29453. Solder wire must be absolutely lead free. Copper Tin or Silver Tin Solder is
acceptable.
The following codes governing the SITC of Copper Piping Plumbing shall be followed
COPPER TUBES
BS 2871 PART-1
BS EN 1057
ASTM B88
ASTM E243/EN 1971
Copper/Gun
matel
Fittings.
BS 864 PART-2
Copper Tubes for Water,Gas & Sanitation

Seamless, round copper tubes for water and
gas in sanitary and heating applications
Seamless Copper Water tube
Electro-magnetic(Eddy Current) examination of
copper and copper alloy tubes.
Capillary and compression tube fittings of

copper and copper alloys.
Page 14 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
EN 1254
Part 1
Part 2
Solder Wire/Brazing
Alloys
BS EN 29453
BS 1723
Copper and Copper Alloy Plumbing fittings

Fittings with end for capillary soldering or
capillary brazing to copper tubes
Fittings with compression ends for use with
copper tubes.
Soft Solder Alloys-Chemical Compositions and

forms
Brazing
FLUX
ANSI/NSF6 or equi.
4.9
CPVC Pipes & Fittings Specification :

The pipes shall be CPVC (Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride) material for cold water supply piping
system with pipes as per CTs SDR 11 at a working pressure of 400 PSI at 23 deg C and 100
PSI at 82 degC. Using solvent welded CPVC fittings i.e. Tees, Elbows, Couplecs, Unions,
Reducers, Brushing etc. including transition fittings (connection between CPVC & metal pipes/
GI) i.e. Brass adapters (both male & female dreaded and all conforming to ASTM D-2846 with
only CPVC solvent cement confirming to ASTM F-493, with clamps/ Structural metal supports as
required / directed at site including cutting chases & fitting the same with cement concrete/
cement mortar as required, including painting of the exposed pipes with one coat of desire shade
of enamel paint. All termination points for installation of faucets shall have brass termination
fittings. Installation shall be to the satisfaction of manufacturer & Project Manager. The material
shall have to be given approved from chief Fire offices.
Joining Pipes & Fittings
a)
Cutting
Pipes shall be cut either with a wheel type plastic pipe cutting or hacksaw blade and care
shall be taken to make a square cut which provided optimal bonding area within a joint.
b)
Deburring / Beveling : Burrs and fitting should be removed from the outside and inside of
pipe with a pocket knife or file otherwise burns and fittings may prevent proper contract
between pipe and fitting during assembly.
c)
Fitting Preparations : A clean dry ------- should be used to wipe dirt and moisture from the
fluing sockets and tubing end. The tubing should make contract with the socket wall 1/3 or
2/3 of the way into the fitting socket.
d)
Solvent Cement Application: Only CPVC Solvent cement confirming to ASTM F493
should be used for joining pipe with fittings. An even coat of solvent cement should be
applied on the pipe and a shin coat inside the fittings socket, otherwise too much of cement
solvent can cause clogged waterways.
e)
Assembly : After applying the solvent cement on both pipe and fitting socket, pipe should be
inserted into the fitting socket within 30 seconds, and ----- the pipe 1/3 to run while
Page 15 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
inserting so as to ensure when distribution of solvent cement with the joint. The assembled
system should be held for 10 seconds (Approximately) in order to allow the joint to set up.
An even bead of cement should be evident around the joint and if this bead is not continues
remake the joint to avoid potential leaks.
Set & Cure times :
Solvent cement set and cure times shall be strictly adhered to as per the below mentioned table.
Minimum Core Prior to pressure testing at ISO PSI
Ambient Temperature during
core period
Above 15 deg.C
4-15 deg C
Belong 4 degC
Pipe Size
- 1
1 Hr
2 Hrs
4 Hrs
1. - 2
2 Hrs
4 Hrs
8 Hrs
Special care shall be excised when assembling flow guard system in extremely low temperature
(above 4oC ) or extremely high temperature (above 45oC) in extremely hot temperatures make
sure that both surfaces to be joined are till wet with cement solvent when purring them together.
i.
ii
Testing
Ones an installation is completed and cored as per above mentioned recommendation, the
system should be hydrostatically pressure tested at 150 pes (10 Bar) for one hour. During
pressure testing the system should be fitted with water and if a leak is found the joint should be
cut out and replacing the same with new one by using couplers.
Transition of flow guard CPVC to Metals
When making a transition connection to metal threads, special Brass / Plastic transition fitting
(male and Female adapters) should be used plastic threaded connection should not be over -----hard tight plus one half area should be adequate.
iii
iv
Threaded sealants
Teflon tape shall be used to make threaded connections leak proof:
Solvent Cement
Only CPVC solvent cement conforming to ASTMF 493 should be used for jointing pipe with
fittings and valves. Flow guard CPVC cement solvent have a minimum shelf life of 1 year. Aged
cement solvent will often change colour or being to thicken and become gelatinous or jelly like
and when this happens the cement should not be used. The cement solvent should be used
within 30 days after opening the companys seal and tightly close the seal after using in order to
avoid its freazing. Frazzled cement solvent should be discarded immediately and fresh one
should be used. The CPVC solvent cement usage should be adhered to as given in table below.
Diameter of pipe in inch
(flow guard)
Approx. nos. of joints which
can be mode per litre of
solvent cement
2/4
200
Nos
180
Nos
150
Nos
130
Nos
100
Nos
70
Nos
Page 16 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Hangers and supports

For Horizontal runs, support should be given at 3 foot (90 cm) intervals for diameters of one inch
and below and at 4 foot (1.2 m) intervals for larger sizes.
Hangers should not have rough or sharp edge, which come in contract with the rubbing
Supports should be as per the below mentioned table:
Size of Pipe
Inch
1
1
1
2
210C
FL
5.5
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.0
210C
FL
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.5
210C
FL
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
3.5
4.0
210C
FL
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.5
3.5
3.5
5.0
Acceptance, Testing & Commissioning
5.1
Before testing and commissioning, water shall be filled and circulated through the piping system
and flushed out to ensure clean piping. Entire piping installation with all valves fully open,
except the terminal fixture valves shall be subjected to a hydraulical test pressure whichever is
higher of the following:
i) 2 times the dynamic head of the pump plus the gravity head of an overhead storage or pressure tank.
ii) 2.5 times the no-delivery head (head developed when the discharge
valve is closed) of the pump.
5.2
The test shall be for the entire water supply system and shall hold for a minimum of 3
hours
without loss of pressure. During the testing period, the contractor should walk
along the entire
piping system along with the Engineer-in-charge and validate that
there are no leaks anywhere in
the system. Such validation shall be carried out
segment by segment and recorded. Should
there be any leaks in any segment, the
system shall be drained, leaks attended and tested once
again as above till the entire
piping system is rendered leak-tight and acceptable.
The Leak Shall be determined by the formulae.
ql = ( (ND* P)^0.50/3.3)
ql = the allowable leakage in cubic cm/hr
N = number of joints in the length of the pipe line
D = diameter in mm. &
P = the average test pressure during the leakage testing kg/sq cm.
Should any test of pipe laid in position discloses leakage greater than that specified
above the defective joints shall be repaired until the leakage is within the specified
allowance.
Page 17 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Flow tests at each and every outlet shall be conducted as specified in Section SANITARY
SYSTEM and all test readings and statements of verification shall form the acceptance test
documentation. If the piping was tested in sections during construction phase, all such test
records shall form an appendix to the above documentation.
Tolerances
For medium & heavy grade of single tube of GI pipes the tolerances for the thickness &
weight shall be (+/-)10%. For the quantities per load of 10 t, for medium & heavy grade Gi
pipes the tolerances shall be (+/-)7.50%.
6.0
Valves
6.1
All valves and the flanges shall be suitable for cold non-shock system test pressure.
6.2
Gate valves upto 50 mm NB shall be bronze/gun metal with solid wedge gate and flanged ends
larger sizes.
6.3
Ball valves over 50 mm NB shall be cast iron no-lubricated full-bore valves with fine grain cast iron
(Gr 20) body with mirror finished AISI 410 stainless steel ball, glass filled PTFE seats and stem
seals. Valves shall be suit-able for control and drop-tight shut off and shall have flanged ends
drilled as required. Ball valves for less than 50 mm NB shall be of gun-metal with integral strainers
with FPT inlet and MPT flared connection on the outlet.
6.4
Butterfly valves shall have a cast iron body with cast steel disc and spindle of stainless steel AISI
410. The valve shall be of water-type and should be fitted with two slip on type pipe flanges. The
valve shall have a moulded EPDM seat which shall bring about 100 % tight shut off at the design
working pressure.
6.5
Non-return valves upto 50 mm NB shall be swing-type of gun metal con-struction with flanged
ends. Larger sizes shall be of cast iron construction with gun mental internals.
6.6
Water strainers shall be either Y or pot type with cast iron or fabricated
steel bodies for
specified test pressure. Strainers shall be complete with brass basket with 3 mm perforations, a
dirt blow-out plug and a permanent magnet. Strainers shall be designed for easy removal of
strainer basket without dismantling the pipe and shall have flanged end connections.
6.7
Manual air vents shall be provided at all high points in the piping systems for air purging. Vent
sizes shall be as follows and suitable for specified test pressure.
6.8
Up to 150 mm
: 12 mm size globe type gun metal valves with hose bib.
Over 150 mm
: 20 mm size globe type gun metal valves with hose bib.
Drains shall be provided at all low points and all drain valves shall be gun metal globe type with
hose bib.
Page 18 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
6.9
6.10
Pressure gauges shall be Bourdon type with minimum 100 mm dial and required range. All
gauges shall be provided with gun metal plug type gauge cocks and capillary connection to
prevent system fluctuations affecting the gauge. Gauges shall be provided wherever shown
Pressuring Reducing Valve set
Pressure reducing valve set shall be complete with pressure reducing or pressure regulating
valve ,isolating valves, pressure gauge on inlet and outlet ,pressure relief valve on outlet and
filter on inlet.
Each pressure reducing valve shall contain loading neoprene diaphragm and full floating, self
aligning ,ignition resistant seat and shall be of single stage, pressure reduction type with provision
for manually adjusting the delivery pressure.
6.11
Lawn Hydrants
Lawn hydrants to be of 25mm dia unless specified it should be coupled with gate valve and
threaded nipple for attaching hose pipe, the hydrants to be located in brick wall chambers.
6.12
7.0
Ball valve with float to be fixed in storage tank shall consist of cast brass lever arm having copper
balls (26 SWG) screwed to arm integrally. The copper ball shall have bronze welded seams .The
closing /opening mechanism incorporating the position and cylinder shall be non-corrosive metal
and includes washers. The size and construction of ball and float shall be suited for desired
working pressure operating the supply system .where called for brass valves shall be supplied
with brass hexagonal back nuts to secure them to the tanks and a socket to connect to supply
pipe
Mode of measurement
All pipes above ground shall be paid for the length measured along the centre line of the pipe line
laid and shall be inclusive of all fittings such as couplings, tees, bends, elbows, union. Deduction
for valves shall be made. Rate quoted shall be inclusive of all fittings, supports and suspenders
clamps, painting cutting holes chases and making good the same and all items mentioned in the
specifications and schedule of work.
All pipes below buried or embedded shall be paid for length measured along the center line of
the pipe line laid and shall be inclusive of all fittings e.g. coupling, tees, bends, elbows, unions
protective wrapping in lieu of supporting systems. Measurement shall be taken prior the
concealing of work.
Cast iron S/S pipe laid above ground shall be paid for the length measured along the center line
of the pipe line laid including all fittings joints etc. Deductions for valves shall be made. Pipe
going into the socket shall not be measured. Rate shall be inclusive of supports, suspenders and
clamps, laying, fixing, cutting holes and chases and making good and shall include all items
mentioned in the specifications and schedule of work.
Cast iron double flanged pipes laid above ground shall be measured. same as S/S. No extra
payment shall be allowed for pipes of non standard lengths.
Cast iron S/S or flanged pipes laid underground shall be measured same as for above ground
but the rate shall cover excavation, concrete saddles, back fittings bitumen coating and disposed
of surplus earth, cutting holes, chases and making good and all items mentioned in the
specifications and schedule of work
Page 19 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Flanged joints for Steel pipes shall be measured by number and shall include appropriate
number of bolts, nuts and washers, 3 mm thick insertion gasket of required temperature grade
and all items mentioned in the specifications.
Items such as gate valves, globe valves, sluice valves, non-return valves, air valves, scour
valves etc. shall be measured and paid by number.
Steel Storage tanks shall be measured by weight and shall include hoisting,
connections and all items mentioned in the specifications and schedule of quantities.Weight
shall be calculated on the basis of actual sheet and structural used on the finished tank. Nothing
extra shall be paid.
Making connections to pumps, equipment heat exchanger and appliances shall be paid on the
basis of unit length under the relevant items.
Steel structural supports for storage tanks etc. shall be paid by weight of actual length of
member installed at site multiplied by its theoretical weight given in the manufacturers
catalogue. Rate shall be inclusive of hoisting, welding, bolting, painting, cutting and making
good the walls and all items described in the schedule of work and specifications.
Special supporting systems for supporting multiple pipes of multiple agencies shall be paid on
the following basis:
Theoretical weight of structural members used multiplied by the quoted cost per quintal.
ii) Deduct for cost of normal supports as specified at the rate of 5% on quoted rate of all the pipes
supported (excluding cost of valves & insulation but including cost of fittings & flanges)
SECTION: 1.4
INTERNAL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS
1.0
1.1
Scope of Work
The scope of work shall cover:
i) Internal Soil and waste drainage piping including:
a) Connection to soil, waste and vent stacks.
b) Connections to sanitary ware
c) Waste connections to kitchen, other appliances, floor traps etc.
2.0
2.1
Standards SWR PVC Pipes IS 13592

All materials and the installation shall meet latest of the following standards:
1) IS : 3989
Centrifugally cast iron pipes
2) IS : 6163
Centrifugally cast low-pressure iron pipes
3) IS : 1536
Centrifugally cast iron pressure pipes
4) IS : 782
Pig lead.
5) IS : 1726
CI manhole frames & covers.
Page 20 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
6) IS : 5329
Code of Practice for Sanitary pipe work.
7) IS : 3114
Code of practice for laying of cast iron pipes
8) IS : 1239
Steel tubes & tubulars
9) IS : 1879
10) IS : 13592
3.0
Materials
3.1
General
Malleable iron GI fittings

PVC SWR Pipes & Fittings
3.1.1 All materials shall be new and have the best quality conforming to the specifications. Where
different makes are specified, the choice of make shall rest with the consultants.
3.1.2
All samples of materials with necessary catalogues and performance data shall be submitted
and got approved before use on the work. Approved samples of all materials shall be neatly
sample room of the construction office of the Engineer-in-charge. Such a display shall be used
for the day-to-day checking of the materials on site.
3.1.3
commissioning.
3.2
Cast Iron Pipes & Fittings (For Ceiling Suspended Pipes)
3.2.1
Cast iron pipes shall be centrifugally cast low pressure cast iron spigot and socket pipes
conforming to Indian Standards specified and generally meeting the following :
Nominal
Diameter
Inch (mm)
Thickness
(mm)
Weight of
1.83m length
(Kg)
Internal
Diameter
of socket
(mm)
Depth of
Dripseal
(mm)
50
3.5
8.5
73
25
75
3.5
12.7
99
25
100
4.0
19.2
126
25
150
5.0
35.5
178
38
Acceptable tolerance for pipes to IS 3939 -84 and IS 1729 shall be as follows
a) Wall thickness
b) Length
-15 %
+/-20 mm
Page 21 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
c) Weight
-10 %
All joints shall be with lead caulking.

3.2.2
Centrifugally cast low pressure iron pipes without sockets (socket-less) shall conform to IS 6163.
Fittings shall be socket-less and all joints shall be with a synthetic Drip Seal Sealant collar with a
stainless steel clamp with two S.S bolts for application of uniform pressure. All materials shall
be from approved manufacturers. Neoprene shall be used as gasket material.
3.2.3
Wherever specified centrifugally cast pressure pipes of LA class shall be used. The pipes and
fittings shall conform to IS 1536. Fittings shall be spigot and socket type suitable for molten lead
caulking. Where necessary flanged pipes and fittings may be used with a teflon gasket.
3.2.4
Fittings shall be cast iron compatible with the pipes used. Tees, bends, crosses and other
specials shall have easy sweep as specified. Cleaning eyes shall be provided wherever
required and shall be complete with a sealing gasket and suitable bolts. Cleaning eyes should
not be along the flow (such as bends) but behind (such as Y or T).
3.3
Steel Pipes and Fittings
3.3.1
Steel pipes shall be galvanized medium quality tubes to IS:1239. Fittings shall be galvanized
malleable iron conforming to IS:1879 ( i to x). Fittings shall include long radius bends, tees,
reducers, unions etc.
3.4
PVC SWR Pipes & fitting:

PVC SWR Pipe 7 fittings are to be use for the internal drainage in sunken toilets & per IS 13592,
Soil, Waste lines , Anti/Vent, R.W. lines. of Type-B class
( with rubber washer joints in shaft & solvent cement joints in toilets )
3.5
Specification for SWP PVC Pipes :

1) Internal drainage piping in building
Materials Type "A" pipes
For vent and Rain water lines
Type "B" pipes
For soil and waste lines
Wall Thickness of Type-A & Type-B pipes

Type 'A'
Type 'B
3"
1.8 - 2.2 mm
3.2 - 3.8 mm
4"
2.2 - 2.7 mm
3.2 - 3.8 mm
6"
3.2 - 3.8 mm
4.0 - 4.6 mm
Diameter
3.6
3.6.1
Traps & Seals

All traps shall be self-cleaning and the material and the seal depth shall be as specified below
wherever the traps are not integral with the appliances or ware.
Page 22 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Appliance or ware
Trap
Type
Material
Lavatory/Wash basin
(1)
Seal depth
(mm)
CP brass/PVC
50
CP
brass//PVC
50
Floor drain
Cast Iron
built-in/PVC
P or S
50
Kitchen Floor drain

or fabricated drain boxes
Fabricated
Stainless
Steel /PVC
(built-in)
50
CP brass/PVC
50
Galvanised
steel
25
Sinks
(1)
Urinals
(1)
Fan Coil Units

Air Handling Units
Galvanized
P
Steel//PVC
(All P-traps shall have cleaning eye or other cleaning facility)
50
Roof Drain outlet
Cast iron
Plant room floor drains
Cast iron/
fabricated
steel
Any other appliance shall have an appropriate trap as specified by the Engineer-in-charge or as
required.
3.6.2
All floor drains shall be covered with perforated stainless steel grating of size specified or
required. Roof drain outlets shall have dome grates unless specified otherwise. Plant room floor
drains shall have cast iron or fabricated steel grating.
3.6.3
Cleanouts
3.6.4
4.0
Cleanouts other than those integral with the fitting, shall be of brass/PVC and screw down type.
Wherever cleanouts are required in cast iron piping, galvanised steel/PVC adaptor shall be
provided as part of the cleaning system.
Drainage System Installation
4.1
General
4.1.1
Shop drawings for the routing of pipes shall be prepared generally by the contractor on the basis
of layout drawings issued by the consultants.
4.1.2
However, the drawings shall reflect the site conditions, structural beams and columns
obstructions by way of any construction elements or any other service pipes, ducts etc. The
drawings should clearly indicate openings
Page 23 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
4.1.3
Required in brick or concrete walls and invert levels at every 15m intervals. The drawings should
also indicate typical details of hangers, supports, brackets etc. After approval of the drawings,
pipe routes shall be marked with a distinct colour of paint on the site and done the Engineer-incharge approve it.
4.1.4
All openings and chases in brick walls shall be made neatly and finished but the final, finish will
be by others. Openings in concrete walls shall, however, be made only with the approval of the
Engineer-in-charge. Pipe penetrations, through wall or floor, shall be sealed with an approved
fire resistant sealant.
4.1.5
Good workmanship and neat pipe layout are the prerequisites of these specifications. Horizontal
pipes shall be truly horizontal with necessary slopes and hangers or supports as specified and
shown on drawings. Vertical pipes shall be truly vertical and shall be laid away from the walls at
least by 50mm or as required by the Engineer-in-charge. All pipe runs shall be parallel to the
ceiling or walls for presenting a neat appearance. Pipes buried in wall shall be laid in machinemade chases with galvanised steel anchors.
4.1.6
All pipes before and after testing shall be protected with wooden or brass plugs to prevent
ingress of dust, sand or any extraneous matter.
4.2
Pipe supports; hangers & clamps
4.2.1
All pipe supports, hangers & clamps shall be standard pre-fabricated galvanised (after
fabrication) units. Pipe supports shall generally follow the types specified under PIPE
SUPPORT SYSTEMS and the associated drawings.
4.3
Soil & Waste Piping For Suspended Pipes
4.3.1
Horizontal pipes shall be suspended from the structural ceiling slab or wall brackets at the
following centres:
Pipe dia
(mm)
32
50 - 100
Over 100
Support centres
(m)
1.8
2.0
2.5
Pipes shall be laid to an optimum slope of 1 in 60 as far as possible. A liberal provision of easily
accessible cleanouts shall be made on all horizontal pipes. Cleaning facility shall preferably be
from the floor above the ceiling slab for all under floor installations. Where horizontal pipes are
laid in a sunken floor slab, adequate slopes shall be achieved through galvanised saddles or
cement mortar bedding. All such pipes, after testing, shall be covered with and set in cement
concrete (1:2:4) so that the pipes are not disturbed during the filling up of the sunken floor.
4.3.2
Vertical stacks shall be truly vertical and parallel to the wall and supported on saddles so that the
pipes are at least 50mm away from the finished surface. Branch pipe connections shall be
aligned with the bend or tee on the stack. Where the vertical stack meets the horizontal run or a
manhole, a 45o tee connection with a cleanout shall be employed to facilitate smooth flow and
easy cleanability.
4.3.3
The spigot shall be centered in the adjoining socket by tightly caulking in sufficient turns of tarred
gasket or hemp yarn to leave unfilled half the depth of socket for Drip seal. Mix two parts of Drip
seal i.e 200gms. of white compound and 300gms of black compound thoroughly with an iron flat
Page 24 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
to get a required quantity of the compound and push it in the joint as filler and then with the
caulking tool ,Ms Flat/damp finger uniformly all over to obtain a smooth and uniform joint.
4.3.4
Cast iron socket-less pipes shall be jointed by using rubber/neoprene sealing tube and a
stainless steel clamp with two bolts. All materials and method of jointing shall strictly conform to
manufacturers standards and recommendations.
4.3.5
Galvanised steel drain piping shall be used for appliances, wash basins, sinks, bath tubs etc.
using screwed malleable galvanised fittings with approved sealants. Elbows may be avoided as
far as possible and long- sweep bends are preferred for smooth flow. Joints between the
galvanised steel pipe and cast iron shall be done through appropriate fitting and lead caulking as
shown on drawings or as instructed by the Engineer-in-charge.
4.3.6
Where specified, PVC pipes may be used for waste, vent and WC connections. Pipe size shall
be as shown on drawings or as required for the appliance. Pipe connection to the cast iron
piping shall be through appropriate adapter.
4.3.7
All pipes shall be fixed in a gradient towards the outfalls of drains. Pipes inside a toilet room
shall be in chase unless otherwise shown on drawings. Where required, pipes may be run at
ceiling level in suitable gradient and supports shall be as follows:
Pipe Material
Vertical
(Mm)
Horizontal
(Mm)
GI
3000
2400
PVC
1800
1200
Cast iron pipes shall be supported at every 3000 for 3989.& at joints
4.3.8
Cast iron floor drains shall be set in 1:2:4 cement concrete. Kitchen floor drain boxes shall be as
shown in drawings and kept flush with the finished floor. The drain boxes shall have a minimum
of 50mm water seal and a suitable perforated grating. Drain boxes shall be connected to the
cast iron drain piping through a flanged galvanised steel drain connection.
4.3.9
All waste connections shall have the following minimum sizes:

Appliance
Wash basins
Sinks
Urinals
Bidets
Shower trays
Bath tubs
Floor drains
4.4
Diameter
(Mm)
40
50
50
30
40
50
65/75
Vent Piping
Building vent stacks shall be not less than 75mm dia. Where the vent stack becomes one with
the main soil or waste stack the main stack size shall not be reduced. Vent connections on any
branch waste drain line shall be at least two thirds the diameter of the branch drain subject to a
Page 25 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
minimum of 25mm. Vent connection to a soil drain line shall be a minimum of 32mm dia. Vent
connections shall be as near to the crown of the trap but not farther than 450mm.
4.4.2
4.5
No water shall enter a vent lines. Vent lines shall be laid vertically terminated at least 150mm
above the open-to-air roof. Vents may be connected back to the waste or soil stack above the
highest appliance connection and the said stack extends beyond the roof by at least 150mm into
the air.
Cleaning plugs
4.5.1
Cleaning plugs shall be easily accessible and convenient for rodding. Such plugs shall be
liberally provided so that the entire drainage system could be easily cleared of all possible
chokes. All clean outs shall be behind the flow and as far as possible, plug bends may be
avoided.
5.0
Acceptance, Testing & Commissioning

A) Comprehensive tests of all appliances shall be made by simulating conditions of use.
Overflows shall also be examined for obstructions.
5.1
Precommissioning checks
5.1.1
A walk-through inspection shall be carried out and the following checks made:
i) Layouts are according to the drawings and identify variations.
ii) Material used are as specified, new and as per approved samples.
iii) All fixtures viz. Suspenders, brackets, clamps etc. are adequate and
firmly fixed and spaced as specified.
iv) Cleaning eyes are duly plugged and are easily accessible.
v) No visible damages or cases of bad workmanship.
vi) Check water seals in traps by discharging adequate number of appliances.
5.1.2
During construction, the piping shall be tested in sections so that the maximum static head of
water is not more than 4.5m. All such sectional tests shall be witnessed and signed by the
Engineer-in-charge. Records of these tests shall form the Acceptance Test documentation.
5.1.3
An air test shall be conducted as specified in IS:5329 with a test pressure of 50mm water
gauge. If the pressure is not holding, then a smoke test shall be conducted through a smoke
generator to track down the leaking points. After attending to the leaks, the piping shall be air
tested again.
5.1.4
Hydraulic Performance Tests shall be conducted on each stack by simultaneous release of water
through various appliances like WCs and bathtubs to ensure water sealing of traps.
5.1.5
Smoke Tests Shall be carried out as - All soil pipes , waste pipes, & vent pipes & all other
pipes when above ground shall be approved gas tight by a smoke test conducted under a
pressure of 25mm of water & maintained for 15 minutes after all traps seals have been filled
with water. A clear pungent smoke is produced by burning oily waste or tar
paper or similar material in the combustion chamber of a smoke machine
which consists of a bellow & a burner. If there is any leak at any point of
Page 26 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
the drain it is easily detectable by the sight as well as by the smell of the
smoke. Chemical smokes are not satisfactory.
5.1.6
Tests For Straightness & Obstructions Shall be carried out as under :

1) By inserting at the high end of the sewer or drain a smooth ball of a diameter 13mm
less than the pipe bore. In the absence of any obstruction , such as yarn or mortar
projecting through the joints, the ball should roll down the invert of the pipe & emerge
at the lower end.
2) By means of a mirror at one end of the line & lamp at the other. If the pipe line is
straight , the full circle of light may be observed. If the pipe line is not straight . This
will be apparent. The mirror will also indicate obstruction in the barrel.
5.1.7
Test
Records :
maintained.
Complete
5.1.8
Tolerances On CI spun Pipes
test
records
of
all the test
shall be
Tolerances on the external diameter of the barrel, the internal diameter of the
& the depth of socket shall be as follows :
properly
socket
External diameter of barrel: (+/-) 4.0

Internal diameter of socket: (+/-) 3.0
Depth of socket: (+/-) 10.0
The tolerances on length of the pipes shall be (+/-) 20mm.
The tolerances on wall thickness shall be (-) 15%. No limits for plus
tolerance is allowed.
Tolerances on the mass shall be limited to ( -10%). No limit for plus
6.0
Mode of measurement
6.1
The following notes shall be taken into account while arriving at the unit rates.
tolerance.
i) When the G.I waste piping from washbasins, sinks and bathtubs are Directly connected to
C.I waste stack necessary C.I fittings shall be Provided in the C.I waste stack for making the
connection, and this
Shall be measured along with the waste pipe and no extra shall be
Payable on this account.

ii) Tenderers are requested to indicate the material, labour & total rate For the various items
in the schedule, especially for items under Sanitary Installation. It may be noted that the
employer reserves
the right to supply items of sanitary wares and fittings. Accessories for
the Corresponding items under Schedule of Work will have to be Provided by the contractor.
Page 27 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
iii) While quoting rates for steel piping where as per schedule of work, the
Tenderers have to quote for Tata make pipes. Contractor may
indicate rebate on piping work, if they are allowed to use non Tata pipes
such as GST, BST, Jindal etc.
IV) All pipes soil, vent & waste pipes in vertical shall be subjected to the smoke tests. All
Horizontal & Suspended pipes shall be water treated wiyh minimum 1.5 m water column.
6.2
6.3
All CI soil, waste & vent pipes shall be measured net when fixed correct to a centimeter including
all fittings along its lengths including supports, suspenders, brackets, clamps, jointing etc. When
collars are used, in CI soil, waste and vent pipes they shall be measured along with and paid as
pipes and no extra shall be paid for collars or fixing them to wall with holder bat clamps. No
allowances shall be made for the adjacent pipes or fittings. The above will apply whether pipes
are fixed on wall face or pipes are embedded in masonry or pipes suspended from the ceiling.
CI LA class pipes shall be measured net, when fixed correct to a centimeter including all fittings
along its length including supports suspenders, brackets, clamps jointing etc.
6.4
GI, PVC Polyethylene or lead pipes shall be measured per running meter correct to a centimeter
for the finished work, which shall include fittings e.g. bends, tees, elbows, reducers, crosses,
sockets, nipples and nuts, supports, suspenders, clamps etc. The length shall be taken along
centre line of the pipes and fittings.
6.5
Cement concrete around pipes shall be measured per cubic meter and include any masonry
supports, shuttering and centering cutting complete as described in the relevant specifications
SECTION : 1.5
PAINTING
1.0
Scope
1.1
The scope of work covers painting of:

i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
All equipment
Piping & pipe supports
Duct supports
Electric Panels & cable trays
All equipment and piping shall be painted in accordance with the following colour code (or other
colours if specifically requested for by the Engineer-in-charge.)
Equipment/ Service
Colour
Width
(mm)
COLD WATER
Municipal
Domestic
Flush
Seagreen
- do - do -
25
25
BAND
Spacing Colour
(mm)
1500
1500
Page 28 of 71
White
Brown
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Hotwater supply
Hotwater Ret
do do -
25
25
1500
1500
Red
Red
(chain dotted)
White
White
(Chain dotted)
Black
DRAINAGE
Soil
Waste
Vent.
do do do -
25
25
1500
1500
Rain water
do -
Colour
BAND
OILS
HSD
LDO
Light Brown
- do -
25
1500
White
Light Brown
25
1500
White & Blue
2) Painting procedures for M.S. & G.I surface & plumbing brackets.
A ) M.S. Surfaces
a)
Internal M.S Surfaces.

One coat of Zincromate Primer with two coates of First quality Synthetic Enamel paint of approved brand
and shade.
b)
External M.S. Surfaces.

M/s. Asian Paint Zincphospate EHB product code: 1343, which has properties of Anti Corrosive
also. ( This primer is available in two component ) & two coates of First quality Synthetic Enamel
paint of approved brand and shade.
B) G.I Surfaces.( Internal as well as external ).

M/s. Asian Paint Zincphospate EHB product code: 1343, which has properties of Anti Corrosive
also. This primer is available in two component.
For Galvanised surfaces contractor shall do Zinc Phosphate primer ,epoxy based , followed by 2 coats of
Enamel paint .Please note enamel paint application to be done after min 1 hour & max 24 hrs , after
application of Zinc phosphate primer. Time interval after application of Zinc phosphate & application of
1st coat of enamel should be min 1hour & max 24 hrs ,so that the Zinc phosphate does not loose it's
etching characteristics. The interval will be 5 to 6 hrs between application of 1st coat enamel paint & 2nd
coat enamel paint.
C) G.I. Plumbing brackets.
Apply 2 coats of Metcon paint over the plumbing GI brackets. Metcon paint is a two component
system and following is the ratio of mixing the same.
Page 29 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
EPOXYBASE self primer Finish MCC 2702 = (1 part of Hardner + 4 part of base). Plumbing
contractor shall carry out first coat application of Enamel paint before fixing of brackets and second
coat shall be done during final duct painting.
3) Welding Procedure for M.S. Brackets.
Following welding procedure to ensure good galvanizing of plmbg. brackets.
Step I
Ensure that the welding rod used for fabrication is of IS 6093 grade with certificate
conformance.
issued for
Step II
Before carrying out welding on the job the welding rods should be heated in an
a temperature of 150-180 deg celcius.
oven at
Step III
During the welding operation the welding slag & spatters should be simultaneously
chipped
off to ensure complete de slagging before final dispatch of materials to the
galvanizing plant.
Step IV
In case the porosity in the welds is still observed it should be re-grinded & re
welded to ensure that no passivation solution is trapped in the pin holes.
The above steps shall ensure the desired quality of galvanizing.
4)
Galvanising agency All Hot dip Galvanizing work for brackets etc. To be done by JENCO only.
Contact Person : Mr. J.P. Bagal ( Manager )
JENCO Industrial Corporation
Chincholi Bunder Road, Devrukhkar wadi,
Near Link Road, Malad ( West )
Mumbai - 400 064.
Tel. No. : 28725402 / 28725765.
Fax No. : 28723278.
4)
Mode of measurement
4.1
All painting shall form part of the cost (item rate) of equipment, piping etc. No separate payment
shall be admissible.
SECTION: 1.6
HYDROPNEUMATIC SYSTEM
1.0
SCOPE
1.1
The scope of work covers supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Hydroneumatic
Systems for Flushing and Domestic system meeting the intents of the data sheets and
drawings.
1.2
The Hydroneumatic Systems shall meet the design parameters set in the data sheets.
2.0
PRESSURE VESSEL
Page 30 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
2.1
The Hydroneumatic vessel shall be of sturdy construction in best quality steel fabricated by
welding. The vessel shall be painted with best quality epoxy paint both inside and outside.
The vessel shall have a non-toxic replaceable bladder suitable for alimentary use. The
bladder shall be made of suitable material with sufficient elasticity to permit full expansion
inside the steel vessel. At no time the water shall come into contact with the metallic part. The
vessel shall have volume and water holding capacity as indicated on data sheets.
3.0
PUMPS
3.1
There shall be 3 pumps for each of the systems. The pump details are shown in the various
data sheets.
3.2
Pumps shall be heavy duty vertical centrifugal pumps, single or multistage selected to meet
the duty conditions and operating parameters.
3.3
All pump and motor assemblies shall be mounted on a common base frame of cast iron or
fabricated from mild steel with suitable foundation bolts.
3.4
All the three pumps use cascade system with only one VFD.
3.5
Pump casing and impellers shall be of the material indicated in the respective data sheets.
All pumps shall have combination ball and roller bearings and mechanical shaft seals.
Motors shall be squirrel cage induction with specified protection and all motor shall be one
of the specified makes for minimum h.p specified or the bhp absorbed in the operating
range of the pump.
4.0
CONTROLS
4.1
Each Hydroneumatic system has been designed for two pumps working and one pump as
standby. One pump is to work with variable frequency drive while the other two pumps are
with direct on line starters or Variable frequency drives as specified.
Control scheme shall be as follows:
i)
Pump with VFD drive to operate continuously and when the load increases to more
than one pump capacity second pump to start with DOL starter. In case all the
pumps are controlled through independent VFDs then the control logic of the
individual pump with its VFD shall be followed based on the demand.
ii)
In order to achieve the same run time for all the three pumps logic controller to
alternate the pumps after every cycle. Facility of operating each pump with different
starter should be included in the logic controller.
iii)
Logic controller to sense VFD failure and start the pump through DOL starter.
iv)
AOM and latch on contactor to be provided with all starters.
v)
Red colored mushroom type emergency stop switch to be provided on face of

control panel.
5.0
INSTALLATION
5.1
The system shall be pre-assembled in the factory and installed on the site. There shall be a
base steel frame with the pumps and headers mounted thereon and with or without the
pressure vessel. Wherever the pressure vessel is independently mounted (in large systems),
a suitable steel support frame shall be provided.
Page 31 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
5.2
All structural system and equipment shall be factory painted with two coats of approved
colour over a primary coat of zinc chromate. After installation, a final coat of paint shall be
applied after touching up. The following colour code shall be applicable.
5.3
1)
Frame work
:
Black
2)
All equipment
:
Fiesta Blue
3)
Water Piping
:
Steel Blue
4)
Compressed Air
:
- do - with white bands
5)
Wiring Conduits
:
Black
The system shall be tested to prove performance both in auto and manual mode as specified.
6.0
MODE OF MEASUREMENT
6.1
The hydro-pneumatic system complete with :

1)
Pressure vessel with bladder
2)
Pumps
3)
Supporting system
4)
All piping, valves gauges covering

i)
Pump suction header & individual valves, gauges etc.
ii)
Pump discharge header with valves, gauges etc. upto and including
pressure vessel.
iii)
All control piping air/water for pressure or level and control components.
5)
All control wiring using multicore 1.5 sqmm copper cables.
6)
The control panel.
7)
All power cabling from panel to pump shall be measured as a unit and
Paid.
1.7
8)
Section header with GI C-Class, discharge header with strainer valves, NRV etc.
9)
Digital water level and volume indicator in the panel for each, water tank - Domestic &
Flushing. Similarly for any other similar application.
SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS
1.0
SCOPE
1.1
The scope of work covers supply, installation, testing and commissioning of the submersible
sump pumps for storm water & waste water disposal from the sumps. The scope of work
shall include installation, testing & commissioning of the
1)
Pumps with necessary electrical Control Panel Kit.
2)
Piping
And meet the requirements of the data sheets and specifications.

1.2
1.3
Manufacturers catalogues and following data shall be submitted and got approved before
procurement:
i)
Manufacture & Model No. And speed
ii)
Catalogue
iii)
Performance curves head/flow/power
iv)
Physical dimensions & weight
Pumps shall driven by an air-filled electric motor, cooled by pumping Liquid surrounding the
motor housing. The vortex impeller shall directly mounted on the shaft of the motor, in a
Page 32 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
monoblock construction. The rotor runs in two permanently lubricated ball bearings. The
motor winding shall provided with Class F insulation to withstand temperature upto 155C.
The motor shall separated from the pump by a hard carbide face combination mechanical
seal and another lip seal running in an intermediate oil chamber. The pumps are supplied
with a short bend which can be connected to a flexible hose pipe if necessary. Power supply
capable of sustaining a minimum of 20 satart/stop per hour ,
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
1.
MOTOR BODY
- Cast Iron
2.
PUMP CASING
- Cast Iron
3.
IMPELLER
- Cast Iron
4.
SHAFT
- Stainless Steel AISI 410
5.
FASTENERS
- B.H.T. Steel
MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS
1.
SUPPLY SYSTEM- 415V +6% 3PH, 50Hz / 230V +6% 1ph, 50Hz
-10%
-10%
2.
INSULATION
- Class - F
3.
PROTECTION
- IP68
4.
CABLE (6 m )
- Copper Conductor PVC insulated
5.
STERTING METHOD
- DOL
MODE OF MEASUREMENT:
Pumps with all connecting fitting/accessories, with the local control panel for (1+1) shall be
treated as one unit including cabling from panel to pump of approx 20 Mtrs
SECTION: 1.8
MOTOR AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
1.0
Scope of work
1.1
The scope of work covers, selection, supply, installation, testing and commissioning all electrical
items of work comprising:
i) Drive motors & starters
ii) Motor control centres & power panels
iii) Cable laying
& iv) Protective Earthing (PE)
2.0
Ratings
2.1
All motor, switchgear, cable and PE ratings shall comply with the data sheets and the
specification. Where higher ratings are required to match equipment offered, the tenderer may
provide accordingly and bring out the fact specifically.
2.2
Ratings shall be at the ambient conditions specified. Motors shall comply with IS:325 or
equivalent BSS revised upto date. All motors shall be statically and dynamically balanced and
shall be selected for low noise levels. Ratings shall be suitable for the complete operating range
of the equipment concerned and should not cause overloading
Page 33 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
2.3
Switchgear and starters shall be rated for the equipment and system fault levels. Protective
Earthing shall be consistent with the over current tripping devices.
3.0
Squirrel Cage Induction Motors
3.1
Stator cores shall be made up of low loss high permeability sheet steel lamina-tions. Stator
windings shall be made of electrolytic copper with class B/E insulation and inserted as formed
coils baked in position. Rotors shall be of die cast aluminium or copper cage construction.
3.2
Roller bearings at the drive and ball bearings at the free end shall be provided.
3.3 Motor windings shall be air cooled by means of shaft-mounted fan, designed for quiet operation.
Enclosures shall be as shown on the data sheets or as required.
3.4
Motors, specially for air handling unit and fan drives shall be selected for low sound power level.
4.0
Starters
4.1
The starter selections shown in the relevant data sheets shall be used as a general guide. Where
the load torque demands higher starting torque, motor and starter shall be accordingly selected.
4.2
Direct to line or Wye Delta or auto transformer starters shall be air insulated totally enclosed
metal clad. Wye Delta starters shall be automatic change over type.
4.3
All starters shall have:

i) Adjustable thermal over load trips on all phases.
ii) Single phase preventing device
iii) Under voltage protection (80%)
iv) Latch-on contracts with trip mechanism to indicate fault tripping
4.4
Solid state soft starters, wherever specified, shall be of tested and approved makes.
5.0
Product Support
5.1
The supplier must be able to provide technical documentation, covering both catalogues and
statements of dimensions and weight.
5.2
The local dealer must be able to provide full technical and maintenance assistance with full
complements of spares.
6.0
Motor Installation
6.1
Motors and driven equipment shall be mounts on a common base and coupled through flexible
couplings or multiple V-belt drive. Coupling and belt drives shall be provided with suitable
safety guard.
6.2
Final wiring connections to motors shall be flexible.
6.3
Where motors are installed away from the starter.
7.0
Motor Control Centres & Power Panels
Page 34 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
7.1
All motor control centres and power panels shall be cubicle type fabricated from a combination
of 14 & 16 SWG sheet steel, free standing, extensible, totally enclosed, dust tight, vermin-proof
cubicle, flush dead front and modular construction suitable for 3 phase 415V 4 wire 50 Hz
system. All boards shall be accessible from the front for the maintenance of switch fuses, bus
bars, cable terminations, meters etc. Cables shall be capable of entering the board both from
top as well as bottom. All panels shall be machine pressed with punched openings for meters
etc. All sheet sheet shal be rust inhibited through a process of degreasin, acid pickling,
phosphating etc. The panels shall be finished with two coats of synthetic enamel of approved
colour applied over one coat of red oxide primer. Engraved plastic labels shall be provided
indicating the feeder details, and capacity and danger signs.
7.2
The boards shall accomodate air insulated bus bars, air circuit breakers, switch fuse units with
HRS fuses, starters, necessary meters, relays contactors etc. As required and arranged in
suitable tiers. All breakers and switch fuses shall be suitably derated taking into account
specified ambient temperature and ruling temperature inside the cubicle.
7.3
The switch board shall be fully compartmentalised in vertical tiers housing the feeder switches in
totally enclosed independant compartments. Each compartment shall be self sufficient with
switch unit, fuses, contactors, relays, indicating lamps and an interlocked door with facility for
pad-locking. Each feeder must terminate in an independant labelled terminal block. Strip type
terminal block accomodating several feeders together is not acceptable. Pressure clamp type
terminals suitable for aluminium wires may be used upto switches of 25A and cable lugs for
higher ratings. All terminations shall be shrouded in an approved manner. The entire
enclosure shall meet with IS: 2147/1962. Feeder connections shall be made out of solid
insulated copper/aluminium wires or strips with bimetallic clamps wherever required. Internal
wiring, bus bar markings etc. Shall conform to IS: 375/1963. Internal wiring shall have terminal
ferrules. Main switch should be at an easily accessible height and the highest switch operating
handle should not be over 1.75m from floor level. Cable glands need not form part of the switch
board as the cost of glands will form part of the cable termination.
7.4
Bus bars shall be three phase and neutral and of copper or aluminium or aluminium alloy as
specified and shown on drawings and rated for a temperature rise of 30 oC over the ambient
temperature specified, based on insulated conductor rating (IS:8084-1976). Neutral bars may
be of one half the size of the phase bars. The main horizontal bus bars shall be of uniform cross
section and rated in accord with the incoming switch. The vertical bus bars for the feeder
columns may be rated at 75% of aggregate feeder capacity and shall be uniform in size. Bus
bars and interconnections shall be taped with PVC colour coded tape to prevent bar-to-bar
accidental shorts. Each bus bar shall be directly and easily accessible on removal of the front
cover. Bus bars shall be totally enclosed, shrouded and supported on non-hygroscopic
insulated blocks to withstand thermal and dynamic overloads during system short circuits. An
earth bus of size 50% of the phase bar subject to a minimum of 15 x 3 Cu or 25 x 3 Al. shall be
provided. Individual switch components shall be connected with the earth bus through copper
or aluminium or galvanised steel strip size as shown. All wire connections to bars shall be
through lugs, bolts and nuts and spring washers.
7.5
Isolators shall be fixed on wall on self-supported angle iron frame work as required and mounted
as near to the motor as possible. Where several motors are installed, isolators if required shall
be provided at a central location on a common frame work.
7.6
Panels shall be installed on a base channel frame and on a concrete pad to be provided by
others. All panels shall be meggar-tested and shall not be commissioned till the valves are more
than 2.5 megohms phase to phase and 1.5 megohm phase to neutral. All meters on the panel
shall be calibrated before commissioning.
Page 35 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
7.7
The general arrangement and fabrications drawings shall be got approved before taking up for
fabrication.
8.0
Cabling
8.1
All cables shall be 1100 Volt grade PVC insulated, sheathed with or without steel armouring as
specified and with an outer PVC protective sheath. Cables shall have high conductivity stranded
aluminium or copper conductors and
cores colour coded to the Indian Standards. All cables shall be new without any kinks or visible
damage. The manufacturers name, insulating material, conductor size and voltage class shall
be marked on the surface of the cable at every 600mm centres
8.2
Cables shall be laid in the routes marked in the drawings. Where the route is not marked, the
contractor shall mark it out on the drawings and also on the site and obtain the approval of the
Architect/Consultant before laying. Procurement of cables shall be on the basis of actual site
measurements and the quantities shown in the schedule of work shall be regarded as a guide
only.
8.3
Cables, running indoors shall be laid on walls, ceiling, inside shafts or trenches. Single cables
laid shall be fixed directly to walls or ceiling and supported at not more than 500 mm. Where
number of cables are run, necessary perforated cable trays shall be provided wherever shown.
Perforated cable trays shall be mild steel or Aluminium as specified in the schedule of work.
Perforated trays shall not be directly suspended but supported on mild steel frame work as
shown on drgs. or as approved. Cables laid in built-up trenches shall be on steel supports.
Plastic identification tags shall be provided at every 20m. Cables shall be bent to a radius not
less than 12 (twelve) times the overall diameter of the cable or in accordance with the
manufacturers recommendations whichever is higher.
8.4
In the case of cables buried directly in ground, the cable route shall be parallel or
perpendicular to roadways, walls etc. Cables shall be laid in an excavated, graded trench,
over a sand or soft earth cushion to provide protection against abrasion. Cables shall be
protected with brick or cement titles. Width of excavated trenches shall be as required. Backfill
over buried cables shall be with a minimum earth cover of 600mm. The cables shall be
provided with cables markers at every 30 meters and at all loop points.
8.5
The general arrangement of cable laying is shown on drawings. All cables shall be full runs
from panel to panel without any joints or splices. Cables shall be identified at end terminations
indicating the feeder number and the Panel/Distribution board from where it is being laid. All
cable terminations for conductors upto 4 sqmm may be insertion type and all higher sizes shall
have tinned copper compression lugs. Cable terminations shall have necessary brass glands.
The end terminations shall be insulated with a minimum of six half-lapped layers of PVC tape.
Cable armouring shall be earthed at both ends.
8.6
MV cables shall be tested upon installation with a 500V Meggar and the following readings
established:
1) Continuity on all phases
2) Insulation Resistance
(a) between conductors
(b) all conductors and ground
All test readings shall be recorded and shall form part of the completion documentation.
Page 36 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
9.0
Equipment earthing
9.1
All apparatus and equipment transmitting or utilising power shall be earthed in the following
manner:
Size of phase conductor
Copper
Upto 16
<
Same
>
1.55
Over 16 to 35
<
16
>
32
Over 35
<
Minimum (base)
Minimum (enclosed)
2.5
2.5
Aluminium
Galvanised
steel
As shown on drgs.
4.0
2.5
>
6
-
The earth continuity conductor may be drawn inside the conduit in which case, it should be
insulated.
Copper earth wires shall be used where copper wires are specified. Aluminium wires may be
used where aluminium phase wires are specified unless otherwise indicated in the schedule of
work and drawings.
9.2
Metallic conduit shall not be accepted as an earth continuity conductor. A separate insulated/bare
earth continuity conductor of size related to phase conductor shall be provided. Non-metallic
conduit shall have an insulated earth continuity conductor of the same size as above. All metal
junction and switch boxes shall have an inside earth stud to which the earth conductor shall be
connected. The earth conductor shall be distinctly coloured (green) for easy identification.
9.3
Armoured cables shall be earthed by 2 distinct earth connections to the armouring at both the
ends and the size of connection being as above. In multiple cables entering a panel/DB, the
cable joints shall be bonded together using a bonding wire selected on the basis of the largest
size of cable in the group. In the case of enamoured cable, an earth continuity conductor shall
either be run outside along the cable or should form a separate insulated core
of the cable. 3 Ph. power panels and distribution boards shall have 2 distinct earth connections of
the size correlated to the incoming cable size. In case of 1 Ph. DBs a single earth connection is
adequate. Similarly for 3 Ph and 1 Ph. isolating switches there shall be 2 and 1 earth
connections respectively, sizes being correlated to the incoming cable.
9.4
3 Ph. motors and other 3 Ph. apparatus shall have 2 distinct earth connec-tions of size equal to
incoming feeder size. For 1 Ph motor and 1 Ph apparatus, the single earth connections shall
be provided of the above size.
10.0
Electrical Installation
10.1
All work shall be carried out in accordance with local Electrical Inspectorate, and IS Code of
Practice 732. Reference to above codes, specifications and regulations shall mean the latest.
10.2
All materials used on the installation shall be new and of approved make. Tenderer should
indicate makes of materials proposed to be used on the job.
Page 37 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
11.0
Mode of measurement
11.1
Each electric panel or motor control centre shall be separately quoted and paid for. The cost of
panel shall include earthing as specified and include for mounting of starters wherever required
and shown.
11.2
Cables will be measured on the basis of a common rate per unit length and shall include the
following items.
Laid in doors
Laid out doors
i) cables and clamps

ii) cable markers
i) cables and protective bricks & tiles
11.3
Cable trays/racks/ladders shall be measured per unit length and width as specified in the
schedule of work.
11.4
Each cable termination will be measured as one unit for payment. Certain cable sizes are
grouped together and rates shall be furnished against each group. The item shall include the
following:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
11.5
Cable glands, lugs, bolts, nuts

All jointing materials
Installations, testing and commissioning
Earthing the glands
For cables burried under ground excavation shall be paid for additionally for the following per unit
volume :
i) Excavation and back filling
ii) 6 Soft Earth Cushioning below and above cable
The cost of laying protective tiles shall be part of cable cost.
11.6
The cost of earthing the following items shall become part of the cost of the item itself and no
separate payment for earthing shall be made.
a) Motors - earthing forming part of the cabling/wiring for the motors.
b) Isolating switches and starters should form part of mounting frame,
switch starter etc.
1.9 COMMISSIONING & GUARANTEE

1.
SCOPE OF WORK
Work under this section shall be executed without any additional cost. The rates quoted in
this tender shall be inclusive of the works given in this section.
Contractor shall provide all tools, equipment, metering and testing devices required for the
purpose.
Page 38 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
On award of work, Contractor shall submit a detailed proposal giving methods of testing and
gauging the performance of the equipment to be supplied and installed under this contract.
All tests shall be made in the presence of the Architect or his representative or any inspecting
authority. At least five working days notice in writing shall be given to the inspecting parties
before performing any test.
Water flow rates of all equipment and in pipe lines through valves shall be adjusted to design
conditions. Complete results of adjustments shall be recorded and submitted.
Contractor shall ensure proper balancing of the hydraulic system and for the pipes / valves
installed in his scope of work by regulating the flow rates in the pipe line by valve operation.
The contractor shall also provide permanent Tee connection (with plug) in water supply lines
for ease of installing pressure gauge, temperature gauge & rotameters. Contractor shall also
supply all required pressure gauge, temperature gauge & rotameter for system
commissioning and balancing. The balancing shall be to the satisfaction of Consultant /
Project Manager.
Three copies of all test results shall be submitted to the Engineer in A4 size sheet paper
within two weeks after completion of the tests.
2.
PRECOMMISSIONING
On completion of the installation of all pumps, piping, valves, pipe connections, insulation etc.
the Contractor shall proceed as follows :
a. Priot to start-up and hydraulic testing, the Contractor shall clean the entire installation
including all fitments and pipework and the like after installation and keep them in a new
condition. All pumping systems shall be flushed and drained at least once through to get
rid of contaminating materials. All pipes shall be rodded to ensure clearance of debris,
cleaning and flushing shall be carried out in sections as the installation becomes
completed.
b. All strainers shall be inspected and cleaned out or replaced.
c.
When the entire systems are reasonably clean, a pre-treatment chemical shall be
introduced and circulated for at least 8 hours. Warning signs shall be provided at all
outlets during pre-treatment. The pre-treatment chemical shall:
Remove oil, grease and foreign residue from the pipework and fittings;
Pre-condition the metal surfaces to resist reaction with water or air.
Establish an initial protective film;

After pre-treatment, the system shall be drained and refilled with fresh water and
left until the system is put into operation.
Details and procedures of the pre-treatment shall be submitted to the Architect
for approval.
d. Check all clamps, supports and hangers provided for the pipes.
e. Check all the equipment, piping and valves coming under hot water system and operate
each and every valve on the system to see if the valves are functioning properly.
Thereafter conduct & hydrotest of the system as for (b) above.
Page 39 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
f.
Fill up pipes with water and apply hydrostatic pressure to the system as given in the
relevant section of the specification. If any leakage is found, rectify the same and retest
the pipes.
Fire Protection System

a. Check all hydrant valves by opening and closing : any valve found to be open shall be
closed.
b. Check all the piping under hydro test.
c.
Check that all suction and delivery connections are properly made for all pump sets.
d. Check rotation of each motor after decoupling and correct the same if required.
e. Test run each pump set.
f. All pump sets shall be run continuously for 8 hours (if required with temporary piping back
to the tank).
Commissioning and Testing
a. Pressurise the fire hydrant system by running the jockey pump and after it attains the
shutoff pressure of the pump, then
b. Open bypass valve and allow the pressure to drop in the system. Check that the jockey
pump cuts-in and cuts-out at the preset pressure. If necessary adjust the pressure switch
for the jockey pump. Close by-pass valve.
c.
Open hydrant valve and allow the water to below into the fire water tank in order to avoid
wastage of water. The main fire pump shall cut-in at the preset pressure and shall not
cut-out automatically on reaching the normal line pressure. The main fire pump shall
stop only by manual push button. However, the jockey pump shall cut-out as soon as the
main pump starts,
d. Switch off the main fire pump and test check the diesel engine driven pump in the same
manner as the electrically driven pump,
e. When the fire pumps have been checked for satisfactory working on automatic controls,
open fire hydrant valves simultaneously and allow the hose pipes to discharge water into
the fire tank to avoid wastage.
f.
Check each landing valve, male and female couplings and branch pipes, for compatibility
with each other. Any fitting which is found to be incompatible and do not fit into the other
properly shall be replace by the contractor. Each landing valve shall also be checked by
opening and closing under pressure.
g. Check all annunciations by simulating the alarm conditions at site.

Sprinkler System
a.
b.
Start the sprinkler pump and develop the required pressure in the sprinkler pipes.
Open the test valve to test the automatic starting of the pump. If necessary, make
necessary adjustments in the setting of pressure switch. The sprinkler water gong alarm
shall also operate when the test valve is open. This operation is to be done for each and
Page 40 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
c.
d.
3
every section of the sprinkler system and the alarm for each section (via flow switch) shall
be checked for operation.
After satisfactory operation of the pump the Contractor shall set up mock fire and test the
system.
Check all annunciations by simulating the alarm conditions at site.
STATUTORY AUTHORITIES TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
As and when notified in writing or instructed by the Architect, the Contractor shall submit shop
drawing and attend all tests and inspections carried out by Local Fire Authorities, Water
Authority and other Statutory Authorities, and shall forthwith execute free of charge any
rectification work ordered by the Architect as a result of such tests and inspections where
these indicate non-compliance with Statutory Regulations. Some of these tests may take
place after the issue of Practical Completion of the Main Contract and the Contractor shall
make all allowances in this respect.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the submission of all necessary forms and shop
drawings to the Statutory Authorities which shall conform in Layout to the latest architectural
plans submitted to and kept by these Authorities.
The submission shall comply with the requirements set forth in the Current Codes of Practice
and circular letters of the Statutory Authorities. The shop drawings to be submitted shall be
forwarded to the Architect for checking before submission.
The Contractor shall allow for at least two submissions of complete sets of shop drawings to
the Authorities, one to be made within six months after the award of the Contract but not less
than six weeks before the inspection. The Architect may at his discretion instruct the
Contractor for additional submissions to the Local Authorities, whenever necessary.
The Contractor shall notify the Architect at least seven days in advance of his application for
Local Authority tests and inspections. On receipt of a confirmed date for test and inspection
the Contractor shall inform the Architect without delay.
FINAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS

Following commissioning and inspection of the entire installation, and prior to issue of the
Completion Certificate, the Contractor shall carry out final acceptance tests in accordance
with a programme to be agreed with the Architect.
Should the results of the acceptance tests show that plant, systems and/or equipment fail to
perform to the efficiencies or other performance figures as given in this Specification, the
Contractor shall adjust, motify and if necessary replace the equipment without further
payment in order that the required performance is obtained.
Where acceptance tests are required by the relevant Authorities having jurisdiction, these
tests shall be carried out by the Contractor prior to the issue of Completion Certificate to the
acceptance of the Authorities.
REJECTION OF INSTALLATION / PLANT

Any item of plant or system or component which fails to comply with the requirements of this
Specification in any respect whatsoever at any stage of manufacture, test, erection or on
completion at site may be rejected by the Architect either in whole or in part as the considers
necessary/sppropriate. Adjustment and/or modification work as required by the Architect so
Page 41 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
as to comply with the Authoritys requirements and the intent of the Specification shall be
carried out by the Contractor at his own expense and to the satisfaction of the
Authority/Architect.
After works have been accepted, the Contractor may be required to carry out assist in
carrying out additional performance tests as reasonably required by the Architect/Employer.
6
WARRANTY AND HANDOVER

The Contractor shall warrant that all plant, materials and equipment supplied and all
workmanship performed by him to be free from defects of whatsoever nature before
handover to the Owner.
HANDING OVER OF DOCUMENTS

All testing and commissioning shall be done by the Contractor to the entire satisfaction of the
Owners site representative and all testing and commissioning documents shall be handed
over to the Owners site representative.
The contractor shall also hand over all maintenance and operation manuals, all certificates
and all other documentation as per the terms of the contract to the Owners site
representative.
PIPE COLOUR CODE :

Sr.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Pipe Lines
Cooling Water
Boiler feed
Condensate
Drinking Water (All
cold water lines
after filter)
Treated Water
(Soft Water)
Domestic Hot
Watert
Compressed air
upto 15/kg/Sqcm
Steam
Drainage
Gas
Oils
Diesel
(indicated by letter
HSD / as
applicable)
Fire Service
Ground/Base
Colour
Sea Green
Sea Green
Sea Green
Sea Green
First Colour
Band
French Blue
Gulf Red
Light Brown
French Blue
Sea Green
Light Orange
Sea Green
Light Grey
Second Colour
Band
Single Red
Sky Blue
Silver Grey
Black
Canary Yellow
Light Brown
P.O.Red
Page 42 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
FIRE & SPRINKLER INSTALLATION
Page 43 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
ANNEXURE - 1
DIVISION OF WORK
For Fire fighting
1)
By others
Supply,
Installation,
testing
and Incoming Electric connection to fire pump
commissioning of hydrant, Jockey, sprinkler panel.
, booster pumps & Diesel driven pump
installation valves, etc.
External Fire
hydrant Systems and fixtures & related
Site Development Works..
2) Supply, installation, testing & Commissioning of , Wet risers , &

Sprinkler
system in the individual
buildings.
3) Foundation for all the fire pumps
Page 44 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
PROJECT DISCRIPTION FOR FIRE & SPRINKLER INSTALLATION
SECTION .2.1
DESIGN
BRIEF
FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

The proposed residential Bldg is a building with two basement floor, Ground Floor & 50 floors. The Fire
Fighting distribution have been generally worked out on the guidelines of CFO , National Building
Code, ( NBC) & Tariff Advisory committee.
The following presents a brief integration of design norms & procedures adopted for designing a
total Fire fighting system.
1) The water supply to the Main Tank is through BMC Water Mains.
2) The fire tank of 350 cum shall be totally emptied & cleaned. BMC water shall shall fill the fire
tank 1& overflow to fire tank 2 to fire tank 3. The Fire tanks are located at the basements Separate
fire tanks of 30 Cum will be provided on service floors & terrace floor. The entire building shall be
provided with hydrants & sprinklers as per CFO requirements. All the floors & basements shall be
provided with landing valves & sprinklers with Flow switch.
3) Booster Pumps for hydrant system will be provided at the terrace & service floors of the building.
SECTION 2.2
FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM
1.0
Scope of work
1.1 The scope of work shall cover supply, installation, testing and commissioning of the fire hydrant
system covering the following:
Fire pumps, electric or diesel driven as shown in the data sheets and drawings.
Booster pumps at terrace or jockey pump, electric driven as shown in the data sheets and
drawings.
Wet risers in the building as specified and shown on drawings.
Landing valves, hose reels, hose cabinets etc.
Fire brigade breaching, Siamese connections and connections to pumps and appliances.
2.0
Standards
2.1
The fire hydrant installation shall conform to and meet with the requirements set out by the
following:
Page 45 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
3.0
1)
IS: 13039 - 1991
Code of practice for External Hydrant System Provision & Maintenance
2)
IS 13716 - 1993
Code of Practice for Fire Safety in Hotels
3)
IS: 3844 - 1989
Code of practice for installation of internal fire

hydrants and hose reel on premises.
4)
Fire Insurance Association of India-Tariff Advisory Committee rules &

guidelines.
5)
Compliance with the local fire brigade and the fire enforcing authorities.
Fire Pump
The fire pump shall be single suction centrifugal
type with split casing and direct driven by electric motor and diesel engine
as specified. The pump rating and performance shall conform to the
data sheet and meet the TAC duty requirements.
3.2
Pump casing shall be of close-grained cast iron with bronze impeller. The shaft sleeve shall be
S.S 304 and the trim shall be brass or bronze.
3.3
Pump shall be capable of delivering 150 % of the rated capacity at 65 % of the rated head and the
no-delivery head shall be not more than 120 % of the rated delivery head. The pump casing
shall withstand 1.5 times the no-delivery pressure or 2 times of the duty pressure whichever is
higher.
3.4
The pump shall be either electrically driven or diesel driven with direct flexible coupling.
3.5
The electric drive motor shall be squirrel cage induction conforming to IS 325 - 1996 and rated for
continuous duty (S1). Motor shall have not less than class B insulation and minimum enclosure
of IP22. The starter shall be air-cooled fully automatic star delta or autotransformer type.
Starters shall conform to IS 8544 - 1977 and rated for AC-3 duty. Starter panel shall include an
Ammeter with selector.
3.6
Drive motor rating shall be based on the largest of the following:

Rated pump discharge at rated head
150 % of rated discharge @ 65 % of rated head
Maximum power absorbed by the pump in its operating range i.e. no-delivery to free discharge.
3.7
The diesel engine shall be naturally aspirated (non-tubocharged) and electrically started. The
engine shall have a speed governor to regulate the rated rpm within 5 % of its rated speed. The
engine shall be complete with starting batteries full-wave selenium rectifier charger, isolator,
leads, mounting frame etc. Engine rating shall be same as for the electric motor and meet with
the performance requirements of IS 10002 1981 not greater than 1500 RPM Engine.
Page 46 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Engine exhaust pipe shall have a residential duty silencer and insulated with 100 thick 48 Kg/m3
fibreglass finished with 0.5mm thick aluminium cladding. The exhaust shall be left outside the
building as shown in the drg. or as directed.
3.9
A 8 Hours working capacity . Day tank with necessary feed piping shall be provided. The day
tank shall be complete with mounting frame, valved inlet connection with float, overflow, gauge
glass and drain. Engine starting system shall be complete with a storage battery, cranking
motor, fuel solenoid valves, battery leads etc.
3.10
The engine shall have a remote radiator with necessary pipe and electrical connection. The
radiator shall be located outside the pump room at a distance not more than 6m unless shown
otherwise in the drawings.
4.0
Accessories
4.1 The fire and jockey pumps shall be complete with the following
accessories:
Suction and discharge eccentric reducers.

Pump coupling guard.
Common base frame, fabricated mild steel or cast iron.
4.2
Each pump shall have independent set of pressure switches. The pressure switch shall be snap
action SP DT switch rated 10A @ 220 V operated through a stainless steel diaphragm. The
switch shall have a pointer for manual adjustment of set point, and all electrical connections shall
be terminated in a screwed terminal connector. The entire unit shall be encased in a cold drawn
steel IP 55 enclosure. The Diaphram shall be designed for a maximum operating pressure of
the system. Each pressure switch shall be provided with a pressure gauge in parallel as shown
on the drawings and all gauges and pressure switches shall be mounted in an instrument panel
with necessary control piping and drainage facility.
4.3
Flow switches shall be paddle type SPDT snap acting contacts rated 10 A @ 220 V. The paddle
shall be made of either brass or phosphor bronze terminated in a screwed terminal connector.
The entire unit shall be encased in cold drawn steel IP 55 enclosure and the maximum operating
pressure of the parts in contact with the liquid shall be consistent with the system pressure.
4.4
Shut off valves, wherever required, shall be provided with a tamper micro switch 2A @ 220V
with necessary bracket suitable for the valve concerned.
4.5
ANTI-VIBRATION MOUNTINGS.
All items of rotating and reciprocating plant and equipment shall be isolated from the structure by
the use of anti-vibration materials, mountings or spring loaded supports fixed to either concrete
bases, inertia blocks or support steels as indicated.
Centrifugal pumps and motors within units shall be isolated from the frame of the air handling
unit by suitable anti-vibration mountings. The discharge end connections shall be fitted with
approved flexible connections internally isolating the scroll from the unit casing.
Centrifugal pumps shall be mounted on inertia bases consisting of reinforced concrete sub-base,
anti-vibration mountings and concrete filled steel upper plinth. The Contractor shall be
responsible for issuing the steel upper plinth and mountings to the Contractor for building-in.
Page 47 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Pipe work connections to circulating pumps, cooler coils and other equipment shall be made with
flexible connections as per Specifications.
The construction of the anti-vibration mountings shall generally comply with the following : Enclosed Spring Mounting ( Caged or Restrained Springs)
Each mounting shall consist of cast or fabricated telescopic top and bottom housing enclosing
one or more helical steel springs as the principle isolation elements, and shall incorporate a builtin levelling device.
The springs shall have an outside diameter of not less than 75% of the operating height, and be
selected to have at least 50% overload capacity before becoming coil bound.
The bottom plate of each mounting shall have bonded to it a neoprene pad designed to attenuate
any high frequency energy transmitted by the springs.
Mountings incorporating snubbers of restraining devices shall be designed so that the snubbing
damping or restraining mechanism, is capable f being adjusted to have no significant effect during
the normal running of the isolated machine.
Restrained isolator shall be provided on pumps subject to approval by the manufacturers.
5.0
System Operation and Control Panels
5.1
The fire pump shall be started automatically on loss of pressure and the operation sequence of
the booster and fire pumps shall be as follows :
Booster or jockey pump shall start when the system pressure drops by 0.5 Kg/cm2 and stop
when the system pressure is re-established.
The fire pump shall start when the system pressure drops by 1.0 Kg/cm2 and shall continue to
run till manually switched off.
Booster/jockey and fire pump starting shall be indicated on the panel with a red indication lamp.
It should also be indicated on the FACP.
5.2
The motor starters (direct on line or star-delta) shall consist of electrically actuated contactors.
The starter shall be complete with ON-OFF push buttons, timers and auxiliary contacts and shall
be fully automatic. There shall be an indicating lamp with each of the pumps and an ammeter
and selector switch with the fire pumps. Fire pump starting shall be annunciated through an
electric siren and the pump shall be capable of being started remotely.
5.3
The starter along with isolator shall be housed in a 2.0mm M.S box duly rust inhibited through a
process of degreasing and phosphating.
5.4
All cabling to starter and control switches shall be carried out through armoured PVC FRLS
cables of approved makes. Cables shall be laid in accordance with section M V CABLING.
Cabling from starter or switch to the motor shall be through LAPP steel braided flexible of PVC
FRLS cables. The pump motors and panels shall be earthed in accordance with IS 3043-1966
or as shown on drawings.
6.0
Fire Hydrants, & Hose Reels
Page 48 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
6.1
Hydrants shall be provided internally and externally as specified in the fire NOC, National
building code, Tariff advisory committee etc. Internal hydrants shall be provided at each
landing of and escape staircase and additionally depending on the floor area as shown on
drawings. Landing valve shall be single headed gun metal valve with
2-63 mm dia outlets
and 100 mm inlet conforming to IS 5290-1998. Landing valve shall have flanged inlet and
instantaneous type outlets and mounted at 1.0 m above the floor level. Instantaneous outlets for
fire hydrants shall be of standard pattern approved and suitable for 63 mm dia fire brigade
hoses. Wherever necessary, pressure reducing orifices shall be provided so as to limit the
pressure to 5.5 kg/sqcm or any other rating as required by the local fire brigade.
6.2
Internal Hydrants
6.2.1
Each landing valve shall have a hose reel cabinet of 1800 x 900 x 450 mm housing or as shown
on drawings.
Landing valve with twin 63 mm dia capped outlets and one 100 mm inlet with a pressure gauge
cock.
An orifice plate (S.S 304) assembly with flanges wherever necessary for pressure reduction.
First-aid hose reel with 30 m long 20 mm dia high pressure Dunlop ( BRAND ) hose & 20 mm
dia gate valve.
2-7.5 m long 63 mm dia flax canvas controlled percolation hoses with instantaneous couplings.
One copper branch pipe with bronze rings to take the nozzles at one end and fit into the
instantaneous coupling at the other.
One leaded-tin-bronze nozzle of 25 mm dia.
The first aid hose shall conform to IS 884-1969 and be wound on a heavy duty circular hose reel
with a cast iron bracket. The hose shall be permanently connected on one end to the standpipe
through a 20 mm G.M gate valve with necessary hose
adapter and a gunmetal nozzle at the other end. The reel shall swing out
by 270o.
6.2.3
Canvas hoses shall be in two lengths of 15 m each, of unlined flax or controlled percolation type
with instantaneous couplings, neatly rolled into bundles and held in position with steel brackets.
Canvas hoses shall be tested and certified by the manufacturers, to withstand an internal water
pressure of not less than 35 kg/sqcm without bursting. The hose shall also withstand a working
pressure of 7 kg/sqcm without leakage or undue sweating.
6.2.4
The hose cabinet shall be fabricated from 2 mm mild steel sheet duly rust inhibited through a
process of degreasing and phosphating The cabinet shall have double flap hinged doors with 4
mm clear glass and shall have necessary openings for riser main and brackets for all internals.
The cabinet shall receive two coats of red oxide primer both inside and outside before two after
coats of final paint of approved colour shade.
6.3
External Hydrants
6.3.1
External Hydrants shall be stand post type over-ground unless shown otherwise. All external
hydrants shall be 80 mm C.I butterfly valve. Hydrants shall be located at least 2 m away from
and within 15 m from the building wall.
Page 49 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
6.3.2
each hydrant shall be provided with a hose cabinet containing 2 x 15 m 63 dia unlined flax or
controlled percolation hoses with couplings. Wherever shown, the cabinet may contain a branch
pipe and nozzle. The cabinet shall be 900 x 600 x 400 fabricated out of 2 mm mild steel sheet
duly rust inhibited through a process of degreasing, phosphate etc. The cabinet shall receive
two coats of red oxide primer, inside and outside, before 2 coats of final painting of approved
shade. The cabinet shall be wall-mounted or free standing with its own steel legs depending on
the site conditions and as shown on drawings.
6.3.3
Alternatively the hoses can be centralized in hose cabinets meeting the requirements.
6.4
The fire brigade connection shall consist of one or two twin-headed 63 mm dia gun metal outlets
with built-in check valve and drain plugs connected to a 150 mm dia outlet connection to the
water reservoir or to the hydrant main. The fire brigade collecting head shall conform to IS
904-1983.
7.0
Piping
7.1
All piping shall be as specified under PIPING FOR FIRE FIGHTING and the schedule of work for
piping.
8.0
Test & Commissioning
8.1
All hydrant piping shall be tested for a hydrostatic test pressure of 20 kg/sqcm or 1.5 times the
casing pressure of the pump for a period of 24 hours at the end of which there shall be no loss in
pressure.
8.2
The booster & fire pump starting and stopping shall be tested by opening the test valve and record
the following :
1)
Booster pump start / stop

System pressure at start up
Stop
:
:
kg/sqcm
kg/sqcm
seconds
kg/sqcm
i) pump end
kg/sqcm
ii) highest outlet
kg/sqcm
iii) intermediate points
kg/sqcm
Time elapsed from start to stop

2)
Hydrant Pump start

System pressure at start up
Maintained system pressure while
discharging the landing valve at the
highest point.
8.3
9.0
All the operating tests shall be carried out in the presence of any local authority, Fire Brigade or
Insurance Co. Pressures obtaining at each landing valve shall be tested and recorded.
Wherever excessive pressure is recorded, the orifice plates shall be replaced.
Makes or Materials
Page 50 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
9.1
All materials and equipment used shall be approved products of the Tariff Advisory Committee
and ISI stamped. The list of makes of materials are listed in Annexure- 2.1.-2
10.0
Mode of Measurement
10.1
Hydrant pump with mounting frame, including concrete foundation shall be measured per unit.
10.2
Engine driven pump complete with:

Mounting frame
Flexible coupling
Engine starter panel with starting battery & charger, leads etc.( battery should be capable of
starting the engine from cold start for minimum 10 times )
Day tank of 8 hours storage cacpacity
Exhaust pipe and insulation, silencer etc.
Remote radiator etc. as specified.
Concrete foundation
10.3
Booster pump same as Hydrant pump.
10.4
Instrument panel with pressure gauges, pressure switches, control piping, enclosure etc. shall be
measured as one unit.
10.5
Landing valves with fire hose cabinet with hose reel, rubber line hose, canvas hose, branch pipe,
axe, nozzle etc. shall be measured per unit.
10.6
External hydrant stand post type with butterfly valve with tailpieces, etc. shall be measured per
unit.
10.7
Fire brigade inlet connection completes with 1 or 2 nos. 63 dia twin head inlets with non-return
valve with 100 or 150 dia respectively of inlet pipe at least 1.5 m long shall be measured per
unit.
10.8
External Hose reel boxes complete with hoses and enclosure etc. shall be measured per unit.
10.9
Control cabling from pressure gauge panel to the respective starters shall be measured in running
meter and paid at unit rates. Starter and isolator for each pump housed inside the M.S box shall
be measured as unit and paid.
SECTION: 2.3
PIPING FOR FIRE FIGHTING
1.0
Scope
1.1
The scope of work covers, supply, laying, testing and commissioning of the entire piping system
for the Fire Fighting Installation ie. Fire Hydrant and sprinkler systems.
2.0
Standards
Page 51 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
2.1
The following standards shall be applicable:

i) IS 1239
Mild Steel Tubes & Tubular

And fittings
ii) IS 1879
Malleable iron fittings
iii) IS
Gun Metal gate, globe and

Check valves
778
iv) IS 1537
Vertically cast iron double

Flanged pipes
v) IS 7181
Horizontally cast double

Flanged pipes.
All standards should be the latest.

3.0
Hydrant Mains
3.1
External
3.1.1
Underground external mains shall be either

a)
Double Flanged class A pipes conforming to IS 7181 or to 1537 upto

300 mm dia or 7.0-kg/sqcm pressures.
b)
For sizes higher than 300 mm or 7.0-kg/sqcm pressure pipes to IS

1537 shall be class B. There shall be no change in class, in respect of
pipes to IS 7181.
c)
Ductile iron or mild steel pipes ERW conforming to IS 1239 upto

150mm. Pipes of 200 mm and over shall be factory fabricated ERW
pipes to IS 3589 or BS 3601.
3.1.2
where the cast iron double-flanged pipe diameter exceeds 300 mm and system pressure is
more than 7 kg/sqcm; class B pipes shall be used. Cast iron pipes shall use only cast iron
fittings conforming to IS 1538. All flange joints shall be designed for a pressure rating of 2.0
N/sqmm and joints shall use high tensile bolts with 3mm fiber reinforced Teflon gasket. Pipes
shall be given one coat of hot bitumen before being laid in position.
3.1.3
Ductile iron or mild steel pipes, when laid underground, shall be protected against corrosion by
two coats of hot bitumen and two wraps of fibre glass tissue over the entire length including
fittings & valves. Fittings shall be weldable wrought iron fittings suitable for butt-welding and
10% of the welded joints shall be radio graphically tested and found in order. The welded joints
shall be random selected for testing in consultation with the Engineer. All flanges shall be slipon welded flanges to IS 6392 with a 3mm fiber-reinforced Teflon gasket and rated for 2.0
N/sqmm.
3.1.4
Valves 65 mm dia and below shall be heavy duty gun metal full way gate valves or globe valves
conforming to IS 778 - 20 Kg/sqcm class. Valves shall be tested at manufacturers works and
ISI stamped. Sluice valves above 80 mm shall be cast iron double flanged, with rising spindle
conforming to and stamped to ISI 780-20 kg class. Exposed valves shall be provided with
Page 52 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
wheel for operation and underground valves cap-tops.

operating keys for sluice valves with tops.
Contractor shall provide suitable
3.1.5
Underground mains shall be laid not less than 750 mm below the ground level and shall be at
least 2m away from the building face and supported on concrete pedestals at every 3.5 m and
held on with galvanized iron clamps. Concrete thrust anchors shall be provided at all bends
and tees as shown on drawing and as directed. All excavation for pipe laying shall be carried
out with sufficient width for making proper joints. Backfilling shall be done only after the piping
is hydro-statically pressure tested. Piping shall be constantly kept clean till tested.
3.1.6
all valves shall be housed in brick masonry chambers over 150 mm cement concrete (1:3:6)
foundation. The brick walls of the chamber shall be plastered inside and outside with 20mm
cement sand plaster 1:4 with a floating coat of neat cement. Chambers shall be 650 x 650 mm
clear for depths upto 900 mm and 1000 x 1000 mm for depths beyond. Each chamber shall
have a cast iron surface box approved by the local Fire brigade.
3.1.7
Piping laid above ground shall be supported on cement concrete (1:3:6) pedestals raising the
bottom of the pipe at least 150 mm over the ground level and held to the pedestals with
galvanized clamps. Pedestals shall be made at 3.0 m center to center and as shown on
drawings. Cement concrete 1:3:6 thrust anchors shall be provided at all tee-off points and
change of direction as shown on drawings and as required. Pipes laid on walls and ceiling
shall have galvanized steel brackets
3.2
Internal
3.2.1
all internal pipes shall be, unless otherwise specified, heavy quality galvanised mild steel tubes
to IS 1239 using wrought G.I steel heavy-duty screwed fittings. Flanges shall be provided to
mate with valves and other equipment and shall conform to IS 6392. Flanges shall be screwed
type. Flanges shall be rates for 2.0 N/sqmm.
3.2.2
All fittings for sprinkler piping shall be extra heavy duty galvanised M.S screwed type suitable
for the pressure encountered in sprinkler piping. All tap-offs from vertical riser to floor piping
shall have flange or union connections. All flow switches shall have flanges or unions on both
sides.
3.2.3
Valves shall be as for external piping.
3.2.4
all pipes shall be of approved make and best quality without rust marks. Pipes and fittings shall
be fixed in a manner as to provide easy accessibility for repair and maintenance and shall not
cause obstruction in shafts, passages etc. Pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical
horizontal or in slopes as required in a neat workmanship manner. Pipes shall be securely
fixed to walls and ceilings by suitable supports at intervals specified. Only approved type of
anchor fasteners shall be used for RCC ceiling and walls.
3.2.5
all pipes shall be adequately supported from ceiling or walls through structural supports
fabricated from mild steel structural e.g. rods, channels, angles and flats generally as shown on
drawings. Fasteners shall be shear type anchor fasteners in concrete walls and ceilings and
wrought steel spikes of at least 75mm long in brick walls. All pipes supports shall be painted
with 1 coats of red oxide primer and two coats of black enamel paint. Pipe supports shall be as
follows:
Upto 50 mm
63 mm to 100 mm
nominal bore
nominal bore
Page 53 of 71
1.75m
2.0 m
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Over 100 mm
nominal bore
2.5 m
3.2.6
All low point loops in the piping shall be provided with 25mm gun metal full-way valves with
rising spindle for draining the system. All valves shall have screwed brass caps. Likewise
25mm gunmetal air vents shall be provided at all high point loops to prevent air locking.
3.2.7
All flanges only at accessories viz. BFV, Strainer, Cleanout etc.
3.3
Painting
3.3.1
All exposed piping for fire fighting shall be distinctly painted Fire Red shade 536 to IS:5-1978.
Pipes shall first receive two coats of red oxide primer uniformly applied and two coats of oil
paint applied thereafter. All pipes supports shall be painted black as specified for support &
clamps.
4.0
Testing & commissioning
4.1
All piping after installation shall be tested for a hydrostatic test pressure of 20 Kg/Sqcm
maintained for 24 hours. All joints and valves shall be checked for leaks and rectified and
retested. During testing all valves except drain & air valves shall be kept fully open.
5.0
Makes of Materials
5.1
The following makes of materials are listed as conforming to the specifications. in ANNEXURE
2.1-4.
6.0
Mode of measurement
6.1
All external piping shall be measured along the center line of the pipe and paid per unit length
and shall include:
i) All pipes & fittings
ii) Bituminous coating
6.2
All internal piping shall be measured similarly but shall include for the pipe supports and clamps
instead of excavation.
6.3
All valves, air valves, drain valves together with flanges or tail pieces shall be measured per
unit.
6.5
All excavation and concrete supports and thrust blocks shall be measured as per drawing and
paid for per cum.
SECTION : 2.4
SPRINKLER SYSTEM
1.0
Scope
The scope of work shall cover supply, installation, testing and commissioning of the sprinkler
system covering the following:
1). Sprinkler pumps, electric or diesel driven as shown on the data
Page 54 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
sheets
2). Jockey Pump
3). Installation valves with motor gong
4). Sprinklers
5). Sprinkler Piping
6). Branch flow switches connected to the building fire alarm system.
2.0
Standards
The sprinkler installation shall confirm to and meet with the requirement ser out by the following
1). Fire insurance association of India Tariff Advisory Committee rules
2). Local Fire Brigade and Fire Engineering authorities
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.3
PUMPS
The sprinkler pump shall be multistage single suction centrifugal type with split casing and direct
driven by electric motor or diesel engine as specified. The pump rating and performance shall
confirm to the data sheet and meet the TAC duty requirements.
Pump casing shall be of close-grained cast iron with bronze impeller. The shaft sleeve shall be
SS 304 and the trim shall be brass or bronze.
The pump shall be either electrically driven or diesel driven with direct flexible coupling.
Pump shall be capable of delivering 150% for the rated capacity at 65% of the rated head and the
no delivery bead shall be not more than 120% of the rated delivery head. The pump casing shall
withstand 1.5 times the casing pressure of the pumps.
The electric driven motor shall be squirrel cage induction conforming to IS : 328-1978 and rated for
continuous duty (SI). Motor shall have not les than class B insulation and minimum enclosure of
IP22. the starter shall be air cooled fully automatic Star Delta or auto transformer type. Starters
shall confirm to IS 8544 and rated for AC-3 duty conditions.
Drive rating shall be based on the larges of the following:
1). Rated pump discharge at rated head
2). 150% of the rated discharge @ 65% of rated head
3). Maximum Power absorbed by the pump in its operating range ie no delivery to fire
discharge.
3.5
The diesel engine shall be naturally aspirated (Non turbocharged) and electrically started. The
engine shall have a speed governor to regulate the rated rpm within 5% of its rates speed. The
engine shall be complete with starting batteries full wave selenium rectifier charger., isolator,
leads mounting frame etc. engine rating shall be same as for the electric motors and meet with
the performance requirements of IS 10002 1981.
Engine exhaust pipe shall have residential duty silencer and insulates with 100 thick 48 KG/m3
fibreglasses, finished with 0.5mm thick aluminum cladding. The exhaust shall be left outside the
building as shown in the drgs or as directed.
Page 55 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
A 250 Ltrs day tank with necessary feed piping shall be provided. The day tank shall be complete
with mounting frame, valved inlet connection with float, overflow, gauge glass and drain. Engine
starting system shall be complete with a storage battery, cranking motor, fuel solenoid valves,
battery leads etc.
The engine shall have a remote radiator with necessary pipe and electrical connection radiator
shall be located outside the pump room at a distance not more than 6m unless shown otherwise
in the drawings.
4.0
Jockey Pump
4.1
Jockey pump shall be similar to the sprinkler pump but not have split casing.
5.0
Accessories
The sprinkler and Jockey pump shall be complete with following accessories:
1). Suction and discharge eccentric reducers
2). Pump coupling guard
3). Common base frame, fabricated mild steel or cast iron.
Each pump shall have independent set of pressure switches. The pressure switch shall be snap
action SP DT switch rated 10A @ 220 V operated through a stainless steel diaphragm. The
switch shall have a pointer for manual adjustment of set point, and shall electrical connection
shall be terminated in screwed terminal connector. The entire unit shall be encased in a cold
drawn steel IP 55 enclosure. The diaphragm shall
be designed for a maximum operating
pressure of the system. Each pressure switch shall be provided with a pressure gauge in parallel
as shown on the drawings and all gauges and pressure switch shall be mounted in an instrument
panel with necessary control piping and drainage facility.
Flow switches shall be paddle type SPDT snap acting contacts rated 10A @ 220V. The paddle
shall be made of either brass or phosphor bronze terminated in a screwed terminal connector.
The entire unit shall be encased in clod drawn steel IP 55 enclosure and the maximum operating
pressure of the parts in contact with the liquid shall be consistent with the system pressure.
5.3.
Shut off valves, wherever required shall be provided with a tamper micro switch 2A @ 220v with
necessary bracket suitable for the valve concerned.
6.0
Installation Valves
6.1
The sprinkler system shall incorporate one or more (as shown on drawings) installation valve
assemblies comprising:
i). A main Gate Valve
ii). In and out pressure gauges
iii). Test connection of adequate size with valve and orifice plate with pressure connections.
iv). Water motor and gong with necessary piping isolation valve and strainer and drain.
The installation valve shall be straight through type suitable for wet pipe sprinkler systems.
Valves shall be of cast iron with gun metal internals and suitable for vertical or horizontal
installation. The valve clock shall be of cast gun metal with neoprene seal and retaining ring and
shall incorporate a suitable non return device to compensate for pressure for smooth water flow
for
Page 56 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
1). Water valve through a retard chamber

2). Test connection and drain
There shall be two pressure gauges, one for the mains side and another for the installation side.
Each gauge shall have pressure damping brass piping with gunmetal gauge and drawing.
A test connection of adequate size as shown on drawings or as approved shall be provided with a
shut off gate valve, an orifice plate with pressure connections. The discharge from the test
connection outlet shall be let to the nearest sump or drain as shown on drawings or as directed.
The mains water motor and going shall be preferably be of cast gunmetal body and internals. The
valve shall have an associated gunmetal gate valve, strainer preceding the water motor. The
water motor and gong shall be located on the discharge lead as shown in drawings or as
directed.
Flow switches and Tamper switches shall be as specified under Fire Hydrant System.
7.0
Valves
7.1
All valves and the flanges shall be suitable for cold non-shock system test pressure.
7.2
Gate valves upto 50 mm NB shall be bronze/gun metal with solid wedge gate and flanged ends
larger sizes.
7.3
Ball valves over 50 mm NB shall be cast iron no-lubricated full-bore valves with fine grain cast iron
(Gr 20) body with mirror finished AISI 410 stainless steel ball, glass filled PTFE seats and stem
seals. Valves shall be suit-able for control and drop-tight shut off and shall have flanged ends
drilled as required. Ball valves for less than 50 mm NB shall be of gun-metal with integral strainers
with FPT inlet and MPT flared connection on the outlet.
7.4
Butterfly valves shall have a cast iron body with cast steel disc and spindle of stainless steel AISI
410. The valve shall be of water-type and should be fitted with two slip on type pipe flanges. The
valve shall have a moulded EPDM seat which shall bring about 100 % tight shut off at the design
working pressure.
7.5
Non-return valves upto 50 mm NB shall be swing-type of gun metal con-struction with flanged
ends. Larger sizes shall be of cast iron construction with gun mental internals.
7.6
Water strainers shall be either Y or pot type with cast iron or fabricated
steel bodies for
specified test pressure. Strainers shall be complete with brass basket with 3 mm perforations, a
dirt blow-out plug and a permanent magnet. Strainers shall be designed for easy removal of
strainer basket without dismantling the pipe and shall have flanged end connections.
8.0
Sprinklers
Sprinklers shall be thermo-sensitive glass-bulb actuated type and be standard products from an
established company of repute and standing and approved by appropriate authority for fire
fighting duty.
All Sprinklers shall be brass castings polished chrome or white (polyester) as approved and
rated for 12.0 Kg/sq.cm WG and factory tested for 34 kg/sq.cm. Sprinklers shall be pendant or
Page 57 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
side wall type as specified and shown on drawings. All sprinklers shall be provided with an
adjustable escutcheons finished same as sprinkler head. Wherever shown and specified
sprinklers shall be concealed type.
Temperature classifications of sprinklers in each space shall be as shown on the
drawings or
as required. Sprinklers shall be selected for the coverage shown on the drawings and ordinarily is
12/12 mm with K factor of 115 (meteoric). Wherever the specified sprinkler is not adequate, the
tenderer may offer appropriate size required.
9.0
Piping
9.1
All piping shall be as specified under Piping for Fire fighting and the schedule of work for piping.
10.0
Testing
11.1
Entire sprinkler piping shall be tested with the sprinklers in position to a hydrostatic test pressure
of 1.5 times the casing pressure of the pump and maintained for a period of 48 hours at the end
of which there shall be no loss in pressure.
Test valves in each sprinkler installation shall be opened (with temporary drain connection) and
the following observations recorded:
1). Start up of jockey pump
2). Start up of sprinkler pump
3). Operation of water motor gong
4). Operation of flow switch in the appropriate branch
5). Operation of tamper switches for shut off valves
All branches shall be tested and witnessed and attested by the Engineer in Charge. All the
operating tests shall be carried out in the presence of any local authority, Fire Brigade or
Insurance company.
11.2
12.0
Make of Materials
All materials and equipments used shall be approved products of the Tariff Advisory Committee
and ISI stamped. The list of makes of materials is listed in ANNEXURE 2.1-4.
Mode of Measurement
12.1
Sprinkler pump and jockey pump with mounting frame, vibration mounts including concrete
foundation shall be measured per unit.
12.2
Flow switches and tamper switches shall be measured per unit and excludes wiring to the Fire
Alarm Panel which shall form part of Fire Alarm Wiring.
12.3
Sprinklers shall be identified as pendant, sidewall, or concealed and paid for per unit.
For Piping refer section on Piping for Fire fighting.

Installation valve complete with test valve, orifice plate etc. shall be regarded as one unit.
Control Cabling from Pressure gauge panel to respective started shall be measured in running meter
length and paid at unit rates.
Page 58 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Starter with isolator housed in M. S. box for each pump shall be measured as a unit and paid.
13
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
13.1
SCOPE
The scope of this section comprises of fabrication, supply, erection, testing and commissioning of
Motor Control Centre (MCC), wiring and earthing of all equipment, components and accessories.
13.2
GENERAL
Work shall be carried out in accordance with the accompanying specifications and shall comply
with the latest relevant Indian Standards and Electricity Rules and Regulations.
All motor control centres shall be CPRI approved and shall be suitable for operation on 3
phase/single phase 415/240 volts, 50 cycles power supply system.
13.3
CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES
The Motor Control Centre (MCC) electrical panels shall be sheet steel cabinet for indoor
installation, dead front, floor mounting/wall mounting type. The control panel shall be totally
enclosed, completely dust and vermin proof and shall be with hinged doors with Neoprene
gasket. Control panel shall be suitable for the climatic conditions as specified in Specifications.
Steel sheets used in the construction of Control panel shall be 2 mm thick and shall be folded
and braced as necessary to provide a rigid support for all components. Joints of any kind in
sheet metal shall be seam welded, all welding, slag shall be rounded off and welding pits wiped
smooth with plumber metal. The general construction shall confirm to IS 8623 1977 (Part-1) for
factory built assembled switchgear and control gear for voltage upto and including 1100 AC
Supply.
All panels and covers shall be properly fitted and square with the frame, and holes in the panel
correctly positioned. Fixing screws shall enter into holes tapped into an adequate thickness of
metal or provided with wing nuts. Self threading screws shall not be used in the construction of
Control panels. A base channel of 75 mm x 75 mm x 5 mm thick shall be provided at the
bottom for floor mounted panels. Minimum clearance of 200 mm shall be provided between
the floor of control panel and the lowest unit.
The control panel shall be of adequate size with a provision of 25% spare space to
accommodate possible future breakers. Breakers shall be arranged in multi-tier. Knockout holes
of appropriate size and number shall be provided in the Motor Control Centre in conformity with
the location of cable/conduit connections. Removable sheet steel plates shall be provided at
the top to make holes for additional cable entry at site if required.
Every cabinet shall be provided with Trifoliate or engraved metal name plates. All panels shall
be provided with circuit diagram mounted on inside of door shutter protected with Hylam sheet.
All live accessible connections shall be shrouded and minimum clearance between phase and
earth shall be 20 mm and phase to phase shall be 25 mm.
13.4
WIRING SYSTEM
All L T power cabling between MCC and motors shall be carried out with 1100 volts grade PVC
insulated, overall PVC sheathed aluminium conductor armoured cables, Cables shall be sized
Page 59 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
by applying proper derating factor. All control wiring shall be carried out by using PVC insulated
copper conductor wires in conduits. Minimum size of control wiring shall be
1.5 sq mm.
Minimum size of conductor for power wiring shall be 4 sq. mm 1100 volts grade PVC
insulated copper conductor wires in conduit.
13.5
CIRCUIT COMPARTMENT
Each circuit breaker, contactor and relay shall be housed in a separate compartment and shall
have steel sheets on top and bottom of compartment. Sheet steel hinged lockable door shall
be duly interlocked with the breaker in the ON position. Safety interlocks shall be provided to
prevent the breaker from being drawn-out when the breaker is in ON position. The door shall
not form an integral part of the draw-out portion of the panel. Sheet steel barriers shall be
provided between the tiers in a vertical section.
13.6
INSTRUMENT ACCOMMODATION
Adequate space shall be provided for accommodating instruments, indicating lamps,
control contactors and control
MCBs. These shall be accessible for testing and
maintenance without any danger of accidental contact with live parts of the circuit breaker and
bus bar `ON lamps shall be provided on all outgoing feeders.
13.7
BUS BAR CONNECTIONS

Bus bar and interconnections shall be of high conductivity electrolytic copper and of
rectangular cross section suitable for carrying the rated full load current and short circuit current
without overheating of phase and neutral bus bar and shall be extendable on either side. Bus
bar and interconnections shall be insulated with heat shrinkable sleeve and shall be colour
coded and shall be supported on glass fiber reinforced thermosetting plastic insulated supports
at regular intervals to withstand the force arising from in case of short circuit in the system. All
bus bar shall be provided in a separate chamber and all connections shall be done by bolting.
Additional cross sectional area shall be added to the bus bar to compensate for the holes. All
connections between bus bar and breaker shall be through solid copper strips of proper size to
carry full rated current as per approved for construction shop drawing and insulated with
insulating sleeves. Bus bar shall be rated for current density of 1.28 amps/mm2 cross section
area.
13.8
TEMPERATURE - RISE LIMIT

Unless otherwise specified, in the case of external surface of enclosures of bus bar trunking
system which shall be accessible but do not need to be touched during normal operation, an
increase in the temperature rise limits of 25 C above ambient temperature shall be permissible
for metal surface and of 15 C above ambient temperature for insulating surfaces as per IS : 8623
(Part-2) 1998.
13.9
CABLE COMPARTMENTS
Cable compartment of adequate size shall be provided in the control panel for easy clamping
of all incoming and outgoing cables entering from the top/bottom. Adequate supports shall be
provided in cable compartment to support cables as per approved for construction shop drawing.
13.10
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKERS (ACB)
Page 60 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Air Circuit Breakers shall be sheet metal enclosed flush front, draw out type and shall be
provided with a trip free manual operating mechanism or as indicated in drawings and bill of
quantities with mechanical "ON" "OFF" TRIP indications.
The ACB shall be 4 pole with modular construction, drawout, manually operated and shall be
capable of providing short circuit, overload and earth fault protection through micro processor
based control unit sensing the true RMS valve to ensure accurate measurement meeting the
EMI/EMC requirement as per standard.
The circuit breakers shall be for continuous rating and service short Circuit Breaking capacity
shall be as specified on the single line diagram and shall be equal to the short circuit withstand
values.
Circuit breakers shall be designed to `close' and `trip' without opening the circuit breaker
compartment door. The operating handle and the mechanical trip push button shall be at the
front of the breakers panel and integral with the breaker.
The ACB shall be provided with a door interlock. The contacts shall be of silver plated copper with
a feature of contact wear inspection, indicating the life of the contacts. The ACB shall have
double insulation (Class-II) with moving and fixed contacts totally enclosed for enhanced safety
and inaccessibility to live parts.
13.10.1 CRADLE
The cradle shall be so designed and constructed as to permit smooth withdrawal and
insertion of the breaker into it. The movements shall be free from jerks, easy to operate
and shall be on steel balls/rollers and not on flat surfaces.
There shall be 4 distinct and separate position of the circuit breaker on the cradle.
Service Position
Test Position
Isolated Position :
Main Isolating contacts and control contacts of the breaker are

engaged.
Main Isolating contacts are isolated but control contacts are still
engaged.
Both main isolating and control contacts are isolated.
Maintenance
:
Circuit breaker fully outside the panel ready for
maintenance after the cubicle door is opened.
There shall be provision for locking the breaker in any or all of the first three positions.
13.10.2 PROTECTIONS
a.
The Microprocessor based release unit shall be provided on circuit breaker for
short circuit, over current and earth fault protection with adjustable settings.
The release shall incorporate an 8-bit micro-computer to offer accurate and
versatile protection with complete flexibility and shall offer complete overcurrent
protection to the electrical system in the following four zones :
Overload or long time protection.
Page 61 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Short circuit or short time protection with intentional delay.
Instantaneous protection with no intentional delay.
Ground fault protection.
True RMS sensing.
The release shall sample the current at the rate of 16 times per cycle to monitor
the actual load current waveform flowing in the system and shall monitor the true
RMS value of the load current. It shall take into account the effect of harmonics
also.
b.
Thermal Memory
When the breaker shall reclose after tripping on overload, then the thermal
stresses caused by the overload if not dissipated completely, shall get stored in
the memory of the release and this thermal memory shall ensure reduced
tripping time in case of subsequent overloads. Realistic Hot/Cold curves shall
take into account the integrated heating effects to offer closer protection to the
system.
c.
Defined time-current characteristics :

A variety of pick-up and time delay settings shall be available to define the
current thresholds and the delays to be set independently for different protection
zones thereby achieving a close-to-ideal protection curve. Available pick-up and
time delay settings shall have flexibility for over two million different I-t
characteristics to suit different applications.
d.
Trip Indication
Electromechanical fault status indicators shall be provided to display the type of
fault that caused a trip, without any auxiliary supply or battery, resulting in faster
fault diagnosis and reduced system down time.
e.
Test Facility
Test facility to test the operation of the release in different protection zones by
simulating CT inputs externally through a testing kit.
f.
Self powered
The release shall draw its power from the main breaker CTs and shall require no
external power supply for its operation.
g.
Tripping of the breaker

The release shall trip the breaker through a flux shift device which shall directly
act on the breaker trip rod.
h.
Zone Selective Interlocking
Page 62 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
j.
The release shall be suitable for communication between breakers to enable

zone selective interlocking. This feature shall be provided for both short circuit
and ground fault protection zones to offer intelligent discrimination between
breakers. This feature enables faster clearance of fault conditions, thereby
reducing the thermal and dynamic stresses produced during fault conditions and
thus minimises the damage to the system.
The setting range of release shall be as follows :

Type
of
Protection
PICK-UP CURRENT
TIME DELAY
Long Time
0.5 to 1.0 times In (Ir)
0.2 to 30 sec at 6 Ir
Steps : 0.50, 0.60, 0.65, 0.70,

0.75, 0.80, 0.85, 0.90, 0.95,
1.00.
Steps
0.2,0.5,1.5,2,3.5,6,12,17
and 30 secs
Operating Limit : 1.05 to 1.2

times Ir
Tolerance
:
Corresponding to 10%
of current.
20 ms to 600 ms
Short Time
2 to 10 times Ir
Steps : 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 & 10
Tolerance : 15%
Steps
20,60,100,160,200,260,3
00 400,500 and 600 ms
Tolerance : 10% or 20
ms
whichever is higher
Instantane
ous
2 to 16 times Im
Steps : 2,3,4,6,8,10,12,14,16
one position as infinity.
Ground
Fault
Tolerance : 15%
0.2 to 1 time Im
Steps : 0.2,0.3,0.4,0.5,0.6, 0.7,
0.8, 0.9 & 1.0
100 ms to 400 ms
Steps : 100,200,300,400
ms
& Infinity
Tolerance : 15%
Tolerance : +10% or 20
ms which ever is higher.
Settings shall be by rotary switches having red knob for pick-up currents and blue
knobs for time delays.
Factory Settings :
Page 63 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
The release shall be set at the following values at the time of shipping :
LTP=0.5, LTD=2s, STP=9, STD=100 ms, IP=Infi, GFP=0.3, GFD=100 ms, Memory=OFF
II.
Under voltage relay for voltage is less than 90% of the rated voltage (415
V) shall be provided in the incomer breaker only.
III.
Over voltage relay for voltage more than 110% of the rated voltage (415
V) shall be provided in the incomer breaker only.
k.
Minimum 6 NO and 6 NC auxiliary contacts shall be provided on each breaker.

The contacts shall be rated 5 amps.
l.
Rated insulation voltage shall be 1000 volts AC.

The auxiliary contacts blocks shall be so located as to be accessible from the
front. The auxiliary contacts in the trip circuits shall close before the main
contacts have closed. All other contacts shall close simultaneously with the
main contacts. The auxiliary contacts in the trip circuits shall open after the
main contacts open.
All current carrying parts shall be silver plated and suitable arcing contacts
with proper arc chutes shall be provided to protect the main contacts. The
heat generated in the contacts due to tripping under fault conditions shall be
very nominal. All air circuit breakers shall be labelled.
13.10.3 SAFETY FEATURES
13.11
I.
The safety shutter shall prevent inadvertent contact with isolating contacts when
breaker is withdrawn from the Cradle.
II.
It shall not be possible to interchange two circuit breakers of two different thermal
ratings.
III.
There shall be provision of positive earth connection between fixed and moving
portion of the ACB either thru connector plug or sliding solid earth mechanism.
Earthing bolts shall be provided on the cradle or body of fixed ACB.
IV.
Arc Chute covers wherever necessary shall be provided.
V.
The incoming panel accommodating ACB shall be provided with indicating lamps
for ON-OFF positions, digital voltmeter and ammeter of size not less than 96 mm
x 96 mm, selector switches, MCB for protection circuit and current transformers.
VI.
It shall be possible to bolt the drawout frame not only in connected position but
also in TEST and DISCONNECTED position to prevent dislocation due to
vibration and shocks.
MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER (MCCB)

All MCCBs shall be motor duty and Current Limiting type, and comprise of Quick Make - break
switching mechanism, preferably Double Break Contact system, arc extinguishing device and the
tripping unit shall be contained in a compact, high strength, heat resistant, flame retardant,
insulating moulded case with high withstand capability against thermal and mechanical stresses.
Page 64 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
All MCCBs shall be capable of defined Variable overload adjustment. All MCCBs rated 200
Amps and above shall have adjustable Magnetic short circuit pick up.
The trip command shall override all other commands. MCCB shall employ maintenance free
double break contact system to minimise the let thru energies and capable of achieving
discrimination upto full short circuit capacity of downstream MCCB. The manufacturer shall
provide both discrimination tables and let thru energy curves.
The breaking capacity of MCCBs shall be asked for in the schedule of quantities. The breaking
capacities specified will be ICU=ICS i.e type-2. Co-ordination as per relevant BIS and IEC Codes.
The MCCBs shall be provided with rotary handle operating mechanism. The handle position shall
give positive indication of ON, OFF or Tripped thus qualifying to Disconnection as per the
IS/IEC indicating the true position of all the contacts. In case of 4 pole MCCB the neutral shall be
defined and capable of offering protection.
13.12 MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER (MCB)
Miniature Circuit Breaker shall comply with relevant BIS Codes and shall be quick make and
break type for 230/415 VAC 50 Hz application with magnetic thermal release for over current and
short circuit protection. The breaking capacity shall not be less than 10 KA at 415 VAC. MCBs
shall be DIN mounted. The MCB shall be Current Limiting type (Class-3). MCBs shall be
classified (B,C,D ref IS standard) as per their Tripping Characteristic curves defined by the
manufacturer. The MCB shall have the minimum power loss (Watts) per pole defined as per the
IS/IEC and the manufacturer shall publish the values.
The housing shall be heat resistant and having a high impact strength. The terminals shall be
protected against finger contact to IP20 Degree of protection. All DP, TP and TPN miniature
circuit breakers shall have a common trip bar independent to the external operating handle.
13.13
PAINTING
All sheet steel work shall undergo a process of degreasing, pickling in acid, cold rinsing,
phosphating, passivaiting (seven tank processing) and then painted with electrostatic paint
(Powder coating). The shade of colour of panel inside/outside shall be as per relevant BIS code.
13.14 LABELS
Engraved PVC labels shall be provided on all incoming and outgoing feeder. Circuit diagram
showing the arrangements of the circuit inside the control panel shall be pasted on inside of
the panel door and covered with transparent plastic sheet.
13.15
13.16
METERS
i.
All voltmeters and indicating lamps shall be through MCBs.
ii.
Meters and indicating instruments shall be plug type.
iii.
All CTs connection for meters shall be through Test Terminal Block (TTB).
iv.
CT ratio and burdens shall be as specified on the Single line diagram.
CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
Page 65 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Current transformers shall be provided for Control panels carrying current in excess of 60
amps. All phase shall be provided with current transformers of suitable VA burden with 5
amps secondaries for operation of associated metering.
The CTs shall confirm to relevant
Indian Standards. The design and construction shall be
dry type, epoxy resin cast robust to withstand thermal and dynamic stresses during short circuits.
Secondary terminals of CTs shall be brought out suitable to a terminal block which shall be easily
accessible for testing and terminal connections. The protection CTs shall be of accuracy class
5P10 and measurement CTs shall be of accuracy class I.
13.17
SELECTOR SWITCH Where called for, selector switches of rated capacity shall be provided in
control panels, to give the choice of operating equipment in selective mode.
13.18
STARTERS
Each motor shall be provided with a starter of suitable rating. Starters shall be in accordance
with relevant IS Codes. All Star Delta and ATS Starters shall be fully automatic.
13.19
CONTACTOR
Contactor shall be built into a high strength thermoplastic body and shall be provided with an arc
shield for quick arc extinguishing. Silver alloy tips shall be provided to ensure a high degree of
reliability and endurance under continuous operation. The magnet system shall consist of
laminated yoke and armature to ensure clean operation without hum or chatter.
Starters contactors shall have 3 main and 2 Nos. NO / NC auxiliary contacts and shall be air
break type suitable for making and breaking contact at minimum power factor of 0.35. For
design consideration of contactors the starting current of connected motor shall be assumed to be
6 times the full load current of the motor in case of direct-on-line starters and 3 times the full
load current of the motor in case of Star Delta and Reduced Voltage Starters. The insulation
for contactor coils shall be of Class E.
Coil shall be tape wound vacuum impregnated and shall be housed in a thermostatic bobbin,
suitable for tropical conditions and shall withstand voltage fluctuations. Coil shall be suitable for
220/41510% volts AC, 50 cycles AC supply.
13.20
THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAY

Thermal over load relay shall have built in phase failure sensitive tripping mechanism to prevent
against single phasing as well as on overloading. The relay shall operate on the differential
system of protection to safeguard against three phase overload, single phasing and unbalanced
voltage conditions.
Auto-manual conversion facility shall be provided to convert from auto-reset mode to manualreset mode and vice-versa at site. Ambient temperature compensation shall be provided for
variation in ambient temperature from -5 C to +55C.
All overload relays shall be of three
element, positive acting
ambient
temperature
compensated time lagged thermal over load relays with adjustable setting. Relays shall be
directly connected for motors upto 35 HP capacity. C.T. operated relays shall be provided for
motors above 35 HP capacity. Heater circuit contactors may not be provided with overload
relays.
13.21
TIME DELAY RELAYS
Page 66 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Time delay relays shall be adjustable type with time delay adjustment from 0-180 seconds and
shall have one set of auxiliary contacts for indicating lamp connection.
13.22
INDICATING LAMP AND METERING

All meters and indicating lamps shall be in accordance with BS 37 and BS 39. The meters
shall be flush mounted type. The indicating lamp shall be of low wattage . Each MCC and
control panel shall be provided with voltmeter 0-500 volts with three way and off selector switch,
CT operated ammeter of suitable range with three nos. CTS of suitable ratio with three way and
off selector switch, phase indicating lamps, and other indicating lamps as called for. Each
phase indicating lamp shall be backed up with 5 amps fuse. Other indicating lamps shall
be backed up with fuses as called for in Schedule of Quantities.
13.23
TOGGLE SWITCH
Toggle switches, where called for in Schedule of Quantities, shall be in conformity with relevant
IS Codes and shall be of 5 amps rating.
13.24 PUSH BUTTON STATIONS

Push button stations shall be provided for manual starting and stopping of motors /
equipment Green and Red colour push buttons shall be provided for Starting and
Stopping operations. Start or Stop indicating flaps shall be provided for push buttons. Push
Buttons shall be suitable for panel mounting and accessible from front without opening door,
Lock lever shall be provided for Stop push buttons. The push button contacts shall be suitable
for 6 amps current capacity.
13.25
CONDUITS
Conduits and Accessories shall conform to relevant Indian Standards. Wall thickness shall be
16 gauge upto 32 mm dia and 14 gauge above 32 mm dia conduit. Screwed G.I.conduits shall
be used. Joints between conduits and accessories shall be securely made, to ensure earth
continuity. All conduit accessories shall be threaded type only. All raw metal shall be painted with
bitumastic paint.
Only approved make of conduits and accessories shall be used.
Conduits shall be delivered to the site of construction in original bundles and each length of
conduit shall bear the label of the manufacturer.
Maximum permissible number of 650/1100 volt grade PVC insulated wires that may be drawn into
rigid non metallic or GI Conduits are given below :
Size of wires Nominal Cross
section Area (Sq. mm.)
1.5
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
35
Maximum number of wires within conduit size(mm)

20
25
32
40
50
5
10
14
--5
8
12
--3
7
10
--2
5
8
---3
5
6
--2
3
-6
--2
4
6
---3
5
Page 67 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
13.26
CABLES
M.V. Cables shall be PVC insulated aluminium conductor and armoured cables conforming
to IS Codes. Cables shall be armoured and suitable for laying in trenches, ducts, and on
cable trays as required. M.V. Cables shall be termite resistant. Cable glands shall be double
compression glands. Control cables and indicating panel cables shall be multi core PVC
insulated copper conductor and armoured cables.
13.27
CABLE LAYING
Cable shall be laid in accordance with IS code of Practice. Cables shall be laid on 14 gage
factory fabricated perforated galvanized sheet steel cable trays, and cable drops / risers shall be
fixed to ladder type cable trays factory fabricated out of galvanized steel angle. Access to all
cables shall be provided to allow cable withdrawal / replacement in the future. Where more
than one cable is running on a cable tray, one dia spacing shall be provided between
cables to minimise the loss in current carrying capacity. Cables shall be suitably
supported with Galvanized saddles when run on walls / trays. When buried, they shall be
laid in 350 mm wide and 750 mm deep trench and shall be covered with 250 mm thick layer of
soft sifted sand & protected with bricks/tiles. Special care shall be taken to ensure that the
cables are not damaged at bends. The radius of bend of the cables when installed shall not be
less than 12 times the diameter of cable.
13.28
WIRE AND WIRE SIZES

1100 volts grade PVC insulted copper conductor wires in conduit shall be used.
For all single phase/ 3 phase wiring, 1100 volts grade PVC insulated copper conductor FRLS
wires shall be used. The equipment inside plant room and AHU room shall be connected to
the control panel by means of insulated copper conductor wires of adequate size in
exposed conduits. Final connections to the equipment shall be through wiring enclosed in
galvanized flexible conduits rigidly clamped at both ends and at regular intervals. An isolator
shall be provided near each motor/equipment wherever the motor/equipment is separated
from the supply panel through a partition barrier or through ceiling construction. PVC insulated
copper conductor wires shall be used inside the control panel for connecting different
components and all the wires inside the control panel shall be neatly dressed and plastic
beads shall be provided at both the ends for easy identification of control wiring.
The minimum size of control wiring shall be 1.5 sq. mm PVC insulated stranded soft drawn
copper conductor wires drawn through conduit to be provided for connecting equipment and
control panels.
Power wiring, cabling shall be of the following sizes:
i.
Upto 5 HP motors/ 5 KW heaters
ii.
From 6 HP to 10 HP motors
6 KW to 7.5 KW heaters
3 x 6 sq. mm copper
conductor wires.
iii.
From 12.5 HP to 15 HP
motors
2 Nos. 3 x 6 sq. mm
copper conductor wires
iv.
2 Nos. 3 x 10 sq. mm copper conductor wires
v.
From 30 HP to 35 HP
2 nos. 3 x 16 sq. mm
3 x 4 sq. mm copper conductor wires.
Page 68 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
motors
aluminium conductor
armoured cable.
vi.
From 40 HP to 50 HP
motors
2 Nos. 3 x 25 sq. mm.

aluminium conductor
armoured cable.
vii.
1 No. 3 x 70 sq. mm
aluminium conductor
armoured cable.
viii.
100 HP motors
1 No. 3 x 150 sq. mm.

aluminium conductor
armoured cable
ix.
150 HP motor
1 No. 3 x 240 sq. mm.

aluminium conductor
armoured cable.
x.
250 HP motor
2 Nos. 3 x 240 sq. mm.

aluminium conductor
armoured cable.
xi.
400 HP motor
3 Nos. 3 x 240 sq. mm.

aluminium conductor
armoured cable.
xii.
600 HP motor
3 Nos. 3 x 400 sq. mm.

aluminium conductor
armoured cable.
All the switches, contactors, push button stations, indicating lamps shall be distinctly marked
with a small description of the service installed. The following capacity contactors and
overload relays shall be provided for different capacity motors or as per manufacturers
recommendation.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------TYPE OF
CONTACTOR
OVERLOAD
STARTER
CURRENT
RELAY
CAPACITY
RANGE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5 HP Motors
DOL
16 amps
6-10 amps
7.5 HP motors
DOL
16 amps
9-15 amps
10 HP Motors
DOL
25 amps
9-15 amps
12.5 HP Motors
Star Delta
16 amps
9-15 amps
15 HP Motors
Star Delta
25 amps
9-15 amps
20 HP Motors
Star Delta
32 amps
14-23 amps
25 HP Motors
Star Delta
32 amps
14-23 amps
30 HP Motors
Star Delta
40 amps
20-33 amps
35 HP Motors
Star Delta
40 amps
20-33 amps
40 HP Motors
Star Delta
40 amps
30-50 amps
50 HP Motors
Automatic Star Delta
70 amps
30-50 amps
60 HP Motors
110 amps
30-50 amps
75 HP Motors
110 amps
90-150 amps
100 HP Motors
200 amps
CT operated relay
Page 69 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
125 HP Motors
150 HP Motors
150 HP Motors
200 HP Motors
250 HP Motors
300 HP Motors
400 HP Motors
600 HP Motors

Auto Transformer
Auto Transformer
Auto Transformer
Auto Transformer
Auto Transformer
Auto Transformer
200 amps
CT operated relay
200 amps
CT operated relay
300 amps
CT operated relay.
300 amps
CT operated relay.
400 amps
CT operated relay.
400 amps
CT operated relay.
600 amps
CT operated relay.
900 amps
CT operated Relay.
Two speed motors when specified, shall be provided with DOL starter irrespective of it rating.
13.29
EARTHING
Earthing shall be provided in accordance with IS : 3043 1987 and shall be copper strips
/wires .The main panel shall be connected to main earthing system of the power supply. All
single phase metal clad switches and control panels be earthed with minimum 3 mm diameter
copper conductor wire. All 3 phase motors and equipment shall be earthed with 2 numbers
distinct and independent copper wires / tapes as follows:
i.
Motor upto and including

10 HP rating.
2 Nos. 3 mm dia copper

wires.
ii.
Motor 12.5 HP to 40 HP
capacity.

wires.
iii.
Motor 50 to 75 HP capacity.
iv.
Motor above 75 HP.
2 Nos. 25 mm x 3 mm
copper tapes.
All switches shall be earthed with two numbers distinct and independent copper wires tapes as
follows:
i.
3 phase switches
2 nos. 3 mm dia copper
and control panels upto
wires.
60 amps rating.
ii.
3 phase switches, and

control panels 63 amps to
100 amps rating.

wires.
iii.
3 phase switches and control

panels 125 amps to
200 amps rating.

wires.
iv.
3 phase switches, control

panels, bus ducts, above
200 amps rating.
2 Nos. 3 mm x 25 mm
copper tapes.
The earthing connections shall be tapped off from the main earthing of electrical installation.
The overlapping in earthing strips at joints where required shall be minimum 75 mm. These
straight joints shall be riveted with brass rivets & brazed in approved manner. Sweated lugs of
adequate capacity and size shall be used for all termination of wires. Lugs shall be bolted to the
equipment body to be earthed after the metal body is cleaned of paint and other oily substance,
and properly tinned.
Page 70 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
13.30
DRAWINGS
Shop drawings for control panels and for wiring of equipment showing the route of conduit
& cable shall be submitted by the contractor for approval of Architect/Consultant before
starting the fabrication of panel and starting the work. On completion, four sets of complete
As-installed drawings incorporating all details like, conduits routes, number of wires in
conduit, location of panels, switches, junction/pull boxes and cables route etc. shall be
furnished by the Contractor.
13.31
TESTING
Before commissioning of the equipment, the entire electrical installation shall be tested in
accordance with relevant BIS codes and test report furnished by a qualified and authorised
person. The entire electrical installation shall be gotten approved by Electrical Inspector
and a certificate from Electrical Inspector shall be submitted. All tests shall be carried out in
the presence of Owners site representative. Testing of the panels shall be as per relevant BIS
Codes :
13.32
PAINTING
All sheet steel work shall undergo a process of degreasing, thorough cleaning, and painting
with a high corrosion resistant primer. All panels shall then be baked in an oven. The
finishing treatment shall be by application of powder coating of approved shade.
13.33
MEASUREMENT OF ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANELS

Panels shall be counted as number of units. Quoted rates shall include as lumpsum (NOT
measurable lengths) for all internal wiring, power wiring and earthing connections from the
control panel to the starter and to the motor, control wiring for interlocking, power and
control wiring for automatic and safety controls, and control wiring for remote start/stop as well
as indication as per the specifications. The quoted rate of panel shall also include all
accessories, switchgear, contactors, indicating meters and lights as per the Specifications and
13.34
RUBBER MAT
Rubber mat shall be provided in front to cover the full length of all panels. Where back space is
provided for working from the rear of the panel, rubber mat shall also be provided at the back of
the panel also to cover the full length of panel.
Page 71 of 71
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
SECTION -8
TECHNICAL SUBMISSION - BID FORM (UNPRICED BID) - SCHEDULES
NAME OF THE CONTRACT: _________________________________________________
To
__________________________
__________________________
________________________
We have examined the Conditions of the contract, Employers Requirements, Schedules, Addendum nos
.(if any) , the matter set out in the Contract Data . We have understood and checked these
documents and have not found out any errors in them. We accordingly offer to execute and complete the
said work and remedy any defects, fit for purpose in conformity of these documents, for. We accordingly
offer to execute and complete the said work and remedy any defects fit for purpose in conformity of these
documents in accordance with the Item Rate / Prices quoted by us in the Financial Bid submitted by us as
part of this Bid.
We agree to abide by this tender until ____ days from the day of submission of the tender and it shall
remain binding up on us and may be accepted at any time before that date . We acknowledge that the
Contract Data forms part of our bid.
We do accept your suggestions for the appointment of the Dispute Adjudicator and we jointly agree for
the appointment immediately after the Effective Date. If our bid is accepted , we will provide the specified
performance security and will commence the work as soon as possible we receive the employers notice
to commence and completed the work in accordance with the above named documents within the time
stated in the Contract Data.
Unless and until a formal agreement is prepared and executed this bid, together with your written
acceptance thereof, shall constitute a binding contract between us.
We understand that you are not bound to accept the lower most or any tender you may receive.
We are Gentleman,
Yours Faithfully
Signature
In the capacity of __________________________ duly authorized to sign bids and on behalf of
_______________________________
Bid Form
1 of 2
EMPLOYER
PROJECT

(West) Mumbai
Address:
____________________________________________________________________________________
_________Date :_____________________________
DOCUEMENTS TO BE ENCLOSED WITH TENDER

Notes :
1) The enclosures from the bidders as far as possible in the same order as given below
2) The number of copies shall be in accordance with Instructions of Bidders :
S.NO
Description of Item
1)
Covering letter if any ( No cost details to be indicated)
Power of attorney document for the signatory
Sales Tax clearance certificate
Registration of company / partnership from the Registrar of companies

Certification of incorporation
Methodology, Quality Assurance and Quality Control
Procurement of various Equipments
Material Procurement Schedule
Manpower Schedule
Cash Flow
10
Contractor Site Management Plan
11
Time Schedule, Milestone Chart (Bar Chart)
12
Schedule of Taxes and Duties on Material
13
EMD in the form of BG
Bid Form
2 of 2

Ariisto - Goregaon - Tender Document - 07 Nov 2013

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ariisto - Goregaon - Tender Document - 07 Nov 2013

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ATITHI BUILDERS AND CONSTRUCTORS PRIVATE LIMITED

CIVIL, FINISHES & MEP PACKAGE

Project Management Consultant

Atithi Builders And Constructors Private Synergy Property Development

406, Kailas Corporate Lounge, Veer

ATITHI BUILDERS AND CONSTRUCTORS PRIVATE LIMITED

Strengthening & Construction of Residential Tower at

NOTICE INVITING BID

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

Appendix A Health, Safety and Environment Programme

Seal & Sign of Bidder

ATITHI BUILDERS AND CONSTRUCTORS PRIVATE LIMITED

Strengthening & Construction of Residential Tower at

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION & TENDER DRAWINGS

Seal & Sign of Bidder

ATITHI BUILDERS AND CONSTRUCTORS PRIVATE LIMITED

Strengthening & Construction of Residential Tower at Goregaon

Date : 07 November 2013

M/s ACC India Private Limited

Kind Attn. : Mr. S. M. Ali

Contact details of the Employer is as follows:Reference

ATITHI BUILDERS AND CONSTRUCTORS PRIVATE LIMITED

022 6130 0000

Bid documents are enclosed along with this letter.

Amendment to Bid Document

ATITHI BUILDERS AND CONSTRUCTORS PRIVATE LIMITED

Strengthening & Construction of Residential Tower at Goregaon

Sealed Bids should be addressed to:

Attn.: Mr. Karunanidhi

Attn.: Mr. Karunanidhi

Responsibility of the Bidder

Data/Assistance/Facilities to be made available by Employer.

One Bid per Bidder

Contents of Bidding Documents

Clarification of Bidding Documents

Amendment of Bidding Documents

Document Comprising the Bid

Cost of Bid Preparation

Earnest Money Deposit

Covering Letter To Bid

Sealing and Marking Bids

Dead Line For Submission of Bids

Modification and Withdrawal of Bids

BID OPENING AND EVALUATION

Clarification of Technical Bids

Detailed Evaluation of Technical Bids

Opening of Financial Bids

Clarification of Price Bids

Evaluated Price Bids

Contacting the Employer

Acceptance of Bid and Notification of Award

ATITHI BUILDERS AND CONSTRUCTORS PRIVATE LIMITED

Strengthening & Construction of Residential Tower at

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE BIDDER

Attn.: Mr. Karunanidhi

ATITHI BUILDERS AND CONSTRUCTORS PRIVATE LIMITED

Strengthening & Construction of Residential Tower at

DATA / ASSISTANCE / FACILITIES TO BE MADE AVAILABLE BY EMPLOYER

the Bid document

ONE BID PER BIDDER

ATITHI BUILDERS AND CONSTRUCTORS PRIVATE LIMITED

Strengthening & Construction of Residential Tower at

CONTENTS OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS

NOTICE INVITING BIDS